You are on page 1of 758

Catalogue and

technical manual
2022/2023
www.blum.com
Your shortcut to the Internet

We have linked our catalogue with our online world, making comprehensive and up-to-date product information available for you to use at any time.
You are just one step away from the product page in the catalogue to our E-SERVICES.

You can use the web codes to go straight to the respective product in the Product Configurator. This ensures that you will quickly and easily receive
planning information and checked parts lists for your direct order from the distributor, as well as so much more.

You will find short URLs and QR codes for our products in the catalogue. These will take you directly to our detailed digital information, e.g. the
Design Selector, information about assembly, removal and adjustment, application videos and/or the Machinery Directive.

① Enter or click the web code ② Configure fitting ③ Display the parts list
Enter the web code in the Blum Product Configurator Using the web codes, the most important filters are When complete, you receive a finished parts list and
or click the web code in the PDF. already pre-set in the Product Configurator – you can can transmit it to the web shop of a selected distribu-
configure the complete application in just a few clicks. tor in just one click.

Web code Short URL QR code

Enter the web codes into the Blum Product Con- The short web address makes it easier for you to ac- Directly access information about assembly and in-
figurator and you will receive information about the cess further product information, such as installation depth content about Blum products via the QR code
available product range, assembly and marketing instructions that you can print out, brochures and – even when on-site with the customer.
along with the parts list. technical data.

Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator
Example Example Example
Web code Help with planning and ordering Application video
DQBQ2M

Short URL Short URL


www.blum.com/planningtools www.blum.com/gmSum

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems
Overview 15
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 18
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 30
AVENTOS HL – lift up Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 36
AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 42
Lift systems

Standard | SERVO-DRIVE | TIP-ON


AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift Standard | TIP-ON 52
AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift Standard | TIP-ON 58

Hinge systems
Overview 69
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Tool-free CLIP assembly 70
BLUMOTION for doors 156
TIP-ON for doors 170
Hinge systems

MODUL – hinges Slide-on assembly 174

Box systems
Overview 189 TANDEMBOX plus 348
LEGRABOX 190 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 350
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 244 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX |
358
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 250 TANDEMBOX
Box systems

MERIVOBOX 256 METABOX 390


TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 296
TANDEMBOX antaro 302

Runner systems
Overview 415
MOVENTO 416
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 434
Runner systems

TIP-ON for MOVENTO 440


TANDEM 446
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492

Inner dividing systems


Overview 527
Inner dividing systems

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 528


AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 540
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554

Motion technologies
Overview 559
SERVO-DRIVE single applications 562
Motion technologies

Further products
Overview 573
Cabinet applications SPACE STEP 574
Locking systems CABLOXX 582
Further products

Fixing systems EXPANDO T 584


Wall hanging bracket 586
Cabinet connectors 587

E-SERVICES and assembly devices


E-SERVICES and assembly

Overview 591
E-SERVICES 592
Drilling and insertion machines MINIPRESS top | MINIPRESS 604
Assembly devices BOXFIX 644
Templates 650
devices

Information
Overview 699
General Information 700
Information about lift systems 704
Information about hinge systems 706
Information

Information about box and runner systems 712


Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts 720
Part No. Index 728
What we do for you

What’s your
next project?
No matter what your vision is: Blum has you covered. Whether it’s a
kitchen, bathroom, living room or bedroom – we have the products
to take your projects to the next level. In order to keep this so, we
always think a few steps ahead as to which applications you will need
in the future and what support will make your job easier. You will find
all products and information about our services for your project’s
success in our catalogue and technical manual.

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 1


Ideas from Blum
for a higher
quality of living
No matter if you’re in a house or an apartment, whether
it is big or small – we have inspiring cabinet solutions for
a variety of different living areas. In addition, we provide
you with practical information around ergonomics, storage
space maximisation, top quality motion and design.

At blum-inspirations.com, you will find everything you


need for implementing these furniture ideas, such as
appropriate services. We would be happy to tell you more
– just get in touch!

SPACE STEP
This plinth solution enables ergonomic access to high
levels in all living areas.

REVEGO
Pocket systems allow you to quickly open up functional
spaces when you need them, and close them off again
when they are not in use.

2 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Blum Inspirations

SPACE TWIN
This narrow cabinet opens up space for made-to-
measure solutions, even in unexpected places.

SPACE TOWER
This spacious larder unit offers
convenient access to all storage
items.

Design
Innovative fittings support your
design ideas and enable you to
implement the latest furniture trends.

Ergonomics
Wall cabinet fronts equipped with lift systems are better than hinged doors because
they lift up and out of the way, providing full freedom of movement.

Reference pages
Discover more ideas, the right services for imple-
mentation and inspiring sales stories

Short URL
www.blum.com/i362

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 3


Turn your
inspiration
into a reality:
myLEGRABOX

4 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


myLEGRABOX

LEGRABOX pure/free
The basis: LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free offer
a selection of superior matt colours and a premium
look in anti-fingerprint stainless steel.

LEGRABOX special edition


The special collection: Incredible drawer side looks
based on the new colour, Carbon black matt and
stunning material mixes with anti-fingerprint stainless
steel, a special 3D Carbon look or a Noble rust
textured finish.

LEGRABOX individual
The ultimate in customisation: design to your heart’s
content. Mix colours and materials, use printing, laser
texturing and embossing options to add customised
designs and create unique furniture that delights your
customers.

Reference pages
myLEGRABOX 230

Whatever your inspiration – we have the right


design solution to turn the box system into your Short URL
LEGRABOX. www.blum.com/i357

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 5


MERIVOBOX
Let’s create – the box
platform for your ideas
6 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
MERIVOBOX

Platform
It takes just a few components to create your
own extensive range. And you can make furniture
manufacturing even more efficient at the same time.
Diverse and yet simple.

Design
MERIVOBOX boasts straight lines and a striking look.
Create your own diverse and unmistakable range of
furniture! Modern minimalism meets distinctive design.

MERIVOBOX modular with gallery Functionality


The newly developed cabinet profile concept delivers
extremely smooth running action and high load
bearing capacity. Coupled with a feather-light glide and
enhanced stability.

Assembly
No matter which model you opt for, assembly is always
simple and adjustment always the same. It is extremely
easy to achieve precise results.

MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER

MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP

Reference pages
MERIVOBOX 256

Short URL
www.blum.com/i355

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 7


Runner systems
Quality steel for your design
ideas in wood

8 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems

MOVENTO – the sophisticated runner system


Our MOVENTO runner impresses with its stability and
high load bearing capacity – now up to 70 kg. That’s
why this runner system is ideal for kitchen pull-outs for
heavy items such as pots and pans.

TANDEM – the versatile runner system


TANDEM is a concealed runner system and the
versatile solution for your design in wood. The
extremely wide range of options offers great design
flexibility. Choose from a broad selection of nominal
lengths, various types of extension and load bearing
classes as well as optional motion technologies for soft
and effortless opening and closing.

TANDEM single extension with integrated TIP-ON


The TANDEM single extension is available with
integrated TIP-ON. This motion technology not only
offers your customers greater convenience, but it also
saves you time and energy. TIP-ON is integrated in
the runner profile so you can provide your customers
with an opening support system without any additional
work needed for assembly. All you need is a one-piece
synchronisation linkage for assembly.

Reference pages
Runner systems 414

Short URL
www.blum.com/i359

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 9


E-SERVICES &
assembly devices
Good services are there when you need them. As a reliable
partner, we offer you services and practical assembly
devices that complement our products and support you along
every step of your manufacturing process. We will help you
transform your ideas into fine furniture.

Concept | Planning |
Marketing Quotation Design Ordering

We provide you with our Plan, configure and save Our Cabinet and Product You can transmit the parts
images, videos, brochures your projects effortlessly Configurators provide you lists from our configurators
and much more in different online. Easily create with support when designing to the web shops of selected
languages and formats up-to-date parts lists for your cabinets and selecting the distributors via an interface.
– online in our Marketing customer quotes. right fittings. You receive
Media Library. CAD data that can then
be used in your design
software.

10 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices

Manufacturing Delivery | Assembly After sales service

Digitally transfer your Our EASY ASSEMBLY app We provide personal


planning results from the contains all you need to after-sale support. Your
configurators to MINIPRESS know about the assembly contact at Blum will be
with EASYSTICK. Using and adjustment of fittings, happy to answer any
assembly devices such as including videos. questions you might have
templates, etc. you can finish about our products and
your project quickly and services.
precisely.

Reference pages
E-SERVICES 592

Short URL
www.blum.com/i361

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 11


We believe that ideas can move the world. We offer
innovative fittings, inspiring furniture concepts and
appropriate services so that you can turn your creative ideas
into reality. We are driven by your needs, international trends
and our shared vision of a better quality of living. Let us work
together to create moving ideas.

12 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


moving ideas

Quality of living Product range


We would like you to enjoy greater Everything from a single source: our
convenience and functionality when wide range of products allows you to
using furniture. keep up with today’s and tomorrow’s
trends.

Inspiration Innovation
We monitor global trends and strive to We stay in motion. Curiosity and
create the solutions of tomorrow. We pioneering spirit drive us to develop
like to share our insights with you. new products and services for you.

Services Quality
We support your daily operations with We continuously strive to improve our
customised services tailored to your products, services and ourselves.
processes.

Trust Julius Blum started our journey in 1952


We take responsibility for partnerships, with horseshoe studs. Today we supply
our employees, society and the innovative fittings to customers in over
environment. 120 countries.

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 13


1 Lift systems

AVENTOS lift systems deliver enhanced ▬ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to ▬ Optimised ergonomic handle position
convenience to wall cabinets. Even wide fronts CLIP technology ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing
open with ease, hold in any position desired ▬ Easy, 3-dimensional front adjustment action
and close softly and effortlessly with soft-close ▬ Perfectly balanced – fronts remain in any ▬ With SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion
BLUMOTION. desired position support system for wall cabinets
▬ No protruding parts ▬ With TIP-ON, the mechanical opening sup-
port system for stay lifts

SERVO-DRIVE, the electri- TIP-ON, the mechanical The symmetrical lift mechanism of AVENTOS lift systems offer many
cal motion support system for opening support system for AVENTOS HK-XS can be used on opportunities for creating cabinets
AVENTOS HF, HS, HL and HK top. AVENTOS HK top, HK-S and one or two sides. that are even more individual – in all
HK-XS. areas of the home.

14 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 Overview

Lift systems
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 18
Overview 19
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 20
Accessories 28

Symbolic image
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 30
Overview 31
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 32

Symbolic image
AVENTOS HL – lift up
AVENTOS HL – lift up 36
Overview 37
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 38

Symbolic image
AVENTOS HK top – stay lift
AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 42
Overview 43
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE 44
TIP-ON 48
Accessories 51
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift
AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 52
Overview 53
Standard 54
TIP-ON 54
Accessories 57
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift
AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 58
Overview 59
Standard 60
TIP-ON 60
Accessories 65
Symbolic image
AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications
AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications 16

Symbolic image
Accessories
Screws 66
Centre bit 66
Door buffer 66
Screwdriver 67
Cross slot bit 67
Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 15


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications
Lift systems

An inspiring range of lift systems

The mesmerising motion of AVENTOS lift The new applications allow you to translate AVENTOS wall cabinet fronts also hold in any
systems is also available for wall cabinets with creative design ideas into action. Wall cabinets position desired when open and are therefore
mitres or rebates. Only minor positional adjust- with lift systems are particularly convenient always within easy reach for closing. Extra
ments need be made to standard fittings. because fronts glide up and out of the user’s convenience is provided by the SERVO-DRIVE
way, providing freedom of movement. or TIP-ON opening support systems.

Mitred applications Rebated applications

Reference pages
AVENTOS – mitred and rebated
applications

Short URL
www.blum.com/mitresrebates

16 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications

Lift systems
Mitred applications Rebated applications

AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system

AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system

AVENTOS HL – lift up AVENTOS HL – lift up

AVENTOS HK top – stay lift AVENTOS HK top – stay lift

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 17


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
Lift systems

Lift system for large bi-fold fronts


The AVENTOS HF has a two-part front that
folds together in the centre when opening.
The bi-fold lift system is ideal for higher
wall cabinets with large fronts because the
handle remains easy to reach in any position.
AVENTOS HF can also be used with fronts of
different heights.
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to
BLUMOTION
▬ Easy to open
▬ Holds in any position
▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
▬ Small range, huge application variety
▬ Easy assembly and adjustment
▬ Stability, even with wide fronts
▬ Excellent durability
▬ Free positioning of handles
▬ No protruding parts
▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS,
the electrical motion support system for wall
cabinets

Enhanced opening and closing ease

Lift systems open effortlessly with AVENTOS HF. Even heavy fronts Thanks to integrated BLUMOTION, The cover cap is available in silk
only require light operating forces. The variable stop ensures that fronts both heavy and light fronts close white, light grey and dark grey.
always remain in the desired position. softly and effortlessly.

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability No protruding parts Includes a finger safety feature Similar shelves possible
The core element of the lift mech- Removable telescopic arm – an The CLIP top centre hinge with Depending on the height of the
anism is a robust spring package. advantage for furniture manufactur- innovative technology ensures cabinet, two identical shelves can
The result: excellent durability. ing and kitchen installation. finger safety. be used.

18 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Overview

Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames

Symbolic image DQD8YM 20


Narrow alu frames

Symbolic image DQD9NY 24


Accessories
Opening angle stop 21 Door buffer 66
Hinge set 28 Screwdriver 67
Mounting plates 144 Cross slot bit 67
Hinge arm cover cap 151
Screws 66
Symbolic image Centre bit 66
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive

Short URL Short URL


www.blum.com/a110 www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 19


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
DQD8YM
▬ Ideal for wall cabinets with bi-fold fronts Power factor LF
▬ Cabinet height KH 480–1040 mm Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of top
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm and bottom fronts FG including handle (kg)
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Variable stop Theoret. cabinet height TKH
▬ Tool-free assembly Upper front height FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps
▬ 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
▬ Centre hinge with finger safety feature
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
overlapping areas!

Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Power factor LF Note Part no.
2600–5500 1 pc = LF 960–2650 20F2200.05
5350–10150 20F2500.05
3 pc = LF 13500–
9000–17250 20F2800.05
25900
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
– 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
2 Telescopic arm set
Cabinet height KH (mm) Part no.
480–570 1
20F3200.01
560–710 1
20F3500.01
700–900 1
20F3800.01
760–1040 1
20F3900.01
Consisting of:
2 2 x Telescopic arm (symmetrical)
1
Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts

3 Cover cap set


Colour Material Part no.
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 20F8020
Consisting of:
3a 1 x Cover cap left
3b 1 x Cover cap right 7 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
IN-G
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
3 Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Colour Material Part no. C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 21F8020 D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
Consisting of: E Z10NE030E
3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left Incl. operating and installation instructions
3b 1 x Cover cap right Without flex
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo Language package – operating and installation instructions
IN-G A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
3e 6 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
4 Mounting plate for telescopic arm E CS | HU | PL | SK
Recommendation Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no. 8 Power supply unit housing
Screw-on 1
175H3100 Colour Material Part no.
EXPANDO 0 177H3100E WGR Nylon Z10NG120
Knock-in 177H3100 For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
All horizontal steel mounting plates with 0 mm spacing possible
1
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts 9 Flex
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
6 SERVO-DRIVE set
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Colour Material Part no.
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
R7037 Nylon 21FA000
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Consisting of:
6a 1 x Drive unit Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
6c 1 x Connecting node
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
6d 2 x Cable end protector
For three lift mechanisms or more, we recommend two synchronised drive units IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug

20 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
DQD8YM
Order information
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 Accessories
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit – Opening angle stop
Only suitable for one drive unit Opening angle OW Colour Part no.
Lan- Lan- 104° TGR 20F7051
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no. 83° R7037 20F7011
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF Colour Length (m) Part no.
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF S 8 Z10K800AE
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF Consisting of:
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Network adapter ¹ 6d 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
E B K U Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Consisting of: – Connecting node and cable end protector


– 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Colour Material Part no.
Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm)
Other combinations available upon request S Nylon Z10V100E.01
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Consisting of:
6c 1 x Connecting node
10 CLIP top 120° hinge 6d 2 x Cable end protector
Tool-free assembly
Boss Spring Part no.
INSERTA 70T5590BTL – Cable holder
Unsprung
Screw-on 1
70T5550.TL Colour Material Part no.
Boss overlay TO (fixed dimension) 11 mm
W Nylon Z10K0009
3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG
4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Colour Colour
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
HGR Light grey WGR White grey
SW Silk white S Black
Alternative to 10 TGR Dark grey W White
10 CLIP top 120° special hinge for larger front overlay R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
Boss Spring Part no.
INSERTA 72T5590BTL
Unsprung
Screw-on 1
72T5550.TL
Boss overlay TO (fixed dimension) 13 mm
3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG
4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

11 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120° hinge


Recommendation
Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no.
Screw-on 1
175H3100
EXPANDO 0 177H3100E
Knock-in 177H3100
Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the upper front overlay FAo
1
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames

12 CLIP top centre hinge


Boss Spring Part no.
EXPANDO 78Z553ET
Unsprung
Screw-on 1
78Z5500T
3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG
4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

13 Mounting plate for CLIP top-centre hinge


Recommendation
Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no.
Screw-on 1
175H3100
EXPANDO 0 177H3100E
Knock-in 177H3100
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
Only use cruciform mounting plates for wide aluminium frames under a 57 mm frame frieze
width
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HF 19 SERVO-DRIVE switch 29 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – hinge set 28 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Mounting plates 144 Overview – assembly devices 591
Accessories – general 66 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 Short URL
Planning – symmetrical 22 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a110
Planning – asymmetrical 23 More technical details 698
Planning – Blum distance bumper 29

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 21


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
DQD8YM
Planning
Symmetrical
Drilling position Space requirement

o
FH

Y
Cabinet height KH (mm) H (mm) KH Cabinet height Opening angle stop Y (mm)
480–549 KH x 0.3 – 28 Without FHo x 0.44 + 38
550–1040 KH x 0.3 – 57 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 83° 0
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only FHo Upper front height
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Front assembly CLIP top 120° hinge FAo CLIP top centre hinge

Cabinet height KH X (mm) TB Drilling distance TB Drilling distance


(mm) 177H3100 | 175H5400 | F Gap F Min. gap 1.5 mm
177H3100E | 177H5400E FAo Upper front overlay * 37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
177H3100E10 () CLIP top 120° special hinge
| 177H5100
| 175H3100 | Drilling distance TB Drilling distance TB
175H4100 Front overlay FA (mm) Horizontal gap F (mm) between fronts
480–549 70 68
MD

MD

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6
550–1040 47 45
SFA Front overlay of the side panel 0 3 4 5 6 0 6 5 4 3
3 3 4 5 6 3
6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
With the CLIP top 120° special hinge, the front overlay FA is
always 2 mm larger

Screw-on INSERTA | EXPANDO Hinge boss dimensions

22 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
DQD8YM
Planning
Asymmetrical
Drilling position Space requirement

o
FH

Y
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H (mm) TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps Opening angle stop Y (mm)
(mm) TKH Theoretical cabinet height Without FHo x 0.44 + 38
480–549 TKH x 0.3 – 28 FHo Upper front height 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34
550–1040 TKH x 0.3 – 57 FHu Lower front height 83° 0
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm FHo Upper front height
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only The larger front must be at the top!
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Front assembly CLIP top 120° hinge CLIP top centre hinge
FAo

Theoret. cabinet X (mm) TB Drilling distance TB Drilling distance


height TKH (mm) 177H3100 | 175H5400 | F Gap F Min. gap 1.5 mm
177H3100E | 177H5400E FAo Upper front overlay * 37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
177H3100E10 () CLIP top 120° special hinge
| 177H5100
| 175H3100 | Drilling distance TB Drilling distance TB
175H4100 Front overlay FA (mm) Horizontal gap F (mm) between fronts
480–549 FHo / 2 + 70 FHo / 2 + 68
MD

MD

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6
550–1040 FHo / 2 + 47 FHo / 2 + 45
FHo Upper front height 0 3 4 5 6 0 6 5 4 3
FHu Lower front height 3 3 4 5 6 3
FAu Bottom front overlay
6 3 4 5 6 6
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
9 3 4 5 6 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
With the CLIP top 120° special hinge, the front overlay FA is
always 2 mm larger

Screw-on INSERTA | EXPANDO Reference pages


Overview – AVENTOS HF 19
Ordering information – wooden fronts and
20
wide alu frames
Planning – Blum distance bumper 29
SERVO-DRIVE switch 29
Machine directive 701
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a110

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 23


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Narrow alu frames
DQD9NY
▬ Ideal for wall cabinets with bi-fold fronts Power factor LF
▬ Cabinet height KH 480–1040 mm Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of top
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm and bottom fronts FG including handle (kg)
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Variable stop Theoret. cabinet height TKH
▬ Tool-free assembly Upper front height FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps
▬ 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
▬ Centre hinge with finger safety feature
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
overlapping areas!

Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Power factor LF Note Part no.
2600–5500 1 pc = LF 960–2650 20F2200.05
5350–10150 20F2500.05
9000–17250 20F2800.05
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
– 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

2 Telescopic arm set


Cabinet height KH (mm) Part no.
480–570 1
20F3200.01
560–710 1
20F3500.01
700–900 1
20F3800.01
760–1040 1
20F3900.01
Consisting of:
2 2 x Telescopic arm (symmetrical)
1
Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts

3 Cover cap set


Colour Material Part no.
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 20F8020
Consisting of:
3a 1 x Cover cap left
3b 1 x Cover cap right 7 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
IN-G
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
3 Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Colour Material Part no. C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 21F8020 D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
Consisting of: E Z10NE030E
3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left Incl. operating and installation instructions
3b 1 x Cover cap right Without flex
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo Language package – operating and installation instructions
IN-G A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
3e 6 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
4 CLIP adapter plate for telescopic arms E CS | HU | PL | SK
Version Spacing (mm) Part no. Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Left | Right 0 175H5B00 8 Power supply unit housing
Colour Material Part no.
6 SERVO-DRIVE set
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
Colour Material Part no.
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
R7037 Nylon 21FA000
Consisting of: 9 Flex
6a 1 x Drive unit Market Part no. Market Part no.
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
6c 1 x Connecting node
6d 2 x Cable end protector UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug

24 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Narrow alu frames
DQD9NY
Order information
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 Accessories
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit – Opening angle stop
Only suitable for one drive unit Opening angle OW Colour Part no.
Lan- Lan- 104° TGR 20F7051
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no. 83° R7037 20F7011
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF Colour Length (m) Part no.
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF S 8 Z10K800AE
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF Consisting of:
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Network adapter ¹ 6d 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
E B K U Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Consisting of: – Connecting node and cable end protector


– 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Colour Material Part no.
Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm)
Other combinations available upon request S Nylon Z10V100E.01
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Consisting of:
6c 1 x Connecting node
10 CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge 6d 2 x Cable end protector
Tool-free assembly
Spring Boss Part no.
Unsprung Screw-on 72T550A.TL – Cable holder
3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG
Colour Material Part no.
4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG
Boss fixing screws are included W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120° hinge
Colour Colour
Recommendation HGR Light grey WGR White grey
Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no. SW Silk white S Black
Screw-on 1
175H3100 TGR Dark grey W White
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
EXPANDO 0 177H3100E
Knock-in 177H3100
Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the top gap F
1
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for narrow alu frames

12 CLIP top aluminium centre hinge


Boss Spring Part no.
Screw-on 1
Unsprung 78Z550AT
3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG
4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG
1
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for narrow alu frames

13 CLIP adapter plate for centre hinges


Version Spacing (mm) Part no.
Symmetrical 0 175H5A00
Boss fixing screws are included

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HF 19 SERVO-DRIVE switch 29 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – hinge set 28 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Mounting plates 144 Overview – assembly devices 591
Accessories – general 66 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 Short URL
Planning – symmetrical 26 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a110
Planning – asymmetrical 27 More technical details 698
Planning – Blum distance bumper 29

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 25


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Narrow alu frames
DQD9NY
Planning
Symmetrical
Drilling position Space requirement

o
FH

Y
Cabinet height KH (mm) H (mm) KH Cabinet height Opening angle stop Y (mm)
480–549 KH x 0.3 – 28 Without FHo x 0.44 + 38
550–1040 KH x 0.3 – 57 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 83° 0
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only FHo Upper front height
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Front assembly CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top aluminium centre hinge

Cabinet height KH (mm) X (mm) F Min. gap 1.5 mm


480–549 54 The gap F needs to be adjusted for frame thicknesses over 20.5 mm
550–1040 31

Screw-on (hinge | adapter plate)

* When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly


dimensions accordingly

26 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Narrow alu frames
DQD9NY
Planning
Asymmetrical
Drilling position Space requirement

o
FH

Y
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H (mm) TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps Opening angle stop Y (mm)
(mm) TKH Theoretical cabinet height Without FHo x 0.44 + 38
480–549 TKH x 0.3 – 28 FHo Upper front height 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34
550–1040 TKH x 0.3 – 57 FHu Lower front height 83° 0
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm FHo Upper front height
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only The larger front must be at the top!
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Front assembly CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top aluminium centre hinge

Theoret. cabinet height TKH X (mm) F Min. gap 1.5 mm


(mm) The gap F needs to be adjusted for frame thicknesses over 20.5 mm
480–549 FHo / 2 + 54
550–1040 FHo / 2 + 31
FHo Upper front height
FHu Lower front height
FAu Bottom front overlay

Screw-on (hinge | adapter plate) Reference pages


Overview – AVENTOS HF 19
Ordering information – narrow alu frames 24
Planning – Blum distance bumper 29
SERVO-DRIVE switch 29
Machine directive 701
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a110

* When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly


dimensions accordingly

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 27


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Accessories
Lift systems

Hinge set – wooden fronts


▬ Hinge set Order information
Fixing method Part no.
INSERTA | Knock-in | EXPANDO ☎ 78Z5530T11
Consisting of:
2x CLIP top 120° hinge unsprung
70T5590BTL
2x CLIP top centre hinge unsprung
78Z5530T
6x Horizontal cam mounting plate
177H3100

Hinge set – wooden fronts and wide aluminium frames


▬ Hinge set Order information
Fixing method Part no.
Screw-on 1
☎ 78Z5500T12
Consisting of:
2x CLIP top 120° hinge unsprung
70T5550.TL
2x CLIP top centre hinge unsprung
78Z5500T
For wide alu frames, an additional cruciform mounting
plate is required for the CLIP top centre hinge

6x Horizontal cam mounting plate


175H3100
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for
wide alu frames

Hinge set – narrow aluminium frames


▬ Hinge set Order information
Fixing method Part no.
Screw-on ☎ 78Z550AT11
Consisting of:
2x CLIP top 120° aluminium frame hinge unsprung
72T550A.TL
2x CLIP top alu centre hinge unsprung
78Z550AT
2x Horizontal cam mounting plate
175H5400
2x CLIP adapter plate symmetrical
175H5A00
2x CLIP adapter plate left/right
175H5B00

28 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Planning

Lift systems
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Recommendation for aluminium frames
Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the
cabinet side
A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front

* From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HF 19 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Ordering information – wooden fronts and
20
wide alu frames
Ordering information – narrow alu frames 24 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a110
Machine directive 701
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 29


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system
Lift systems

The up and over lift system for a smooth glide?


Wall cabinet fronts equipped with
AVENTOS HS swing up and over the cabinet,
making it ideal for large fronts. The up and
over lift system is also the perfect choice for
cabinets with cornices.
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to
BLUMOTION
▬ Easy to open
▬ Holds in any position
▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or
crown moulding
▬ Small range, huge application variety
▬ Easy assembly and adjustment
▬ Stability, even with wide fronts
▬ Excellent durability
▬ No protruding parts
▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS,
the electrical motion support system for wall
cabinets

Ease of use and design options

AVENTOS HS provides ease of Thanks to SERVO-DRIVE, wall AVENTOS HS can be used The cover cap is available in silk
use that inspires. Even heavy fronts cabinet fronts open at a single with EXPANDO T for thin fronts white, light grey and dark grey.
are easy to open thanks to the light touch. The press of a switch is all measuring 8 mm or more.
operating forces. you need for a soft close.

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability No protruding parts Cornice and crown moulding


The core element of the lift mech- Removable lever arm – an advan- You can easily combine cabinets with cornice or crown moulding with
anism is a robust spring package. tage for furniture manufacturing and AVENTOS HS. This provides more design freedom for furniture planning.
The result: excellent durability. kitchen installation.

30 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Overview

Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Symbolic image DQDADA 32


Accessories
Screws 66
Centre bit 66
Door buffer 66
Screwdriver 67
Cross slot bit 67
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive

Short URL Short URL


www.blum.com/a120 www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 31


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDADA
▬ Ideal for large fronts Lift mechanism
▬ Cabinet height KH 350–800 mm In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm necessary to determine both the cabinet height KH
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION and the front weight FG (including the handle)
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop Example
▬ Tool-free assembly Cabinet height KH = 600 mm
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Front weight FG = 10 kg
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism Lift mechanism selection = 20S2E00.05
KH = 602 mm –> 600 mm
KH = 603 mm –> 605 mm
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
overlapping areas!

Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Cabinet height KH 350–525 mm
Part no. 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05 Part no. 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg) KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
350 2.00–5.00 4.50–9.50 9.25–10.50 440 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.50 8.25–13.00
355 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.50 9.25–10.50 445 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.50 8.25–13.25
360 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.50 9.25–10.75 450 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.50 8.25–13.50
365 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.00 455 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.50 8.25–13.50
370 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.00 460 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–13.75
375 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.25 465 2.25–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–13.75
380 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.25 470 2.50–4.25 4.00–8.25 8.00–14.00
385 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.25 9.00–11.50 475 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.00
390 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.00 8.75–11.50 480 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.25
395 2.00–4.75 4.50–9.00 8.75–11.75 485 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.25
400 2.00–4.75 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.00 490 2.50–4.25 3.75–8.00 7.75–14.50
405 2.25–4.50 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.00 495 2.50–4.25 3.75–7.75 7.50–14.50
410 2.25–4.50 4.25–9.00 8.75–12.25 500 2.50–4.25 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
415 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.50 505 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
420 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.50 510 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.75 7.50–14.75
425 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.75 515 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.50 7.25–14.75
430 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–12.75 520 2.50–4.00 3.50–7.50 7.25–15.00
435 2.25–4.50 4.25–8.75 8.50–13.00 525 2.50–4.00 3.25–7.50 7.25–15.00
Cabinet height KH 526–675 mm
Part no. 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05 Part no. 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg) KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
526 3.00–6.75 6.25–13.00 12.00–16.50 605 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50
530 3.00–6.75 6.25–12.75 11.75–16.75 610 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50 2 Lever arm set
535 3.00–6.75 6.25–12.75 11.75–16.75 615 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75
Colour Material Part no.
540 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.75 11.75–17.00 620 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75
545 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.25 625 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75 NI Steel 20S3500.06
550 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.25 630 3.00–5.75 5.50–11.50 10.25–18.75 Consisting of:
555 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.50 11.50–17.50 635 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.50 10.25–18.75 2a 1 x Lever arm left
560 3.00–6.50 6.00–12.25 11.25–17.50 640 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–18.75 2b 1 x Lever arm right
565 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.25 11.25–17.75 645 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–18.75 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap
570 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.25 11.25–17.75 650 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00
575 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.00 11.00–18.00 655 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00 2 Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE
580 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.00 11.00–18.00 660 3.00–5.50 5.25–11.25 10.00–19.00 Colour Material Part no.
585 3.00–6.25 5.75–12.00 10.75–18.25 665 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00
NI Steel 21S3500.01
590 3.00–6.00 5.50–12.00 10.75–18.25 670 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00
Consisting of:
595 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50 675 3.00–5.25 5.00–11.00 09.75–19.00
2a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left
600 3.00–6.00 5.50–11.75 10.50–18.50
2b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm right
Cabinet height KH 676–800 mm 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap
Part no. 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05 Part no. 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg) KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg) 3 Cover cap set
676 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.50 13.00–21.50 740 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.75–20.75 Colour Material Part no.
680 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.50 13.00–21.50 745 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.50–20.50
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 20S8020
685 3.50–8.00 7.00–13.25 12.75–21.50 750 3.50–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.50–20.50
Consisting of:
690 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.75–21.50 755 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.25–20.50
3a 1 x Cover cap left
695 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.50–21.50 760 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.75 11.25–20.25
3b 1 x Cover cap right
700 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.50–21.50 765 3.75–7.25 6.50–12.50 11.00–20.25
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
705 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.25–21.50 770 3.75–7.00 6.25–12.50 11.00–20.25
IN-G
710 3.50–7.75 6.75–13.25 12.25–21.25 775 3.75–7.00 6.25–12.50 11.00–20.25
715 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.25 780 4.00–7.00 6.25–12.50 10.75–20.25
3 Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE
720 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.25 785 4.00–7.00 6.25–12.50 10.75–20.00
725 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 12.00–21.00 790 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.75–20.00 Colour Material Part no.
730 3.50–7.50 6.75–13.00 11.75–21.00 795 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.50–20.00 SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 21S8020
735 3.50–7.50 6.50–13.00 11.75–20.75 800 4.00–7.00 6.00–12.25 10.50–20.00 Consisting of:
Consisting of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 3b 1 x Cover cap right
– 10 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
KH Cabinet height IN-G
3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch
3e 4 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm

32 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDADA
Order information
4 Front fixing bracket set 9 Flex
Version Fixing method Part no. Market Part no. Market Part no.
Wooden fronts and wide 1 AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
20S4200
alu frames Screw-on UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
1
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
4 Front fixing bracket Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
Version Fixing method Part no. IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
Thin fronts EXPANDO T 20S42T1 IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
5 Cross stabiliser rod round
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9
Length (mm) Diameter (mm) Part no.
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
1061 Ø 16.0 20Q1061UN
For cutting to size Only suitable for one drive unit
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 129 mm Lan- Lan-
Network Network
Internal cabinet width LW – 164 mm adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
– Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF
Internal cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
Material Diameter (mm) Part no. E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF
Aluminium Ø 16.0 20Q153ZN E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
Consisting of: E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF
– 1 x Connecting piece Network adapter ¹
– 1 x Fixing
– 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap E B K U
Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 147 mm
Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 165 mm Consisting of:
– 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
6 SERVO-DRIVE set Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm)
Colour Material Part no. Other combinations available upon request
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
R7037 Nylon 21FA000
Consisting of: Accessories
6a 1 x Drive unit
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm
– SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
6c 1 x Connecting node Colour Length (m) Part no.
6d 2 x Cable end protector S 8 Z10K800AE
We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts! Consisting of:
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
7 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit 6d 5 x Cable end protector
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. For cutting to size
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G – Connecting node and cable end protector


C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H Colour Material Part no.
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J S Nylon Z10V100E.01
E Z10NE030E Consisting of:
Incl. operating and installation instructions 6c 1 x Connecting node
Without flex 6d 2 x Cable end protector
Language package – operating and installation instructions Tool-free assembly
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR – Cable holder
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH Colour Material Part no.
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
E CS | HU | PL | SK W Nylon Z10K0009
Language descriptions as per ISO-639 E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Colour Colour
8 Power supply unit housing
HGR Light grey R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
Colour Material Part no. SW Silk white WGR White grey
WGR Nylon Z10NG120 TGR Dark grey S Black
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit NI Nickel plated W White
IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HS 31 Planning – Blum distance bumper 35 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T SERVO-DRIVE switch 35
584
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 www.blum.com/a120
Accessories – general 66 Machine directive 701
Planning 34 More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 33


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDADA
Planning
Drilling position Space requirement

5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Dimensions depend on tilt setting


Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only
SOB Top panel thickness
* Drilling depth 5 mm
** Alternative drilling

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts FAo Upper front overlay For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide SFA Front overlay of the side panel is possible
alu frames Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
FAo Upper front overlay dimensions accordingly
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm

Space requirement – cornice | crown Connecting piece

Gap F (mm) X max. (mm) Y max. (mm)


3.0 35 101
2.0 31 101
1.5 28 101

34 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDADA
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Recommendation for aluminium frames
Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the
cabinet side
A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front

* From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HS 31 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide
32
and narrow alu frames
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a120
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 35


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up
Lift systems

Delivering smoothness to lift ups


Wall cabinet fronts equipped with
AVENTOS HL lift up parallel to the cabinet. The
lift system is ideal for tall units or wall cabinets
with cabinets positioned above them, for larder
units and recessed cabinets, e.g. to conceal
electrical appliances.
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to
BLUMOTION
▬ Easy to open
▬ Holds in any position
▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
▬ Suitable for cabinets with cabinets above, as
well as cornice and crown moulding
▬ Small range, huge application variety
▬ Easy assembly and adjustment
▬ Stability, even with wide fronts
▬ Excellent durability
▬ No protruding parts
▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS,
the electrical motion support system for wall
cabinets

Ease of use and design options

Regardless of the weight and size, Handle-less fronts can be opened AVENTOS HL allows you to con- The cover cap is available in silk
AVENTOS HL only requires light and closed with ease with the ceal electrical appliances behind a white, light grey and dark grey.
operating forces for easy opening SERVO-DRIVE electrical motion continuous front.
and closing. support system.

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability No protruding parts Cornice and crown moulding


The core element of the lift mech- Removable lever arm – an advan- AVENTOS HL is suitable for cabinets with cabinets above, as well as
anism is a robust spring package. tage for furniture manufacturing and those with cornice and crown moulding. Also in combination with narrow
The result: excellent durability. kitchen installation. alu frames.

36 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Overview

Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Symbolic image DQDB2M 38


Accessories
Screws 66
Centre bit 66
Door buffer 66
Screwdriver 67
Cross slot bit 67
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive

Short URL Short URL


www.blum.com/a130 www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 37


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDB2M
▬ Well-suited to small fronts Lift mechanism
▬ Cabinet height KH 300–580 mm In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm necessary to determine both the cabinet height KH
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION and the front weight FG (including the handle)
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop Example
▬ Tool-free assembly Cabinet height KH = 390 mm
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Front weight FG = 6 kg
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism Lift mechanism selection = 20L2500.05
Lever arm selection = 20L3500.06
Lever arm for SERVO-DRIVE = 21L3500.01
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
overlapping areas!

Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Cabinet height KH (mm)
300–349 350–399 400–550 450–580
Lever arm set Part no.
20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06
21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01
1.25–4.25 1.25–2.50 20L2100.05
3.50–7.25 1.75–5.00 1.75–3.50 20L2300.05
handle (kg)
front incl.
Weight of

6.50–12.00 4.25–9.00 2.75–6.75 2.00–5.25 20L2500.05


11.00–20.00 8.00–14.75 5.75–11.75 4.25–9.25 20L2700.05
13.50–20.00 10.50–20.00 8.25–16.50 20L2900.05
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
– 10 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm

2 Lever arm set


Cabinet height KH (mm) Part no.
300–349 20L3200.06
350–399 20L3500.06
400–550 20L3800.06
450–580 20L3900.06
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Lever arm left
2b 1 x Lever arm right 4 Front fixing bracket set
2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap oval Version Fixing method Part no.
Wooden fronts and wide 1
3 Cover cap set 20S4200
alu frames Screw-on
Colour Material Part no.
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 20L8020 1
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts
Consisting of:
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
3a 1 x Cover cap left
3b 1 x Cover cap right
4 Front fixing bracket
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
IN-G Version Fixing method Part no.
Thin fronts EXPANDO T 20S42T1
2 Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Cabinet height KH (mm) Part no.
300–349 21L3200.01 5 Cross stabiliser rod oval
350–399 21L3500.01 Length (mm) Version Part no.
400–550 21L3800.01 1061 Oval 20Q1061UA
For cutting to size
450–580 21L3900.01 Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 129 mm
Consisting of: Internal cabinet width LW – 164 mm
2a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left
2b 1 x Lever arm right – Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser
2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap oval
Internal cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher
3 Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Diameter (mm) Material Part no.
Colour Material Part no. Ø 16.0 Aluminium 20Q153ZA
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 21L8020 Consisting of:
– 1 x Connecting piece
Consisting of:
– 1 x Fixing
3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left
– 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap
3b 1 x Cover cap right
Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 147 mm
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 165 mm
IN-G
3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch
3e 4 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm

38 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDB2M
Order information
6 SERVO-DRIVE set Accessories
Colour Material Part no. – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
R7037 Nylon 21FA000 Colour Length (m) Part no.
Consisting of: S 8 Z10K800AE
6a 1 x Drive unit Consisting of:
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 5 x Cable end protector
6d 2 x Cable end protector For cutting to size
We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts! Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

7 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit – Connecting node and cable end protector
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. Colour Material Part no.
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F S Nylon Z10V100E.01
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G Consisting of:
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H 6c 1 x Connecting node
6d 2 x Cable end protector
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
Tool-free assembly
E Z10NE030E
Incl. operating and installation instructions – Cable holder
Without flex Colour Material Part no.
Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU W Nylon Z10K0009
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Colour Colour
E CS | HU | PL | SK HGR Light grey WGR White grey
Language descriptions as per ISO-639 SW Silk white S Black
TGR Dark grey W White
8 Power supply unit housing R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel

Colour Material Part no.


WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

9 Flex
Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug

Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Only suitable for one drive unit
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF
Network adapter ¹

E B K U

Consisting of:
– 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm)
Other combinations available upon request
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HL 37 Planning – Blum distance bumper 41 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T SERVO-DRIVE switch 41
584
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 www.blum.com/a130
Accessories – general 66 Machine directive 701
Planning 40 More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 39


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDB2M
Planning
Drilling position Space requirement

5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Lever arm set LH min. Y (mm)¹ Lever arm set a (mm) b (mm)¹ c max.
Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only Standard SERVO-DRIVE (mm)¹ Standard SERVO-DRIVE (mm)
SOB Top panel thickness 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 262.0 264.0 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 114.0 257.0 159.0
* Drilling depth 5 mm 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 312.0 352.0 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 146.0 345.0 209.0
** Alternative drilling 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 362.0 440.0 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 178.0 433.0 259.0
20L3900.06 21L3900.01 412.0 529.0 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 210.0 522.0 309.5
¹ Dimensions based on lower gap F = 0 mm ¹ Dimensions based on lower gap F = 0 mm
LH Internal cabinet height KH Cabinet height
KH Cabinet height

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames

Lever arm set X (mm) Lever arm set X (mm) For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Standard SERVO-DRIVE Standard SERVO-DRIVE is possible
20L3200.06 21L3200.01 153 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 153 * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
20L3500.06 21L3500.01 203 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 203 dimensions accordingly
20L3800.06 21L3800.01 253 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 253
20L3900.06 21L3900.01 303 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 303
FAo Upper front overlay FAo Upper front overlay
SFA Front overlay of the side panel SFA Front overlay of the side panel
Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm

Space requirement – cornice | crown Connecting piece

Top panel thickness SOB X (mm)


(mm)
16 28
18 30
19 31

40 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDB2M
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Recommendation for aluminium frames
Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the
cabinet side
A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front

* From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HL 37 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide
38
and narrow alu frames
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a130
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 41


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift
Lift systems

Experience inspiring motion


AVENTOS HK top is compact, minimalist and
highly functional. It is suitable for both small
and large lift systems in tall and wall cabinets.
Opening angle stop and safety mechanism
are integrated. Cornices were also taken into
account during development.
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to
BLUMOTION
▬ Easy to open
▬ Holds in any position
▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or
crown moulding
▬ Small range, huge application variety
▬ Easy assembly and adjustment
▬ Stability, even with wide fronts
▬ Excellent durability
▬ No protruding parts
▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for
AVENTOS HK top
▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS

Design and assembly

Small installation size, straight lines, Thanks to its minimalist design, the Choose between two symmetrical lift mechanism types – and two types
harmonious proportions, smooth stay lift fits harmoniously into furni- of assembly. The lift mechanism with the integrated positioning system
surfaces: AVENTOS HK top has ture in all areas of the home. can be installed without pre-drilling. The lift mechanism with pre-mounted
already won multiple awards for its system screws can also be installed to the unattached cabinet side. Four
design. drill holes in the 32 tier system are required for this.

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability Motion technologies Integrated safety mechanism Integrated opening angle stop
The core element of the lift mech- Whether with SERVO-DRIVE or The innovative mechanism pre- The opening angle of the front is
anism is a robust spring package. TIP-ON: combined with the right vents the lever arm from opening infinitely variable and can therefore
The result: high durability combined motion technology, they make unintentionally. be set exactly as required.
with light operating forces. opening and closing a memorable
experience.

42 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Overview

Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Symbolic image DQHFJY 44


TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON

Symbolic image DQHS7Y 48

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet


50
Accessories
Adapter plates 51
Screws 66
Centre bit 66
Door buffer 66
Screwdriver 67
Symbolic image Cross slot bit 67
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive

Short URL Short URL


www.blum.com/a170 www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 43


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQHFJY
▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units Power factor LF
and over the refrigerator Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double
▬ Cabinet height KH 205–600 mm handle weight (kg)
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION
▬ Light operating forces We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop overlapping areas!
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
▬ No hinges are necessary
▬ Integrated safety mechanism
▬ Integrated infinitely variable opening angle stop

Standard
SERVO-DRIVE

Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Fixing with pre-mounted system screws
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no. 3e
7 9
420–1610 22K2310 8
930–2800 22K2510
107° 6b 6c+d
1730–5200 22K2710
3200–9000 22K2910 4
Consisting of:
1 2 x Symmetrical lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws
Note
Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
3b
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recom-
1
mend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle
of the front from sagging when open. 3a
6a
3c
1 Lift mechanism set
Fixing with chipboard screws with positioning system
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
420–1610 22K2300
930–2800 22K2500
1730–5200
107°
22K2700
3d
3200–9000 22K2900
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Incl. positioning system 4 Front fixing bracket
– 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Version Fixing method Part no.
Note
Thin fronts EXPANDO T 20S42T1
Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recom-
mend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle
6 SERVO-DRIVE set
of the front from sagging when open.
Colour Material Part no.
3 Cover cap set R7037 Nylon 23KA000
Colour Material Part no. Consisting of:
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 22K8000 6a 1 x Drive unit
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm
Consisting of:
6c 1 x Connecting node
– 1 x Cover cap left
6d 2 x Cable end protector
3b 1 x Cover cap right
For three lift mechanisms or more, we recommend two synchronised drive units
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
IN-G
7 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
3 Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
Colour Material Part no. A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 23K8000 B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Consisting of: C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
3b 1 x Cover cap right
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo E Z10NE030E
IN-G Incl. operating and installation instructions
3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch Without flex
3e 2 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
4 Front fixing bracket set B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
Version Fixing method Part no. D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
Wooden fronts and wide 1 E CS | HU | PL | SK
20S4200
alu frames Screw-on Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A
8 Power supply unit housing
1
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

44 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQHFJY
Order information
9 Flex Accessories
Market Part no. Market Part no. – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J Colour Length (m) Part no.
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K S 8 Z10K800AE
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L Consisting of:
6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
6d 5 x Cable end protector
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01 For cutting to size
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
– Connecting node and cable end protector
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Colour Material Part no.
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug S Nylon Z10V100E.01
Consisting of:
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 6c 1 x Connecting node
6d 2 x Cable end protector
– 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Tool-free assembly
Only suitable for one drive unit
Network
Lan-
Network
Lan- – Cable holder
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no. Colour Material Part no.
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF Colour Colour
HGR Light grey WGR White grey
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
SW Silk white S Black
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF TGR Dark grey W White
Network adapter ¹ R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel

E B K U

Consisting of:
– 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm)
Other combinations available upon request
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43 Planning – Blum distance bumper 47 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T SERVO-DRIVE switch 47
584
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704 www.blum.com/a170
Accessories – general 66 Machine directive 701
Planning 46 More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 45


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQHFJY
Planning
Drilling position – system screws Drilling position – chipboard screws Space requirement

min 173 = min LH

3
2
36

Ø 5* 1
Ø 10

37 32 82
64 32
38.5
187 30
235 67
min 261*

1.5

* Drilling depth 11.5 mm 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm LH Internal cabinet height


* Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging bracket

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames
F

15.5 F

62.5 +
62 +
FAo
SOB

SOB
FAo
32 32 32

64

12.5
SFA SFA

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts SOB Top panel thickness For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide FAo Upper front overlay is possible
alu frames Max. 25.4 mm * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
SOB Top panel thickness SFA Front overlay of the side panel dimensions accordingly
FAo Upper front overlay F Gap
Max. 25.4 mm
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
F Gap

Space requirement – cornice | crown Minimum gap

FH
162
FD
SOB

Y max

X
MF

Space requirement (mm) MF Minimum gap 2 mm


At max. opening angle
Y = FH x 0.29 + FD – SOB
FD (mm) 16 19 22 26 28
X (mm) 68 57 47 33 27
SOB Top panel thickness
FH Front height
FD Front thickness

46 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQHFJY
Planning
Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)

8*

Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Recommendation for aluminium frames
Do not use bumpers in the upper third Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the
cabinet side
A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front

* From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below

SERVO-DRIVE switch

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43 AVENTOS HK top Assembly, removal and adjustment
Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide
44
and narrow alu frames
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/i014 www.blum.com/a170
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 47


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON
DQHS7Y
▬ TIP-ON for handle-less wall cabinet fronts Power factor LF
▬ Cabinet height KH 205–600 mm Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double
▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm handle weight (kg)
▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates

We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for


overlapping areas!

TIP-ON

Order information
1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON
Fixing with pre-mounted system screws
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no. 6b
420–1610 22K2310T 6c
107°
930–2800 22K2510T
1730–5200 22K2710T
100°
3200–9000 22K2910T
Consisting of: 4
1 2 x Symmetrical lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws
Note
Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recom-
mend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle
1
of the front from sagging when open.
3b 3c
1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON
Fixing with chipboard screws with positioning system
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
7
420–1610 22K2300T
107°
930–2800 22K2500T
1730–5200 22K2700T
100° 6a
3200–9000 22K2900T
Consisting of:
1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Incl. positioning system 6 TIP-ON set
– 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Cabinet height
Note Version Colour Part no.
KH (mm)
Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms!
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recom- SW |
Short version Up to 600 956.1004
mend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle R7036 | CS
of the front from sagging when open. Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON
3 Cover cap set 6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate
Colour Material Part no. 6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate
– 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500
SW | HGR | TGR Nylon 22K8000
Consisting of:
– 1 x Cover cap left Accessories
3b 1 x Cover cap right
7 Adapter plate
3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
IN-G Version Colour Part no.
Straight adapter plate –
4 Front fixing bracket set SW | R7036 | NI-L | CS 956.1201
Short version
Version Fixing method Part no. Cruciform adapter plate – Extend-
Wooden fronts and wide 1 R7036 956A1501
20S4200 ed version
alu frames Screw-on
Narrow alu frames 20S4200A Colour Colour
HGR Light grey R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
1
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts
SW Silk white NI-L Nickel lacquered
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
4 Front fixing bracket TGR Dark grey IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
CS Carbon black
Version Fixing method Part no.
Thin fronts EXPANDO T 20S42T1
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

48 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON
DQHS7Y
Planning
Drilling position – system screws Drilling position – chipboard screws Space requirement

min 173 = min LH

3
2
36

Ø 5*
1
37 32
64 32

30
187
min 261*

1.5

* Drilling depth 11.5 mm 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm LH Internal cabinet height


* Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging bracket

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames
F

15.5 F

62.5 +
62 +
FAo
SOB

SOB
FAo
32 32 32

64

12.5
SFA SFA

Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts SOB Top panel thickness For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide FAo Upper front overlay is possible
alu frames Max. 25.4 mm * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
SOB Top panel thickness SFA Front overlay of the side panel dimensions accordingly
FAo Upper front overlay F Gap
Max. 25.4 mm
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
F Gap

Space requirement – cornice | crown Minimum gap Reference pages


Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43
TIP-ON 956x 50
FH
162

Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T


FD

584
SOB

Y max

X
Assembly recommendation and limitation of
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
AVENTOS HK top
MF

Space requirement (mm) MF Minimum gap 2 mm


At max. opening angle Short URL
Y = FH x 0.29 + FD – SOB www.blum.com/i014
FD (mm) 16 19 22 26 28 Assembly, removal and adjustment
X (mm) 68 57 47 33 27
SOB Top panel thickness
FH Front height
FD Front thickness Short URL
www.blum.com/a170

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 49


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
Lift systems

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet


▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning
of 600 mm
▬ For drilling or in combina-
tion with adapter plates
▬ Output path approx. =
17 mm
▬ Setting +4/–1 mm =
Order information
Colour Material Part no. () Screw-on catch plate
SW | R7036 | CS Nylon 956.1004 Screw-on catch plate Glue-on catch plate
Consisting of:
1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet
1x Screw-on catch plate
1x Glue-on catch plate
Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled

FAu
surfaces
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey FAu Bottom front overlay FAu Bottom front overlay
CS Carbon black * 3 mm offset installation

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Positioning template for catch plate 687
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 Short URL
MINIPRESS top 614 www.blum.com/a170

50 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Accessories

Lift systems
Straight adapter plate – short version 20/17
▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | R7036 | NI-L | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956.1201
CS
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey 8
NI-L Nickel lacquered
CS Carbon black FAu

FAu Bottom front overlay


* 3 mm offset installation

Cruciform adapter plate – long version 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
R7036 Nylon 956A1501 Front gap Catch plate
Colour
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

8
FAu

FAu Bottom front overlay


* 3 mm offset installation

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Template 664
Drilling template for mounting plates 665
Positioning template for catch plate 687 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a170
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 51


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift
Lift systems

Lift system for small stay lifts


AVENTOS HK-S is well-suited for small wall
cabinets such as those over the larder unit or
refrigerator. Due to its small installation size,
AVENTOS HK-S fits harmoniously into smaller
cabinets.
▬ Ideal for small stay lifts
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to
BLUMOTION
▬ Easy to open
▬ Holds in any position
▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or
crown moulding
▬ Small range, huge application variety
▬ Easy assembly and adjustment
▬ Stability, even with wide fronts
▬ Excellent durability
▬ No protruding parts
▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS

Ease of use and design options

The small stay lift remains in any The lift mechanism is easily adjust- Handle-less doors can be opened The cover cap is available in silk
desired position. The front is thus ed from the front to be compatible easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is white, light grey and dark grey.
within easy reach for closing. with the front weight. all that’s needed.

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability No protruding parts Cornice and crown moulding Compact design
The core element of the lift mech- Delivered with closed lever – an When developing AVENTOS HK-S, Due to its minimal installation size,
anism is a robust spring package. advantage for furniture manufactur- we also took into account cabinets AVENTOS HK-S fits easily into
The result: excellent durability. ing and kitchen installation. with cornices and crown moulding. smaller cabinets.

52 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Overview

Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Symbolic image DQDD6M 54

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet


56
Accessories
Opening angle stop 54 Cross slot bit 67
Adapter plates 57
Screws 66
Centre bit 66
Door buffer 66
Symbolic image Screwdriver 67
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a150
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 53


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDD6M
▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units Power factor LF
and over the refrigerator Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double
▬ Cabinet height KH max. 600 mm handle weight (kg)
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for
▬ Tool-free assembly overlapping areas!
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
▬ No hinges are necessary
▬ TIP-ON for handle-less wall cabinet fronts

Standard
TIP-ON

Order information
1 Lift mechanism set
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no. 6b
220–500 1
20K2B00.06
400–1000 107° 20K2C00.06
960–2215 20K2E00.06
Consisting of: 4
1a 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
1b 2 x Cover cap left/right
SW | HGR | TGR
4
1c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
IN-G
– 6 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
Note
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used
1
Lift mechanisms are unsprung
1b
1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
220–500 1
20K2B00T06 1c 1a
400–1000 107° 20K2C00T06 7
960–2215 20K2E00T06 6a
Consisting of:
1a 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
1b 2 x Cover cap left/right
SW | HGR | TGR
1c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo Accessories
IN-G – Opening angle stop
– 6 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
Note Opening angle OW Colour Part no.
The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used 100° TGR 20K7A41
1
Lift mechanisms are unsprung 75° R7037 20K7A11
4 Front fixing bracket 7 Adapter plate
Version Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no. Version Colour Part no.
Wooden fronts and wide Straight adapter plate –
1
Screw-on 2x 175H3100 SW | R7036 | NI-L | CS 956.1201
alu frames Short version
0
EXPANDO 2x 177H3100E Cruciform adapter plate – Extend-
Wooden fronts R7036 956A1501
Knock-in 2x 177H3100 ed version
All horizontal steel mounting plates with 0 mm spacing possible
1
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Colour Colour
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames HGR Light grey R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
SW Silk white R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
TGR Dark grey NI-L Nickel lacquered
4 Front fixing bracket set CS Carbon black IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
Version Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no.
Narrow alu
Screw-on 0 20K4A00A02
frames
6 TIP-ON set
Cabinet height
Version Colour Part no.
KH (mm)
SW |
Short version Up to 600 956.1004
R7036 | CS
Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON
6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate
6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate
– 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500

54 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDD6M
Planning
Peg position Fixing position Space requirement

SOB Top panel thickness 3 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm LH Internal cabinet height


* Min. 240 mm with visible wall hanging bracket

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames

Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts SOB Top panel thickness For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide SFA Front overlay of the side panel is possible
alu frames F Gap * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
SOB Top panel thickness dimensions accordingly
SFA Front overlay of the side panel
F Gap

Space requirement – cornice | crown Minimum gap Reference pages


Overview – AVENTOS HK-S 53
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a150

Opening angle stop Space requirement (mm) MF Minimum gap 2 mm


Without Y = FH x 0.29 – 15 + FD
100° Y = FH x 0.17 – 15 + FD
75° A = FH x 0.26 + 15 – FD
FD (mm) 16 19 22 26 –
X (mm) 70 59 49 35 –
FH Front height
FD Front thickness

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 55


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
Lift systems

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet


▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning
of 600 mm
▬ For drilling or in combina-
tion with adapter plates
▬ Output path approx. =
17 mm
▬ Setting +4/–1 mm =
Order information
Colour Material Part no. () Screw-on catch plate
SW | R7036 | CS Nylon 956.1004 Screw-on catch plate Glue-on catch plate
Consisting of:
1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet
1x Screw-on catch plate
1x Glue-on catch plate
Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled

FAu
surfaces
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey FAu Bottom front overlay FAu Bottom front overlay
CS Carbon black * 3 mm offset installation

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-S 53 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Positioning template for catch plate 687
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 Short URL
MINIPRESS top 614 www.blum.com/a150

56 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Accessories

Lift systems
Straight adapter plate – short version 20/17
▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | R7036 | NI-L | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956.1201
CS
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey 8
NI-L Nickel lacquered
CS Carbon black FAu

FAu Bottom front overlay


* 3 mm offset installation

Cruciform adapter plate – long version 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information

Front gap Catch plate

8
FAu

FAu Bottom front overlay


* 3 mm offset installation

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-S 53 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Template 664
Drilling template for mounting plates 665
Positioning template for catch plate 687 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a150
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 57


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift
Lift systems

Lift system for small stay lifts


Thanks to its slim construction,
AVENTOS HK-XS provides enormous scope
for the design of tall units and wall cabinets.
Even cabinets with little depth are now possi-
ble.
▬ Ideal for small top wall cabinets
▬ Also suitable for cabinets with shallow internal
depths
▬ Symmetrical lift mechanism, can be used on
one or both sides
▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to
BLUMOTION
▬ Easy to open
▬ Holds in any position
▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet
interior
▬ Small range, huge application variety
▬ Easy assembly and adjustment
▬ Excellent durability
▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS

Enhanced opening and closing ease

AVENTOS HK-XS boasts the quality of motion and ease of use that you Many possibilities Wide fronts
have come to expect from AVENTOS. Wall cabinet fronts close softly AVENTOS HK-XS has little depth For larger and heavier fronts, attach
and effortlessly in combination with CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges. The and is therefore ideal, for example, a lift mechanism to both sides.
variable stop ensures that fronts hold open in any position desired. for making full use of the space
above an extractor hood.

Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers

Excellent durability CLIP mechanism Infinitely variable lift mechanism Handle-less stay lift fronts
The core element of the lift mech- Tool-free lift mechanism assem- adjustment Handle-less wall cabinet fronts
anism is a robust spring package. bly is carried out using the CLIP The infinitely variable adjustment is open with a single touch with
The result: excellent durability. mechanism. carried out from the front using the TIP-ON, giving users easy access
adjustment screw. to the opening edge of fronts.

58 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Overview

Lift systems
Applications Web code Page
Standard | TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames

Symbolic image DQDDVY 60

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet


64
Accessories
Opening angle stop 61 Cross slot bit 67
Adapter plates 65
Screws 66
Centre bit 66
Door buffer 66
Symbolic image Screwdriver 67
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a160
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 59


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units Power factor LF
and over the refrigerator Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double
▬ Cabinet height KH 240–600 mm handle weight (kg)
▬ Internal cabinet depth LT min. 125 mm
▬ Cabinets with an internal depth LT of 100 mm are
possible thanks to a special drilling position A trial application is recommended when you are in a
▬ Closes silently and effortlessly in conjunction with borderline area of the individual lift mechanism!
CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges
▬ TIP-ON for handle-less stay lift fronts with CLIP top
unsprung hinges
▬ Light operating forces
▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop
▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism

Standard
TIP-ON

Order information
1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical)
Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
200–1000 1
20K1101
500–1500 1
105° 20K1301
800–1800 1
20K1501
Note
The power factor LF is doubled when used on two sides
1
Hinges with a smaller opening angle limit the degree of opening

1 Lift mechanism, symmetrical, for TIP-ON


Power factor LF Opening angle OW Part no.
180–800 1
20K1101T
500–1200 1
105° 20K1301T
800–1600 1
20K1501T
Note
The power factor LF is doubled when used on two sides
1
Hinges with a smaller opening angle limit the degree of opening

2 Cabinet fixing
Fixing method Part no.
Screw-on 20K5101
EXPANDO 20K51E1
10 CLIP top 110° hinge
4 Front fixing bracket Recommendation
Version Fixing method Part no. Boss Spring Part no.
Wooden fronts and wide 1 INSERTA 70T3590.TL
Screw-on 20K4101 Unsprung
alu frames Screw-on 1
70T3550.TL
Wooden fronts EXPANDO 20K41E1 3 hinges starting at cabinet width KB 900 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 1800
Narrow alu frames Screw-on 20K4101A 4 hinges with cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 2700
1
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Alternative
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames CLIP top hinges: 107° hinge, profile | thick door hinge, 95° aluminium frame door hinge or CLIP
100° (hinge, unsprung)
6 TIP-ON set
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Cabinet height
Version Colour Part no.
KH (mm) 11 Mounting plate
SW | Recommendation
Short version Up to 600 956.1004
R7036 | CS Fixing method Spacing (mm) Part no.
Consisting of: Screw-on 1
175H3100
6a 1 x TIP-ON 0
6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate
EXPANDO 177H3100E
6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the top gap F
– 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
10 CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge
Recommendation
Boss Spring Part no.
INSERTA 71B3590
With spring
Screw-on 1
71B3550
3 hinges starting at cabinet width KB 900 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 1800
4 hinges with cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 2700
Alternative
CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges: 107°, profile | thick door, 95° aluminium frame door hinge or
CLIP top hinges: 107°, profile | thick door, 95° aluminium frame door hinge in combination with
BLUMOTION 973A – for clip on and | or CLIP hinges: 100°
1
Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames

60 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
Order information
Accessories
– Opening angle stop
Opening angle OW Colour Part no.
86° S 70T3553
For CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° | CLIP top 110° hinge

7 Adapter plate
Version Colour Part no.
Straight adapter plate –
SW | R7036 | NI-L | CS 956.1201
Short version
Cruciform adapter plate – Extend-
R7036 956A1501
ed version

Colour Colour
HGR Light grey R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
SW Silk white R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
CS Carbon black NI-L Nickel lacquered
S Black

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS 59 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Mounting plates 144
Planning 62
Accessories – general 66 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a160
Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 61


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Lift systems

Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
Planning
Drilling position Space requirement
137+MD+K

H = 137 + MD + K + SOB LH Internal cabinet height CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge
MD Mounting plate spacing * Min. 200 mm with visible wall hanging bracket Front thickness FD (mm) 16 19 22 24
K Cranking of hinge arm () Internal cabinet depth 100 mm X (mm) 45 34 23 15
Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Y = (FH – X) x 0.3
Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm FH Front height
Double cranked arm – 18 mm
SOB Top panel thickness
() Internal cabinet depth 100 mm

Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu Front assembly – narrow alu frames Narrow alu frames
frames

38
31

Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts FAo Upper front overlay For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm
Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide SFA Front overlay of the side panel is possible
alu frames MD Mounting plate spacing * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly
FAo Upper front overlay K Cranking of hinge arm dimensions accordingly
SFA Front overlay of the side panel Straight hinge arm – 0 mm
MD Mounting plate spacing Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm
K Cranking of hinge arm Double cranked arm – 18 mm
Straight hinge arm – 0 mm () Internal cabinet depth 100 mm
Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm
Double cranked arm – 18 mm
() Internal cabinet depth 100 mm

Space requirement – cornice | crown Minimum gap

CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge MFo Minimum gap at the top depending on the hinge used
Front thickness FD (mm) 16 19 22 24
X (mm) 45 34 23 15 MFu Minimum gap at the bottom 1.5 mm

62 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON

Lift systems
Web code
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
Planning
CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° | CLIP top 110°
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Overlay application
21.5

12

66.5
TB 3-7

F
11
FAo

F Gap
FAo Upper front overlay
TB Drilling distance

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7
6 3 4 5 6 7
9 3 4 5 6 7
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30
3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.3 △ △
4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8 △ △
5 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.4 △ △
6 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2 △ △
7 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0 △ △
Additional for +2 mm height adjustment
+0.2 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS 59 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a160

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 63


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
Lift systems

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet


▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning
of 600 mm
▬ For use with unsprung
Blum hinges
▬ For drilling or in combina- =
tion with adapter plates
▬ Output path approx. =
Order information 17 mm
Colour Material Part no. ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm () Screw-on catch plate
SW | R7036 | CS Nylon 956.1004 Screw-on catch plate Glue-on catch plate
Consisting of:
1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet
1x Screw-on catch plate
1x Glue-on catch plate
Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled

FAu
surfaces
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey FAu Bottom front overlay FAu Bottom front overlay
CS Carbon black * 3 mm offset installation

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS 59 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Positioning template for catch plate 687
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 Short URL
MINIPRESS top 614 www.blum.com/a160

64 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Accessories

Lift systems
Straight adapter plate – short version 20/17
▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | R7036 | NI-L | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956.1201
CS
Colour
SW Silk white
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey 8
NI-L Nickel lacquered
CS Carbon black FAu

FAu Bottom front overlay


* 3 mm offset installation

Cruciform adapter plate – long version 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
R7036 Nylon 956A1501 Front gap Catch plate
Colour
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

8
FAu

FAu Bottom front overlay


* 3 mm offset installation

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS 59 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Template 664 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610
Drilling template for mounting plates 665 MINIPRESS top 614
Positioning template for catch plate 687 MINIPRESS P 626 Short URL
MINIPRESS M 630 www.blum.com/a160

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 65


Lift systems 〉 Accessories
Lift systems

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

Chipboard screws – Ø 4.0 mm


▬ For fixing lift mechanisms Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
35.0 Ø 4.0 664.3500

Counter sunk self tapping screw – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ For front fixing brackets on wide alu frames Order information
▬ Drilling diameter Ø 2.8 mm Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Colour: nickel plated (mm)
▬ Material: steel 9.5 Ø 3.5 660.0950

System screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

66 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Lift systems 〉 Accessories

Lift systems
8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

Blum distance bumper


▬ For SERVO-DRIVE Order information
▬ Gap 2.6 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Ø 5.0 993.0530
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.0830.01
Ø5

min 10

TORX screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
100 623.882.2
TORX T20
210 209.093.7

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1

Cross slot bit


▬ Screw bit Order information
▬ Suitable for adjusting lift mechanisms Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: steel Pozidriv PZ 2 740.749.1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 67


Hinge systems

There are many reasons to choose hinges from ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing ▬ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to
Blum: High quality, durability, easy assembly, action CLIP technology
comprehensive programme, variety of special ▬ For CLIP top BLUMOTION integrated into the ▬ An extensive hinge programme that offers the
solutions and an attractive design. hinge boss right solution for any application
▬ Or as a BLUMOTION retrofit part for optional
use with CLIP top hinges
▬ TIP-ON for handle-less doors

CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges CLIP top – hinges MODUL – hinges

The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge is setting new This proven classic in the Blum hinge pro- Simple “slide-on” door to cabinet assembly.
benchmarks: It concentrates maximum ease of gramme combines reliable function, easy ad-
use into the smallest of spaces. BLUMOTION is justment and assembly as well as an attractive
integrated into the hinge ensuring tan un- design. BLUMOTION or TIP-ON for doors are
changed installation size. also available as options.

68 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 Overview

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges


CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 70 Accessories 151
Overview 71
Overview – hinges 72
Overview – angled applications 116
Mounting plates 144

Hinge systems
Symbolic image Angled spacers 150
BLUMOTION for doors
BLUMOTION for doors 156
Overview 157
Accessories 168

Symbolic image
TIP-ON for doors
TIP-ON for doors 170
Overview 171
Accessories 173

Symbolic image
MODUL – hinges
MODUL – hinges 174
Overview 175
Mounting plates 182
Accessories 185

Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 69


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges

CLIP top BLUMOTION – innovative technology within the smallest space


With CLIP top BLUMOTION everything “is
included”, because BLUMOTION, our function
for silent and effortless closing, is now integrat-
Hinge systems

ed into the boss.


▬ With integrated BLUMOTION (with deactiva-
tion option)
▬ Infinitely variable 3-dimensional setting
options
▬ Extremely reliable CLIP mechanism
▬ Compatible with all CLIP mounting plates
▬ Tool-free assembly and removal
▬ 110° standard hinge for front thicknesses FD
up to approx. 24 mm
▬ 107° standard hinge for front thicknesses FD
greater than 15 mm
▬ Special hinges, e.g. available for zero protru-
sion, glass doors and blind corner applica-
tions
▬ 110° hinge for thin doors with a front thick-
ness FD of 8–14 mm

New furniture manufacturing design trends are opening up even more options for customisation. Including thin fronts made from a wide range of
materials and dark-coloured furniture. The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge for thin doors, with the EXPANDO T special fixing, and the onyx black colour
variant make it possible to implement these trends in line with Blum’s usual high quality standards.

You have the option of deactivating The proven CLIP mechanism The INSERTA mechanism enables Hinges for angled solutions from
BLUMOTION if required. stands for simple, tool-free hinge tool-free fixing of the hinge. –50° to +50°.
assembly.

70 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview

Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems 69
BLUMOTION for doors 156
TIP-ON for doors 170
MODUL – hinges 174

Hinge systems
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – hinges 72
Overview – angled applications 116
Mounting plates 144
Angled spacers 150

Symbolic image
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap 151 Screwdriver 155
Hinge boss cover cap 153
Hinge boss spacing 152
Screws 154
Centre bit 154
Symbolic image Door buffer 154
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a210
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request Corner cabinet with bi-fold door Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

All 4 edges Angled application inset EXPANDO T

Side Angled application half overlay INSERTA boss

Overlay application Angled application overlay Screw-on boss

Dual application Angled application max. overlay Knock-in boss

Inset application Angled application mitred Knock-in boss – assembly with insertion ram
only
Special application Hinge with straight hinge arm CRISTALLO adhesion plate

Blind corner application Hinge with cranked hinge arm Min. chipboard screw length

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 71


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – hinges

Hinge applications OW CLIP top CLIP top Colour Application Boss Fixing Web Page
BLUMOTION code

Standard application
110° hinge
110° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQDELA 74

110° special hinge


Hinge systems

110° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQDFAM 76

107° hinge
107° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQDFZY 78

CLIP 100° hinge


100° ●|○ NI DQDGPA 80

Wide angled application


155° hinge
155° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQDHEM 82
0-protrusion for the overlay application
170° hinge
170° ●|○ NI DQDI3Y 86

Profile door application


Profile/thick door hinge
95° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQDITA 88

125° hinge
125° ● NI | ONS DQDJIM 90
0-protrusion for the overlay application
Blind corner application
Blind corner hinge inset application 95°
● ○ NI | ONS DQDK7Y 94
83°
Blind corner hinge overlay appli-
95° ● NI DQDKXA 96
cation
Aluminium frame application
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° alumini-
95° ● NI DQDLMM 98
um frame door hinge
95° aluminium frame door hinge
95° ●|○ NI | ONS DQDMBY 100

Thin door application


Hinge for thin doors
110° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQGT1A 102

Glass door application


CRISTALLO hinge
110° ● ●|○ NI | ONS DQDN1A 104

CRISTALLO hinge – glass display


110° ● ●|○ NI DQDNQM 106
cabinets
Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts
95° ● ○ NI 108
that protrude all the way around
Glass door hinge
94° ● NI DQDP5A 110

Frame door application


Mini-hinge
94° ● NI DQDPUM 112

Corner cabinet solution


Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
60° ● NI | ONS DQDQJY 114

Angled application – standard


+45° I – angled hinge half overlay
95° ● ○ NI | ONS DQDR9A 118

+45° II – angled hinge overlay


110° ● ○ NI | ONS DQDRYM 120

+45° III – angled hinge full overlay


95° ● ○ NI DQDSNY 122

+30° II – angled hinge overlay


95° ● ○ NI | ONS DQDTDA 124

+30° III – angled hinge full overlay


95° ● ○ NI DQDU2M 126

+20° II – angled hinge overlay


95° ● ○ NI DQDURY 128

+15° III – angled hinge full overlay


95° ● ○ NI | ONS DQDVHA 130

±5° angled application


95° ● ●|○ NI DQDW6M 132

–15° III – angled hinge full overlay


110° ● ○ NI DQDWVY 134

–30° III – angled hinge full overlay


110° ● ○ NI DQDXLA 136
OW Opening angle ● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

72 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – hinges

Hinge applications OW CLIP top CLIP top Colour Application Boss Fixing Web Page
BLUMOTION code

Angled application – standard


–45° III – angled hinge full overlay
110° ● ○ NI DQDYAM 138

Angled application – thin doors

Hinge systems
Hinge for thin doors – angled
110° ● ●|○ NI 140
application
Angled application – glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
110° ● ●|○ NI 142
OW Opening angle ● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

Overview – angled applications


Angled application Nº 1–117
116

Mounting plates
Mounting plates
144

Angled spacers
Angled spacers
150

Number of hinges
Number of hinges The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH

To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible


Front height FH (mm)

Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm

* Door weight FG (kg)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 73


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
110° hinge
DQDELA
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Application
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 110° opening angle
Hinge systems

▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment


▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B3590 ● NI | ONS 71B3690 ● NI | ONS 71B3790
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T3590 CLIP top ● NI 71T3690 CLIP top ● NI 71T3790
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T3590.TL CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T3690.TL CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T3790.TL
● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black ○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black ○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B3550 ● NI | ONS 71B3650 ● NI | ONS 71B3750
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T3550 CLIP top ● NI 71T3650 CLIP top ● NI 71T3750
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T3550.TL CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T3650.TL CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T3750.TL

Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B3580 ● NI 71B3680 ● NI 71B3780
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T3580 CLIP top ● NI 71T3680 CLIP top ● NI 71T3780
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T3580.TL

Accessories Accessories Accessories


Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.1503 Plain – NI | ONS 70.1663 Plain – NI | ONS 70.1663


Stamped Blum NI | ONS 70.1503.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws

Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


Opening angle Colour Part no.
CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI | ONS 70T3504
86° Black 70T3553 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
CLIP top NI 70T3504
TIP-ON for doors NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black Insertion ram

Version Spring Part no. Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Extended version ○ 956A1004 Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
● With spring ○ Unsprung BLUMOTION
CLIP top 1.5 70T3507.21

74 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
110° hinge
DQDELA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

21.5 39.5
66.5

68
3-7
3-7

F
12 11 30 F
7

F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness


FD +1.5 mm

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0
0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7
6 3 4 5 6 7 6 3 4 5 6 7 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 9 3 4 5 6 7 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30
3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.3 △ △
4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8 △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.4 △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2 △ △ plates
7 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0 △ △
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.2 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 75


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
110° special hinge
DQDFAM
▬ Hinge with larger overlay capacity for thick cabinet Application
sides
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)


▬ 110° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Overlay application

Boss INSERTA
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 73B3590
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 73T3590
CLIP top ○ NI 72T3590.TL
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black

Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 73B3550
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 73T3550
CLIP top ○ NI 72T3550.TL

Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI 73B3580
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 73T3580

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.1503


Stamped Blum NI | ONS 70.1503.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws

Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


Opening angle Colour Part no.
CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI | ONS 70T3504
86° Black 70T3553 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
CLIP top NI 70T3504
TIP-ON for doors NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black Insertion ram

Version Spring Part no. Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Extended version ○ 956A1004 Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
● With spring ○ Unsprung BLUMOTION
CLIP top 1.5 70T3507.21

76 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
110° special hinge
DQDFAM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application

20
66.5

1.5

3-7

F
10 13

F Gap

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7
6 3 4 5 6 7
9 3 4 5 6 7
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 30
3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.3 △ △
4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8 △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.9 3.4 △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2 △ △ plates
7 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0 △ △
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.2 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5 +0.5
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 77


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
107° hinge
DQDFZY
▬ For front thicknesses FD starting from 15 mm Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
Hinge systems

▬ 107° opening angle


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1590B CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1690B CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1790B
CLIP top ○ NI ☎ 74T1590BTL ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated
● With spring NI Nickel plated ○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black ○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS ☎ 75B1550 ● NI | ONS ☎ 75B1650 ● NI | ONS ☎ 75B1750
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1550 CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1650 CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1750
CLIP top ○ NI ☎ 74T1550.TL CLIP top ○ NI ☎ 74T1650.TL CLIP top ○ NI ☎ 74T1750.TL

Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI ☎ 75B1580 ● NI ☎ 75B1680 ● NI ☎ 75B1780
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1580 CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1680 CLIP top ● NI ☎ 75T1780

Accessories Accessories Accessories


Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.1503 Plain – NI | ONS 70.1663 Plain – NI | ONS 70.1663


Stamped Blum NI | ONS 70.1503.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws

Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


Opening angle Colour Part no.
CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI | ONS 70T3504
86° Black ☎ 74.1103 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
CLIP top NI 70T1504
TIP-ON for doors NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black Insertion ram

Version Spring Part no. Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Extended version ○ 956A1004 Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
● With spring ○ Unsprung BLUMOTION

78 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
107° hinge
DQDFZY
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

21 31 40

67.5
66

66
3-6

1.5
1.5

3-6 3-6

F F
10 11 19.5 1.5 28 F
7

F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness


FD +1.5 mm

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6
6 3 4 5 6 6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
15 16 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 32
3 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.7 4.3 △ △ △ △
4 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.9 △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.3 3.6 △ △ △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.2 3.3 △ △ △ △ plates
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.1 +0.2 +0.2 +0.3 +0.3 +0.3 +0.3
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 79


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
CLIP 100° hinge
DQDGPA
▬ CLIP with or without closing mechanism (spring) Application
▬ 100° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Hinge systems

▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP ● NI 71M2590B CLIP ● NI 71M2690B CLIP ● NI 71M2790B
● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ○ Unsprung ○ Unsprung

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP ● NI 71M2550 CLIP ● NI 71M2650 CLIP ● NI 71M2750
CLIP ○ NI 70M2550.TL CLIP ○ NI 70M2650.TL CLIP ○ NI 70M2750.TL

Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP ● NI 71M2580 CLIP ● NI 71M2680 CLIP ● NI 71M2780
CLIP ○ NI 70M2580.TL

Accessories Accessories Accessories


BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A

Version Part no. Version Part no. Version Part no.


Clip on 973A0500.01 Clip on 973A0600 Clip on 973A0700

Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 90M2503 Plain – NI 94M3603 Plain – NI 94M3603


Stamped Blum NI 90M2503.BP Stamped Blum NI 94M3603.BP Stamped Blum NI 94M3603.BP

Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Insertion ram

Version Spring Part no. Colour Material Part no.


Short version ○ 956.1004 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Extended version ○ 956A1004
Extended version ● 956A1006
● With spring ○ Unsprung

Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


3.5 15 609.1500
3.5 17 609.1700

80 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
CLIP 100° hinge
DQDGPA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

20 30 38

67.5
66

66
3-6
1.2

1.2
3-6 3-6

F F
9 11 18.5 27 F
1.5
7

F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness


FD +1.2 mm

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6
6 3 4 5 6 6 3 4 5 6 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 32
3 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 3.3 △ △ △ △ △
4 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.6 3.2 △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.6 △ △ △ △ △ See mounting –1.0 mm
6 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.4 △ △ △ △ △ plates
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.3 +0.3 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.4
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 81


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code
155° hinge
DQDHEM
▬ 0-protrusion for overlay application (for cabinets Application
with inner pull-outs or pull-out shelfs)
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)


▬ 155° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
▬ Suitable for special applications, e.g. mitred doors

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
0-protrusion
Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA For inset application use hinges for twin applica-
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. tion and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B7590 ● NI | ONS 71B7690
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T7590 CLIP top ○ NI 70T7690.TL
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T7590.TL ● With spring NI Nickel plated
● With spring NI Nickel plated ○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B7550 ● NI | ONS 71B7650
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T7550 CLIP top ● NI 71T7650
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T7550.TL CLIP top ○ NI 70T7650.TL

Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B7580
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T7580

Accessories Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.4503 Plain – NI | ONS 70.4503


Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws

Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


Opening angle Colour Part no.
CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI | ONS 70T7504
92° Dark grey 70T7553.09 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
110° R7037 70T7553 CLIP top NI | ONS 70T7504
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black Insertion ram

TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Version Spring Part no. Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top 1.5 70T3507.21
● With spring ○ Unsprung

82 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code
155° hinge
DQDHEM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
0-protrusion

max 72 max 81

72.5

74
1.5
3-7
3-8 3-8
F F
1.5 7.5
7.2 16.2
F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness
FD +1.5 mm

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5
0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3
6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.5
4 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 4.0
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0 0 0 0 0 0.5 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.5 See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 plates
7 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 1.5 2.5
8 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 1.5
We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall
110° Opening angle stop
92° Opening angle stop

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions


min 11.7 PLQ  
 

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 83


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code
155° hinge
DQDHEM
Planning
Special application
Mitred application – all 4 edges
Hinge systems

19 mm 22 mm 24 mm
19 22 24

0.5 0.5
R2.5 0.5
R1 R3

37*

34.8*
37*

55.5*
1.5
54.6*

45°
1.5

54.5*
45°

3.7
R1 R2.5 45°
45° R3
45°
22
45°
19

24
4

1.
2.5
1.

2.5

3
5
2.9

16 4 2.5

8
15.1 1.9
17.3 4.7

6.7 6.7
6.7

Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Mitred application – side

19 mm 22 mm 24 mm

19 22 24

0.5 0.5 0.5


R1 R1
R2

36.2*
37*
37*

57.6*
54.6*

57.3*
1.5

45° R2
1.5

45° R1
2.3

R1 45°
45° 45° 45°
22
19

24
4

4
1.

1.

2.5 2.5
2.9

2
2.5
2.9

5.2
15.1 1.9 18.1 1.9
18.7 3.3

6.7 6.7
6.7

Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

84 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code
155° hinge
DQDHEM
Planning
Special application
Mitred application – side, with large overlay Front overlay max.

Hinge systems
16/19 mm 19/19 mm 34 mm

19 19
R1

37*
54.6*
1.5
45° R1
45°
19

4
1.
7.5

2.9
25.1 1.9
110°
2.3

Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description Opening angle Part no. Description Opening angle Part no. Description Opening angle Part no.

Opening angle stop 110° Opening angle stop 110° Opening angle stop 110°
70T7553 70T7553 70T7553
You can select any front thickness FD for a free-standing
cabinet
We recommend a trial application for a neighbouring front or an
overlay application on the wall.

Rebated applications

10 mm 13 mm 16 mm
13.2 19 13.2 19

max. max.
16 15
49.5*

1.5 1.5 52.5*


16
X 13

R1
Y

R1
2

2
X

110°
3 3 3 4

17.5 16.5
Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications Hinge for dual applications
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 6 175H9160
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description Opening angle Part no. Description Opening angle Part no.

Opening angle stop 110° Opening angle stop 110°


70T7553 70T7553
Cabinet situation X max. (mm) Y max. (mm) Cabinet situation X max. (mm) Y max. (mm) Cabinet situation X max. (mm) Y max. (mm)
18 28 16 29 8 24

20 30 17 30 8 24

25 35 17 30 8 24

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 85


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code
170° hinge
DQDI3Y
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) Application
▬ 170° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
Hinge systems

▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal


▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA For inset application use hinges for twin applica-
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. tion and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
CLIP top ● NI 71T6540B CLIP top ● NI 71T6640B
CLIP top ○ NI 70T6540BTL ● With spring NI Nickel plated
● With spring NI Nickel plated ○ Unsprung
○ Unsprung

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 71T6550 CLIP top ● NI 71T6650
CLIP top ○ NI 70T6550.TL CLIP top ○ NI 70T6650.TL

Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 71T6580 CLIP top ● NI 71T6680

Accessories Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A BLUMOTION 973A

Version Part no. Version Part no.


Clip on 973A6000 Clip on 973A6000

Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Safety information
If young children have access to furniture with wide
angle hinges then the 155° opening 0-protrusion
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
hinges should be used
Plain – NI 80.6507 Plain – NI 80.6507
Stamped Blum NI 80.6507.BP Stamped Blum NI 80.6507.BP

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


Opening angle Colour Part no.
3.5 15 609.1500
130° Black ☎ 70.6103 3.5 17 609.1700

TIP-ON for doors Insertion ram

Version Spring Part no. Colour Material Part no.


Short version ○ 956.1004 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Extended version ○ 956A1004
Extended version ● 956A1006
● With spring ○ Unsprung

86 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application

Web code
170° hinge
DQDI3Y
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

max 65 max 75 max 84

70.5
69

69
3-7
1.5

1.5
3-8 3-8
F F
8 11 17.5 1.5 26.5 F
7.5

F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness


FD +1.5 mm

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5
0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 3
6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
For front thicknesses FD up to 21 mm, no gap F is required
For front thickness FD in excess of 22 mm, a trial application is recommended

Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm


See mounting –2.0 mm
plates

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Safety information 701 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144 Short URL
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 www.blum.com/a210
Accessories – general 153
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Mitred application – all 4 edges 84
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 87


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code
Profile/thick door hinge
DQDITA
▬ Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
Hinge systems

▬ 95° opening angle


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B9590 ● NI | ONS 71B9690 ● NI | ONS 71B9790
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T9590B CLIP top ● NI 71T9690B CLIP top ● NI 71T9790B
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T9590BTL CLIP top ○ ONS 70T9690BTL CLIP top ○ ONS 70T9790BTL
● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black ○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black ○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B9550 ● NI | ONS 71B9650 ● NI | ONS 71B9750
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T9550 CLIP top ● NI 71T9650 CLIP top ● NI 71T9750
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T9550.TL CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T9650.TL CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T9750.TL

Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in Boss Knock-in


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B9580 ● NI 71B9680 ● NI 71B9780
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T9580
CLIP top ○ ONS 70T9580.TL

Accessories Accessories Accessories


Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.1553 Plain – NI | ONS 70.1663 Plain – NI | ONS 70.1663


Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws

Version Spring Part no. Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI | ONS 70T3504
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top NI | ONS 70T1504
● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black Insertion ram

Hinge boss spacing Colour Material Part no.


Orange Nylon MZM.0040
Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
BLUMOTION

88 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code
Profile/thick door hinge
DQDITA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

22 31 40

67.5
66
66

3-7

1.5
1.5

3-7 3-7

F F
24 F
14.5 11 1.5 32.5 7

F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness


FD +1.5 mm

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0
0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 4 5 6 7
3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 3 3 4 5 6 7
6 3 4 5 6 7 6 3 4 5 6 7 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 9 3 4 5 6 7 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 2.8 3.6 4.5 5.4
4 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.5 3.1 4.0 4.8
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.5 4.3 See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.5 3.2 3.8 plates
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.4 3.0 3.5
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.2 +0.2 +0.2 +0.3 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.4 +0.4 +0.4 +0.3

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top T CLIP top

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 89


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code
125° hinge
DQDJIM
▬ 0-protrusion for overlay application (for cabinets Application
with inner pull-outs or pull-out shelfs)
▬ Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
Hinge systems

BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)


▬ 125° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ Suitable for special applications, e.g. mitred doors

Order information
Overlay application
0-protrusion
Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B7550D
BLUMOTION
● With spring
NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black

Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI 71B7580D
BLUMOTION

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.4503


Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop Hinge boss cover cap Insertion ram

Hinge Colour Part no. Colour Material Part no.


Opening angle Colour Part no.
CLIP top Orange Nylon MZM.0040
NI | ONS 70T7504
92° R7037 70T7553 BLUMOTION
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black

Chipboard screws Hinge boss spacing

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no. Hinge Spacing (mm) Part no.
3.5 15 609.1500 CLIP top
1.5 70T3507.21
3.5 17 609.1700 BLUMOTION

90 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code
125° hinge
DQDJIM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application
0-protrusion

max 62
73.5

1.5

3-8
F
1.7 11

F Gap

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
0 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 3 4 5 6 7 8
6 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 3 4 5 6 7 8
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
3 0 0 0 0.1 0.3 0.7 1.2 2.0 2.8 4.1 5.7
4 0 0 0 0.1 0.4 0.8 1.5 2.3 3.4 4.9
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0 0 0 0.1 0.4 1.0 1.7 2.8 4.2 See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0 0 0 0.1 0.6 1.2 2.1 3.5 plates
7 0 0 0 0.2 0.7 1.6 2.8
8 0 0 0 0.3 1.0 2.0
We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall
92° Opening angle stop

Screw-on Knock-in Hinge boss dimensions


min 11.7 PLQ
37.5

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 91


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code
125° hinge
DQDJIM
Planning
Special application
Mitred application – all 4 edges
Hinge systems

22 mm 25 mm 28 mm

25 28
22

35.5*
37*
R1 R1.5 R3
37*

59.3*
59.9*
45°
1.5
45°
57.6*

45° R1

3
1.5

R1.5 R3
45° 45° 45°
25

28
22

5
4

2.
4

1.
1.

2.5 2.5 2.5

3.6
2.9

7.2
18.1 1.9 20.4 2.6 21.3 4.7
7.3 7.3
7.3
125° 125° 125°

Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 9 175H7190

Mitred application – side

22 mm 25 mm 30 mm

25 30
22

35.4*
R1 R3
37*
37*

3.1

61.2*
45° R1 45°
60.6*
57.6*

1.5

45° R1 R3
1.5

R1
45° 45°
45°
30
25
22

5
4
4

2.
1.
1.

2.5 2.5 2.5


2.9

7.3
2.9

18.1 1.9 21.1 1.9 23.3 4.7


7.3
7.3 7.3
125° 125° 125°

Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 9 175H7190

92 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application

Web code
125° hinge
DQDJIM
Planning
Special application
Mitred application – side, with large overlay Mitred application – all 4 edges, with large Front overlay max.
overlay

Hinge systems
19/24 mm 19/19 mm 39 mm

19 24 19 19 39

R1
R1
max

37*
R1
37*

37*
1.5

54.6*
59.6*

1.5
45°
19 1.5
45°
R1 28
45° 45° 11
24

19
4

8
1.

1.
7.5 7

2.9
2.9

1.7 30.1 1.9 24.6 2.4


1.7 1.7
125° 125° 92°

Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description Opening angle Part no.

Opening angle stop 92°


70T7553
You can select any front thickness FD for a free-standing
cabinet
We recommend a trial application for a neighbouring front or an
overlay application on the wall.

Thin materials – protruding

16 + 6 mm 16 + 6 mm

19 19
37*
37*

8 8
(22) 1.5
(22) 1.5

11 11
16
16

6
6

max 39 max 43

1.7
1.7 92°
125°

Hinge for overlay applications Hinge for overlay applications


Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
* Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm * Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm

Description Opening angle Part no.

Opening angle stop 92°


70T7553

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 93


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Web code
Blind corner hinge inset application
DQDK7Y
▬ Hinge for blind corner applications Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)
Hinge systems

▬ 95° | 83° opening angle


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Inset application Inset application
95° opening angle 83° opening angle
Boss INSERTA
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9590
BLUMOTION
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9550 ● NI ☎ 79B9550.83
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ○ NI 78T9550.TL CLIP top ○ NI ☎ 78T9550.83

Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9580
BLUMOTION

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.1503


Stamped Blum NI | ONS 70.1503.BP

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws

Version Spring Part no. Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI | ONS 70T3504
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top NI 70T1504
● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black Insertion ram

Colour Material Part no.


Orange Nylon MZM.0040

94 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Web code
Blind corner hinge inset application
DQDK7Y
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Inset application

Move standard mounting plate fixing positions 15.5 mm nearer the edge of the muntin (i.e. set
back by 21.5 mm)!
Use 3 mm spaced standard mounting plates only to ensure door and muntin are flush on the
inside!
F = 8 mm – TB
F Gap
TB Drilling distance
min 70
51

3-7
23

21.5

8
F
33.5

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 △ △ △ △
4 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.5 mm ±1.0 mm
5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ See mounting
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ plates
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 △ △ △ △
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 95


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Web code
Blind corner hinge overlay application
DQDKXA
▬ Hinge for blind corner overlay applications Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ 95° opening angle
Hinge systems

▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment


▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Overlay application

Boss INSERTA
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI ☎ 79B9990
BLUMOTION
● With spring NI Nickel plated

Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI 79B9950
BLUMOTION

Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI ☎ 79B9980
BLUMOTION

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.1503
Stamped Blum NI 70.1503.BP

Accessories – general
Hinge boss cover cap Insertion ram

Hinge Colour Part no. Colour Material Part no.


CLIP top Orange Nylon MZM.0040
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
NI Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


3.5 15 609.1500
3.5 17 609.1700

96 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Web code
Blind corner hinge overlay application
DQDKXA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application

Frame thickness RS (mm) Mounting plate spacing (mm)


16 6
19 3
22 0

min. 86
67
(RS)

37
19
1

16.5 9
3-7

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 △ △ △ △
4 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.5 mm ±1.0 mm
5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ See mounting
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ plates
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 △ △ △ △
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 97


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application

Web code
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° aluminium frame door hinge
DQDLMM
▬ Hinge for narrow alu frame doors Application
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ 95° opening angle
Hinge systems

▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment


▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ Boss fixing screws are included

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI 71B950A ● NI 71B960A ● NI 71B970A
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated

Accessories Accessories Accessories


Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.1553 Plain – NI 70.1663 Plain – NI 70.1663


Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP

98 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application

Web code
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° aluminium frame door hinge
DQDLMM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

22 31 40
65

65
16 6.5

2.5
2.5

F
13.5 23 19
19 19
F Gap Set mounting plate back by frame width +2.5 mm

Minimum gap F for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Frame thickness RS (mm)
Side frame width RB (mm)
18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 30 32
18 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 △ △ △ △ △ △
19 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 △ △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
20 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 △ △ △ △ △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 △ △ △ △ △ △ plates
22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 △ △ △ △ △ △
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.2 +0.3 +0.3 +0.3 +0.4
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on

RB Side frame width

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 99


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application

Web code
95° aluminium frame door hinge
DQDMBY
CLIP top for 973A ▬ Hinge for narrow alu frame doors CLIP top
▬ CLIP top for 973A with closing mechanism (spring)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 95° opening angle
Hinge systems

▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment


▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ Boss fixing screws are included

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top for CLIP top ● NI | ONS 71T960A CLIP top ● NI | ONS 71T970A
● NI 71T950AB ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated
973A
ONS Onyx black ONS Onyx black
CLIP top ● NI | ONS 71T950A
CLIP top ○ NI | ONS 70T950A.TL
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black

Accessories Accessories Accessories


BLUMOTION 973A

Version Part no.


Clip on 973A0500.01

Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.1553 Plain – NI | ONS 70.1663 Plain – NI | ONS 70.1663


Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP

Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors

Version Spring Part no.


Short version ○ 956.1004
Extended version ○ 956A1004
Extended version ● 956A1006
● With spring ○ Unsprung

100 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application

Web code
95° aluminium frame door hinge
DQDMBY
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

40

67
2
19
31.5
F Gap Set mounting plate back by frame width +1.7 mm

Minimum gap F for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Frame thickness RS (mm)
Side frame width RB (mm)
18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 30 32
19 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.2 △ △ △ △ △ △
20 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 △ △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 △ △ △ △ △ △ See mounting –2.0 mm
22 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.1 △ △ △ △ △ △ plates

Additional for +2 mm side adjustment


+0.1 +0.2 +0.3 +0.3 +0.3 +0.4
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on

RB Side frame width


A The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the routing

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 101


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Thin door application

Web code
Hinge for thin doors
DQGT1A
▬ Thin fronts from 8–14 mm Application
▬ EXPANDO T fixing system for a variety of front
materials
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
Hinge systems

BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)


▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pull-
out shelfs)
▬ 110° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information
The different overlay applications can be achieved with the appropriate fixing positions

Boss EXPANDO T Area of application – EXPANDO T


EXPANDO T is suitable for fixing Blum fittings to thin front materials in furniture manufacturing
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top With sufficient stability and strength, front materials of 8 mm thickness and above may be used
● NI | ONS 71B453T
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T453T Area of application and assembly recommendation
CLIP top ○ NI 70T453T.TL Materials tested by Blum Transverse tensile strength (N/mm²) Min. tightening torque (Nm)
● With spring NI Nickel plated Chipboard > 0.40 1.5
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black MDF > 0.60 1.5
HDF 2
Accessories HPL 2
Mineral composites 2
Hinge arm cover cap
Nero Assoluto natural granite stone 3
Quartz composite artificial stone 3
Ceramic plates 3
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Limitation of liability
Plain – NI | ONS 70.4503 Blum accepts no liability for the use of EXPANDO T in combination with materials not listed or fittings from other manufacturers
Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP
It is recommended that the assembly be carried out by an experienced furniture manufacturer

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap

Version Hinge Spring Part no. Hinge Colour Part no.


Opening angle Colour Part no.
Short version CLIP top ○ 956.1004 CLIP top
NI | ONS 70T4504
85° Dark grey 70T4503 Extended version CLIP top ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION
92° R7037 70T4503.09 Extended version CLIP top ● 956A1006 CLIP top NI 70T4504
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey ● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black

102 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Thin door application

Web code
Hinge for thin doors
DQGT1A
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

F Gap F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness
FD +1.5 mm
F Gap

Fixing position
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
–3.5 –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1 2.5 4 5.5 7 8.5 10 11.5 13 14.5 16 17.5 19
0 23.5 24 24.5 25 25.5 26 29.5 31 32.5 34 35.5 37 38.5 40 41.5 43 44.5 46
3 26.5 27 27.5 28 28.5 29 32.5 34 35.5 37 38.5 40 41.5 43 44.5 46
6 29.5 30 30.5 31 31.5 32 35.5 37 38.5 40 41.5 43 44.5 46
9 32.5 33 33.5 34 34.5 35 38.5 40 41.5 43 44.5 46
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Fixing position Adjustment


B=
FA min
23
B max .5
46
44
32

34.5
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
Ø10+̶ 0.1
0.1*
3.5 See mounting –2.0 mm
plates

B Fixing position B Fixing position


B = FA + 27 mm + MD
FA Front overlay
MD Mounting plate spacing
* Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

Drilling depth Mounting plate spacing MD – cabinet hinge side on the wall
SWD Front thickness FD (mm)
(mm) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
12
13
14
min 6

15
BT =

16
17
18
19
20
BT Drilling depth SWD Cabinet side panel thickness
Mounting plate spacing MD 0 mm possible
Mounting plate spacing MD 3 mm required
Mounting plate spacing MD 6 mm required

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges More technical details 698
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Assembly recommendation and limitation of
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
584

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 103


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code
CRISTALLO hinge
DQDN1A
▬ Hinge for glass and mirror doors Application
▬ Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling
necessary)
▬ Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly
Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pull-
out shelfs)
▬ 110° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information
The different applications can be achieved through relevant adhesion positions

Boss CRISTALLO 110° Limitation of liability


If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
concerning the stability of the connection
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B4500C
BLUMOTION This is monitored through internal and external testing
CLIP top ● NI 71T4500C
As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the
CLIP top ○ NI 70T4500CTL failure or malfunction of this/these process/es
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer

CRISTALLO adhesion plate

Glue-on
Front material Colour Part no.
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 70T4568C
Mirror Special nickel plated 70T4568C

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI | ONS 70.4503


Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop

Opening angle Colour Part no.

85° Dark grey 70T4503


92° R7037 70T4503.09
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

TIP-ON for doors

Version Spring Part no.


Short version ○ 956.1004
Extended version ○ 956A1004
Extended version ● 956A1006
● With spring ○ Unsprung

104 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code
CRISTALLO hinge
DQDN1A
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

max 56.5

75.5

1.5
1.5 3.5
3-8

FA

A Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling A Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling A Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling
20 mm with mounting plate A20 20 mm with mounting plate A20 21.5 mm + front thickness FD with mounting plate A20
37 mm with mounting plate A37 37 mm with mounting plate A37 38.5 mm + front thickness FD with mounting plate A37
FA Front overlay FA Front overlay

Distance
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD
–3.5 –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1 2.5 4 5.5 7 8.5 10 11.5 13 14.5 16 17.5 19
0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5
3 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5
6 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5
9 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Due to the risk of breakage to glass and mirror doors, sufficient surrounding gaps are required (recommendation: min 2 mm)

Distance Adjustment

KT=
min
0
max
22.5 Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
See mounting –2.0 mm
plates

FA Front overlay KT Adhesion plate distance


KT Adhesion plate distance
KT = FA + 3.5 mm + MD
MD Mounting plate spacing

Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 105


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code
CRISTALLO hinge – glass display cabinets
DQDNQM
▬ Hinge for glass display cabinets Application
▬ Mounting | adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no
glass drilling necessary)
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
Hinge systems

BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)


▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 110° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information
Overlay application | Inset
application
Boss CRISTALLO 110° Limitation of liability
If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
concerning the stability of the connection
CLIP top
● NI 71B4500C
BLUMOTION This is monitored through internal and external testing
CLIP top ● NI 71T4500C
As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the
CLIP top ○ NI 70T4500CTL failure or malfunction of this/these process/es
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer

CRISTALLO adhesion plate

Glue-on
Front material Colour Part no.
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 70T4568C
Mirror Special nickel plated 70T4568C

CRISTALLO mounting plate

Glue-on
Front material Colour Part no.
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 175M4C20N

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.4503
Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Accessories – general
Opening angle stop

Opening angle Colour Part no.

85° Dark grey 70T4503


92° R7037 70T4503.09
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

106 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code
CRISTALLO hinge – glass display cabinets
DQDNQM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Inset application

max 58.5

77
77

5.5
KM
1.5
3-8

FA
KT

FA Front overlay FD Front thickness


KM Mounting plate distance F Gap
KT Adhesion plate distance KM Mounting plate distance
KT Adhesion plate distance

Distance – mounting plates Adjustment


KM
30.2

1.5
Max. ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
–2.0 mm
3–8 64 64
KM Mounting plate distance FD Front thickness
KM = 3 mm KM Mounting plate distance
KM = FD + 4.5 mm

Distance – adhesion plate


KT
30.2

5.5

52 FA 52
FA Front overlay F Gap
KT Adhesion plate distance KT Adhesion plate distance
KT = FA + 5.5 mm KT = 5.5 mm – F

Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 107


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around
▬ Mounting plate is glued onto the front Application
▬ Boss hole on the cabinet
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring)


▬ 95° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly

Order information
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

Boss INSERTA Limitation of liability


If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
concerning the stability of the connection
CLIP top
● NI 71B9790
BLUMOTION This is monitored through internal and external testing
● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the
failure or malfunction of this/these process/es
Boss Screw-on
It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top
● NI 71B9750
BLUMOTION
CLIP top ○ NI 70T9750.TL

CRISTALLO mounting plate

Glue-on
Front material Colour Part no.
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 175M4C20N

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.1663
Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP

Note
Only recommended for wall cabinets due to lower load bearing limits.

Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap

Version Spring Part no. Hinge Colour Part no.


Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top
NI 70T3504
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top NI 70T1504
● With spring ○ Unsprung NI Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


3.5 15 609.1500
3.5 17 609.1700

108 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting

Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

Hinge systems
68.5 19
46.5 (52)

FA+5
7

4.5 FA
2
3-8

KM

FA Front overlay
KM Mounting plate distance

Distance Adjustment

Max. ±2.0 mm +2.0 mm ±2.0 mm


–3.0 mm

FA Front overlay
FA = max. 70 mm
KM Mounting plate distance
KM = FA + 4.5 mm

Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.

Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in


B min 13 B min 13
T min 12.3 T min 12.3
7
7

+0.2
0

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 109


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code
Glass door hinge
DQDP5A
▬ Glass door hinge Application
▬ For front thickness FD 4.5–7 mm
▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 94° opening angle
Hinge systems

▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment


▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ Boss fixing screws are included

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 75T4100 CLIP top ● NI 75T4200 CLIP top ● NI 75T4300
● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss cover cap

Colour Part no. Colour Part no. Colour Part no.


S | CR | NI-M 84.4120 S | CR | NI-M 84.4120 S | CR | NI-M 84.4120
S Black CR Chrome plated S Black CR Chrome plated S Black CR Chrome plated
NI-M Matt nickel NI-M Matt nickel NI-M Matt nickel

Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss cover cap

Colour Part no. Colour Part no. Colour Part no.


S | CR | NI-M 84.4140 S | CR | NI-M 84.4140 S | CR | NI-M 84.4140
S Black CR Chrome plated S Black CR Chrome plated S Black CR Chrome plated
NI-M Matt nickel NI-M Matt nickel NI-M Matt nickel

Accessories Accessories Accessories


BLUMOTION 971A BLUMOTION 970A BLUMOTION 970A

Version Part no. Version Part no. Version Part no.


In adapter plate for overlay application 971Axxxx For drilling 970A1002 For drilling 970A1002

Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.1553 Plain – NI 70.1553 Plain – NI 70.1553


Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP

Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors

Version Spring Part no.


Extended version ● 956A1006
● With spring

110 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application

Web code
Glass door hinge
DQDP5A
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

F Gap F Gap F Gap


Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness
FD and height of boss cover +3 mm

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 –5.5 –5 –4.5 –4 –3.5 –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1
0 6 7 0 6 7 0 5.5 6 6.5 7
3 6 7 3 6 7 3 5.5 6 6.5 7
6 6 7 6 6 7 6
9 6 7 9 6 7 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
For front thicknesses FD from 4.5 to 7 mm, no gap F is required

Max. ±3.0 mm +0.5 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting –3.5 mm
plates

Screw-on Hinge boss dimensions Hinge boss cover cap

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 111


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Frame door application

Web code
Mini-hinge
DQDPUM
▬ Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow Application
frames
▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 94° opening angle
Hinge systems

▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment


▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 71T0550 CLIP top ● NI 71T0650 CLIP top ● NI 71T0750
● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated

Accessories Accessories Accessories


BLUMOTION 971A BLUMOTION 970A BLUMOTION 970A

Version Part no. Version Part no. Version Part no.


In adapter plate for overlay application 971Axxxx For drilling 970A1002 For drilling 970A1002

Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.1553 Plain – NI 70.1553 Plain – NI 70.1553


Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP

Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors

Version Spring Part no.


Extended version ● 956A1006
● With spring

Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


3.5 15 609.1500
3.5 17 609.1700

112 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Frame door application

Web code
Mini-hinge
DQDPUM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

F Gap F Gap F Gap


Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness
FD +1.5 mm

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 –5.5 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3
0 3 4 5 0 3 4 5 0 3 4 5
3 3 4 5 3 3 4 5 3 3 4 5
6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6
9 3 4 5 9 3 4 5 9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 23 24 26 28 30 31 32
3 1.1 2.2 3.0 3.8 5.5 △ △ △ △ △ △ △
4 1.1 2.0 2.7 3.5 5.0 △ △ △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm +0.5 mm +3.0 mm
5 1.1 1.8 2.4 3.0 4.6 △ △ △ △ △ △ △ See mounting –3.5 mm –1.0 mm
△ In these cases a trial is recommended plates

Screw-on Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 113


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Corner cabinet solution

Web code
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
DQDQJY
▬ Special hinge for corner cabinets with bi-fold Application
doors
▬ For front thicknesses FD from 15–23 mm, factory
setting for 19 mm front thickness FD
Hinge systems

▬ For use in combination with 155° or 170° hinge


▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 60° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Easy gap and depth adjustment using the spiral-tech
feature
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal

Order information
Basic applications

Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI | ONS 79T8500
● With spring NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 79T8530

Accessories
BLUMOTION 970.

Version Part no.


For drilling 970.1002

Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.1503
Stamped Blum NI 70.1503.BP

Also requires
CLIP top 155° hinge 82
CLIP top 170° hinge 86

Accessories – general
Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


3.5 15 609.1500
3.5 17 609.1700

Insertion ram

Colour Material Part no.


Orange Nylon MZM.0040

114 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Corner cabinet solution

Web code
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
DQDQJY
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting

Hinge systems
60°

Application type for front thickness FD 19 mm in conjunction Application type for front thickness FD 19 mm in conjunction The hinge boss of the bi-fold hinge should be fixed to the same
with 0 mm spaced standard mounting plate with 3 mm spaced standard mounting plate front as the hinge boss of the 170° and 155° hinge
For front thicknesses FD from 15–19 mm, factory setting for
19 mm front thickness FD

Adjustment

Height adjustment Side adjustment Depth adjustment Gap adjustment


Max. ±3.0 mm +3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +7.2 mm
See mounting plates –2.0 mm –4.2 mm

Screw-on Knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges
Mounting plates 144
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 115


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – angled applications

Angle Inset appli- Half overlay Overlay appli- Maximum over- Mitred appli-
cation application cation lay application cation

Angled application – standard


50° Nº 25 119 Nº 54 119 Nº 10 121 Nº 45 123 Nº 61 119
45° Nº 24 121 Nº 53 119 Nº 9 121 Nº 44 123 Nº 60 119
40° Nº 23 119 Nº 108 122 Nº 8 122 Nº 43 122 Nº 109 123
Hinge systems

35° Nº 22 125 Nº 52 125 Nº 7 125 Nº 42 126 Nº 59 125


30° Nº 21 125 Nº 51 125 Nº 6 125 Nº 41 126 Nº 58 125
25° Nº 20 124 Nº 50 124 Nº 5 129 Nº 40 126 Nº 57 124
20° Nº 19 129 Nº 49 129 Nº 4 129 Nº 39 131 Nº 56 129
15° Nº 18 128 Nº 48 128 Nº 3 131 Nº 38 131 Nº 55 128
10° Nº 17 130 Nº 47 130 Nº 2 130 Nº 37 131
5° Nº 16 133 Nº 46 133 Nº 1 133 Nº 36 133
–5° Nº 15 133 Nº 35 133
–10° Nº 14 135 Nº 34 135
–15° Nº 13 134 Nº 33 135
–20° Nº 12 134 Nº 32 134
–25° Nº 11 136 Nº 31 137
–30° Nº 30 136
–35° Nº 29 136
–40° Nº 28 138
–45° Nº 27 138
–50° Nº 26 138
Angled application – thin doors
15° Nº 117 141 Nº 113 141
10° Nº 116 141 Nº 112 141
5° Nº 115 140 Nº 111 141
–5° Nº 114 140 Nº 110 140
Angled application – glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
15° Nº 105 143 Nº 102 143
10° Nº 104 143 Nº 101 143
5° Nº 103 142 Nº 100 143
–5° Nº 106 142 Nº 107 142

116 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – angled applications

Description Material Adjustment Height


(mm)
Mounting plates
Horizontal cam mounting plate 20/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 144 144 145 145
Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application 20/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 145
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146

Hinge systems
Cruciform cam mounting plate 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146 146
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Screws (two-part) ±2.0 147 147
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±2.0 147
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 147 148 148
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 148
Cruciform mounting plate 28/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 148
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Elongated hole ±3.0 149
Angled spacers
+5° obtuse angled spacer 37/32 Zinc 150
–5° acute angled spacer 37/32 Zinc 150

Number of hinges
Number of hinges The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH

To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible


Front height FH (mm)

Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm

* Door weight FG (kg)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 117


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+45° I – angled hinge half overlay
DQDR9A
▬ For corner cabinets with set back fronts Reference pages
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated WA Angle
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) 40° 45° 50°
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
Hinge systems

▬ +45° I angled hinge 119 121 119


▬ 95° opening angle Nº 108 Nº 53 Nº 54
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment 122 119 119
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment Nº 8 Nº 9 Nº 10
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal 122 121 121
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly Nº 43 Nº 44 Nº 45
122 123 123
Nº 109 Nº 60 Nº 61
123 119 119
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9698
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Plain – NI | ONS 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9658 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9658.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI | ONS 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.

Corner cabinet
34
19 19 19
65.5

5
37

37

3
5

5.5
19

20

FB Front width
LW Internal cabinet width

118 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+45° I – angled hinge half overlay
DQDR9A
Planning
Nº 23 Nº 53 Nº 60
40° 45° 45°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500

Nº 25 Nº 54 Nº 61
50° 50° 50°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±1.8 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 119


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+45° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDRYM
▬ For corner cabinets with flush fronts Reference pages
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated WA Angle
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) 40° 45° 50°
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
Hinge systems

▬ +45° II angled hinge 119 121 119


▬ 110° opening angle Nº 108 Nº 53 Nº 54
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment 122 119 119
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment Nº 8 Nº 9 Nº 10
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal 122 121 121
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly Nº 43 Nº 44 Nº 45
122 123 123
Nº 109 Nº 60 Nº 61
123 119 119
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B3598
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Plain – NI | ONS 70.1503 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI | ONS 70.1503.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B3558 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78T5550
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI | ONS 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.

Corner cabinet
32.5
19 19 19
19

FB Front width
LW Internal cabinet width

120 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+45° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDRYM
Planning
Nº 24 Nº 9 Nº 10
45° 45° 50°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±1.8 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions


#
5

5NJO

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 121


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+45° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDSNY
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 40° 45° 50°
▬ +45° III angled hinge Nº 23 Nº 24 Nº 25
Hinge systems

▬ 95° opening angle 119 121 119


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Nº 108 Nº 53 Nº 54
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment 122 119 119
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal Nº 8 Nº 9 Nº 10
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly 122 121 121
Nº 43 Nº 44 Nº 45
122 123 123
Nº 109 Nº 60 Nº 61
123 119 119
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9498
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B9458 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9458.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 108 Nº 8 Nº 43
40° 40° 40°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5040 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500
The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180° (arrow points to
the cabinet)!

122 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+45° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDSNY
Planning
Nº 109 Nº 44 Nº 45
40° 45° 50°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070
The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180° (arrow points to
the cabinet)!

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 123


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+30° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDTDA
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 25° 30° 35°
▬ +30° II angled hinge Nº 20 Nº 21 Nº 22
Hinge systems

▬ 95° opening angle 124 125 125


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Nº 50 Nº 51 Nº 52
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment 124 125 125
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal Nº 5 Nº 6 Nº 7
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly 129 125 125
Nº 40 Nº 41 Nº 42
126 126 126
Nº 57 Nº 58 Nº 59
124 125 125
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9596
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Plain – NI | ONS 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9556 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9556.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI | ONS 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 20 Nº 50 Nº 57
25° 25° 25°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500

124 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+30° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDTDA
Planning
Nº 21 Nº 51 Nº 6
30° 30° 30°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100

Nº 58 Nº 22 Nº 52
30° 35° 35°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 3 173H7130 Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070

Nº 7 Nº 59 Adjustment
35° 35°

Max. ±3.0 mm ±1.8 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting
plates

Reference pages
Hinge boss fixing 127

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5040

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 125


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+30° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDU2M
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 25° 30° 35°
▬ +30° III angled hinge Nº 20 Nº 21 Nº 22
Hinge systems

▬ 95° opening angle 124 125 125


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Nº 50 Nº 51 Nº 52
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment 124 125 125
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal Nº 5 Nº 6 Nº 7
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly 129 125 125
Nº 40 Nº 41 Nº 42
126 126 126
Nº 57 Nº 58 Nº 59
124 125 125
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9496
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B9456 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9456.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 40 Nº 41 Nº 42
25° 30° 35°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070

126 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+30° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDU2M
Planning

Adjustment

Hinge systems
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm
See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 127


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+20° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDURY
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 15° 20° 25°
▬ +20° II angled hinge Nº 18 Nº 19 Nº 20
Hinge systems

▬ 95° opening angle 128 129 124


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Nº 48 Nº 49 Nº 50
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment 128 129 124
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal Nº 3 Nº 4 Nº 5
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly 131 129 129
Nº 38 Nº 39 Nº 40
131 131 126
Nº 55 Nº 56 Nº 57
128 129 124
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9595
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B9555 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9555.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 18 Nº 48 Nº 55
15° 15° 15°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 3 173H7130 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500

128 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+20° II – angled hinge overlay
DQDURY
Planning
Nº 19 Nº 49 Nº 4
20° 20° 20°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100

Nº 56 Nº 5
20° 25°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±1.8 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 129


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+15° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDVHA
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) 10° 15° 20°
▬ +15° III angled hinge Nº 17 Nº 18 Nº 19
Hinge systems

▬ 95° opening angle 130 128 129


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Nº 47 Nº 48 Nº 49
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment 130 128 129
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal Nº 2 Nº 3 Nº 4
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly 130 131 129
Nº 37 Nº 38 Nº 39
131 131 131
Nº 55 Nº 56
128 129
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B9494
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung ONS Onyx black
Plain – NI | ONS 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 79B9454 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A9454.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI | ONS 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 17 Nº 47 Nº 2
10° 10° 10°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500

130 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
+15° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDVHA
Planning
Nº 37 Nº 3 Nº 38
10° 15° 15°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 6 175H9160
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500

Nº 39
20°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no.


Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5070

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 131


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
±5° angled application
DQDW6M
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle WA Angle
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) –5° 5°
▬ ±5° angled application Nº 15 Nº 16
Hinge systems

▬ 95° opening angle 133 133


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment Nº 46
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment 133
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal Nº 1
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly 133
Nº 35 Nº 36
133 133

Overview – angled applications 116


WA Angled application

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA Boss INSERTA


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI 71B9590 ● NI 71B9690 ● NI 71B9790
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T9590B CLIP top ● NI 71T9690B CLIP top ● NI 71T9790B
CLIP top ○ NI 70T9590BTL CLIP top ○ NI 70T9690BTL CLIP top ○ NI 70T9790BTL
● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated
○ Unsprung ○ Unsprung ○ Unsprung

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
CLIP top CLIP top CLIP top
● NI 71B9550 ● NI 71B9650 ● NI 71B9750
BLUMOTION BLUMOTION BLUMOTION
CLIP top ● NI 71T9550 CLIP top ● NI 71T9650 CLIP top ● NI 71T9750
CLIP top ○ NI 70T9550.TL CLIP top ○ NI 70T9650.TL CLIP top ○ NI 70T9750.TL

Accessories Accessories Accessories


Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.1553 Plain – NI 70.1663 Plain – NI 70.1663


Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP Stamped Blum NI 70.1663.BP

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Accessories – general
TIP-ON for doors Hinge boss cover cap Chipboard screws

Version Spring Part no. Hinge Colour Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Short version ○ 956.1004 CLIP top 3.5 15 609.1500
NI 70T3504
Extended version ○ 956A1004 BLUMOTION 3.5 17 609.1700
Extended version ● 956A1006 CLIP top NI 70T1504

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.

132 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
±5° angled application
DQDW6M
Planning
Nº 15 Nº 35 Nº 16
–5° –5° 5°

Hinge systems
Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

Nº 46 Nº 1 Nº 36
5° 5° 5°

Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with straight hinge arm
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm


See mounting –2.0 mm
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 133


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
–15° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDWVY
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) –20° –15° –10°
▬ –15° III angled hinge Nº 12 Nº 13 Nº 14
Hinge systems

▬ 110° opening angle 134 134 135


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Nº 32 Nº 33 Nº 34
134 135 135

Overview – angled applications 116


WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B3493
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B3453 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A5453.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 12 Nº 32 Nº 13
–20° –20° –15°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 6 175H9160 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 18 175H7190.22
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500

134 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
–15° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDWVY
Planning
Nº 33 Nº 14 Nº 34
–15° –10° –10°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 9 175H7190 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions


#
5

5NJO

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 135


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
–30° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDXLA
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) –35° –30° –25°
▬ –30° III angled hinge Nº 11
Hinge systems

▬ 110° opening angle 136


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Nº 29 Nº 30 Nº 31
136 136 137

Overview – angled applications 116


WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B3491
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B3451 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A5451.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 29 Nº 30 Nº 11
–35° –30° –25°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 3 173H7130 Mounting plate 9 175H7190
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5070

136 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
–30° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDXLA
Planning
Nº 31
–25°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5040

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm


See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions


#
5

5NJO

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 137


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
–45° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDYAM
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Reference pages
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) WA Angle
▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) –50° –45° –40°
▬ –45° III angled hinge
Hinge systems

▬ 110° opening angle


▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Nº 26 Nº 27 Nº 28
138 138 138

Overview – angled applications 116


WA Angled application

Order information
Boss INSERTA Accessories TIP-ON for doors
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge arm cover cap
CLIP top Version Spring Part no.
● NI 79B3490
BLUMOTION Short version ○ 956.1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated
Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.
Extended version ○ 956A1004
○ Unsprung
Plain – NI 70.1553 Extended version ● 956A1006
Boss Screw-on Stamped Blum NI 70.1553.BP
Chipboard screws
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
Hinge boss cover cap
CLIP top
● NI 79B3450 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
BLUMOTION
Hinge Colour Part no. 3.5 15 609.1500
CLIP top ○ NI 78A5450.T
CLIP top 3.5 17 609.1700
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
CLIP top NI 70T1504

Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Overview – assembly devices 591
Mounting plates 144 More technical details 698
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151 Short URL
Accessories – general 153 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be
moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 26 Nº 27 Nº 28
–50° –45° –40°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 3 173H7130 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5040

138 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard

Web code
–45° III – angled hinge full overlay
DQDYAM
Planning

Adjustment

Hinge systems
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm
See mounting
plates

Screw-on INSERTA Hinge boss dimensions


#
5

5NJO

B CLIP top BLUMOTION B CLIP top BLUMOTION


T CLIP top T CLIP top

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 139


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – thin doors

Hinge for thin doors – angled application


▬ Thin fronts from 8–14 mm Reference pages
▬ EXPANDO T fixing system for a variety of front WA Angle WA Angle
materials –5° 5° 10° 15°
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated Nº 114 Nº 115 Nº 116 Nº 117
Hinge systems

BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) 140 140 141 141


▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pull-
out shelfs) Nº 110 Nº 111 Nº 112 Nº 113
▬ 110° opening angle 140 141 141 141
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss EXPANDO T Accessories Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. TIP-ON for doors
CLIP top Hinge Colour Part no.
● NI 71B453T
BLUMOTION Version Hinge Spring Part no. CLIP top
NI 70T4504
CLIP top ● NI 71T453T Short version CLIP top ○ 956.1004 BLUMOTION
CLIP top ○ NI 70T453T.TL Extended version CLIP top ○ 956A1004 CLIP top NI 70T4504
● With spring NI Nickel plated Extended version CLIP top ● 956A1006
○ Unsprung
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 70.4503
Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly recommendation and limitation of Assembly, removal and adjustment
71 585
– hinges liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Hinge for thin doors 102
Mounting plates 144 Short URL
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T www.blum.com/a210
584

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting, with a front thickness of 12 mm and a cabinet side panel thickness of 19 mm. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a
trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 114 Nº 110 Nº 115
–5° –5° 5°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

140 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – thin doors

Hinge for thin doors – angled application


Planning
Nº 111 Nº 116 Nº 112
5° 10° 10°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 2x 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 2x 171A5010

Nº 117 Nº 113
15° 15°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 3x 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 3x 171A5010

Fixing position Adjustment


B=
FA min
23
B max .5
46
44
32

34.5
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
Ø10+̶ 0.1
0.1*
3.5 See mounting –2.0 mm
plates

B Fixing position B Fixing position


B = FA + 27 mm
FA Front overlay
* Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

Drilling depth | screw selection – EXPANDO T


BT Drilling depth
min 6
BT =

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 141


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – glass door

CRISTALLO angled application


▬ Hinge for glass and mirror doors Reference pages
▬ Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling WA Angle WA Angle
necessary) –5° 5° 10° 15°
▬ Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly Nº 106 Nº 103 Nº 104 Nº 105
Hinge systems

▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated 142 142 143 143


BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring)
▬ 110° opening angle Nº 107 Nº 100 Nº 101 Nº 102
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment 142 143 143 143
▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment
▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Overview – angled applications 116
WA Angled application

Order information
Boss CRISTALLO 110° Accessories
Hinge Spring Colour Part no. TIP-ON for doors
CLIP top
● NI 71B4500C
BLUMOTION Version Spring Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 71T4500C Short version ○ 956.1004
CLIP top ○ NI 70T4500CTL Extended version ○ 956A1004
● With spring NI Nickel plated Extended version ● 956A1006
○ Unsprung
Hinge arm cover cap
CRISTALLO adhesion plate

Glue-on Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.


Front material Colour Part no.
Plain – NI 70.4503
Glass | mirror Matt-nickel plated 70T4568C
Stamped Blum NI 70.4503.BP
Mirror Special nickel plated 70T4568C

Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended
for wider front widths FB.

Reference pages
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Mounting plates 144 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71
– hinges Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 151
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171
Limitation of liability 104 Short URL
Distance 105 www.blum.com/a210

Planning
Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting, with a front thickness of 6 mm and a cabinet side panel thickness of 19 mm. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial
is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 106 Nº 107 Nº 103
–5° –5° 5°

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer +5° 171A5010

142 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – glass door

CRISTALLO angled application


Planning
Nº 100 Nº 104 Nº 101
5° 10° 10°

Hinge systems
Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 2x 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 2x 171A5010

Nº 105 Nº 102
15° 15°

max. 60.5 19
73
45

2
2
6

12

Description Spacing (mm) Part no. Description Spacing (mm) Part no.
Mounting plate 0 173H7100 Mounting plate 0 173H7100
Angled spacer +5° 3x 171A5010 Angled spacer +5° 3x 171A5010

Adjustment

Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm


See mounting –2.0 mm
plates

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 143


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Description Material Adjustment Height


(mm)
Mounting plates
Horizontal cam mounting plate 20/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 144 144 145 145
Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application 20/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 145
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146
Hinge systems

Cruciform cam mounting plate 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146 146
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Cam ±2.0 146
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Screws (two-part) ±2.0 147 147
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±2.0 147
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 147 148 148
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 148
Cruciform mounting plate 28/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 148
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Elongated hole ±3.0 149
Angled spacers
+5° obtuse angled spacer 37/32 Zinc 150
–5° acute angled spacer 37/32 Zinc 150

Pictograph
Item available on request Knock-in dowel fixing – assembly only with the
insertion ram
Chipboard screw fixing Knock-in dowel fixing

INSERTA fixing

EXPANDO fixing

System screw fixing

Horizontal cam mounting plate 20/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Planning
Ø 3.5 mm
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI | ONS 175H3100
3 11.5 NI | ONS 175H3130
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Horizontal cam mounting plate 20/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
±0.1
0 8.5 NI | ONS 177H3100E
3 11.5 NI | ONS 177H3130E
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

144 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Horizontal cam mounting plate 20/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm

Hinge systems
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI ☎ 177H3100E10 10 ±0.1
3 11.5 NI ☎ 177H3130E10
NI Nickel plated

H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Horizontal cam mounting plate 20/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system Planning
screws Ø 6 x 12.9 mm (66B.134)
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
5 ±0.1
0 8.5 NI 175H4100
3 11.5 NI 175H4130
NI Nickel plated

H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application 20/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system Planning
screws Ø 6 x 8.9 mm (66B.094)
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ For twin application
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 175H410Z
NI Nickel plated 5 ±0.1

H Height
* Additional screw required as standard

Horizontal cam mounting plate 20/32


▬ Knock-in assembly with pre-fixed Planning
dowels
▬ Assembly with knock-in insertion
ram or knock-in tool with pressure
directly on the screw
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
Order information
▬ Material: steel
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI | ONS 177H3100 10 ±0.1
3 11.5 NI | ONS 177H3130
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black
Accessories
H Height
Description Part no. * Fix with additional screw if used with
Insertion ram MZM.0053 wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 145


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Cruciform cam mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Material: steel
Hinge systems

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI | ONS 173H7100
3 11.5 NI | ONS 173H7130
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

INSERTA cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Tool-free assembly Planning
▬ With “self anchoring” feature
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Material: steel, closing lever, zinc
die-cast

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.

5 ±0.1
0 8.5 NI 174H7100I
3 11.5 NI 174H7130I
NI Nickel plated

H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

Cruciform cam mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
5 ±0.1

0 8.5 NI | ONS 174H7100E


3 11.5 NI | ONS 174H7130E
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ For twin application
▬ Material: steel
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI | ONS 174H710ZE
5 ±0.1

3 11.5 NI 174H713ZE
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

H Height
* Additional screw required as standard

146 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm

Hinge systems
▬ Material: zinc

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 175H7100
3 11.5 NI 175H7130
9 17.5 NI 175H7190
18 26.5 NI 175H7190.22
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with system screws Planning
Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no.
661.1450.HG
▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Material: zinc

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.

5 ±0.1
0 8.5 NI 175H9100
3 11.5 NI 175H9130
6 14.5 NI | ONS 175H9160
9 17.5 NI | ONS 175H9190
18 26.5 NI 175H9190.22
H Height
NI Nickel plated
* Fix with additional screw if used with
ONS Onyx black
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI | ONS 173L6100
3 11.5 NI | ONS 173L6130
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
5 ±0.1

0 8.5 NI 174E6100.01
3 11.5 NI 174E6130.01
NI Nickel plated

H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 147


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system Planning
screws Ø 6 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ Material: steel
Hinge systems

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 173L8100
3 11.5 NI 173L8130
NI Nickel plated

H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special Planning
system screws, Ø 6 mm (668.1150)
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ For twin application
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 173L8100.21
NI Nickel plated

H Height
* Additional screw required as standard

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Knock-in assembly with pre-fixed Planning
dowels
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 174L6100.05
3 11.5 NI 174L6130.05
NI Nickel plated
Accessories
Description Part no. H Height
Insertion ram MZM.0061.01 * Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

Cruciform mounting plate 28/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system Planning
screws Ø 6 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 173L8300
3 11.5 NI 173L8330
NI Nickel plated

H Height
* Additional screw for wide angle- and
0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)

148 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system Planning
screws Ø 6 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ Material: zinc

Hinge systems
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.5 NI 175L8100
3 11.5 NI 175L8130
9 17.5 NI 175L8190
11 19.5 NI 175L8190.21
NI Nickel plated
H Height
* Fix with additional screw if used with
wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 149


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled spacers

+5° obtuse angled spacer


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ Material: zinc
▬ Suitable for mounting plates:
Hinge systems

173H71X0 | 175H71X0 | 175H91X0

Order information
Spacing (mm) Colour Part no.
0.8 NI 171A5010
3 NI 171A5040
6 NI 171A5070
Colour D Spacing
NI Nickel plated

–5° acute angled spacer


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ Material: zinc
▬ Suitable for mounting plates:
173H71X0 | 175H71X0 | 175H91X0

Order information
Spacing (mm) Colour Part no.
6 NI 171A5500
Colour
NI Nickel plated

D Spacing

150 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap


Hinge applications Straight hinge arm Cranked hinge arm
Double cranked arm
110° hinge
107° hinge

Hinge systems
Material Steel Steel Steel Steel
Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS NI | ONS NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum – Blum
Part no. 70.1503 70.1503.BP 70.1663 70.1663.BP
110° special hinge
Blind corner hinge inset application
Blind corner hinge overlay application
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
+45° II – angled hinge overlay Material Steel Steel
Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS
Print | stamp Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum
Part no. 70.1503 70.1503.BP
CLIP 100° hinge

Material Steel Steel Steel Steel


Colour NI NI NI NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum – Blum
Part no. 90M2503 90M2503.BP 94M3603 94M3603.BP
155° hinge
125° hinge
Hinge for thin doors
CRISTALLO hinge
Hinge for thin doors – angled application Material Steel Steel Steel Steel
CRISTALLO angled application Colour NI | ONS NI NI | ONS NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum – Blum
Part no. 70.4503 70.4503.BP 70.4503 70.4503.BP
170° hinge

Material Steel Steel Steel Steel


Colour NI NI NI NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum – Blum
Part no. 80.6507 80.6507.BP 80.6507 80.6507.BP
Profile/thick door hinge
95° aluminium frame door hinge
Incl. ±5° angled application

Material Steel Steel Steel Steel


Colour NI | ONS NI NI | ONS NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum – Blum
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP 70.1663 70.1663.BP
Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 151


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap


Hinge applications Straight hinge arm Cranked hinge arm
Double cranked arm
Glass door hinge
Mini-hinge
Hinge systems

Material Steel Steel Steel Steel


Colour NI NI NI NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum – Blum
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Remaining angled hinges
Remaining angled applications

Material Steel Steel


Colour NI | ONS NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

Hinge boss spacing


Hinge applications CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges CLIP top – hinges
110° hinge
110° special hinge
155° hinge

Spacing (mm) 1.5 1.5


Material Nylon Nylon
Colour R7037 R7037
Part no. 70T3507.21 70T3507.21
107° hinge
Profile/thick door hinge
125° hinge

Spacing (mm) 1.5


Material Nylon
Colour R7037
Part no. 70T3507.21
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey

152 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Hinge boss cover cap


Hinge applications CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges CLIP top – hinges
110° hinge
110° special hinge

Hinge systems
Material Steel Steel
Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS
Part no. 70T3504 70T3504
107° hinge
Profile/thick door hinge
Blind corner hinge inset application
Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around
Angled applications Material Steel Steel
Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS
Part no. 70T3504 70T1504
155° hinge

Material Steel Steel


Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS
Part no. 70T7504 70T7504
125° hinge

Material Steel
Colour NI | ONS
Part no. 70T7504
Blind corner hinge overlay application

Material Steel
Colour NI | ONS
Part no. 70T3504
Hinge for thin doors

Material Steel Steel


Colour NI | ONS NI | ONS
Part no. 70T4504 70T4504
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 153


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Hinge systems

Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

Counter sunk self tapping screw – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ For front fixing brackets on wide alu frames Order information
▬ Drilling diameter Ø 2.8 mm Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Colour: nickel plated (mm)
▬ Material: steel 9.5 Ø 3.5 660.0950

System screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

154 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Hinge systems
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 155


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors

Closing doors – silent and effortless


With BLUMOTION, the adaptive dampening
system, furniture closes silently and effortless-
ly, and this is irrespective of the force used or
Hinge systems

the weight of the door. Whether in the kitchen,


hall, bathroom, living room or bedroom – with
intelligent BLUMOTION technology, every door
moves elegantly and ensures ultimate quality
of motion..
▬ The adaptive system adjusts itself to the
closing speed and the weight of the door
▬ Versions available for nearly all overlay appli-
cations
▬ Can be installed at any time during the pro-
duction and sales process
▬ Its integrated overload safety feature protects
the system from damage due to improper use

The adaptive damping system – controlling perfect motion

Exceptional comfort through a This is all thanks to the intelligent It reacts to key factors such as door And brakes the motion of the front
highly adaptive system. technology of the BLUMOTION height, front weight and closing accordingly. The result is a silent
adaptive system. speed. and effortless closing motion.

This is how the adaptive damping system works

A look behind the scenes of the Slow closing speed Fast closing speed Closing speed that is too fast
BLUMOTION adaptive system. The braking element expands The braking element expands. The The overload safety feature kicks in.
slightly. The medium can flow by medium can only flow by slowly. ▬ Protects BLUMOTION and hinges
without much resistance. ▬ Strong effect
▬ Weak effect

156 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Overview

Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems 69
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 70
TIP-ON for doors 170

Hinge systems
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 973A – clip on
Overview – applications 158
BLUMOTION 973A – clip on 160

Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application
Overview – applications 158
BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application 162

Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side
Overview – applications 158
BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side 164
Accessories – adapter plates 168

Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side
Overview – applications 158
BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side 166
Accessories – adapter plates 168

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a220
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request Angled application max. overlay

Overlay application Angled application mitred

Dual application Chipboard screw fixing

Inset application EXPANDO fixing

Blind corner application

Angled application inset

Angled application half overlay

Angled application overlay

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 157


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Overview – applications

Hinge applications OW Page Application


Part no. Part no. Part no.
1 2 3
Page Page Page
Standard application
110° hinge 973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700
110° 74
160 160 160
Hinge systems

110° special hinge 973A0500.01


110° 76
160
107° hinge 973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700
107° 78
160 160 160
CLIP 100° hinge 973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700
100° 80
160 160 160
Wide angled application
170° hinge 973A6000 973A6000
170° 86
160 160
Profile door application
Profile/thick door hinge 973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700
95° 88
160 160 160
Aluminium frame application
95° aluminium frame door hinge 973A0500.01
95° 100
CLIP top for 973A 160
95° aluminium frame door hinge 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002
95° 100
CLIP top 164 164 164
Glass door application
Glass door hinge 971Axxxx 970A1002 970A1002
94° 110
162 164 164
Frame door application
Mini-hinge 970A1002 971Axxxx 970A1002
94° 112
162 164 164
Corner cabinet solution
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge 970.1002
60° 114
166
Angled application – standard
±5° angled application 973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700
95° 132
160 160 160
OW Opening angle

158 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors

Hinge systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 159


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 973A – clip on

BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with straight hinge arm


CLIP top Order information
▬ 110° hinge Colour Material Part no.
▬ 110° special hinge Nickel plated Steel 973A0500.01
▬ 107° hinge
Hinge systems

▬ Profile/thick door hinge


▬ 95° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top for 973A
CLIP
▬ 100° hinge

BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with cranked hinge arm


CLIP top Order information
▬ 110° hinge Colour Material Part no.
▬ 107° hinge Nickel plated Steel 973A0600
▬ Profile/thick door hinge
CLIP
▬ 100° hinge

BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with double cranked hinge arm


CLIP top Order information
▬ 110° hinge Colour Material Part no.
▬ 107° hinge Nickel plated Steel 973A0700
▬ Profile/thick door hinge
CLIP
▬ 100° hinge

BLUMOTION 973A – 170° hinge


CLIP top Order information
▬ 170° hinge – inline Colour Material Part no.
▬ 170° hinge – cranked Nickel plated Zinc 973A6000

160 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 973A – clip on

Planning
BLUMOTION quantity
For normal door sizes, one BLUMOTION 973A per hinge is required for the perfect motion. For smaller, lighter
doors, the number can be reduced accordingly.

Hinge systems

Reference pages
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a220

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 161


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application

BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ Colour: nickel plated
▬ Material: zinc
Hinge systems

Order information
Construction height (mm) Part no.
25 971A0500
33 971A2500

BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ Colour: nickel plated
▬ Material: zinc

Order information
Construction height (mm) Part no.
25 971A05E0

BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate 9.5/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ Colour: nickel plated
▬ Material: zinc

Order information
Construction height (mm) Part no.
25 971A0700

162 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application

Planning
Construction height 25 mm
For all hinges with a straight hinge arm and a 0 mm raised mounting plate. Exception: 95° profile door hinge

Hinge systems
Construction height 33 mm
For all hinges with a straight hinge and a 3 mm spaced mounting plate. Use also for 95° profile door hinge with
0mm spaced plate.

Assembly position and number required


For optimal BLUMOTION effect, BLUMOTION 971A should be attached to the centre between the hinges. For
high and heavy doors, we recommend using an additional BLUMOTION 971A between an additional hinge pair.
Any depth adjustment made to the hinge arm should be mirrored on the 971A, this is easily acheived via a spiral
screw depth adjustment feature (+3 to –7 mm).

■ BLUMOTION 971Axxxx
● Hinges

Reference pages
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a220

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 163


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side

BLUMOTION 970A
▬ BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and easy
▬ For use with Blum hinges
▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
Hinge systems

Order information
BLUMOTION 970A
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 970A1002

Planning
Drilling distance BA Assembly position and number required
BLUMOTION 970A is for location on the hinge side, and guarantees perfect motion even for angled hinges.
The hole for BLUMOTION 970A needs to be drilled into the cabinet top. The correct position is set using
the drilling distance (BA). If the BLUMOTION effect is insufficient, we recommend installing an additional
BLUMOTION 970A in the bottom.

Nº XX Number of the angled application


XX Drilling distance BA (mm)

Reference pages
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – straight adapter plates 168 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Accessories – cruciform adapter plates 168 Template 664
Drilling distance BA 165 Drilling template for mounting plates 665 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a220
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630

164 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side

BLUMOTION 970A
Planning
All hinge applications except for angled applications
Mounting plate spacing Drilling distance Drilling distance Drilling distance ¹ Drilling distance Drilling distance
(mm) BA (mm) BA (mm) BA (mm) BA (mm) BA (mm)

Hinge systems
0 32 41 50 34
3 35 44 53 51 34
6 38 47
9 41 50
¹ When dealing with narrow top rails or larger front gaps, we recommend using the adapter plate as needed

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 165


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side

BLUMOTION 970.
▬ BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and easy
▬ For use with Blum hinges
▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
Hinge systems

Order information
BLUMOTION 970.
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 970.1002

Planning

Reference pages
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – straight adapter plates 168 Drilling template for BLUMOTION 667
Accessories – cruciform adapter plates 168 Template 664
Assembly position and number required 167 Drilling template for mounting plates 665 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a220
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630

166 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side

BLUMOTION 970.
Planning
Assembly position and number required
Because BLUMOTION for doors is customised for Blum
hinges, the only way to get that perfect, soft and effortless

Hinge systems
motion is to combine the two.

Some general notes regarding assembly position:


Distance from hinge: max. 600 mm
For glass door | mini-hinges: 1/2 front width FB

Normally, one BLUMOTION per front is sufficient. However,


some circumstances may require the use of a second
Optimal position
BLUMOTION, e.g. high front weights FG, unstable fronts
(wooden frames, fixed fronts, large aluminium frame fronts,
etc.).

Optional position

Up to 600 mm cabinet width KB – applicable for all CLIP top hinges

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 167


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Accessories

Straight adapter plate 20/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered
separately
Hinge systems

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.1201
grey
Nickel plated Zinc 970.5201

Cruciform adapter plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.1501
grey
Nickel plated Zinc 970.5501

Cruciform adapter plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered
separately
min 11.5

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.15E1
grey
Nickel plated Zinc 970.55E1

Cruciform adapter plate 9.5/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.1701
grey
Nickel plated Zinc 970.5701

168 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Accessories

Cruciform double adapter plate 37/32


▬ For cabinets with double doors Planning
▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5
or Ø 4 mm
▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered

Hinge systems
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7036 platinum Nylon
970.2501
grey

Cruciform double adapter plate 9.5/32


▬ For cabinets with double doors Planning
▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5
or Ø 4 mm
▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
Nickel plated Zinc 970.6701

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 169


Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors

Easy to open – with just a touch


Handle-less furniture is becoming more and
more popular in the home. With TIP-ON, we
offer a mechanical opening support system
Hinge systems

for handle-less furniture fronts. This enables


your customers to open and close handle-less
furniture fronts easily and effortlessly. TIP-ON
can be used in the kitchen as well as all other
living areas.
You will always find the right TIP-ON unit for
every application thanks to the wide range of
colours and adapter plates. You can choose
between the short and long version of TIP-ON,
for drilling or with an adapter plate depending
on the application. The door gap adjustment
feature is integrated in all models.

Opening comfort for handle-less fronts

Handle-less doors can be opened The door then opens at an angle With different colour variants, The door gap can easily be set
easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is that is comfortable for the furniture TIP-ON can be optimally adjusted using the ejector.
all that’s needed. user. to the cabinet interior.

High quality down to the smallest detail

The TIP-ON unit can be attached to The TIP-ON unit can also be at- The TIP-ON unit can also be at- The catch plate is the counterpart
the cabinet front edge. tached to the cabinet interior using tached to the cabinet interior using to TIP-ON. There are two variants,
horizontal adapter plates. cruciform adapter plates. self-adhesive, or a version that
screws to the door.

170 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 Overview

Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems 69
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 70
BLUMOTION for doors 156

Hinge systems
Symbolic image
TIP-ON 956x
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 172
TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet 172
TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper 172

Symbolic image
Accessories
Straight adapter plates 173
Cruciform adapter plates 173

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a230
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request System screw fixing

Chipboard screw fixing

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 171


Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 TIP-ON 956x

TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet


▬ For overlay fronts (up to Planning
approx. 1300 mm height) Front gap
▬ For use with unsprung
Blum hinges
Hinge systems

▬ For drilling or in combina-


tion with adapter plates
▬ Output path approx.
Order information 17 mm
Colour Material Part no. ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm () Screw-on catch plate
SW | CS | R7036 Nylon 956.1004 Glue-on catch plate Screw-on catch plate
Consisting of:
1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet
1x Glue-on catch plate
Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled
surfaces
1x Screw-on catch plate
Colour
SW Silk white
CS Carbon black FA Front overlay FA Front overlay
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey * 3 mm offset installation

TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet


▬ For overlay fronts (starting Planning
at approx. 1300 mm Front gap
height) and all inset appli-
cations
▬ For use with unsprung
Blum hinges
▬ For drilling or in combina-
Order information tion with adapter plates
Colour Material Part no. ▬ Output path approx. () Screw-on catch plate
SW | CS | R7036 Nylon 956A1004 38 mm Glue-on catch plate Screw-on catch plate
Consisting of: ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm
1x TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet
1x Glue-on catch plate
Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled
surfaces
1x Screw-on catch plate
Colour
SW Silk white
CS Carbon black FA Front overlay FA Front overlay
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey * 3 mm offset installation

TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper


▬ For use with sprung Blum Planning
hinges Front gap
▬ For drilling or in combina-
tion with adapter plates
▬ Output path approx.
38 mm
▬ Setting +4/–1 mm
Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | CS | R7036 Nylon 956A1006
Consisting of:
1x TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper
No catch plate needed (we recommend using a catch plate for
very soft surfaces)
Colour
SW Silk white
CS Carbon black
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories – straight adapter plates 173 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Accessories – cruciform adapter plates 173 Positioning template for catch plate 687
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 Short URL
MINIPRESS top 614 www.blum.com/a230

172 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 Accessories

Straight adapter plate – short version 20/17


▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws

Hinge systems
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | CS | R7036 | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956.1201
NI-L
Colour
SW Silk white
CS Carbon black
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
NI-L Nickel lacquered

FA Front overlay
* 3 mm offset installation

Straight adapter plate – long version 20/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
SW | CS | R7036 | Front gap Catch plate
Nylon 956A1201
NI-L
Colour
SW Silk white
CS Carbon black
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
NI-L Nickel lacquered

FA Front overlay
* 3 mm offset installation

Cruciform adapter plate – long version 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard Planning
screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm
▬ Alternative assembly with
system screws
▬ TIP-ON must be ordered
separately

Order information
Colour Material Part no.
R7036 Nylon 956A1501 Front gap Catch plate
Colour
R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey

FA Front overlay
* 3 mm offset installation

Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON for doors 171 Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
Template 664
Drilling template for mounting plates 665
Positioning template for catch plate 687 Short URL
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610 www.blum.com/a230
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 173


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges

Slide-on hinge system


This economical hinge system provides the
right solution for many different applications.
The system’s combined slide-on and screw-fix
Hinge systems

feature has proven itself over the years.


▬ Simple and easy slide-on assembly
▬ Simple 3-way adjustment for perfect gap
alignment
▬ Integrated pull-out stop

Simple “slide-on” door to cabinet assembly. Blind corner hinge


▬ For an inset blind corner construction
▬ Inner blind corner width 28 mm and higher
▬ With integrated BLUMOTION

Refrigerator/Appliance hinge for facade doors


▬ The 3-dimensional adjustment feature is easily accessible when attached to the refrigerator
▬ The front can be easily removed from the refrigerator
▬ Front thicknesses FD of up to 30 mm are possible
▬ The refrigerator can be positioned inside the cabinet even when the front is attached

174 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Overview

Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems 69
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 70

Hinge systems
Symbolic image

Hinge applications OW MODUL MODUL Colour Application Boss Fixing Web Page
BLUMOTION code

Standard application
100° hinge
100° ● NI DQE3XA 176

Blind corner application


Blind corner hinge inset application
95° ● NI DQE4MM 178

Refrigerator application
Refrigerator facade door hinge
95° ● NI | ONS DQE5BY 180

Mounting plates
Mounting plates
182
OW Opening angle ● With spring NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap 185
Screws 186
Centre bit 186
Door buffer 186
Screwdriver 187
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a240
Symbolic image

Number of hinges
Number of hinges The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH

To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible


Front height FH (mm)

Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm

* Door weight FG (kg)

Pictograph
Item available on request Blind corner application Screw-on boss

Overlay application Hinge with straight hinge arm Knock-in boss

Dual application Hinge with cranked hinge arm

Inset application Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 175


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
100° hinge
DQE3XA
▬ MODUL with closing mechanism (spring) Application
▬ Slide on hinge arm
▬ 100° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Hinge systems

▬ Integrated pull-out stop

Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on Boss Screw-on


Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no. Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL ● NI 91M2550 MODUL ● NI 91M2650 MODUL ● NI 91M2750
● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated ● With spring NI Nickel plated

Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL ● NI 91M2580

Accessories Accessories Accessories


Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no. Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 90M2503 Plain – NI 90M2603 Plain – NI 90M2603


Stamped Blum NI 90M2503.BP

Accessories – general
Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


3.5 15 609.1500
3.5 17 609.1700

Insertion ram

Colour Material Part no.


Orange Nylon MZM.0040

176 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Standard application

Web code
100° hinge
DQE3XA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application Dual application Inset application

F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness


FD

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm) Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

MD

MD
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1
0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 4 5 6
3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 3 3 4 5 6
9 3 4 5 6 9 3 4 5 6 9
– – –
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 32
3 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 3.3 △ △ △ △ △
4 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.6 3.2 △ △ △ △ △
Max. ±3.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm
5 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.6 △ △ △ △ △ See mounting
6 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.4 △ △ △ △ △ plates
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.1 +0.3 +0.3 +0.4 +0.4 +0.5 +0.4
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on Knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – MODUL – hinges 175 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Mounting plates 182
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 185
Accessories – general 186 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a240
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 177


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Web code
Blind corner hinge inset application
DQE4MM
▬ Hinge for blind corner applications Application
▬ MODUL BLUMOTION with integrated
BLUMOTION (with deactivation option)
▬ Slide on hinge arm
Hinge systems

▬ Can only be combined with mounting plate 199.8130


▬ 95° opening angle
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Integrated pull-out stop

Order information
Inset application

Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL
● NI 99B9550
BLUMOTION
● With spring NI Nickel plated

Cruciform mounting plate for


blind corner applications
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Part no.
3 12.2 199.8130

Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap

Print | stamp Logo Colour Part no.

Plain – NI 90M2503
Stamped Blum NI 90M2503.BP

Accessories – general
Hinge boss cover cap

Hinge Colour Part no.


MODUL
NI 70T3504
BLUMOTION
NI Nickel plated

Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


3.5 15 609.1500
3.5 17 609.1700

178 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Blind corner application

Web code
Blind corner hinge inset application
DQE4MM
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Inset application

Fixing position from inside edge of muntin: 14 mm


Special mounting plate for blind corner application: 199.8130
F Gap

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.9 △ △ △ △
4 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △
Max. ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm ±0.8 mm
5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ See mounting
6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 △ △ △ △ plates
7 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.7 △ △ △ △
△ In these cases a trial is recommended

Screw-on Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – MODUL – hinges 175 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Mounting plates 182
Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 185
Accessories – general 186 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a240
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 179


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Refrigerator application

Web code
Refrigerator facade door hinge
DQE5BY
▬ Hinge for refrigerator facade doors Application
▬ Shallow hinge arm height
▬ Front thicknesses FD of up to 30 mm are possible 1

▬ MODUL with closing mechanism (spring)


Hinge systems

▬ Slide on hinge arm


▬ Can only be combined with mounting plate
194K6100E
▬ 95° opening angle
▬ Easy 3-dimensional front adjustment when attached
to the refrigerator
▬ Assembly, adjustment and removal of front possible
when refrigerator is installed
▬ Integrated pull-out stop

Order information
Overlay application

Boss Screw-on
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL ● NI | ONS 91K9550
● With spring NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

Boss Knock-in
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
MODUL ● NI 91K9580

Cruciform mounting plate for


refrigerator facade door hinge
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Part no.
0 10.3 194K6100E

Accessories – general
Hinge boss cover cap Insertion ram

Hinge Colour Part no. Colour Material Part no.


MODUL NI | ONS 70T3504 Orange Nylon MZM.0040
NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black

Chipboard screws

Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.


3.5 15 609.1500
3.5 17 609.1700

180 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Refrigerator application

Web code
Refrigerator facade door hinge
DQE5BY
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm)
Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle

Hinge systems
Overlay application

19
65
50

3-7

F
12.8 11

F Gap

Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
MD

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
0 3 4 5 6 7
3
6
9
MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)

Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Adjustment
Front thickness FD (mm)
Drilling distance TB (mm)
16 18 19 20 22 24 26 28 29 30 31 32
3 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.4 5.3 6.1
4 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.3 1.9 2.9 3.8 4.7 5.5
Max. ±2.0 mm ±2.0 mm +3.0 mm
5 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.9 See mounting –2.0 mm
6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.3 plates
7 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.8
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
+0.0 +0.1 +0.1 +0.1 +0.3 +0.5 +0.4 +0.4 +0.4 +0.4 +0.3 +0.2

Screw-on Knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

Reference pages
Overview – MODUL – hinges 175
Mounting plates 182
Accessories – general 186
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a240

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 181


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Description Material Adjustment Height


(mm)
Mounting plates
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Zinc Screws (two-part) ±2.0 182
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±2.0 183
Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 182 183
Hinge systems

Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±3.0 183
Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner hinge 14/32 Zinc Elongated hole ±2.0 183
Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge 37/32 Steel Elongated hole ±2.0 184

Pictograph
Item available on request

Chipboard screw fixing

EXPANDO fixing

System screw fixing

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm
▬ Material: zinc

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 9.2 NI 195H7100
3 12.2 NI 195H7130
9 18.2 NI 195H7190
NI Nickel plated

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 Planning
or Ø 4 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.3 NI 193L6100
3 11.3 NI 193L6130
NI Nickel plated

H Height

182 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm

Hinge systems
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.3 NI 194E6100.ED
3 11.3 NI 194E6130.ED
NI Nickel plated

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system Planning
screws Ø 6 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.3 NI 193L8100
NI Nickel plated

H Height

Cruciform mounting plate for twin application 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system Planning
screws Ø 6 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm
▬ For twin application
▬ Material: steel

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 8.3 NI 193L8100.21
NI Nickel plated

H Height
* Additional screw required as standard

Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner hinge 14/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system Planning
screws Ø 6 mm
▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm
▬ For blind corner hinge
▬ Material: zinc

Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
3 12.2 NI 199.8130
NI Nickel plated

H Height

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 183


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates

Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge 37/32


▬ Fixing with pre-mounted spe- Planning
cial screws with split dowels
(EXPANDO)
▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm
Hinge systems

▬ For refrigerator facade door hinge


▬ Material: steel
Order information
Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
0 10.3 NI | ONS 194K6100E
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

H Height
* Additional screw optional

184 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories

Hinge arm cover cap


Hinge applications Straight hinge arm Cranked hinge arm
Double cranked arm
100° hinge

Hinge systems
Material Steel Steel Steel
Colour NI NI NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped Plain
Logo – Blum –
Part no. 90M2503 90M2503.BP 90M2603
Blind corner hinge inset application

Material Steel Steel


Colour NI NI
Print | stamp Plain Stamped
Logo – Blum
Part no. 90M2503 90M2503.BP
Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items
NI Nickel plated

Hinge boss cover cap


Hinge applications MODUL BLUMOTION MODUL
Blind corner hinge inset application

Material Steel
Colour NI
Part no. 70T3504
Refrigerator facade door hinge

Material Steel
Colour NI | ONS
Part no. 70T3504
NI Nickel plated
ONS Onyx black

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 185


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Hinge systems

Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

System screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

186 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Hinge systems
Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 187


Box systems

A box system for every requirement. Blum ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing ▬ TIP-ON – mechanical opening support, clos-
offers various box systems that enable flexible action es with just a light push
furniture design. They boast a feather-light ▬ SERVO-DRIVE – electric opening support, ▬ Comprehensive programme for many options
glide, enhanced ease of use, top quality and combined with BLUMOTION ▬ High stability
beautiful design. ▬ TIP-ON BLUMOTION – mechanical opening ▬ Quality for the lifetime of the furniture
support, combined with BLUMOTION

LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX METABOX

Turn your inspiration into a The box platform for your ideas Clear-cut and rectangular Simple. Excellent. Proven.
reality Offering variety has never been TANDEMBOX antaro stands for a The single walled Box system
The box system for the most de- so easy. This platform makes it clear-cut, rectangular design. made from steel offers a number of
manding design and customisation incredibly simple. application options.
requirements.

188 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 Overview

LEGRABOX
LEGRABOX 190 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242
Overview 191
Overview – applications 192
Overview – design options 231
Design element 228
Symbolic image Accessories 238
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 244
Overview 245
Cabinet profile fixing positions 248

Symbolic image
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 250

Box systems
Overview 251
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254

Symbolic image
MERIVOBOX
MERIVOBOX 256
Overview 257
Overview – applications 258
Design element 290
Accessories 291
Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 296
Overview 297
Cabinet profile fixing positions 300

Symbolic image
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
Overview 303
Overview – applications 304
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Symbolic image
TANDEMBOX plus
TANDEMBOX plus 348
Overview – applications 349

Symbolic image
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 350
Overview 351
Cabinet profile fixing positions 356

Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Overview 359
Accessories 388

Symbolic image
METABOX
METABOX 390
Overview 391
Overview – applications 392
Accessories 406
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413
Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 189


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX

Turn your inspiration into a reality


The LEGRABOX box system meets the highest
standards of customisation and design. With
elegant, slim drawer sides and many incredible
design possibilities, manufacturers can create
a very distinctive drawer design. Manufactur-
ers have the option of choosing the selected
collection of LEGRABOX special edition or
individual designs with LEGRABOX individual
for minimum order quantities. This involves
customers ordering the decorative elements
(exterior) and drawer sides (interior) separately
and assembling them in their own workshops
Box systems

in just a few steps. This makes it possible to


manufacture stunning drawer designs with
complete flexibility.

Straight interior and exterior Customised branding


The impressively slim drawer sides (just 12.8 mm) blend in beautifully with The branding element is an integral part of the LEGRABOX design. It can
all items of furniture. The individual components are perfectly coordinated be printed with your brand name or logo. Keep it simple and discreet or
with one another and form beautiful transitions. make a bold statement. The logo can also be printed or laser engraved
directly onto the drawer side.

2-shell drawer side design Your creative playground Fine engineering


The LEGRABOX drawer side There are no limits to your ideas LEGRABOX leads the way in terms of technology. Fitted with the
is 2-shell by design. Making it when it comes to the design BLUMOTION S cabinet profile, LEGRABOX offers the flexibility to choose
possible to select different colours elements. Glass, wood, leather between three different motion technologies with a single cabinet profile,
and materials for the interior and and stone are just some exam- as well as boasting minimal opening force and a synchronised feath-
exterior. ples of how to effectively refine er-light glide. The soft close function adapts to the motion technology
LEGRABOX free. employed.

190 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 244 METABOX 390
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 250
MERIVOBOX 256
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
Symbolic image TANDEMBOX plus 348
Overview
Overview – applications 192
Design element 228

Symbolic image
Design options
myLEGRABOX 230 Design selector

Box systems
Overview – design options 231

Short URL
www.blum.com/lbxselector
Symbolic image
Accessories
Steel back 238 Centre bit 240
Front/base stabiliser 238 Door buffer 240
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 239 Screwdriver 241
Side stabilisation 239
Support angle bracket 240
Symbolic image Screws 240
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg 242
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg 242

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a310
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 191


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview – applications

Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 40 80

DQBMJY 194
Drawer – M 40 106 Inner drawer – M 40 104
70 70
Box systems

DQBN9A 196 DQBPDA 198


Drawer – K 40 144 Inner drawer – K 40 142
70 70

DQBNYM 200 DQGPIM 202


Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out – C 40 193 Inner pull-out – 40 191
70 design element – C 70

DQBQ2M 204 DQBSVY 206


Inner pull-out – gallery – C 40 191
70

DQBTLA 208
High fronted pull-out – F 40 257
70

DQBRHA 210
Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out – C 40 193 Inner pull-out – 40 191
70 design element – C 70

DQBQRY 212 DQBUAM 214


Inner pull-out – gallery – C 40 191
70

DQBUZY 216
Sink cabinet
Drawer
Drawer – M 40 106

DQBONY 218
kg Dynamic carrying capacity

192 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview – applications

Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – C 40 193

DQBS6M 220
High fronted pull-out – C – 40 193
centre piece

Box systems
DQCYEM 222
Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX free
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – C – 40 193
centre piece

DQBN9C
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER 40
70

Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm DQGQ7Y 224


Narrow cabinets
SPACE TWIN 20

Cabinet width KB 200 mm DQGTQM 226


Design element
Glass design element

228
kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Recommendation – colour combination of the components


Colour
No. Description
SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL
2 Drawer side set SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL
2 Drawer side set exterior ¹ SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right SW-M OG-M CS-M NI
3 Steel back L shape left/right ¹ SW-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
4 Front piece set SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL
5 Front piece without groove SW-M OG-M CS-M ELEO
5 Front piece with groove SW-M OG-M CS-M ELEO
6 Latch set SW-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
7 Cross gallery SW-M OG-M CS-M ELEO
11 Drawer side set interior ¹ SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL
¹ Sink cabinet
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt ELEO Anodised stainless steel appearance

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 193


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – N
DQBMJY
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
+3
▬ Two-dimensional front setting in the drawer side NL
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S
500 750.5001S
550 750.5501S

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 66.5


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
400 770N4002S
450 770N4502S 770N4502I
500 770N5002S 770N5002I
550 770N5502S
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Accessories
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – Chipboard screws
2c 2 x Cover caps Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
Colour Material Part no. 17.0 609.1700
For front fixing
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Steel ZB7N000S
NI

4 Front fixing bracket – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)


Fixing method Part no. Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO 2x ZF7N70E2 Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
EXPANDO T 2x ZF7N70T2 For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
bases
Screw-on 2x ZF7N7002
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
chipboard back and drawer side
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint – System screw
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
CS-M Carbon black matt Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

194 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – N
DQBMJY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front

Box systems
min 12**

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 39 mm
400 | 450 | 500 LW – 38 mm

550 Base
Chipboard back
NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Drilling distances – drawer base

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Accessories 238
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Cabinet profile fixing positions 242
584
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 195


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M
DQBN9A
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 1 2a 3

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
2c
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
4
2 Drawer side set

2b
Drawer side height (mm) 90.5
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M Accessories
270 770M2702S 770M2702I
– Chipboard screws
300 770M3002S 770M3002I
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
350 770M3502S 770M3502I
15.0 609.1500
400 770M4002S 770M4002I Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700
450 770M4502S 770M4502I For front fixing
500 770M5002S 770M5002I We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
550 770M5502S 770M5502I
600 770M6002S 770M6002I – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
650 770M6502S 770M6502I Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
2c 2 x Cover caps bases
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right chipboard back and drawer side

Colour Material Part no. – System screw


SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Steel ZB7M000S
NI Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
4 Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO 2x ZF7M70E2
EXPANDO T 2x ZF7M70T2
Screw-on 2x ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt

196 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M
DQBN9A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front

Box systems
min 12**

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 63 mm
270 LW – 38 mm

300 | 350 Base


Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
550 | 600 NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 550 | 600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 197


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQBPDA
▬ Inner drawer with solid front piece Space requirement
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer with latch set

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1 2a 3
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S 6a 6b 2c
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S
5 4a 4b
2 Drawer side set
2b
Drawer side height (mm) 90.5
Nominal length Colour 4e 4f
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M Accessories
270 770M2702S 770M2702I
6 Latch set
300 770M3002S 770M3002I
Colour Material Part no.
350 770M3502S 770M3502I
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.0M07
400 770M4002S 770M4002I Consisting of:
450 770M4502S 770M4502I 6a 1 x Latch
500 770M5002S 770M5002I Latch must be mounted on the front piece
6b 1 x Latch housing
550 770M5502S 770M5502I RAL 7037 dust grey
600 770M6002S 770M6002I Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
650 770M6502S 770M6502I Colour
Consisting of: CS-M Also for INGL
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
2c 2 x Cover caps Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
Colour Material Part no. bases
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
Steel ZB7M000S chipboard back and drawer side
NI
– System screw
4 Front piece set
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Colour Material Part no.
Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.0MS0 For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
INGL Stainless steel ZI7.0MI0
Consisting of: Colour Colour
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
4e 1 x Locking piece CS-M Carbon black matt ELEO Anodised stainless steel appearance
4f 4 x Screws

5 Front piece without groove


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
1043 ZV7.1043C01
ELEO
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

198 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQBPDA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
housing

Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled
** Inner drawer with latch set possible
from height 71 mm

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 63 mm
270 LW – 38 mm

300 | 350 Base


Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
550 | 600 NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 550 | 600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 238

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 199


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – K
DQBNYM
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1 3
Version BLUMOTION S 2a
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S 2c

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 128.5


Nominal length Colour 2b
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL 4
CS-M
300 770K3002S
350 770K3502S 770K3502I
Accessories
400 770K4002S 770K4002I
– Chipboard screws
450 770K4502S 770K4502I
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
500 770K5002S 770K5002I
15.0 609.1500
550 770K5502S 770K5502I Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700
600 770K6002S For front fixing
Consisting of: We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
2c 2 x Cover caps – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
Colour Material Part no.
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | bases
Steel ZB7K000S
NI In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
chipboard back and drawer side
4 Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no. – System screw
EXPANDO 2x ZF7K70E2 Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T 2x ZF7K70T2 Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Screw-on 2x ZF7K7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt

200 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – K
DQBNYM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front

Box systems
min 12**

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 101 mm
300 | 350 LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500 Base


Chipboard back
550 | 600 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 550 | 600

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 201


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQGPIM
▬ Inner drawer with mid-height solid front piece Space requirement
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
3
Version BLUMOTION S 2b 1 2a
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
6a 6b 4a 4c 2c
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
4f
600 750.6001S 753.6001S

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 128.5


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL 5 4e 4f 4b
CS-M
300 770K3002S
350 770K3502S 770K3502I
Accessories
400 770K4002S 770K4002I
6 Latch set
450 770K4502S 770K4502I
Colour Material Part no.
500 770K5002S 770K5002I
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.0M07
550 770K5502S 770K5502I Consisting of:
600 770K6002S 6a 1 x Latch
Consisting of: Latch must be mounted on the front piece
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 6b 1 x Latch housing
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed RAL 7037 dust grey
2c 2 x Cover caps Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Colour
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right CS-M Also for INGL
Colour Material Part no.
– Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
Steel ZB7K000S Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
NI
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
4 Front piece set For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
bases
Colour Material Part no. In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.0KS0 chipboard back and drawer side
INGL Stainless steel ZI7.0KI0
Consisting of:
– System screw
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
4e 1 x Locking piece
4f 4 x Screws Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
5 Front piece without groove OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
Colour Length (mm) Part no. CS-M Carbon black matt ELEO Anodised stainless steel appearance
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
1043 ZV7.1043C01
ELEO
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

202 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQGPIM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
housing

Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 101 mm
300 | 350 LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500 Base


Chipboard back
550 | 600 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 550 | 600

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 238

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 203


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBQ2M
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel Space requirement
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 1 2a 3

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
2c
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S

2 Drawer side set


2b
Drawer side height (mm) 177
Nominal length Colour 4a 4
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M Accessories
270 770C2702S 770C2702I
– Chipboard screws
300 770C3002S 770C3002I
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
350 770C3502S 770C3502I
15.0 609.1500
400 770C4002S 770C4002I Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700
450 770C4502S 770C4502I For front fixing
500 770C5002S 770C5002I We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
550 770C5502S 770C5502I
600 770C6002S 770C6002I – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
650 770C6502S 770C6502I Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
2c 2 x Cover caps bases
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right chipboard back and drawer side

Colour Material Part no. – System screw


SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Steel ZB7C000S
NI Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
4 Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no. Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
EXPANDO 2x ZF7C70E2
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
EXPANDO T 2x ZF7C70T2 CS-M Carbon black matt
Screw-on 2x ZF7C7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Alternative to 4
4a Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO 4x ZF7M70E2
EXPANDO T 4x ZF7M70T2
Screw-on 4x ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

204 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBQ2M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front

Box systems
min 12** min 12**

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay 4 4a


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Alternative 4a ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 148 mm
270 LW – 38 mm

300 | 350 Base


Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
550 | 600 NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 550 | 600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 205


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
Inner pull-out – design element – C
DQBSVY
▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S 7
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 177


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
7 Glass design element (for inner pull-out front)
270 770C2702S 770C2702I
Version Material Part no.
300 770C3002S 770C3002I
Low ZE7VxxxxG
350 770C3502S 770C3502I Glass
High ZE7WxxxxG
400 770C4002S 770C4002I For ordering information, see design element
450 770C4502S 770C4502I
500 770C5002S 770C5002I Accessories
550 770C5502S 770C5502I – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
600 770C6002S 770C6002I Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
650 770C6502S 770C6502I Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
Consisting of: For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides bases
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
2c 2 x Cover caps chipboard back and drawer side

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right – System screw


Colour Material Part no. Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
Steel ZB7C000S For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
NI
Colour Colour
4 Front piece set SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Colour Material Part no. OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt ELEO Anodised stainless steel appearance
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.2CS0
INGL Stainless steel ZI7.2CI0
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right
4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right
4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right
4d 1 x Adapter piece for low design element left/right
4e 1 x Locking piece
4f 4 x Screws

5 Front piece with groove


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
1043 ZV7.1043MN1
ELEO
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

206 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
Inner pull-out – design element – C
DQBSVY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 148 mm
270 LW – 38 mm

300 | 350 Base


Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
550 | 600 NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Cutting – design element


Nominal length NL (mm) Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
450 Low LW – 80 70
High LW – 80 138
LW Internal cabinet width
500 | 550 | 600
The given dimensions in combination with
LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
650
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
compliance no safety glass is required. The
edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 238 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Overview – assembly devices 591
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Design element 228

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 207


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQBTLA
▬ Inner pull-out with gallery Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 1 2a 3

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
350 750.3501S 2b
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S 7 2c
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S 4c 4f

2 Drawer side set


4e 5
Drawer side height (mm) 177
Nominal length Colour
4a 4b
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
7 Cross gallery
270 770C2702S 770C2702I
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
300 770C3002S 770C3002I
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
350 770C3502S 770C3502I 1080 ZR7.1080U
ELEO
400 770C4002S 770C4002I Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
450 770C4502S 770C4502I Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm
500 770C5002S 770C5002I
Accessories
550 770C5502S 770C5502I
– Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
600 770C6002S 770C6002I
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
650 770C6502S 770C6502I
Consisting of:
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed bases
2c 2 x Cover caps In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
chipboard back and drawer side
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
– System screw
Colour Material Part no.
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
Steel ZB7C000S Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
NI
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

4 Front piece set Colour Colour


Colour Material Part no. SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.3CS0
CS-M Carbon black matt ELEO Anodised stainless steel appearance
INGL Stainless steel ZI7.3CI0
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right
4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right
4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right
4e 1 x Locking piece
4f 4 x Screws

5 Front piece without groove


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
1043 ZV7.1043C01
ELEO
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

208 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQBTLA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 148 mm
270 LW – 38 mm

300 | 350 Base


Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
550 | 600 NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 550 | 600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 238

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 209


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
High fronted pull-out – F
DQBRHA
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel Space requirement
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 241


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
400 770F4002S 770F4002I
450 770F4502S 770F4502I
500 770F5002S 770F5002I
Accessories
550 770F5502S 770F5502I
– Chipboard screws
600 770F6002S 770F6002I
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
650 770F6502S 770F6502I
15.0 609.1500
Consisting of: Ø 3.5
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 17.0 609.1700
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For front fixing
2c 2 x Cover caps We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right


– Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
Colour Material Part no.
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
Steel ZB7F000S Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
NI
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
bases
4 Front fixing bracket
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
Fixing method Part no. chipboard back and drawer side
EXPANDO 2x ZF7M70E2
EXPANDO T 2x ZF7M70T2 – System screw
Screw-on 2x ZF7M7002 Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
4 Front fixing bracket
Colour Colour
Fixing method Part no. SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
EXPANDO 2x ZF7C70E2 OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
EXPANDO T 2x ZF7C70T2 CS-M Carbon black matt
Screw-on 2x ZF7C7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Alternative to 4
4a Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO 6x ZF7M70E2
EXPANDO T 6x ZF7M70T2
Screw-on 6x ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

210 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
High fronted pull-out – F
DQBRHA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front

32** 64** 32** 32** 32**

Box systems
min 12** min 12**

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay 4 4a


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Alternative 4a ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 212 mm
400 | 450 | 500 LW – 38 mm

550 | 600 Base


Chipboard back
NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 550 | 600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 211


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBQRY
▬ Large side design element Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 177


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
350 780C3502S 780C3502I
400 780C4002S 780C4002I
Accessories
450 780C4502S 780C4502I
– Transportation lock – design element (side)
500 780C5002S 780C5002I
Colour Material Part no.
550 780C5502S 780C5502I
Yellow Nylon 780C0009
600 780C6002S 780C6002I For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)
650 780C6502S 780C6502I
Consisting of: – Chipboard screws
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
15.0 609.1500
2d 2 x BOXCOVER front Ø 3.5
2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right 17.0 609.1700
For front fixing
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Colour Material Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
Steel ZB7C000S
NI Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
4 Front fixing bracket Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
Fixing method Part no. bases
EXPANDO 2x ZF7C70E2 In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
EXPANDO T 2x ZF7C70T2 chipboard back and drawer side

Screw-on 2x ZF7C7002 – System screw


EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Alternative to 4 Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
4a Front fixing bracket For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Fixing method Part no. Colour Colour


EXPANDO 4x ZF7M70E2 SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
EXPANDO T 4x ZF7M70T2
CS-M Carbon black matt
Screw-on 4x ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

9a Glass design element (side)


Material Part no.
Glass ZE7Sxx8G
For ordering information, see design element

212 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBQRY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front

Box systems
min 12** min 12**

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay 4 4a


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Alternative 4a ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 148 mm
350 LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500 Base


Chipboard back
550 | 600 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Cutting – design element


Nominal length NL (mm) Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
450 Side NL – 112 138
NL Nominal length
The given dimensions in combination with
500 | 550 | 600
LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
650
compliance no safety glass is required. The
edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Design element 228
584
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Accessories – transportation lock – design www.blum.com/a310
585 238
liability – EXPANDO T element (side)
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 238
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Drilling distances – drawer base 204
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Cabinet profile fixing positions 242
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 213


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code
Inner pull-out – design element – C
DQBUAM
▬ Large side design element Space requirement
▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 177


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
350 780C3502S 780C3502I
400 780C4002S 780C4002I
7 Glass design element (for inner pull-out front)
450 780C4502S 780C4502I
Version Material Part no.
500 780C5002S 780C5002I
Low ZE7VxxxxG
550 780C5502S 780C5502I Glass
High ZE7WxxxxG
600 780C6002S 780C6002I For ordering information, see design element
650 780C6502S 780C6502I
Consisting of: 9a Glass design element (side)
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Material Part no.
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
Glass ZE7Sxx8G
2d 2 x BOXCOVER front
2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right For ordering information, see design element

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right Accessories


Colour Material Part no. – Transportation lock – design element (side)
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Colour Material Part no.
Steel ZB7C000S Yellow Nylon 780C0009
NI
For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)
4 Front piece set
– Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
Colour Material Part no.
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.2CS0
Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
INGL Stainless steel ZI7.2CI0 For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
Consisting of: bases
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right chipboard back and drawer side
4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right
4d 1 x Adapter piece for low design element left/right – System screw
4e 1 x Locking piece
4f 4 x Screws Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
5 Front piece with groove For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
Colour Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
1043 ZV7.1043MN1
ELEO OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm CS-M Carbon black matt ELEO Anodised stainless steel appearance
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

214 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code
Inner pull-out – design element – C
DQBUAM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 148 mm
350 LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500 Base


Chipboard back
550 | 600 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Cutting – design element


Nominal length NL (mm) Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
450 Low LW – 80 70
High LW – 80 138
Side NL – 112 138
500 | 550 | 600 LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
The given dimensions in combination with
650
LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
compliance no safety glass is required. The
edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories – transportation lock – design Assembly, removal and adjustment
238
myLEGRABOX 230 element (side)
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 238
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Drilling distances – drawer base 204 Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251 More technical details 698
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Design element 228

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 215


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQBUZY
▬ Large side design element Space requirement
▬ Inner pull-out with gallery
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 177


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
350 780C3502S 780C3502I
400 780C4002S 780C4002I
7 Cross gallery
450 780C4502S 780C4502I
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
500 780C5002S 780C5002I
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
550 780C5502S 780C5502I 1080 ZR7.1080U
ELEO
600 780C6002S 780C6002I Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
650 780C6502S 780C6502I Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 9a Glass design element (side)
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Material Part no.
2d 2 x BOXCOVER front
Glass ZE7Sxx8G
2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right
For ordering information, see design element
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
Accessories
Colour Material Part no.
– Transportation lock – design element (side)
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
Steel ZB7C000S Colour Material Part no.
NI
Yellow Nylon 780C0009
4 Front piece set For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)

Colour Material Part no. – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)


SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZI7.3CS0 Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
INGL Stainless steel ZI7.3CI0 Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
Consisting of: For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right bases
4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right chipboard back and drawer side
4e 1 x Locking piece
4f 4 x Screws – System screw
5 Front piece without groove Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Colour Length (mm) Part no. Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
1043 ZV7.1043C01
ELEO Colour Colour
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt ELEO Anodised stainless steel appearance

216 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQBUZY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

Box systems
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 148 mm
350 LW – 38 mm

400 | 450 | 500 Base


Chipboard back
550 | 600 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 21 mm

LW – 35 mm

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Cutting – design element


Nominal length NL (mm) Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
450 Side NL – 112 138
NL Nominal length
The given dimensions in combination with
500 | 550 | 600
LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
650
compliance no safety glass is required. The
edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories – transportation lock – design Assembly, removal and adjustment
238
myLEGRABOX 230 element (side)
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 238
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Drilling distances – drawer base 204 Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251 More technical details 698
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Design element 228

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 217


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M
DQBONY
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free Space requirement
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S
damping effect for soft and effortless closing action,
can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1 2a 3
Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S
500 750.5001S
550 750.5501S
600 750.6001S

2 Drawer side set


2c
Drawer side height (mm) 90.5
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M 2b
350 2x 770M3502S 770M3502I 4
400 2x 770M4002S 770M4002I
450 2x 770M4502S 770M4502I
Accessories
500 2x 770M5002S 770M5002I
– Chipboard screws
550 2x 770M5502S 770M5502I
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
600 2x 770M6002S 770M6002I
15.0 609.1500
Consisting of: Ø 3.5
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 17.0 609.1700
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For front fixing
2c 2 x Cover caps We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right


– Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
Colour Material Part no.
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
Steel 2x ZB7M000S Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
NI
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
bases
4 Front fixing bracket
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
Fixing method Part no. chipboard back and drawer side
EXPANDO 4x ZF7M70E2
EXPANDO T 4x ZF7M70T2 – System screw
Screw-on 4x ZF7M7002 Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt

218 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M
DQBONY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front

Box systems
min 12**

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 63 mm
350

400 | 450 | 500 Base


Chipboard back
550 | 600 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Y min. (mm) LW Internal cabinet width
115 NL Nominal length
Y max. (mm) SPW Internal cabinet width between the
155 inner drawer sides

Rebate dimensions

Drilling distances – drawer base

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T CABLOXX 582
584
Accessories 238 Short URL
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 219


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBS6M
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel Space requirement
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S
damping effect for soft and effortless closing action,
can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right 1 2a 3

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S
500 750.5001S
550 750.5501S
600 750.6001S

2 Drawer side set 2b


2c
Drawer side height (mm) 177
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
350 2x 770C3502S 770C3502I 4a 4
400 2x 770C4002S 770C4002I
450 2x 770C4502S 770C4502I
Accessories
500 2x 770C5002S 770C5002I
– Chipboard screws
550 2x 770C5502S 770C5502I
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
600 2x 770C6002S 770C6002I
15.0 609.1500
Consisting of: Ø 3.5
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 17.0 609.1700
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For front fixing
2c 2 x Cover caps We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right


– Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
Colour Material Part no.
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M |
Steel 2x ZB7C000S Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
NI
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
bases
4 Front fixing bracket
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
Fixing method Part no. chipboard back and drawer side
EXPANDO 4x ZF7C70E2
EXPANDO T 4x ZF7C70T2 – System screw
Screw-on 4x ZF7C7002 Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Alternative to 4
4a Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO 8x ZF7M70E2
EXPANDO T 8x ZF7M70T2
Screw-on 8x ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated
CS-M Carbon black matt

220 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
High fronted pull-out – C
DQBS6M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on front

Box systems
min 12***

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Alternative 4a
** Alternative 4a *** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 148 mm
350

400 | 450 | 500 Base


Chipboard back
550 | 600 NL – 10 mm KB Cabinet width
Y min. (mm) LW Internal cabinet width
115 NL Nominal length
Y max. (mm) SPW Internal cabinet width between the
155 inner drawer sides

Rebate dimensions

Drilling distances – drawer base

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | CABLOXX 582
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 238 Short URL
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
584
Overview – assembly devices 591
Assembly recommendation and limitation of More technical details 698
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 221


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece
DQCYEM
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space Space requirement
▬ Can be combined with standard components
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel
▬ Straight interior and exterior
▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer
side
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S

2 Drawer side set exterior

Drawer side height (mm) 177


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
CS-M
450 770C4502S 770C4502I
500 770C5002S 770C5002I
550 770C5502S 770C5502I
600 770C6002S 770C6002I
11 Drawer side set interior
650 770C6502S 770C6502I
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Drawer side height (mm) 90.5
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Nominal length Colour
2c 2 x Cover caps NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL
3 Steel back L shape left/right CS-M
Colour Material Part no. 300 770M3002S 770M3002I
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel ZB7C129S.6S 350 770M3502S 770M3502I
400 770M4002S 770M4002I
4 Front fixing bracket 450 770M4502S 770M4502I
Fixing method Part no. 500 770M5002S 770M5002I
EXPANDO 2x ZF7C70E2 Consisting of:
EXPANDO T 2x ZF7C70T2 11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
11b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
Screw-on 2x ZF7C7002 11c 2 x Cover caps
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages For effective use of storage space, we recommend
Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm
Alternative to 4
4a Front fixing bracket Accessories
Fixing method Part no. – Chipboard screws
EXPANDO 4x ZF7M70E2 Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T 4x ZF7M70T2 15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
Screw-on 4x ZF7M7002 17.0 609.1700
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages For front fixing
We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
4b Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no. – Fixing screw (flat headed screw)
EXPANDO 2x ZF7M70E2 Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Screw-on 2x ZF7M7002 Ø 4.0 15.0 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer
Colour Colour bases
SW-M Silk white matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the
OG-M Orion grey matt NI Nickel plated chipboard back and drawer side
CS-M Carbon black matt
– System screw
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

222 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure

Web code
High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece
DQCYEM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – centre
screw-on front piece

Box systems
min 12** min 12**

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay 4 4a * +1.5 mm with ZF7M70E2


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Alternative 4a ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg
Nominal length NL (mm) Base
450 | 500 Steel back
NL – 21 mm
550 | 600

KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
Centre piece SPW Internal cabinet width between the
SPW + 27* 62.5 mm inner drawer sides
* +3 mm with ZF7M70E2

Rebate dimensions

Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 550 | 600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
myLEGRABOX 230 MERIVOBOX
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | CABLOXX 582
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 238 Short URL
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Cabinet profile fixing positions 242 www.blum.com/a310
584
Overview – assembly devices 591
Assembly recommendation and limitation of More technical details 698
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 223


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Larder unit

Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQGQ7Y
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with
shelves and inner drawers in the upper area
▬ Easy access from three sides
▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete
overview and convenient removal from above
▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pull-
outs
▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stock-
ing
▬ AMBIA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs
puts everything in order and allows easy access
▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Box systems

Order information
Application recommendation Page

Inner drawer – M 198

Inner pull-out – design element – C 206

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 533

CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82


Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm)
275–1200

Planning
Help with planning and ordering

Short URL
www.blum.com/planningtools

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230 Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 238
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a310
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

224 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Larder unit

Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQGQ7Y
Planning
Recommendation
Positioning in the cabinet Drilling distances – front Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a
shelf at the highest level rather than an
inner drawer.

80
80

Box systems
1684
The inner drawer allows access from the
side. If the inner drawer is implemented
256

with a higher back, stored goods are


prevented from falling down the back.
1428

The option to position the pull-outs


at different heights within the cabinet
1108 guarantees that no items will be too tall
to be stored inside.
1340
352

The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge


without front protrusion allows the cabi-
756
net width KB to be put to optimal use.
320

670

436

If the hinge is mounted above the pull-


out, the lowest pull-out can be inserted
right at the bottom. Turning even those
last few centimetres into usable storage
379

space.
280

280

57*
38*
19

Reference pages
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Number of hinges 706

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 225


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQGTQM
▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet Space requirement
profiles
▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S
damping effect for soft and effortless closing action
▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base
cabinet
▬ Cabinet width KB 200 mm
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
Application recommendation Page

Drawer – M 196

Drawer – K 200

High fronted pull-out – C 204


Cabinet width KB (mm)
200

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Assembly, removal and adjustment
myLEGRABOX 230
Accessories 238
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a310

226 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQGTQM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation height X (mm)
M 68
K 106
C 155
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Box systems
Installation dimensions – front
Installation height Height of drawer side Y (mm)
M M –
K K –
C C 96
FA Front overlay
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Y
32
51
Y
51* 32

FA FA
14 14

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 227


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design element

Glass design element


▬ Unique designs for the furniture interior
▬ For cutting to size
▬ Colour: clear
▬ Material: glass
Box systems

Order information
LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free 9a Glass design element (side)
7 Low glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)

Nominal length Colour


Colour Clear
NL (mm) Clear
Cabinet width Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm)
500 ZE7S388G
KB (mm) 15/16 18/19
550 ZE7S438G
600 ZE7V488G ZE7V482G
600 ZE7S488G
1200 ZE7V1088G ZE7V1082G
Consisting of: 650 ZE7S538G
7 1 x Glass design element 450 ZE7S338G
In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly Consisting of:
9a 2 x Glass design element
In the case of other nominal lengths NL, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
7 High glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)

Accessories
Colour Clear
– Transportation lock – design element (side)
Cabinet width Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm)
Colour Material Part no.
KB (mm) 15/16 18/19
Yellow Nylon 780C0009
600 ZE7W488G ZE7W482G
For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)
1200 ZE7W1088G ZE7W1082G
Consisting of:
7 1 x Glass design element
In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly

Planning
Cutting – design element
Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
Low LW – 80 70
High LW – 80 138
Side NL – 112 138
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
The given dimensions in combination with
LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
compliance no safety glass is required. The
edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 238
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/a310

228 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX

Box systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 229


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options

myLEGRABOX
Box systems

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free LEGRABOX special edition LEGRABOX individual

An elegant basis: LEGRABOX pure and The special collection: incredible drawer side The ultimate in customisation: design to your
LEGRABOX free offer a selection of superior looks based on the new colour, Carbon black heart’s content. Mix colours and materials, use
matt colours and a premium look in anti-finger- matt and stunning material mixes with anti-fin- printing, laser texturing and embossing options
print stainless steel. gerprint stainless steel, a special 3D carbon look to add customised designs and create unique
or a Noble rust textured finish. furniture that delights your customers.

230 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 Overview

LEGRABOX
Overview – applications 192
Design element 228

Symbolic image
LEGRABOX special edition
LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site 232

Symbolic image
LEGRABOX individual
LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site 234

Box systems
Symbolic image
Branding element
Branding element individual 237

Symbolic image
Design selector
Design selector

Short URL
www.blum.com/lbxselector
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a310
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 231


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX special edition

LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site


▬ The decorative element (exterior) can be selected
in various designs even for relatively small minimum
order quantities
▬ The drawer side (interior) and the decorative
element (exterior) are delivered separately and can
be completed in the desired combination quickly and
easily
▬ A special collection with incredible drawer side looks
Box systems

Order information
2d 2e

Symbolic image
2c 2f 2b

LEGRABOX special edition


▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M)
▬ Decorative element (exterior): Carbon black matt (CS-M)
With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo

▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M)


▬ Decorative element (exterior): Anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL)
With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo

▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M)


▬ Decorative element (exterior): Noble rust (NR)
With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo

▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M)


▬ Decorative element (exterior): Carbon black matt/Carbon look (CSCL)
Without design line, with branding element, optionally with your own logo

2 Drawer side set (interior)


Colour CS-M
Nominal length NL (mm) Drawer side height
M K C F
270 770M2701S 770C2701S
300 770M3001S 770K3001S 770C3001S
350 770M3501S 770K3501S 770C3501S
400 770M4001S 770K4001S 770C4001S 770F4001S
450 770M4501S 770K4501S 770C4501S 770F4501S
500 770M5001S 770K5001S 770C5001S 770F5001S
550 770M5501S 770K5501S 770C5501S 770F5501S
600 770M6001S 770K6001S 770C6001S 770F6001S
650 770M6501S 770C6501S 770F6501S
Consisting of:
2d 1 x Drawer side (interior) left/right 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo
2c 2 x Cover caps 2f 2 x LEGRABOX decorative element fixing
Note
The drawer side in height N is not included in the range of design options. We recommend using a drawer side in height N that goes with the customised (inner) drawer side.

232 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX special edition

LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site


Order information
2e Decorative element (exterior)
Design line With design line for branding element
Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Colour
CS-M INGL CSCL¹ NR
M 270–650 770MxxxASGC 770MxxxAS 770MxxxAI 770MxxxAS
K 300–600 770KxxxASGC 770KxxxAS 770KxxxAI 770KxxxAS
C 270–650 770CxxxASGC 770CxxxAS 770CxxxAI 770CxxxAS
F 400–650 770FxxxASGC 770FxxxAS 770FxxxAI 770FxxxAS
Consisting of:
2e 1 x Decorative element (exterior) left/right
¹ Without design line with integrated branding xxx Nominal length NL (mm)

Colour Colour
CS-M Carbon black matt CSCL Carbon black/carbon look

Box systems
INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint NR Noble rust

2b Branding element individual


Version Symmetrical
Material Nylon
Print | stamp Minimum order quantity (pcs.) Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M IN-G | KU-G | GO-G
Individual printed 1000 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB
Individual recessed embossed 5000 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
OG-M Orion grey matt KU-G In-mould brushed copper
CS-M Carbon black matt GO-G In-mould brushed gold

Accessories
– Insulating piece
Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Material Part no.

M 1
270–650 ☎ 770M0009

K 1
300–600 ☎ 770K0009
Black Foam
C 270–650 ☎ 770C0009

F 400–650 ☎ 770F0009
Note
As an option, an insulation piece can be used between the drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) to achieve improved noise reduction
1
For nominal lengths NL 270–300 mm, the insulation piece must be halved at the perforation

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Design selector Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – design options 231
LEGRABOX individual 234
Branding element individual 237 Short URL Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector www.blum.com/a310
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 233


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual

LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site


▬ Starting from an increased minimum order quantity, Reference pages
you can equip LEGRABOX individual with your Design possibilities
own design or logo LEGRABOX individual – colour mix 234
▬ We would be happy to advise you and check your LEGRABOX individual – material mix 234
individual designs for feasibility – get in touch with LEGRABOX individual – printing 235
your personal Blum contact: blum.com/contacts LEGRABOX individual – laser engraving 235
▬ The drawer side (interior) and the decorative LEGRABOX individual – embossing 236
element (exterior) are delivered separately and can
be completed in the desired combination quickly and
easily
▬ Design possibilities
Colour mix | Material mix | Printing | Laser texturing |
Embossing
Box systems

Order information
LEGRABOX individual – colour mix
▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours
▬ Decorative element (exterior): in various colours
With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo
Without design line with integrated branding, optionally with your own logo

Symbolic image

2 Drawer side (interior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Version Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

M|K|C|F 270–650 Left ☎ 770Xxxx1S


M|K|C|F 270–650 Right ☎ 770Xxxx1S
Consisting of:
2d – Drawer side (interior)
Order left and right separately

2e Decorative element (exterior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

M|K|C|F 270–650 With design line for


☎ 770XxxxAS
branding element
M|K|C|F 270–650 Without design line with
☎ 770XxxxASR
integrated branding
Consisting of:
2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right
X Drawer side height xxx Nominal length NL (mm)

LEGRABOX individual – material mix


▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours
▬ Decorative element (exterior): in anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL)
With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo
Without design line with integrated branding, optionally with your own logo

Symbolic image

2 Drawer side (interior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Version Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

M|K|C|F 270–650 Left ☎ 770Xxxx1S


M|K|C|F 270–650 Right ☎ 770Xxxx1S
Consisting of:
2d – Drawer side (interior)
Order left and right separately

2e Decorative element (exterior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line Colour
INGL

M|K|C|F 270–650 With design line for


☎ 770XxxxAI
branding element
M|K|C|F 270–650 Without design line with
☎ 770XxxxAIR
integrated branding
Consisting of:
2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right
X Drawer side height xxx Nominal length NL (mm)

234 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual

LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site


Order information
LEGRABOX individual – printing
▬ Colour and material mix possible
▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours
▬ Decorative element (exterior) in various colours
Without design line, partially or fully printed in different colours, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual
motifs
Symbolic image

2 Drawer side (interior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Version Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

M|K|C|F 270–650 Left ☎ 770Xxxx1S ☎ 770Xxxx1I


M|K|C|F 270–650 Right ☎ 770Xxxx1S ☎ 770Xxxx1I

Box systems
Consisting of:
2d – Drawer side (interior)
Order left and right separately

2e Decorative element (exterior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

M|K|C|F 270–650 Without design line with


☎ 770XxxxASR ☎ 770XxxxAIR
integrated branding
Consisting of:
2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right
X Drawer side height xxx Nominal length NL (mm)

LEGRABOX individual – laser engraving


▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours
▬ Decorative element (exterior): in anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL)
Without design line, partially lasered, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual motifs

Symbolic image

2 Drawer side (interior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Version Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL

M|K|C|F 270–650 Left ☎ 770Xxxx1S ☎ 770Xxxx1I


M|K|C|F 270–650 Right ☎ 770Xxxx1S ☎ 770Xxxx1I
Consisting of:
2d – Drawer side (interior)
Order left and right separately

2e Decorative element (exterior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line Colour
INGL

M|K|C|F 270–650 Without design line with


☎ 770XxxxAIL
integrated branding
Consisting of:
2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right
X Drawer side height xxx Nominal length NL (mm)

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
OG-M Orion grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Design selector Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – design options 231
LEGRABOX special edition 232
Branding element individual 237 Short URL Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector www.blum.com/a310
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 235


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual

LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site


Order information
LEGRABOX individual – embossing
▬ Colour and material mix possible
▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours
▬ Decorative element (exterior) in various colours
Without design line, partially embossed, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual motifs

Symbolic image

2 Drawer side (interior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Version Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

M|K|C|F 270–650 Left ☎ 770Xxxx1S


M|K|C|F 270–650 Right ☎ 770Xxxx1S
Box systems

Consisting of:
2d – Drawer side (interior)
Order left and right separately

2e Decorative element (exterior)


Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M

M|K|C|F 270–650 Without design line with


☎ 770XxxxASR
integrated branding
Consisting of:
2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right
X Drawer side height xxx Nominal length NL (mm)

2c Interior cover cap


Material Version Stamp Minimum order Colour
quantity (pcs.) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL
Nylon Symmetrical Blum 1000 ZA7.5700.BT ZA7.5709.BT
Consisting of:
2c – Interior cover cap

2f LEGRABOX decorative element fixing


Colour Material Part no.
Dark grey Nylon 770.0008

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
OG-M Orion grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint

Accessories
– Insulating piece
Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Material Part no.

M 1
270–650 ☎ 770M0009

K 1
300–600 ☎ 770K0009
Black Foam
C 270–650 ☎ 770C0009

F 400–650 ☎ 770F0009
Note
As an option, an insulation piece can be used between the drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) to achieve improved noise reduction
1
For nominal lengths NL 270–300 mm, the insulation piece must be halved at the perforation

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Design selector Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – design options 231
LEGRABOX special edition 232
Branding element individual 237 Short URL Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector www.blum.com/a310
More technical details 698

236 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 Branding element

Branding element individual


▬ The branding element enables customisation across
all LEGRABOX design options
▬ Select the branding element that best fits your
interpretation of LEGRABOX
▬ We will print or emboss the logo in your desired
colour and put it on the drawer side
▬ To make it stand out, choose the new metallic sur-
faces and printing colours Silver, Gold and Copper
▬ For a unique design that highlights the quality of
your furniture

Box systems
Order information
2b Branding element individual
Version Symmetrical
Material Nylon
Print | stamp Minimum order quantity (pcs.) Colour
SW-M | OG-M | CS-M IN-G | KU-G | GO-G
Individual printed 1000 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB
Individual recessed embossed 5000 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt IN-G In-mould brushed stainless steel
OG-M Orion grey matt KU-G In-mould brushed copper
CS-M Carbon black matt GO-G In-mould brushed gold

Design examples

Colour In-mould brushed gold In-mould brushed copper In-mould brushed stainless steel Orion grey matt
Stamp Recessed embossed Recessed embossed Recessed embossed Recessed embossed

Colour In-mould brushed gold In-mould brushed stainless steel In-mould brushed stainless steel Carbon black matt
Print Metallic gold Metallic silver Black Metallic gold

Colour Carbon black matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt Carbon black matt
Print Metallic copper Metallic copper Metallic silver White

Colour Silk white matt Silk white matt Silk white matt Silk white matt
Print Metallic gold Metallic silver Black Grey

Reference pages
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Design selector Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – design options 231
LEGRABOX special edition 232
LEGRABOX individual 234 Short URL Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector www.blum.com/a310
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 237


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories

Steel back
▬ For LEGRABOX Order information
▬ Colour: silk white matt | orion grey matt | carbon Back height Part no.
black matt N 1
☎ ZB7NxxxS.6
▬ Material: steel M ☎ ZB7MxxxS.6
K ☎ ZB7KxxxS.6
C ☎ ZB7CxxxS.6
F ☎ ZB7FxxxS.6
1
Not compatible with SERVO-DRIVE

Planning
Calculation of width Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Box systems

xxx = LW – 31 Base
NL – 21 mm
Example
Back wall height M
LW = 567 mm
536 mm = 567–31 mm
Order LW – 35 mm
ZB7M536S.6
Rebate dimensions

xxx Back width NL Nominal length


LW Internal cabinet width LW Internal cabinet width

Front/base stabiliser
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Order information
▬ Recommendation: Fixing method Colour Part no.
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 1 item RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
grey

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front

X = 14 mm + FA
FA Front overlay
* Min. 72 mm

238 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories

Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts


▬ For stabilising wide fronts and drawer bases Order information
▬ Reinforces the connection between the drawer base Fixing method Colour Part no.
and the front RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO T Z96.00T1
▬ Recommendation: grey
Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item Reference pages
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item 584

Assembly recommendation and limitation of


585
liability – EXPANDO T

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front

Box systems
X = 14 mm + FA
FA Front overlay
* Min. 80 mm
** Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

Side stabilisation
▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted Order information
pull-outs Nominal length NL (mm) Part no.
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1400 mm 270–400 ZS7M400LU
▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1400 mm, for 450–650 ZS7M650LU
cutting to size Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW – 295 mm
▬ No additional space requirement at the bottom
2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm
▬ Suitable for use with BLUMOTION | SERVO-DRIVE
| TIP-ON BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

NL Nominal length

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 239


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories

Support angle bracket


▬ Used when there is a uniform cutting dimension in Order information
the drawer base with steel and chipboard backs Material Part no.
▬ Makes it possible to combine a drawer base for steel Steel ZB7A0008
backs with a chipboard back
▬ Connection of chipboard back or centre piece and
drawer base for more stability

Fixing screw (flat headed screw) – Ø 4.0 mm


▬ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with Order information
chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases Diameter
Box systems

Length X (mm) Part no.


▬ In order to achieve optimal assembly, we rec- (mm)
ommend that you use flat headed screws for the 15.0 Ø 4.0 61D.1500
chipboard back and drawer side
▬ Colour: nickel plated
▬ Material: steel

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

System screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

240 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories

8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length

Box systems
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1

TORX screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
100 623.882.2
TORX T20
210 209.093.7

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 241


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg


NL 450 A **
B ** *

NL 500–600 A **
B ** *

NL 650 A **
B ** * 4

18 32
9 9
224
18
Box systems

256
320 37
416

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
** Optional for greater stability

242 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX

Box systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 243


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX

Two functions – fascinatingly combined


TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX com-
bines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechan-
ical opening support system with the reliable
BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effort-
less closing – 100 % mechanically. To optimise
the function and increase the trigger range, we
generally recommend using synchronisation.
TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger
range provides inspirational ease of use for
handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise
the function and increase the trigger range, we
generally recommend using synchronisation.
Box systems

Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience The motion is assisted 100 %
completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology. mechanically.

600
500
400
mm
300 2.5
200
100

6
9 00
12 00
00

Small front gap Extensive trigger range Four-dimensional adjustment Simple, tool-free assembly
TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be To optimise the function and The four-dimensional adjustment The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can
adjusted to have a small front gap increase the trigger range, we ensures a precise gap layout. be assembled tool-free, as can all
of 2.5 mm. generally recommend using syn- Depth adjustment is integrated and the other components.
chronisation. tool-free – simply turn the adjust-
ment wheel.

244 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
LEGRABOX 190
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 250
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358

Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page

Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 40
70

Symbolic image 246


kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Box systems
Accessories
Steel back 238 Centre bit 240
Front/base stabiliser 238 Door buffer 240
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 239 Screwdriver 241
Side stabilisation 239
Support angle bracket 240
Symbolic image Screws 240
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg 248
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg 248

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a320
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 245


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system
combined with soft-close BLUMOTION
▬ Gap 2.5 mm
▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Extensive trigger range
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of
245 mm and wider
Box systems

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION S 6.2


Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701S
300 750.3001S
6.1
350 750.3501S
400 750.4001S
450 750.4501S 753.4501S
500 750.5001S 753.5001S
550 750.5501S 753.5501S
600 750.6001S 753.6001S
650 753.6501S

6.1 TIP-ON BLUMOTION set


Nominal length Cabinet Weight
Unit ¹ Part no.
NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg)
270–300 S0 40 ≤ 10 T60L7040
270–300 S1 40 > 10–20 T60L7140
350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 ² T60L7340
Internal cabinet width LW 245–293 mm
350–600 L3 40 15–40 ² T60L7540
6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation
450–650 L5 70 35–70 ³ T60L7570
Version Colour Part no.
Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right Square RAL 7035 light grey T60.300D
6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right Cutting
6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter 6.1 Internal cabinet width LW – 221 mm
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm
¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and Accessories
closing function 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile
Version Colour Part no.
³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 70 kg cabinet profile
Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey 2x T60.000D
6.2 TIP-ON BLUMOTION set sink pull-out Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm
Nominal length Cabinet Weight
Unit ¹ Part no. – Front gap template for TIP-ON BLUMOTION
NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg)
Front gap (mm) Colour Part no.
350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 ² T60L9340
2.5 Orange 65.5631
350–600 L3 40 15–40 T60L9540 Note
Consisting of: We recommend that you use the front gap template
6c 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right
6d 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right
6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm
¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and
closing function
² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile

Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm


6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage
Version Colour Part no.
Round Grey T60.1125W
In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D
Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm
Note
To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using
synchronisation
Cutting
6.1 Internal cabinet width LW – 247 mm
6.2 Internal cabinet width LW – 267 mm

246 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out

min 68**

Box systems
NL Nominal length NL Nominal length Height M Height M
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combi-
nation with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out Plinth leg

Variant 1 Variant 2

Trigger range
Trigger range
With synchronisation
600 Without synchronisation
Minimum front gap (mm) 2.5
500 With front/base stabiliser
400
mm To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchro-
300 2.5 nisation
200 Example for 750 – 40 kg | 753 – 70 kg, C height, nominal length NL 500 mm
100

6
9 00
12 00
00

Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Assembly, removal and adjustment
245
LEGRABOX
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251 Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a320
Accessories 238
Cabinet profile fixing positions 248
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 247


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg


NL 450 A **
B ** *

NL 500–600 A **
B ** *

NL 650 A **
B ** * 4

18 32
9 9
224
18
Box systems

256
320 37
416

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
** Optional for greater stability

248 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX

Box systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 249


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX

Easy to open – with just a touch


Reliable handle-less opening
Handle-less fronts are playing a greater and
greater role in modern furniture design. With
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX – the mechanical
opening support system from Blum – han-
dle-less drawers and pull-outs open with just a
touch. To close, simply press shut.
Multitude of applications
The TIP-ON cabinet profile can be used for all
standard applications.
Box systems

600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 00
12 00
00

The TIP-ON function is integrated into the cabinet profile. For straightfor- The optional synchronisation ensures secure opening and closing even
ward installation and ease of use. for wide fronts.

250 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
LEGRABOX 190
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 244
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358

Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page

Applications
TIP-ON 40
70

Symbolic image 252


kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Box systems
Accessories
Steel back 238 Centre bit 240
Front/base stabiliser 238 Door buffer 240
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 239 Screwdriver 241
Side stabilisation 239
Support angle bracket 240
Symbolic image Screws 240
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg 254
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg 254

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a330
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 251


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON
▬ Integrated TIP-ON function for handle-less fronts
▬ A synchronisation can be applied to increase the
trigger range for cabinet widths KB of 400 mm and
above (recommended for cabinet widths KB of
600 mm and above)
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Easy, tool-free depth adjustment without removing
the pull-out
▬ Gap 3.5 mm
Box systems

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 750.2701T
300 750.3001T
350 750.3501T
400 750.4001T
450 750.4501T 753.4501T
500 750.5001T 753.5001T
550 750.5501T 753.5501T
600 750.6001T 753.6001T
650 753.6501T

Accessories
14 TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set
Version Colour Part no.
Round RAL 7037 dust grey T57.7400.01
Consisting of:
14a 1 x Locking device
14b 1 x Overload locking device
14c 2 x Attachment

14d TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Version Material Part no.
Round Aluminium ZST.1160W
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 229 mm

252 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out

Box systems
NL Nominal length NL Nominal length Height M Height M
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out

Variant 1 Variant 2

Trigger range
The optional synchronisation feature ensures secure opening even for higher & wider fronts

600
We also recommend that you use front stabilisation
500
400 Recommended front gap: 3.5 mm
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 00
12 00
00

Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 251 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
245
LEGRABOX Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a330
Accessories 238
Cabinet profile fixing positions 254
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 253


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg


NL 450 A **
B ** *

NL 500–600 A **
B ** *

NL 650 A **
B ** * 4

18 32
9 9
224
18
Box systems

256
320 37
416

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
** Optional for greater stability

254 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX

Box systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 255


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX

MERIVOBOX – Let's create – the box platform for your ideas


Offering variety has never been so easy. This
platform makes it incredibly simple to manu-
facture and assemble drawers and pull-outs to
meet every demand.
Experience maximum functionality combined
with a stunning design. In short, MERIVOBOX
makes your ideas and those of your customers
happen. Get a head start and get ready for the
challenges that lie ahead.
Box systems

Platform Design Functionality Assembly


It takes just a few components to MERIVOBOX boasts straight lines The newly developed cabinet No matter the model, assembly is
create your own extensive range. and a striking look. Modern mini- profile concept delivers extremely always simple and adjustment al-
Diverse and yet simple. malism meets distinctive design. smooth running action and high ways the same. It is extremely easy
load bearing capacity. Feather-light to achieve precise results.
glide and enhanced stability.

MERIVOBOX modular with MERIVOBOX modular with MERIVOBOX modular with Colour concept
gallery BOXCOVER BOXCAP MERIVOBOX is available in the col-
Create a clean cut design with the Create unique pull-outs – with large Simply clip on BOXCAP and you our options silk white matt, indium
use of exposed metal components. design elements. have created a metal pull-out with grey matt and orion grey matt.
closed sides.

256 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189 METABOX 390
LEGRABOX 190
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 296
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
TANDEMBOX plus 348
Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Overview
Overview – applications 258
Design element 290

Symbolic image
Accessories
Steel back 406 Door buffer 293

Box systems
1
2 Front/base stabiliser 291 Screwdriver 294
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 292
Side stabilisation 292
Screws 293
Symbolic image Centre bit 293
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg 295
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg 295

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a355
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 257


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview – applications

Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 40 85.5

DQJ0JY 260
Drawer – M 40 108 Inner drawer – M 40 106
70 70
Box systems

DQJ19A 262 DQJ2NY 264


Drawer – K 40 146 Inner drawer – K 40 144
70 70

DQJ1YM 266 DQJ3DA 268


High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 40 209 Inner pull-out – gallery – 40 207
gallery – E 70 gallery – E 70

DQJ42M 270 DQJ6VY


Inner pull-out – gallery – 40 207
design element – E 70

DQJ7LA
High fronted pull-out – 40 209 Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – 40 207
BOXCOVER – E 70 gallery – E 70

DQJ4RY 272 DQJ8AM


Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – 40 207
design element – E 70

DQJ8ZY
High fronted pull-out – 40 209 Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – 40 207
BOXCAP – E 70 gallery – E 70

DQJ5HA 274 DQJ9PA 276


Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – 40 207
design element – E 70

DQJAEM 278
Cabinet profile with over 70 209
extension for waste bin
applications

DQJ66M 280
kg Dynamic carrying capacity

258 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview – applications

Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Sink cabinet
Drawer
Drawer – M – centre piece 40 108
70

DQJB3Y 282
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 40 209
gallery – E – centre piece 70

Box systems
DQJBTA
High fronted pull-out – 40 209
BOXCOVER – E – 70
centre piece

DQJCIM
High fronted pull-out – 40 209
BOXCAP – E – centre piece 70

DQJD7Y 284
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER 40
70

Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm DQJDXA 286


Narrow cabinets
SPACE TWIN 20

Cabinet width KB 150 mm DQJEMM 288


Design element
Glass design element

290
kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Recommendation – colour combination of the components


Colour
No. Description
SW-M IG-M OG-M
2 Drawer side set SW-M IG-M OG-M
2.1 Drawer side set exterior SW-M IG-M OG-M
2.2 Drawer side set interior SW-M IG-M OG-M
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right SW-M IG-M OG-M
3.1 Chipboard back fixings left/right SW-M IG-M OG-M
3.1 External chipboard back fixing left/right SW-M IG-M OG-M
3.2 Internal chipboard back fixing left/right SW-M IG-M OG-M
3.3 Chipboard back fixing cover cap SW-M IG-M OG-M
4 Front piece set SW-M IG-M OG-M
5 Front piece without groove SW-M IG-M OG-M
5 Front piece with groove SW-M IG-M OG-M
6 Latch set SW-M IG-M OG-M
7 Cross gallery SW-M IG-M OG-M
8 Longside gallery rail left/right SW-M IG-M OG-M
9 BOXCOVER left/right SW-M IG-M OG-M
9 BOXCAP left/right SW-M IG-M OG-M
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 259


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – N
DQJ0JY
▬ Distinctive drawer side design Space requirement
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide

85.5*
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 3
500 450.5001B
550 450.5501B
2a
2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 68.5 2c


Nominal length Colour 2b
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | 4
1
OG-M
400 470N4002S
450 470N4502S
500 470N5002S
550 470N5502S
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Accessories
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – Chipboard screws
2c 2 x Cover caps Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
Colour Material Part no. 3.5 17 ² 609.1700
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4N000S ² For front fixing

4 Front fixing bracket – Fixing screw (flat head screw)


Fixing method Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.10T2 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
INSERTA 2x ZF4.10I2 In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
Screw-on¹ 2x ZF4.1002 chipboard back and drawer side
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery drawer bases
² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt – System screw
IG-M Indium grey matt Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

260 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – N
DQJ0JY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front

11

10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
32

min 33.5* 32
33.5*

Box systems
20

12**
20.5 FA

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 60.5
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 LW – 51 mm

32 9 Base
32 224 37 Chipboard back
NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Drilling distances – drawer base


NL (mm) X (mm)
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 256
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
screw
NL Nominal length

16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Cabinet profile fixing positions 295 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591
584
More technical details 698
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 291

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 261


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M
DQJ19A
▬ Distinctive drawer side design Space requirement
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION

108*
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly +3
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment NL
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B 3
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2a
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2c
2 Drawer side set 4 2b
1
Drawer side height (mm) 91
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
Accessories
300 470M3002S
– Chipboard screws
350 470M3502S
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
400 470M4002S
3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
450 470M4502S
3.5 17 ² 609.1700
500 470M5002S ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
550 470M5502S ² For front fixing
600 470M6002S
Consisting of:
– Fixing screw (flat head screw)
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
2c 2 x Cover caps In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
chipboard back and drawer side
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
Colour Material Part no. drawer bases
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4M000S ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm

4 Front fixing bracket – System screw


Fixing method Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.10T2 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
INSERTA 2x ZF4.10I2
Screw-on¹ 2x ZF4.1002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt

262 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M
DQJ19A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front

11

10
min. 54* min. 54**

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
103

32

min 33.5* 32
33.5*

Box systems
20

12**
28 20.5 FA

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 83 mm
270 | 300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm) NL (mm) X (mm)
270 | 300 128
450 | 500 | 550 * 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256
550 | 600
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
600 * screw
NL Nominal length
X
32 9
32 224 37
32 352 16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 263


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQJ2NY
▬ Inner drawer with solid front piece Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined

111*
106
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner
drawers
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply +3
NL
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly
Box systems

NL Nominal length
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
* Inner drawer with latch set

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B 3
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B 2a
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 4b
6a
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 6b
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
2c
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
2b
1
2 Drawer side set 4e
4a
Drawer side height (mm) 91 5
Nominal length Colour 4f
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
Accessories
300 470M3002S
6 Latch set
350 470M3502S
Colour Material Part no.
400 470M4002S
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nylon ZI7.0M07
450 470M4502S Consisting of:
500 470M5002S 6a 1 x Latch
550 470M5502S 6b 1 x Latch housing
RAL 7037 dust grey
600 470M6002S Latch must be mounted on the front piece
Consisting of: Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – Chipboard screws
2c 2 x Cover caps
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
Colour Material Part no. ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4M000S – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
4 Front piece set Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Colour Material Part no. 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZI4.0MS1 chipboard back and drawer side
Consisting of: ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right drawer bases
4b 2 x Interior cover cap ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
4e 1 x Locking piece
4f 4 x Screws – System screw
5 Front piece without groove Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Colour Length (mm) Part no. 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042 ZV4.1042M
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt

264 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQJ2NY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
housing

= = 12
11

10
Ø 25

min 17

45
min. 52
57**

32

x + 65
103

min. 54*

Box systems
28

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled
** Inner drawer with latch set possible
from height 57 mm

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 83 mm
270 | 300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm) NL (mm) X (mm)
270 | 300 128
450 | 500 | 550 * 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256
550 | 600
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
600 * screw
NL Nominal length
X
32 9
32 224 37
32 352 16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
297
MERIVOBOX www.blum.com/a355
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 291
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 265


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – K
DQJ1YM
▬ Distinctive drawer side design Space requirement
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined

146*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly +3
NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
300 450.3001B
3
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 2a
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B

2 Drawer side set 2c


2b
Drawer side height (mm) 129 4 1
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
300 470K3002S
350 470K3502S
Accessories
400 470K4002S
– Chipboard screws
450 470K4502S
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
500 470K5002S
3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
550 470K5502S
3.5 17 ² 609.1700
600 470K6002S ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Consisting of: ² For front fixing
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
2c 2 x Cover caps
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
Colour Material Part no. In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
chipboard back and drawer side
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4K000S ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
drawer bases
4 Front fixing bracket ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.10T2 – System screw
INSERTA 2x ZF4.10I2 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Screw-on¹ 2x ZF4.1002 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt

266 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – K
DQJ1YM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front

11

10
32
min. 92**

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
141

32

min 33.5* 32
min. 54*

Box systems
33.5*

20

12**
28 20.5 FA

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 121 mm
300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm) NL (mm) X (mm)
300 128
450 | 500 | 550 * 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256
550 | 600
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
600 * screw
NL Nominal length
X
32 9
32 224 37
32 352 16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 267


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQJ3DA
▬ Inner drawer with mid-height solid front piece Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined

144
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner
drawers
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply +3
NL
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly
Box systems

NL Nominal length
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
3
NL (mm) 40 70
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2a
4b
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
6a
550 450.5501B 453.5501B 6b
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
2c
2 Drawer side set 2b
1
4e
Drawer side height (mm) 129
Nominal length Colour 4f
5
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | 4a
OG-M
300 470K3002S
350 470K3502S
Accessories
400 470K4002S
6 Latch set
450 470K4502S
Colour Material Part no.
500 470K5002S
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nylon ZI7.0M07
550 470K5502S Consisting of:
600 470K6002S 6a 1 x Latch
Consisting of: 6b 1 x Latch housing
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides RAL 7037 dust grey
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Latch must be mounted on the front piece
2c 2 x Cover caps Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right – Chipboard screws


Colour Material Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4K000S 3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
4 Front piece set
Colour Material Part no. – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZI4.1KS1 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Consisting of: 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
4b 1 x Interior cover cap left/right chipboard back and drawer side
4e 1 x Locking piece ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
4f 4 x Screws drawer bases
² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
5 Front piece without groove
Colour Length (mm) Part no. – System screw
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042 ZV4.1042M Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt

268 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQJ3DA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch
housing

11

10
= = 12

Ø 25

32

min 17

45
min. 90

32

x + 65
141

x
min. 54*

Box systems
28

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 121 mm
300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm) NL (mm) X (mm)
300 128
450 | 500 | 550 * 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256
550 | 600
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
600 * screw
NL Nominal length
X
32 9
32 224 37
32 352 16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
297
MERIVOBOX www.blum.com/a355
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 291
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 269


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – E
DQJ42M
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with gallery Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined

209*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70 3.3
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B 3.1
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 2a
8
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 4.2
2 Drawer side set 2c
2b
Drawer side height (mm) 91
1
Nominal length Colour 4.1
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 470M3002S
Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
350 470M3502S
Nominal length Nominal length
400 470M4002S Part no. Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
450 470M4502S
270 ZR4.270RS.E 450 ZR4.450RS.E
500 470M5002S
300 ZR4.300RS.E 500 ZR4.500RS.E
550 470M5502S
350 ZR4.350RS.E 550 ZR4.550RS.E
600 470M6002S
400 ZR4.400RS.E 600 ZR4.600RS.E
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Colour Colour
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
2c 2 x Cover caps IG-M Indium grey matt

3.1 Chipboard back fixings left/right Accessories


Colour Material Part no. 3.3 Chipboard back fixing cover cap
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4E000S Colour Version Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Symmetrical 2x ZB4E00AK
4.1 Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no. – Chipboard screws
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.10T2 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
INSERTA 2x ZF4.10I2 3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
Screw-on¹ 2x ZF4.1002 3.5 17 ² 609.1700
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery ² For front fixing

4.2 Front fixing bracket, top – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
Fixing method Part no. Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.50T2 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
INSERTA 2x ZF4.50I2 In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, chipboard back and drawer side
2x ZF4.5002 ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm
drawer bases
Screw-on – countersunk screw¹ 2x ZF4.5012 ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw – System screw
not included in scope of delivery
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

270 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – E
DQJ42M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front

11

10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
min. 155**

128
128

64
+0.2
Ø 10
204

–0.1

32
min 33.5* 32

Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*

20

28 12**
20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm) NL (mm) X (mm)
270 | 300 128
450 | 500 | 550 * 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256
550 | 600
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
600 * screw
NL Nominal length
X
32 9
32 224 37
32 352 16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 271


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E
DQJ4RY
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined

209*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70 9
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
3
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B 2a
9a
600 450.6001B 453.6001B

2 Drawer side set 4.2


2c
Drawer side height (mm) 91 2b
1
Nominal length Colour 4.1
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
9 BOXCOVER left/right
300 470M3002S
Colour Material Part no.
350 470M3502S
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nylon/steel ZL4M00808
400 470M4002S
450 470M4502S 9a Glass design element (side)
500 470M5002S Material Part no.
550 470M5502S Glass ZE4Mxx0G
600 470M6002S For ordering information, see design element
Consisting of:
Colour Colour
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
IG-M Indium grey matt
2c 2 x Cover caps
Accessories
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
– Chipboard screws
Colour Material Part no.
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4E000S
3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
4.1 Front fixing bracket 3.5 17 ² 609.1700
Fixing method Part no. ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
² For front fixing
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.10T2
INSERTA 2x ZF4.10I2 – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
Screw-on¹ 2x ZF4.1002 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
chipboard back and drawer side
4.2 Front fixing bracket, top
¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
Fixing method Part no. drawer bases
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.50T2 ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
INSERTA 2x ZF4.50I2
– System screw
Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw,
2x ZF4.5002 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm
6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
Screw-on – countersunk screw¹ 2x ZF4.5012 ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw
not included in scope of delivery

272 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E
DQJ4RY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front

11

10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
min. 155**

128
128

64
204

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
min 33.5* 32

Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*

20

12**
28 20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Cutting – design element


Nominal length NL (mm) Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
450 | 500 | 550 * Side NL – 90 95
NL Nominal length
The given dimensions in combination with
600 *
MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
32 9 DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
compliance no safety glass is required. The
32 224 37 edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
32 352 ±0.5 mm bevel.

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 273


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E
DQJ5HA
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP Space requirement
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined

209*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B 3
350 450.3501B 9
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2a
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
4.2 2c
2 Drawer side set
2b
1
Drawer side height (mm) 91 4.1
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
270 470M2702S
9 BOXCAP left/right
300 470M3002S
Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
350 470M3502S
Nominal length Nominal length
400 470M4002S Part no. Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
450 470M4502S
270 ZL4.270S.E 450 ZL4.450S.E
500 470M5002S
300 ZL4.300S.E 500 ZL4.500S.E
550 470M5502S
350 ZL4.350S.E 550 ZL4.550S.E
600 470M6002S
400 ZL4.400S.E 600 ZL4.600S.E
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Colour Colour
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
2c 2 x Cover caps IG-M Indium grey matt

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right Accessories


Colour Material Part no. – Chipboard screws
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4E000S Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
4.1 Front fixing bracket
3.5 17 ² 609.1700
Fixing method Part no.
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.10T2 ² For front fixing
INSERTA 2x ZF4.10I2
Screw-on¹ 2x ZF4.1002 – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
4.2 Front fixing bracket, top chipboard back and drawer side
Fixing method Part no. ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.50T2 drawer bases
² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
INSERTA 2x ZF4.50I2
Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, – System screw
2x ZF4.5002
Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Screw-on – countersunk screw¹ 2x ZF4.5012 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw
not included in scope of delivery

274 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E
DQJ5HA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front

11

10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
min. 155**

128
128

64
204

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
min 33.5* 32

Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*

20

12**
28 20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm) NL (mm) X (mm)
270 | 300 128
450 | 500 | 550 * 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256
550 | 600
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
600 * screw
NL Nominal length
X
32 9
32 224 37
32 352 16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 275


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E
DQJ9PA
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP Space requirement
▬ Inner pull-out with gallery
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect

207
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner
pull-outs +3
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply NL
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
Box systems

NL Nominal length
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

Order information
Note
All inner pull-out options can be combined with any high fronted pull-out option in height E.

1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B
9 2a
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B 7
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2c
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 2b
550 450.5501B 453.5501B 1
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 4e
4b
2 Drawer side set 5
4f
4a
Drawer side height (mm) 91
Nominal length Colour
7 Cross gallery
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
OG-M
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1059 ZR4.1059U
270 470M2702S Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
300 470M3002S Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 111 mm
350 470M3502S
9 BOXCAP left/right
400 470M4002S
Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
450 470M4502S
Nominal length Nominal length
500 470M5002S Part no. Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
550 470M5502S
270 ZL4.270S.E 450 ZL4.450S.E
600 470M6002S
Consisting of: 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 ZL4.500S.E
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 ZL4.550S.E
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 400 ZL4.400S.E 600 ZL4.600S.E
2c 2 x Cover caps
Accessories
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
– Chipboard screws
Colour Material Part no.
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4E000S
3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
4 Front piece set ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Colour Material Part no. – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZI4.2ES1 Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
4b 1 x Interior cover cap left/right In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
4e 1 x Locking piece chipboard back and drawer side
4f 4 x Screws ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
drawer bases
5 Front piece without groove ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
Colour Length (mm) Part no. – System screw
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042 ZV4.1042M Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt

276 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E
DQJ9PA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

11

10
32
min. 153

64
204

32

Box systems
min. 54*

28
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base


Nominal length NL (mm) NL (mm) X (mm)
270 | 300 128
450 | 500 | 550 * 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256
550 | 600
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
600 * screw
NL Nominal length
X
32 9
32 224 37
32 352 16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 277


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E
DQJAEM
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP Space requirement
▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect

207
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner
pull-outs +3
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply NL
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place)
Box systems

NL Nominal length
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment

Order information
Note
All inner pull-out options can be combined with any high fronted pull-out option in height E.

1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 4d 3
NL (mm) 40 70
9
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B 2a
350 450.3501B 7
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B 2c
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
2b
4b
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 4e 1

2 Drawer side set 5


4a
4f
Drawer side height (mm) 91
Nominal length Colour
7 Glass design element (for inner pull-out front)
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
Version Material Part no.
OG-M
Low ZE4LxxxxG
270 470M2702S Glass
High ZE4HxxxxG
300 470M3002S For ordering information, see design element
350 470M3502S
400 470M4002S 9 BOXCAP left/right
450 470M4502S Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
500 470M5002S Nominal length Nominal length
Part no. Part no.
550 470M5502S NL (mm) NL (mm)
600 470M6002S 270 ZL4.270S.E 450 ZL4.450S.E
Consisting of: 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 ZL4.500S.E
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 ZL4.550S.E
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
2c 2 x Cover caps 400 ZL4.400S.E 600 ZL4.600S.E

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right Accessories


Colour Material Part no. – Chipboard screws
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4E000S Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
4 Front piece set ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Colour Material Part no.
– Fixing screw (flat head screw)
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZI4.4ES1
Consisting of: Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
4b 1 x Glass fixing left/right In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
4d 2 x Adapter piece for low design element chipboard back and drawer side
4e 1 x Locking piece ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
4f 4 x Screws drawer bases
² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
5 Front piece with groove
Colour Length (mm) Part no. – System screw
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042 ZV4.1042NN Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm 6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt

278 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E
DQJAEM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

11

10
32
min. 153

64
204

32

Box systems
min. 54*

28
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350 * LW – 51 mm

400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | *


Base
600 Chipboard back
32 9 NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
32 160 37 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
32 224 NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Cutting – design element


Nominal length NL (mm) Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
450 | 500 | 550 * Low LW – 104 75
High LW – 104 142.5
LW Internal cabinet width
600 *
The given dimensions in combination with
MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing
32 9 for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
32 224 37 compliance no safety glass is required. The
32 352 edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Design element 290
584
Accessories 291
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Cabinet profile fixing positions 295 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 279


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications
DQJ66M
▬ Cabinet profile with forward-set hook for waste bin Space requirement
application
▬ Can be combined with all high fronted pull-out in
height E
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined

209*
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in
place) +3
▬ Tool-free front assembly NL
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Symbol image – BOXCAP

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 70
450 453.4501BZ
500 453.5001BZ
550 453.5501BZ

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 91


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
OG-M
450 1 470M4502S
500 1 470M5002S
400 1 470M4002S
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
2c 2 x Cover caps
Correct drawer side length
1
Cabinet profile nominal length NL – 50 mm = drawer side nominal length NL
E.g. 450 – 50 = 400 mm

Application recommendation Page

All additional components can be found here:

High fronted pull-out – gallery – E 270

High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E 272

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E 274

280 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications
DQJ66M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front

11

10
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
min. 155**

128
128

64
204

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
min 33.5* 32

Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*

20

12**
28 20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 184 mm
450 | 500 | 550 * LW – 51 mm

32 9 Base
32 224 37 Chipboard back
NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 51 mm

Drilling distances – drawer base


NL (mm) X (mm)
450 | 500 | 550 256
Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head
screw
NL Nominal length

16

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 281


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M – centre piece
DQJB3Y
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space Space requirement
▬ Can be combined with standard components
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect

108*
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in +3
NL
place)
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70 3
2.2a
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2.2b
2.1a
2.1 Drawer side set exterior 2.2c

Drawer side height (mm) 91


Nominal length Colour 2.1b
2.1c
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M |
1
OG-M
450 470M4502S 4
500 470M5002S
550 470M5502S
600 470M6002S
Consisting of:
2.1a 1 x Left/right drawer sides Accessories
2.1b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – Chipboard screws
2.1c 2 x Cover caps Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
2.2 Drawer side set interior 3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
3.5 17 ² 609.1700
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Drawer side height (mm) 91 ² For front fixing
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | – Fixing screw (flat head screw)
OG-M Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
300 470M3002S 3.5 15 ¹⁺² 61R.1500
350 470M3502S In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the
chipboard back and drawer side
400 470M4002S ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with
450 470M4502S drawer bases
Consisting of: ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
2.2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2.2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed – System screw
2.2c 2 x Cover caps Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
For effective use of storage space, we recommend
Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2.1) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 2.2) = min. 150 mm
6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
Colour Material Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel 2x ZB4M000S

4 Front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO T 4x ZF4.10T2
Screw-on¹ 4x ZF4.1002
INSERTA fixing is not possible in combination with a centre piece
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Note
The front fixing bracket must be installed turned through 180° for centre piece assembly!

¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
IG-M Indium grey matt

282 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M – centre piece
DQJB3Y
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – back
screw-on EXPANDO T front

11

10
min. 54* min. 54**

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

32
103

32

min 33.5* 32
33.5*

Box systems
20

12**
28 20.5 FA

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed


before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg B1 B2 Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 83 mm
450 | 500 | 550 | 600 Y1 Y2
Y1 Y2
32 9 Base
A
32 224 37 Chipboard back
SPW + 37
NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
W

NL Nominal length
LW – 51 SPW Internal cabinet width between the
C inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece Y min. (mm)
SPW + 42 67 mm BLUMOTION 40
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 99

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base Drilling distances – centre piece
Nominal length NL (mm)
450 | 500 | 550 *

600 *
256

32 9 R10
32 224 37
26

32

32 352 9
256

11.5

7.5
16

9
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Accessories 291
584
Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Assembly recommendation and limitation of Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
585
liability – EXPANDO T More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 283


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece
DQJD7Y
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space Space requirement
▬ Can be combined with standard components
▬ Distinctive drawer side design
▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover
cap
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect

209*
for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply
clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in +3
place) NL
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
3.3
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70 3.1
3.2
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B 2.2a
9
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B
2.2b
2.1 Drawer side set exterior 2.1a
2.2c
Drawer side height (mm) 91
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | 4.2
OG-M 2.1b
2.1c 1
450 470M4502S
500 470M5002S 4.1
550 470M5502S
600 470M6002S
Consisting of:
2.1a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 4.2 Front fixing bracket, top
2.1b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
Fixing method Part no.
2.1c 2 x Cover caps
EXPANDO T 2x ZF4.50T2
2.2 Drawer side set interior INSERTA 2x ZF4.50I2
Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw,
Drawer side height (mm) 91 2x ZF4.5002
Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm
Nominal length Colour Screw-on – countersunk screw¹ 2x ZF4.5012
NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
OG-M ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw
not included in scope of delivery
300 470M3002S
350 470M3502S 9 BOXCAP left/right
400 470M4002S Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
450 470M4502S Nominal length Nominal length
Part no. Part no.
Consisting of: NL (mm) NL (mm)
2.2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
450 ZL4.450S.E 550 ZL4.550S.E
2.2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
2.2c 2 x Cover caps 500 ZL4.500S.E 600 ZL4.600S.E
For effective use of storage space, we recommend Colour Colour
Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2.1) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 2.2) = min. 150 mm SW-M Silk white matt OG-M Orion grey matt
3.1 External chipboard back fixing left/right IG-M Indium grey matt

Colour Material Part no. Accessories


SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4E000S 3.3 Chipboard back fixing cover cap
3.2 Internal chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Version Part no.
Colour Material Part no. SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Symmetrical 2x ZB4M00AK
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel ZB4M000S – Chipboard screws
4.1 Front fixing bracket Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Fixing method Part no. 3.5 15 ¹ 609.1500
EXPANDO T 4x ZF4.10T2 3.5 17 ² 609.1700
Screw-on¹ 4x ZF4.1002 ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
² For front fixing
INSERTA fixing is not possible in combination with a centre piece
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages – System screw
Note
Ø (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
The front fixing bracket must be installed turned through 180° for centre piece assembly!
6 14.5 ¹ 661.1450.HG
¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery ¹ For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet

284 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece
DQJD7Y
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | Installation dimensions – centre
screw-on EXPANDO T front piece

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
min. 155**

128
128

11

10
204

+0.2

5
Ø 10 –0.1

32
32
min 33.5* 32

Box systems
33.5* 32
min. 54*

11
20

12**
28 20.5 FA
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment before the cabinet is assembled ** Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg B1 B2 Chipboard back
Nominal length NL (mm) 83 mm
450 | 500 | 550 | 600 Y1 Y2
Y1 Y2
32 9 Base
A
32 224 37 Chipboard back
SPW + 37
NL – 26 mm KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width
W

NL Nominal length
LW – 51 SPW Internal cabinet width between the
C inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece Y min. (mm)
SPW + 42 67 mm BLUMOTION 40
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 99

Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Drilling distances – drawer base Drilling distances – centre piece
Nominal length NL (mm)
450 | 500 | 550 *

600 *
256

32 9 R10
32 224 37
26

32

32 352 9
256

11.5

7.5
16

9
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 CABLOXX 582 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 291
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Cabinet profile fixing positions 295
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
584
More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a355
Assembly recommendation and limitation of
585
liability – EXPANDO T
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 285


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Larder unit

Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQJDXA
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with
shelves and inner drawers in the upper area
▬ Easy access from three sides
▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete
overview and convenient removal from above
▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pull-
outs
▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stock-
ing
▬ AMBIA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs
puts everything in order and allows easy access
▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Box systems

Order information
Application recommendation Page

Inner drawer – M 264

Inner drawer – K 268

Inner pull-out – gallery – gallery – E 258

Inner pull-out – gallery – design element – E 258

Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – gallery – E 258

Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – design element – E 258

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E 276

Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E 278

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 530

CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82


Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm)
275–1200

Planning
Help with planning and ordering

Short URL
www.blum.com/planningtools

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 291
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for More technical details 698 Short URL
297
MERIVOBOX www.blum.com/a355
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX |
529
MERIVOBOX
CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82

286 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Larder unit

Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQJDXA
Planning
Recommendation
Positioning in the cabinet Drilling distances – front Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a
shelf at the highest level rather than an
inner drawer.

80
80

Box systems
1684
The inner drawer allows access from the
1622 side. If the inner drawer is implemented
with a higher back, stored goods are
prevented from falling down the back.
388

1234 The option to position the pull-outs


at different heights within the cabinet
guarantees that no items will be too tall
to be stored inside.
387

1340

847
The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge
without front protrusion allows the cabi-
net width KB to be put to optimal use.
387

670

460

If the hinge is mounted above the pull-


out, the lowest pull-out can be inserted
right at the bottom. Turning even those
last few centimetres into usable storage
386

space.
280

280

74*
54*
19

Reference pages
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Number of hinges 706

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 287


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQJEMM
▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet Space requirement
profiles
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action
▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base
cabinet
▬ Cabinet width KB 150 mm

+3
NL
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
Application recommendation Page

Drawer – M 262

Drawer – K 266

High fronted pull-out – gallery – E 270

High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E 272

High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E 274


Cabinet width KB (mm)
150

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 291
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/a355

288 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQJEMM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation height X (mm)
M 54
K 92
E 155
* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled

Box systems
min 54
x
min 54*

28
min 112

Installation dimensions – front


Installation height Height of drawer Side panel Y (mm)
side
M M – –
K K – 64
E M Gallery 128
E M BOXCOVER 128
E M BOXCAP 128
FA Front overlay
Y

* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled


33.5* 32
Y
33.5* 32

20.5 20.5
FA FA

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 289


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Design element

Glass design element


▬ Unique designs for the furniture interior
▬ For cutting to size
▬ Colour: clear
▬ Material: glass
Box systems

Order information
7 Low glass design element (for inner pull-out, front) 9a Glass design element (side)

Colour Clear
Cabinet width Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) Nominal length Colour
KB (mm) 15/16 18/19 NL (mm) Clear
600 ZE4L464G ZE4L458G 450 ZE4M360G
1200 ZE4L1064G ZE4L1058G 500 ZE4M410G
Consisting of: 550 ZE4M460G
7 1 x Glass design element
600 ZE4M510G
In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
Consisting of:
9a 2 x Glass design element
7 High glass design element (for inner pull-out, front) In the case of other nominal lengths NL, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly

Note
Colour Clear To guarantee a safe connection between the front and BOXCOVER, the side parts of the glass
Cabinet width Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) must be cleaned prior to assembly – required from front height FH > 455 mm !

KB (mm) 15/16 18/19


600 ZE4H464G ZE4H458G
1200 ZE4H1064G ZE4H1058G
Consisting of:
7 1 x Glass design element
In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly

Planning
Cutting – design element
Design X (mm) Y (mm)
element
Low LW – 104 75
High LW – 104 142.5
Side NL – 90 95
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
The given dimensions in combination with
MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing
for vertically installed glass parts” as per the
DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm
compliance no safety glass is required. The
edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm
±0.5 mm bevel.

Reference pages
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 291
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/a355

290 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories

Steel back
▬ For MERIVOBOX Order information
▬ Colour: silk white matt | indium grey matt | orion grey Back height Part no.
matt N 1
☎ ZB4NxxxS.6
▬ Material: steel M ☎ ZB4MxxxS.6
K ☎ ZB4KxxxS.6
E ☎ ZB4ExxxS.6
1
Not compatible with SERVO-DRIVE

Planning
Calculation of width Cutting – 16 mm chipboard

Box systems
xxx = LW – 38 Base
xx
x=
LW NL – 22 mm
–3 Example
8 Back wall height M
LW = 567 mm
529 mm = 567–38 mm
Order LW – 51 mm
ZB4M529S.6

LW
16

xxx Back width NL Nominal length


LW Internal cabinet width LW Internal cabinet width

Front/base stabiliser
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Order information
▬ Recommendation: Fixing method Colour Part no.
Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
grey

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front

X = 20.5 mm + FA
FA Front overlay
* Min. 105 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 291


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories

Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts


▬ For stabilising wide fronts and drawer bases Order information
▬ Reinforces the connection between the drawer base Fixing method Colour Part no.
and the front RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO T Z96.00T1
▬ Recommendation: grey
Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item Reference pages
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item 584

Assembly recommendation and limitation of


585
liability – EXPANDO T

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front
Box systems

20
13

22

min 6

X = 14 mm + FA
FA Front overlay
* Min. 80 mm
** Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

Side stabilisation
▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted Order information
1 pull-outs Side stabilisation
2 ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1400 mm Nominal length NL (mm) Part no.
▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1400 mm, for 270–400 ZS4.400MU
cutting to size 450–650 ZS4.650MU
▬ No additional space requirement at the bottom Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW – 231 mm
▬ Suitable for use with BLUMOTION | SERVO-DRIVE
2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm
| TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet

NL Nominal length

292 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories

Fixing screw (flat head screw) – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with Order information
chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases Diameter
Ø8 Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ In order to achieve optimal assembly, we rec- (mm)
ommend that you use flat head screws for the 15.0 Ø 3.5 61R.1500
chipboard back and drawer side
▬ Colour: nickel plated

X
▬ Material: steel
Ø 3.5

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter

Box systems
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

System screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 293


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Box systems

Tool support Part no.


▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1

TORX screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
100 623.882.2
TORX T20
210 209.093.7

294 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg

* *

4 4
* * *

32 18 32 9
160 37 224 18
192 238 37

Box systems
224 256
256 352
366
384

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* For greater lateral stability * For greater lateral stability
Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
** For greater vertical stability
Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 295


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX

Two functions – fascinatingly combined


TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX com-
bines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechan-
ical opening support system with the reliable
BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effort-
less closing – 100 % mechanically. To optimise
the function and increase the trigger range, we
generally recommend using synchronisation.
TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger
range provides inspirational ease of use for
handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise
the function and increase the trigger range, we
generally recommend using synchronisation.
Box systems

Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience The motion is assisted 100 %
completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology. mechanically.

600
500
400
mm
300 2.5
200
100

6
9 00
12 00
00

Small front gap Extensive trigger range Four-dimensional adjustment Simple, tool-free assembly
TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be To optimise the function and The four-dimensional adjustment The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can
adjusted to have a small front gap increase the trigger range, we ensures a precise gap layout. be assembled tool-free, as can all
of 2.5 mm. generally recommend using syn- Depth adjustment is integrated and the other components.
chronisation. tool-free – simply turn the adjust-
ment wheel.

296 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
MERIVOBOX 256
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358

Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page

Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 40
70

Symbolic image 298


kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Box systems
Accessories
Steel back 406 Door buffer 293
1
2 Front/base stabiliser 291 Screwdriver 294
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 292
Side stabilisation 292
Screws 293
Symbolic image Centre bit 293
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg 300
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg 300

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a356
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 297


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system
combined with soft-close BLUMOTION
▬ Gap 2.5 mm
▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Extensive trigger range
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of
243 mm and wider
Box systems

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 70
270 450.2701B
300 450.3001B
350 450.3501B
400 450.4001B
450 450.4501B 453.4501B
500 450.5001B 453.5001B
550 450.5501B 453.5501B
600 450.6001B 453.6001B

6 TIP-ON BLUMOTION set


Nominal length Cabinet Weight
Unit ¹ Part no.
NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg)
270–300 S0 40 ≤ 10 T60H4040
270–300 S1 40 > 10–20 T60H4140
350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 ² T60H4340
350–600 L3 40 15–40 ² T60H4540 Accessories
450–600 L5 70 35–70 ³ T60H4570
6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right Version Colour Part no.
6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch symmetrical Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey 2x T60.000D
6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 297 mm
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 297 mm
¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and – TIP-ON BLUMOTION checking/setting template
closing function
Front gap FS (mm) Colour Part no.
² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile
³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 70 kg cabinet profile 2.5 Orange 65.5627

Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 297 mm


6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage
Version Colour Part no.
Round Grey T60.1125W
In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D
Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm
Note
To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using
synchronisation
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 250 mm

Internal cabinet width LW 243–296 mm


6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation
Version Colour Part no.
Square RAL 7035 light grey T60.300D
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 224 mm

298 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out

min. 54**

min. 52
2
+3 +1

103

103
NL NL

min. 54*

min. 54*

Box systems
28 28

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length Height M Height M


* +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed
before the cabinet is assembled before the cabinet is assembled
** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combi-
nation with TIP-ON BLUMOTION

Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out Plinth leg

Variant 1 Variant 2

Trigger range
Trigger range
With synchronisation
600 Without synchronisation
Minimum front gap (mm) 2.5
500 To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchro-
400 nisation
mm Example for 450 – 40 kg | 453 – 70 kg, E height, nominal length NL 500 mm
300 2.5
200
100

6
9 00
12 00
00

Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Assembly, removal and adjustment
297
MERIVOBOX
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 291 www.blum.com/a356
Cabinet profile fixing positions 300
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 299


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg

* *

4 4
* * *

32 18 32 9
160 37 224 18
192 238 37
Box systems

224 256
256 352
366
384

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* For greater lateral stability * For greater lateral stability
Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
** For greater vertical stability
Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

300 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX

Box systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 301


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro

The minimalist line – rectangular with a clear design all the way down the line
TANDEMBOX antaro stands for a clear-cut,
rectangular design with its rectangular gallery.
All the components have been colour-coordi-
nated, underlining the minimalist design.
You also have the option of combining the
different opening support systems as you wish.
SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support
system in combination with BLUMOTION, or
TIP-ON BLUMOTION, the mechanical opening
support system, combined with BLUMOTION.
Box systems

The square gallery underlines the minimalist product design. All nylon components are matched with the relevant drawer side colour, helping to
create a harmoniously simple overall appearance.

TANDEMBOX has long proven its worth and offered enhanced ease of For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our
use and scope for design for many years. Technological improvements Product Configurator.
ensure even smoother opening, noticeably more stability and an opti-
mised feather-light glide.

Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator

302 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189 METABOX 390
LEGRABOX 190
MERIVOBOX 256
TANDEMBOX plus 348
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 350
Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358
Overview
Overview – applications 304

Symbolic image
Accessories
Steel back 340 Centre bit 344

Box systems
Front/base stabiliser 340 Door buffer 344
Side stabilisation – top mounted 341 Screwdriver 345
Flexible gallery fixing 342
Chipboard back fixing height B 343
Symbolic image Screws 344
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg 346
Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg 346

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a350
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 303


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview – applications

Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 30 82.5

DQC21A 306
Drawer – M 30 98.5 Inner drawer – M 30 106
65 65
Box systems

DQC2QM 308 DQC45A 310


Drawer – K 30 130.5 Inner drawer – K 30 136.5
65 65

DQC3FY 312 DQC4UM 314


High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 30 192 Inner pull-out – gallery – C 30 192
gallery – C 65 65

DQC5JY 316 DQCAHA 318


High fronted pull-out – 30 224 Inner pull-out – gallery – D 30 224
gallery – D 65 65

DQC69A 320 DQCB6M 322


High fronted pull-out – 30 224 Inner pull-out – gallery – D – 30 224
gallery – D – K drawer side 65 K drawer side 65

DQC6YM 324 DQCBVY 326


High fronted pull-out – 30 192
gallery – C – alu frames 65

DQC7NY 328
High fronted pull-out – 30 224
gallery – D – alu frames 65

DQC8DA 330
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with 65
SYNCROMOTION

Help with planning and ordering


Short URL
www.blum.com/productdataservice
SPACE CORNER with rigid 65
fronts

Help with planning and ordering


Short URL
www.blum.com/productdataservice
kg Dynamic carrying capacity

304 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview – applications

Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 30 192
gallery – C 65

DQC92M 332
High fronted pull-out – 30 224
gallery – D 65

Box systems
DQC9RY 334
Larder unit
SPACE TOWER 30
65

Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm DQGRMM 336


Narrow cabinets
SPACE TWIN 20

Cabinet width KB 200 mm DQGV5A 338


kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Recommendation – colour combination of the components


Colour
No. Description
SW R9006
2 Drawer side set SW R9006
2 Drawer side set exterior ¹ SW R9006
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right SW R9006
3 Sink chipboard back fixing left/right ¹ SW R9006
4 Front piece set SW WGR
5 Front piece without groove SW R9006
6a Handle SW WGR
6b Handle and latch SW WGR
7 Cross gallery SW R9006
8 Longside gallery rail left/right SW R9006
11 Drawer side set interior ¹ SW R9006
12 Chipboard back fixings left/right ¹ SW R9006
¹ Sink cabinet
Colour Colour
SW Silk white WGR White grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 305


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – N
DQC21A
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION 3
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M
500 578.5001M
2a
550 578.5501M

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 68.5


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
400 378N4002SA
450 378N4502SA 2b
500 378N5002SA
550 378N5502SA
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right


Colour Material Part no.
SW | R9006 Steel Z30N000S.04

4 Front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
Knock-in 2x ZSF.36A2
INSERTA 2x ZSF.39A2
Screw-on 2x ZSF.35A2

Colour Colour
SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

306 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – N
DQC21A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

400 69 mm

LW – 87 mm
450
Base

500 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
550 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

LW – 75 mm

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 307


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M
DQC2QM
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M 2a
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M

2 Drawer side set


2b
Drawer side height (mm) 83.6
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA
300 378M3002SA
350 378M3502SA
400 378M4002SA
450 378M4502SA
500 378M5002SA
550 378M5502SA
600 378M6002SA
650 378M6502SA
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right


Colour Material Part no.
SW | R9006 Steel Z30M000S.04

4 Front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
Knock-in 2x ZSF.36A2
INSERTA 2x ZSF.39A2
Screw-on 2x ZSF.35A2

Colour Colour
SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

308 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – M
DQC2QM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 84 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 309


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQC45A
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
▬ Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Min. space requirement for inner drawers with or without handles
** Inner drawers with easy access from above

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 3
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M 2a
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 5 1
650 576.6501M 4e
2 Drawer side set 2b
6a
4a
Drawer side height (mm) 83.6 6b
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA Accessories
300 378M3002SA
6a Handle
350 378M3502SA
Colour Material Part no.
400 378M4002SA
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.80M5
450 378M4502SA
500 378M5002SA Alternative to 6a
550 378M5502SA 6b Handle and latch
600 378M6002SA Colour Material Part no.
650 378M6502SA SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.80M7
Consisting of: Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Colour Colour
SW Silk white WGR White grey
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Colour Material Part no.
SW | R9006 Steel Z30M000S.04

4 Front piece set


Colour Material Part no.
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.71M0
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right
4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008

5 Front piece without groove


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1036 Z31L1036A
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

310 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – M
DQC45A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch

Box systems
* Min. space requirement for inner draw- Inner drawer
ers with or without handles
Without a handle, opening is only
possible from the bottom
** Inner drawers with easy access from
above

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 84 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 311


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – K
DQC3FY
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 2a
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M 2c
2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 115.6


2b
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378K2702SA
300 378K3002SA
350 378K3502SA
400 378K4002SA
450 378K4502SA
500 378K5002SA
550 378K5502SA
600 378K6002SA
650 378K6502SA
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
2c 2 x Positioning dowel

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right


Colour Material Part no.
SW | R9006 Steel Z30K000S

4 Front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
Knock-in 2x ZSF.36A2
INSERTA 2x ZSF.39A2
Screw-on 2x ZSF.35A2

Colour Colour
SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

312 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Drawer – K
DQC3FY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 116 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 313


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQC4UM
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed Space requirement
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
▬ Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
3
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 2a
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 5
650 576.6501M 1
4e
2 Drawer side set
6a
2b
Drawer side height (mm) 115.6
Nominal length Colour 6b 4a
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378K2702SA Accessories
300 378K3002SA
6a Handle
350 378K3502SA
Colour Material Part no.
400 378K4002SA
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.80M5
450 378K4502SA
500 378K5002SA Alternative to 6a
550 378K5502SA 6b Handle and latch
600 378K6002SA Colour Material Part no.
650 378K6502SA SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.80M7
Consisting of: Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Colour Colour
2c 2 x Positioning dowel SW Silk white WGR White grey
Not required for the inner drawer R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

3 Chipboard back fixings left/right


Colour Material Part no.
SW | R9006 Steel Z30K000S

4 Front piece set


Colour Material Part no.
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.71K0
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right
4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008

5 Front piece without groove


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1036 Z31L1036A
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

314 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner drawer – K
DQC4UM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Drilling distances – front – latch

Box systems
Inner drawer

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 116 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 315


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
DQC5JY
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M 2a
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 83.6


2b
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 378M3002SA
350 378M3502SA
Material Steel
400 378M4002SA
Nominal length Colour
450 378M4502SA
NL (mm) SW | R9006
500 378M5002SA
270 ZRG.207RSIC
550 378M5502SA
300 ZRG.237RSIC
600 378M6002SA
350 ZRG.287RSIC
650 378M6502SA
400 ZRG.337RSIC
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 450 ZRG.387RSIC
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 500 ZRG.437RSIC
550 ZRG.487RSIC
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
600 ZRG.537RSIC
Colour Material Part no.
650 ZRG.587RSIC
SW | R9006 Steel Z30C000S
Colour Colour
4 Front fixing bracket SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Fixing method Part no.
Knock-in 2x ZSF.36A2
INSERTA 2x ZSF.39A2
Screw-on 2x ZSF.35A2

316 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
DQC5JY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 167 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 317


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQCAHA
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right
3
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M 8
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
2a
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M 4g
7
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M
1
2 Drawer side set
5

Drawer side height (mm) 83.6 2b


4e
Nominal length Colour
4a
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 378M3002SA
350 378M3502SA
Material Steel
400 378M4002SA
Nominal length Colour
450 378M4502SA
NL (mm) SW | R9006
500 378M5002SA
270 ZRG.207RSIC
550 378M5502SA
300 ZRG.237RSIC
600 378M6002SA
350 ZRG.287RSIC
650 378M6502SA
Consisting of: 400 ZRG.337RSIC
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 450 ZRG.387RSIC
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 500 ZRG.437RSIC
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 550 ZRG.487RSIC
Colour Material Part no. 600 ZRG.537RSIC
SW | R9006 Steel Z30C000S 650 ZRG.587RSIC
Colour Colour
4 Front piece set
SW Silk white WGR White grey
Colour Material Part no. R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.74C0
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right
4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008
4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F

5 Front piece without groove


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1036 Z31L1036A
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

7 Cross gallery
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1046 ZRG.1046Z
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm

318 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
DQCAHA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

Box systems
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 167 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 319


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQC69A
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 2a
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M

2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 83.6


Nominal length Colour
2b
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 378M3002SA
350 378M3502SA
Material Steel
400 378M4002SA
Nominal length Colour
450 378M4502SA
NL (mm) SW | R9006
500 378M5002SA
270 ZRG.207RSIC
550 378M5502SA
300 ZRG.237RSIC
600 378M6002SA
350 ZRG.287RSIC
650 378M6502SA
400 ZRG.337RSIC
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 450 ZRG.387RSIC
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 500 ZRG.437RSIC
550 ZRG.487RSIC
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
600 ZRG.537RSIC
Colour Material Part no.
650 ZRG.587RSIC
SW | R9006 Steel Z30D000SL
Colour Colour
4 Front fixing bracket SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Fixing method Part no.
Knock-in 2x ZSF.36A2
INSERTA 2x ZSF.39A2
Screw-on 2x ZSF.35A2

320 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQC69A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 199 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 321


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – D
DQCB6M
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

3
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 8
500 578.5001M 576.5001M 2a
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
4g
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 7
650 576.6501M
1
2 Drawer side set 5

Drawer side height (mm) 83.6 4e


Nominal length Colour 2b
4a
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 378M3002SA
350 378M3502SA
Material Steel
400 378M4002SA
Nominal length Colour
450 378M4502SA
NL (mm) SW | R9006
500 378M5002SA
270 ZRG.207RSIC
550 378M5502SA
300 ZRG.237RSIC
600 378M6002SA
350 ZRG.287RSIC
650 378M6502SA
Consisting of: 400 ZRG.337RSIC
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 450 ZRG.387RSIC
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 500 ZRG.437RSIC
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 550 ZRG.487RSIC
Colour Material Part no. 600 ZRG.537RSIC
SW | R9006 Steel Z30D000SL 650 ZRG.587RSIC
Colour Colour
4 Front piece set
SW Silk white WGR White grey
Colour Material Part no. R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.74D0
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right
4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008
4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F

5 Front piece without groove


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1036 Z31L1036A
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

7 Cross gallery
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1046 ZRG.1046Z
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm

322 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – D
DQCB6M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

Box systems
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 199 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 323


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
DQC6YM
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
2a
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M
2c
2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 115.6


2b
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378K2702SA
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 378K3002SA
350 378K3502SA
Material Steel
400 378K4002SA
Nominal length Colour
450 378K4502SA
NL (mm) SW | R9006
500 378K5002SA
270 ZRG.207RSIC
550 378K5502SA
300 ZRG.237RSIC
600 378K6002SA
350 ZRG.287RSIC
650 378K6502SA
400 ZRG.337RSIC
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 450 ZRG.387RSIC
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 500 ZRG.437RSIC
2c 2 x Positioning dowel 550 ZRG.487RSIC
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 600 ZRG.537RSIC
Colour Material Part no. 650 ZRG.587RSIC
SW | R9006 Steel Z30D000SL Colour Colour
SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
4 Front fixing bracket
Fixing method Part no.
Knock-in 2x ZSF.36A2
INSERTA 2x ZSF.39A2
Screw-on 2x ZSF.35A2

324 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
DQC6YM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 199 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 325


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
DQCBVY
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

3
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 8
500 578.5001M 576.5001M 2a
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 4g
7
650 576.6501M

2 Drawer side set 1


5
Drawer side height (mm) 115.6
2b
Nominal length Colour 4e 4a
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378K2702SA
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 378K3002SA
350 378K3502SA
Material Steel
400 378K4002SA
Nominal length Colour
450 378K4502SA
NL (mm) SW | R9006
500 378K5002SA
270 ZRG.207RSIC
550 378K5502SA
300 ZRG.237RSIC
600 378K6002SA
350 ZRG.287RSIC
650 378K6502SA
400 ZRG.337RSIC
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 450 ZRG.387RSIC
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 500 ZRG.437RSIC
2c 2 x Positioning dowel 550 ZRG.487RSIC
Not required for the inner pull-out
600 ZRG.537RSIC
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right 650 ZRG.587RSIC
Colour Material Part no.
Colour Colour
SW | R9006 Steel Z30D000SL SW Silk white WGR White grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
4 Front piece set
Colour Material Part no.
SW | WGR Nylon ZIF.74D0
Consisting of:
4a 1 x Front fixing left/right
4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008
4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F

5 Front piece without groove


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1036 Z31L1036A
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm

7 Cross gallery
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
SW | R9006 1046 ZRG.1046Z
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm

326 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
DQCBVY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back

Box systems
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 199 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 327


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames
DQC7NY
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

3
Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M 2a
8
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
4a 4g
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M 1
2 Drawer side set

Drawer side height (mm) 83.6 2b


4
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 378M3002SA
350 378M3502SA
Material Steel
400 378M4002SA
Nominal length Colour
450 378M4502SA
NL (mm) SW | R9006
500 378M5002SA
270 ZRG.207RSIC
550 378M5502SA
300 ZRG.237RSIC
600 378M6002SA
350 ZRG.287RSIC
650 378M6502SA
400 ZRG.337RSIC
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 450 ZRG.387RSIC
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 500 ZRG.437RSIC
550 ZRG.487RSIC
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
600 ZRG.537RSIC
Colour Material Part no.
650 ZRG.587RSIC
SW | R9006 Steel Z30C000S
Colour Colour
4 Front fixing bracket SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Fixing method Part no.
Screw-on 2x ZSF.35A2

4a Adapter for aluminium frames


Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 2x ZRF.2200.01
Use countersunk screw Ø 3.5 mm (Ø head 7 mm)!

4g Gallery head
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 2x ZRG.000R5F

328 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames
DQC7NY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back
screw-on

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 167 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 329


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames
DQC8DA
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
3
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M 8
2a
550 578.5501M 576.5501M 4a
600 578.6001M 576.6001M 4g
650 576.6501M

2 Drawer side set 1

Drawer side height (mm) 83.6 4


Nominal length Colour 2b
NL (mm) SW | R9006
270 378M2702SA
8 Longside gallery rail left/right
300 378M3002SA
350 378M3502SA
Material Steel
400 378M4002SA
Nominal length Colour
450 378M4502SA
NL (mm) SW | R9006
500 378M5002SA
270 ZRG.207RSIC
550 378M5502SA
300 ZRG.237RSIC
600 378M6002SA
350 ZRG.287RSIC
650 378M6502SA
400 ZRG.337RSIC
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 450 ZRG.387RSIC
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 500 ZRG.437RSIC
550 ZRG.487RSIC
3 Chipboard back fixings left/right
600 ZRG.537RSIC
Colour Material Part no.
650 ZRG.587RSIC
SW | R9006 Steel Z30D000SL
Colour Colour
4 Front fixing bracket SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Fixing method Part no.
Screw-on 2x ZSF.35A2

4a Adapter for aluminium frames


Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 2x ZRF.2200.01
Use countersunk screw Ø 3.5 mm (Ø head 7 mm)!

4g Gallery head
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 2x ZRG.000R5F

330 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames
DQC8DA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back
screw-on

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 199 mm

LW – 87 mm
300
Base

350 Chipboard back


NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
400 Steel back LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 22 mm

450 LW – 75 mm

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm


* Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 331


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
DQC92M
▬ Can be combined with standard components Space requirement
▬ With single gallery
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
450 578.4501M
500 578.5001M
550 578.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M 11b 11a
8
2 Drawer side set exterior

Drawer side height (mm) 83.6 2a


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006 1
450 378M4502SA 4
500 378M5002SA 2b
550 378M5502SA
600 378M6002SA
650 378M6502SA
11 Drawer side set interior
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Drawer side height (mm) 83.6
Nominal length Colour
3 Sink chipboard back fixing left/right
NL (mm) SW | R9006
Colour Material Part no.
300 378M3002SA
SW | R9006 Steel Z30C000S.22
350 378M3502SA
4 Front fixing bracket 400 378M4002SA
Fixing method Part no. 450 378M4502SA
Knock-in 4x ZSF.36A2 500 378M5002SA
INSERTA 4x ZSF.39A2 Consisting of:
11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
Screw-on 4x ZSF.35A2 11b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
For effective use of storage space, we recommend
8 Longside gallery rail left/right Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm

Material Steel 12 Chipboard back fixings left/right


Nominal length Colour Colour Material Part no.
NL (mm) SW | R9006 SW | R9006 Steel Z30M000S.04
450 ZRG.387RSIC Colour Colour
500 ZRG.437RSIC SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
550 ZRG.487RSIC
600 ZRG.537RSIC
650 ZRG.587RSIC

332 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
DQC92M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

9
9

32 20

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) B1 B2 Chipboard back

450 84 mm
Y1 – 12
Y2 – 12
500 Y1 Y2
Base
A
550 Chipboard back
SPW + 63
NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
600 LW Internal cabinet width
W

NL Nominal length
LW – 75 SPW Internal cabinet width between the
650 C inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece Y min. (mm) Y max. (mm)
SPW + 75 71 mm BLUMOTION 48 225
TIP-ON 75 225
BLUMOTION
Drilling distances – centre piece

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 333


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQC9RY
▬ Can be combined with standard components Space requirement
▬ With single gallery
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed
running action – for the lifetime of the furniture
▬ Tool-free front assembly
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action, can be combined
with SERVO-DRIVE
▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less
furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements
as a design feature
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
450 578.4501M
500 578.5001M
550 578.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M 11b 11a
8
2 Drawer side set exterior

Drawer side height (mm) 83.6 2a


Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
1
450 378M4502SA
4
500 378M5002SA
550 378M5502SA
2b
600 378M6002SA
650 378M6502SA
11 Drawer side set interior
Consisting of:
2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed Drawer side height (mm) 83.6
Nominal length Colour
3 Sink chipboard back fixing left/right
NL (mm) SW | R9006
Colour Material Part no.
300 378M3002SA
SW | R9006 Steel Z30D000S.22
350 378M3502SA
4 Front fixing bracket 400 378M4002SA
Fixing method Part no. 450 378M4502SA
Knock-in 4x ZSF.36A2 500 378M5002SA
INSERTA 4x ZSF.39A2 Consisting of:
11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides
Screw-on 4x ZSF.35A2 11b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
For effective use of storage space, we recommend
8 Longside gallery rail left/right Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm

Material Steel 12 Chipboard back fixings left/right


Nominal length Colour Colour Material Part no.
NL (mm) SW | R9006 SW | R9006 Steel Z30M000S.04
450 ZRG.387RSIC Colour Colour
500 ZRG.437RSIC SW Silk white R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
550 ZRG.487RSIC
600 ZRG.537RSIC
650 ZRG.587RSIC

334 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQC9RY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – INSERTA Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

9
9

32 20

Box systems
FA Front overlay

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) B1 B2 Chipboard back

450 84 mm
Y1 – 12
Y2 – 12
500 Y1 Y2
Base
A
550 Chipboard back
SPW + 63
NL – 24 mm KB Cabinet width
600 LW Internal cabinet width
W

NL Nominal length
LW – 75 SPW Internal cabinet width between the
650 C inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece Y min. (mm) Y max. (mm)
SPW + 75 71 mm BLUMOTION 48 225
TIP-ON 75 225
BLUMOTION
Drilling distances – centre piece

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Short URL
351
TANDEMBOX www.blum.com/a350
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 340
Cabinet profile fixing positions 346
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 335


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Larder unit

Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQGRMM
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with
shelves and inner drawers in the upper area
▬ Easy access from three sides
▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete
overview and convenient removal from above
▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pull-
outs
▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stock-
ing
▬ ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts
everything in order and allows easy access
▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Box systems

Order information
Application recommendation Page

Inner drawer – M 310

Inner pull-out – gallery – C 318

Inner pull-out – gallery – D 322

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider 550

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery 551

CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82


Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm)
275–1200

Planning
Help with planning and ordering

Short URL
www.blum.com/planningtools

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX |
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Short URL
CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 82 www.blum.com/a350
Overview – BLUMOTION for doors 157
Accessories 340
Overview – assembly devices 591

336 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Larder unit

Web code
SPACE TOWER
DQGRMM
Planning
Recommendation
Positioning in the cabinet Drilling distances – front Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a
shelf at the highest level rather than an
inner drawer.

80
80

Box systems
1684
The inner drawer allows access from the
side. If the inner drawer is implemented
256

with a higher back, stored goods are


prevented from falling down the back.
1428

The option to position the pull-outs


at different heights within the cabinet
1108 guarantees that no items will be too tall
to be stored inside.
1340
352

The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge


without front protrusion allows the cabi-
756
net width KB to be put to optimal use.
320

670

436

If the hinge is mounted above the pull-


out, the lowest pull-out can be inserted
right at the bottom. Turning even those
last few centimetres into usable storage
space.
280

280

52
19

Reference pages
Number of hinges 706

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 337


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQGV5A
▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet Space requirement
profiles
▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for
soft and effortless closing action
▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base
cabinet
▬ Cabinet width KB 200 mm
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
Application recommendation Page

Drawer – M 308

Drawer – K 312

High fronted pull-out – gallery – C 316

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D 320

High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side 324


Cabinet width KB (mm)
200

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
351
TANDEMBOX
Accessories 340 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a350
More technical details 698

338 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Narrow cabinets

Web code
SPACE TWIN
DQGV5A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation height X (mm)
M 65.5
K 97.5
C 159
D 191

Box systems
min 33
x
min 33

37.5
min 162

Installation dimensions – front


Installation height Height of drawer Side panel Y (mm)
side
M M – –
K K – 32
C M Gallery 96
D M Gallery 128
D K Gallery 32 + 96
FA Front overlay
Y
47.5 32
Y
47.5 32

FA FA
15.5 15.5

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 339


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Steel back
▬ For TANDEMBOX Order information
▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) Back height Part no.
▬ Material: steel N ☎ Z30NxxxS.6
M ☎ Z30MxxxS.6
K ☎ Z30KxxxS.6
C ☎ Z30CxxxS.6
D ☎ Z30DxxxS.6

Planning
Calculation of width Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Box systems

xxx = LW – 28 Base
NL – 22 mm
Example
Back wall height M
LW = 567 mm
539 mm = 567 – 28 mm
Order LW – 75 mm
Z30M539S.6

xxx Back width NL Nominal length


LW Internal cabinet width LW Internal cabinet width

Front/base stabiliser
▬ For stabilising high fronts Order information
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Fixing method Colour Part no.
▬ Required: RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
Front height FH < 300 mm: grey
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 1 piece
Front height FH ≥ 300 mm:
Cabinet width KB < 450 mm: 1 piece
Cabinet width KB ≥ 450 mm: 2 piece
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 3 piece

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front

340 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Side stabilisation – top mounted


▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted Order information
pull-outs Nominal length NL (mm) Part no.
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1200 mm 450 ZST.450BA
▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1200 mm, for 500 ZST.500BA
cutting to size 550 ZST.550BA
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE 600 ZST.600BA
650 ZST.650BA
Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW – 86 mm

Box systems
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet

Height M Height K Height C Height D

Hole spacing – side stabilisation


Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500

550

600

650

Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a350

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 341


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Flexible gallery fixing


▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) Order information
▬ Material: steel Description Part no.
Flexible gallery fixing ZRR.5200
Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back
screw-on

Free placement Free placement Free placement


Y = X – 4 mm Z = X – 71 mm W = X – 103 mm
X Back height X Back height X Back height
FA Front overlay

Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back


screw-on

Height D – double gallery (chipboard back Height D – double gallery (chipboard back Height D – double gallery (chipboard back
fixing height B) fixing height B) fixing height B)
FA Front overlay

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

342 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Chipboard back fixing height B


▬ For TANDEMBOX Order information
▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel Chipboard back fixing height B Z30B000S.04
Cutting
Chipboard back
Height 135 mm
Width Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm

Box systems
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Installation dimensions – back
screw-on

FA Front overlay

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 343


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

System screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Box systems

Length X (mm) Part no.


▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

344 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length

Box systems
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 345


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg


Box systems

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
** Optional for greater stability * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm ** Optional for greater stability
Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

346 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro

Box systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 347


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX plus

The versatile line


TANDEMBOX plus provides just the right solu-
tion for many applications. No matter whether it
has a simple round gallery or a closed drawer
box, TANDEMBOX plus excels with its sleek
design and clear range of colours and parts.
You also have the option of combining the
different opening support systems as you wish.
SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support
system in combination with BLUMOTION, or
TIP-ON BLUMOTION, the mechanical opening
support system, combined with BLUMOTION.
Box systems

The round gallery and simple design are characteristic of the TANDEMBOX programme line, which has been tried-and-tested over many years. You
can make the closed drawer box using a double walled BOXSIDE.

TANDEMBOX has long proven its worth and offered enhanced ease of For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our
use and scope for design for many years. Technological improvements Product Configurator.
ensure even smoother opening, noticeably more stability and an opti-
mised feather-light glide.

Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator

348 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX plus 〉 Overview

Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Standard cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 30 81.5

DQCCLA
Drawer – M 30 96.5 Inner drawer – M 30 105
65 65

Box systems
DQCDAM DQCFEM
Drawer – K 30 128.5 Inner drawer – K 30 134
65 65

DQCDZY DQCG3Y
High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 30 160 Inner pull-out – gallery – B 30 160
gallery – B 65 65

DQCGTA DQCIXA
High fronted pull-out – 30 224 Inner pull-out – gallery – D 30 224
gallery – D 65 65

BOXSIDE possible DQCHIM BOXSIDE possible DQCJMM


Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER 65

Help with planning and ordering


Short URL
www.blum.com/productdataservice
Sink cabinet
High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 30 224
gallery – D 65

BOXSIDE possible DQCI7Y


Larder unit
SPACE TOWER 30
65

Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm DQGSBY


Narrow cabinets
SPACE TWIN 20

Cabinet width KB 200 mm DQGVUM


kg Dynamic carrying capacity

@ | ☎ Check product availability


Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 349


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX

Two functions – fascinatingly combined


TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX com-
bines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechan-
ical opening support system with the reliable
BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effort-
less closing – 100 % mechanically. To optimise
the function and increase the trigger range, we
generally recommend using synchronisation.
TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger
range provides inspirational ease of use for
handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise
the function and increase the trigger range, we
generally recommend using synchronisation.
Box systems

Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience The motion is assisted 100 %
completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology. mechanically.

600
500
400
mm
300 2.5
200
100

60300
12 900 0
00

Small front gap Extensive trigger range Four-dimensional adjustment Simple, tool-free assembly
TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be To optimise the function and The four-dimensional adjustment The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can
adjusted to have a small front gap increase the trigger range, we ensures a precise gap layout. be assembled tool-free, as can all
of 2.5 mm. generally recommend using syn- Depth adjustment is integrated and the other components.
chronisation. tool-free – simply turn the adjust-
ment wheel.

350 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
TANDEMBOX plus 348
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 358

Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page

Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 30
65

Symbolic image 352


kg Dynamic carrying capacity

Box systems
Accessories
Steel back 340 Centre bit 344
Front/base stabiliser 340 Door buffer 344
Side stabilisation – top mounted 341 Screwdriver 345
Flexible gallery fixing 342
Chipboard back fixing height B 343
Symbolic image Screws 344
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg 356
Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg 356

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a370
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 351


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system
combined with soft-close BLUMOTION
▬ Gap 2.5 mm
▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Extensive trigger range
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of
238 mm and wider
Box systems

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles left/right

Version TIP-ON BLUMOTION


Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30 65
270 578.2701M
300 578.3001M
350 578.3501M
400 578.4001M
450 578.4501M 576.4501M
500 578.5001M 576.5001M
550 578.5501M 576.5501M
600 578.6001M 576.6001M
650 576.6501M

6 TIP-ON BLUMOTION set


Nominal length Cabinet Weight
Unit ¹ Part no.
NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg)
270–300 S0 30 ≤ 10 T60B3030
270–300 S1 30 > 10–20 T60B3130
350–600 L1 30 ≤ 20 ² T60B3330 Accessories
350–600 L3 30 15–30 ² T60B3530
6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
450–650 L5 65 > 30–65 ³ T60B3560
Version Colour Part no.
Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey 2x T60.000D
6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 287 mm
6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and 6h TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage fixing
closing function Cabinet width KB (mm) Material Part no.
² Can only be combined with a 30 kg cabinet profile
≥ 750 Steel T60B000H
³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 65 kg cabinet profile
For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member
Prevents the TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage from sagging
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 287 mm
6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage 6i Base support bracket
Version Colour Part no. Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour Part no.
Round Grey T60.1125W ≥ 750 RAL 7037 dust grey Z96.2011
In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member
Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm For supporting the pull-out base
Note
To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using 6j Front/base stabiliser
synchronisation
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 240 mm
Material Colour Part no.
Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Z96.10E1
Internal cabinet width LW 238–286 mm
6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation – TIP-ON BLUMOTION checking/setting template
Version Colour Part no. Front gap FS (mm) Colour Part no.
Square RAL 7035 light grey T60.300D 2.5 Orange 65.5627
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 214 mm

352 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out Drawer | high fronted pull-out Inner drawer | inner pull-out

Box systems
Back height Y (mm) Back height Y (mm) Height M
N 85.5 M 109 * At 36–39 mm and with a cabinet width KB of ≥ 750 mm, a TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchro-
M 101.5 K 139.5 nisation fixing and a base support bracket are required so as to avoid the synchronisation
K 133.5 B 161 linkage colliding with the cabinet bottom or the cross member
B 161 C 195 In these cases a trial is recommended
C 195 D 227
D 227 NL Nominal length
NL Nominal length

Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out Plinth leg

Variant 1 Variant 2

Trigger range
Trigger range
With synchronisation
600 Without synchronisation
Minimum front gap (mm) 2.5
500 With front/base stabiliser
400
mm To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchro-
300 2.5 nisation
200 Example for 578 – 30 kg | 576 – 65 kg, D height, nominal length NL 500 mm
100

60300
12 900 0
00

Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Assembly, removal and adjustment
351
TANDEMBOX
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a370
Accessories 354
Cabinet profile fixing positions 356
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 353


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories

TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage fixing


▬ Prevents the TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Order information
linkage from sagging Description Part no.
▬ For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisa-
T60B000H
▬ Required for cabinet widths KB of ≥ 750 mm tion linkage fixing
▬ Material: steel

Planning
Drilling distances – drawer base
Box systems

Nominal length NL TIP-ON BLUMOTION Nominal length NL TIP-ON BLUMOTION Sink cabinet
(mm) unit (mm) unit Nominal length NL TIP-ON BLUMOTION
270–300 S0 | S1 350–650 L1 | L3 | L5 (mm) unit
350–650 L1 | L3 | L5

Base support bracket


▬ For supporting the pull-out base Order information
▬ For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member Description Part no.
▬ Required for cabinet widths KB of ≥ 750 mm Base support bracket Z96.2011
▬ Material: nylon

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front

FA Front overlay

354 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories

Front/base stabiliser
▬ For stabilising high fronts Order information
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Fixing method Colour Part no.
▬ Required: RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
Front height FH > 300 mm: grey
Cabinet width KB ≥ 750 mm: 2 piece
▬ Required:
Front height FH > 300 mm:
Cabinet width KB < 750 mm: 1 piece

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front Drilling distances – front

Box systems
32

FA Front overlay FA Front overlay


Required: Required:
Front height FH > 300 mm: Front height FH > 300 mm:
Cabinet width KB ≥ 750 mm: 2 piece Cabinet width KB < 750 mm: 1 piece

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 355


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg


Box systems

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
** Optional for greater stability * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm ** Optional for greater stability
Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

356 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX

Box systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 357


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

More design freedom thanks to the electrical opening support system


Thanks to the addition of BLUMOTION for soft
and effortless closing action, we have reached
new levels of quality of motion, opening up new
design possibilities.
Drawers and high fronted pull-outs open as if
by themselves using an electrical drive with
just a light touch on a handle-less front or a
light pull of the handle. Regardless of where &
how the front is touched. The pull-out will open
allowing full freedom of movement in any living
area.
Box systems

Opening and closing is that easy

With hand, foot, knee or hip: opening is that easy. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action.

Easily-integrated, high performance technology

Application Assembly | Processing Cabling


▬ Can be used without having to change ▬ Tool-free assembly One power supply unit is all that’s required for
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX ▬ Separate drilling template power supply to the entire kitchen.
pull-outs ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Simple cabling
▬ One power supply unit is all that’s required for
power supply to the entire kitchen

358 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
LEGRABOX 190
MERIVOBOX 256
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
TANDEMBOX plus 348
Symbolic image
Applications
Standard cabinet 360 SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions –
386
SPACE TOWER 366 TANDEMBOX
Sink cabinet 372
Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal 376
Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket 380
Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 384
Accessories
Cable holder 388

Box systems
Synchronisation cable 388
COMBOX set 388
Front/base stabiliser 389

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive

Short URL Short URL


www.blum.com/a380 www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 359


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With vertical bracket profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ Simple cabling
▬ Shallow installation depth
Box systems

Order information
1 Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.

2 Bracket profile
Length (mm) Material Cable Part no.
650 Aluminium ● Z10T650AA
700 Aluminium ● Z10T700AA
710 Aluminium ● Z10T710AA
750 Aluminium ● Z10T750AA
800 Aluminium ● Z10T800AA
1170 Aluminium – Z10T1170A
For cutting to size
● With cable
– Without cable
Cutting Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom


Cross bar construction horizontal
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D01E0.01 12 Connecting node and cable end protector
Alternative to 3a Colour Material Part no.
3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back S Nylon Z10V100E.01
Consisting of:
Cross bar construction vertical 12a 1 x Connecting node
Colour Material Part no. 11b 2 x Cable end protector
R7037 Nylon Z10D01EA.01
Incl. bracket profile cover cap 13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
9 Drive unit A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
Colour Material Part no. B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03 C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
10 Lever cap E Z10NE030E
Box systems Back Colour Part no. Incl. operating and installation instructions
Without flex
LEGRABOX Steel back S Z10A3006 Language package – operating and installation instructions
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
10 Trigger guidance C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
Box systems Back Colour Part no. D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
E CS | HU | PL | SK
TANDEMBOX Chipboard back R7037 Z10A3H00
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm

11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector


Colour Length (m) Part no.
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

360 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Order information
14 Flex Accessories
Market Part no. Market Part no. – Cable holder
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J Colour Material Part no.
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K W Nylon Z10K0009
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
– Front/base stabiliser
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Colour Material Part no.
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
R7037 Nylon Z96.10E1
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z – Synchronisation cable
Length 2 m, incl. plug Length (mm) Part no.
¹ Without plug
80 Z10K008S
15a Power supply unit housing 500 Z10K050S

Box systems
Base fixing 1200 Z10K120S
Colour Material Part no. 1600 Z10K160S
Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
Incl. cover
– COMBOX set
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Colour Material Part no.
Alternative to 15a S Nylon Z10ZC00A
15b Power supply unit housing For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations
Panel fixing Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02
Includes all assembly and cabling components
Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120 Colour Colour
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Planning – vertical cross member 364 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning – horizontal cross member 362

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 361


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction horizontal
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems

PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
N – – 45 61 45 61 45 61
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
N – – 28 32 28 32 28 32
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
N 35 56 35 56 35 56 28 49
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 64 35 64 35 64 35 64
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – 28 49 28 49
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – 35 64 35 64 35 64
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling Back cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers

For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FH Front height

362 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction horizontal
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Back X (mm) Y (mm)
Chipboard back NL + 19 NL + 33
Steel back NL + 2 NL + 16
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance

N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove

Lever extension Lever cap Trigger guidance

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 360 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Planning – vertical cross member 364
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 388
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 363


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction vertical
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems

PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
N – – 45 61 45 61 45 61
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
N – – 28 32 28 32 28 32
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
N 35 56 35 56 35 56 28 49
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 64 35 64 35 64 35 64
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – 28 49 28 49
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – 35 64 35 64 35 64
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling Back cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers

For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FH Front height

364 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction vertical
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Back X (mm) T (mm)
Chipboard back NL + 19 NL + 34
Steel back NL + 2 NL + 17
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
T Position front edge/cross member
Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance

N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove

Lever extension Lever cap Trigger guidance

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 360 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Planning – horizontal cross member 362
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 388
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 365


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With vertical bracket profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ Simple cabling
▬ Shallow installation depth
▬ SERVO-DRIVE for MERIVOBOX is only triggered
by pulling for inset application pull-outs
Box systems

Order information
2 Bracket profile
Length (mm) Material Cable Part no.
650 Aluminium ● Z10T650AA
700 Aluminium ● Z10T700AA
710 Aluminium ● Z10T710AA
750 Aluminium ● Z10T750AA
800 Aluminium ● Z10T800AA
1170 Aluminium – Z10T1170A
For cutting to size
● With cable
– Without cable
Cutting Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom


Cross bar construction horizontal
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D01E0.01

Alternative to 3a
3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back
Cross bar construction vertical
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D01EA.01
Incl. bracket profile cover cap

9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension

10 Lever cap
Box systems Back Colour Part no.
LEGRABOX Steel back S Z10A3006
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm

10 Trigger guidance
Box systems Back Colour Part no.
TANDEMBOX Chipboard back R7037 Z10A3H00
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm

11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector


Colour Length (m) Part no.
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12 Connecting node and cable end protector


Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10V100E.01
Consisting of:
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector

366 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER
Order information
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Accessories
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. – Cable holder
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Colour Material Part no.
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G W Nylon Z10K0009
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J Colour Colour
E Z10NE030E R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
Incl. operating and installation instructions S Black WGR White grey
Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
E CS | HU | PL | SK

Box systems
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

14 Flex
Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug

15a Power supply unit housing


Base fixing
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
Incl. cover
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Alternative to 15a
15b Power supply unit housing
Panel fixing
Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Planning – bracket profile bottom 370 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning – bracket profile top 368

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 367


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER
Planning
Top bracket profile
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems

PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
N – – 45 61 45 61 45 61
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
N – – 28 32 28 32 28 32
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
N 35 56 35 56 35 56 28 49
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 64 35 64 35 64 35 64
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – 28 49 28 49
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – 35 64 35 64 35 64
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling Back cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers

For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FH Front height

368 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER
Planning
Top bracket profile
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Back X (mm) T (mm)
Chipboard back NL + 19 NL + 34
Steel back NL + 2 NL + 17
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
T Position front edge/cross member
Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance

N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove

Lever extension Lever cap Trigger guidance

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 366 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Planning – bracket profile bottom 370
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 388
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 369


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER
Planning
Bottom bracket profile
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems

PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
N – – 45 61 45 61 45 61
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – 45 69 45 69 45 69
N – – 28 32 28 32 28 32
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – 45 54 45 54 45 54
N 35 56 35 56 35 56 28 49
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 64 35 64 35 64 35 64
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – 28 49 28 49
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – 35 64 35 64 35 64
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling Back cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers

For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FH Front height

370 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

SPACE TOWER
Planning
Bottom bracket profile
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Back X (mm) Y (mm)
Chipboard back NL + 19 NL + 33
Steel back NL + 2 NL + 16
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance

N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove

Lever extension Lever cap Trigger guidance

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 366 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Planning – bracket profile top 368
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Accessories 388
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 371


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With attachment bracket
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Box systems

Order information
1 Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01 14
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
13
5 Attachment bracket 1 tier 9 9a
15b
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D0311
5 9
9 Drive unit 9a
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension 5
9a Drip protection feature 1
Colour Material Part no.
12a 11b
R7037 Nylon Z10D0316
11a
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
Colour Length (m) Part no.
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 14 Flex
11b 5 x Cable end protector Market Part no. Market Part no.
For cutting to size AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
12 Connecting node and cable end protector CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
Colour Material Part no. DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Consisting of: Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
12a 1 x Connecting node
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
11b 2 x Cable end protector
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F 15a Power supply unit housing
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G Base fixing
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H Colour Material Part no.
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
E Z10NE030E Incl. cover
Incl. operating and installation instructions For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions Alternative to 15a
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU 15b Power supply unit housing
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
Panel fixing
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Colour Material Part no.
E CS | HU | PL | SK WGR Nylon Z10NG120
Language descriptions as per ISO-639 For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

372 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet
Order information
Accessories
– Cable holder
Colour Material Part no.
W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

– Front/base stabiliser
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z96.10E1

Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey

Box systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 388 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning 374

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 373


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
Cabinet Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier

Centre piece W Distance between front edge of drawer base and


LEGRABOX
Centre piece| MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX W back edgebetween
Distance of centrefront
piece
edge of drawer base and
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX W = NL
back drawer
edge side exterior
of centre piece – NL drawer side interior
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attach- LEGRABOX: min. 150 mm
W = NL drawer side exterior – NL drawer side interior
A ment bracket
Distance and the
between thebottom
bottomedge
edgeofofthe
thedrive unit
attach- MERIVOBOX:min.
LEGRABOX: min.150
150mmmm
X Drilling
ment position
bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit TANDEMBOX:min.
MERIVOBOX: min.150100mm
mm
Box systems

*
X Measured
Drilling from cabinet front edge
position NL Nominal length
TANDEMBOX: min. 100 mm
*
Box Measured from cabinet
systems Back front edge NL height
Back Nominal length A (mm)
LEGRABOX
Box systems Centre
Back piece N | M |height
Back K|C|F 45
A (mm)
LEGRABOX Centre piece
piece N
N|M|K|C|F 28
45
MERIVOBOX Centre
M|K|E
N 45
28
MERIVOBOX Centre piece N 28
TANDEMBOX Centre piece M|K|E 45
M|K|B|C|D
N 35
28
TANDEMBOX
A Centre piece
Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket
M|K|B | C | Dand the bottom edge of35
the drive unit
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit

Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier


Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 387
≥ 387
Nominal length exterior NL (mm)
Nominal length exterior NL (mm)
450–650
X (mm) 450–650 Z (mm)
LEGRABOX Centre piece N | M | K | C | F X (mm)
W + 27 ZLW
(mm)
/2
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX Centre
Centre piece
piece N N || M
M || K
K || E
C|F W + 27
W + 27 LW // 2
LW 2
MERIVOBOX Centre piece N N || M
M || K
K || E
B| W + 27 LW / 2
TANDEMBOX Centre piece N | M | K | B | W + 27 LW / 2
TANDEMBOX Centre piece C | D W + 27 LW / 2
BT Drilling depth C|D
BT
LW Drilling depth
Internal cabinet width
LW
W Internal cabinet
Distance betweenwidth
the front edge of the drawer base and the centre piece
W
X Distance
Drilling between the front edge of the drawer base and the centre piece
position
X
Z Drilling position
Dimension of engagement
Z Dimension of engagement

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance
Lower cabling bumper
Lower cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
BT Drilling depth The Blum
trigger distance
path of 2 mmbumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of
When using 2 mm
a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
When using
TANDEMBOX a 70 kg LEGRABOX,
runner, 70 kgdistance
attach four Blum MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
bumpers
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
For
frontoptimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
stabilisation
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
BT Drilling depth FA
FH Front height
Front overlay
FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS


BT Drilling depth

374 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

Chipboard back Steel back


LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
TANDEMBOX
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attach- A Distance between the bottom edge of the attach-
ment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit ment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
X Drilling position X Drilling position

Box systems
* Measured from cabinet front edge * Measured from cabinet front edge
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet
width LW (mm)
≥ 387
A (mm)
Chipboard back N|M|K|C|F 45
LEGRABOX
Steel back M|K|C|F 45
N 28
Chipboard back
MERIVOBOX M|K|E 45
Steel back M|K|E 45
N 28
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35
TANDEMBOX
N 28
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
– Not possible

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier


Back Box systems X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
LEGRABOX |
MERIVOBOX | NL + 19 NL + 35 LW / 2
TANDEMBOX
Chipboard back
MERIVOBOX – cab-
inet profile with over NL – 31 NL + 3 LW / 2
extension
LEGRABOX |
MERIVOBOX | NL + 2 NL + 18 LW / 2
TANDEMBOX
Steel back
MERIVOBOX – cab-
inet profile with over NL – 48 NL + 3 LW / 2
extension
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 372 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 375


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal


No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With horizontal bracket profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Box systems

Order information
1 Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.

6 Bracket profile horizontal


Length (mm) Material Part no.
1143 Aluminium Z10T1143B
For cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 19 mm

7 Horizontal bracket profile attachment


Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D5210
Consisting of:
7a 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right
7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit
Chipboard screws and system screws can be used

9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
10 Lever cap Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
Box systems Back Colour Part no. A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
LEGRABOX Steel back S Z10A3006 B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
10 Trigger guidance
E Z10NE030E
Box systems Back Colour Part no. Incl. operating and installation instructions
TANDEMBOX Chipboard back R7037 Z10A3H00 Without flex
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
Colour Length (m) Part no. C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
S 8 Z10K800AE E CS | HU | PL | SK
Consisting of: Language descriptions as per ISO-639
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector 14 Flex
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
12 Connecting node and cable end protector UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Colour Material Part no. CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Consisting of: Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug

376 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal


Order information
15a Power supply unit housing Accessories
Base fixing – Cable holder
Colour Material Part no. Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000 W Nylon Z10K0009
Incl. cover E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
– Front/base stabiliser
Alternative to 15a Colour Material Part no.
15b Power supply unit housing R7037 Nylon Z96.10E1
Panel fixing
Colour Material Part no. – COMBOX set
WGR Nylon Z10NG120 Colour Material Part no.
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit S Nylon Z10ZC00A
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations

Box systems
Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02
Includes all assembly and cabling components

Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 388 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning 378

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 377


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal


Planning
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems

Z Dimension of engagement

Position – drive unit


Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – – – – – 193 ✖ –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 182 ● – ○ 182 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 182 ● – ○ 182 ● –
N – – – 177 ✖ – – 177 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 177 ✖ – – 177 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 177 ● – – 177 ● –
N – – – – – – – 193 ✖ ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 182 ✖ ● 182 ✖ ● ○ 182 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – 193 ✖ ○ ○ 193 ● ○
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 182 ✖ ○ ○ 182 ● ○
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance

N 193 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 182 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 182 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 177 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 177 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 177 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 193 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 182 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 193 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 182 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove

Lever extension Lever cap Trigger guidance

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper


The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
1/2

When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg


TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
1/2

For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

378 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal


Planning
Drilling distances
Back X (mm) Y (mm)
Chipboard back NL – 9 NL + 37
Steel back NL – 26 NL + 20
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement

LEGRABOX

Box systems
min 54*

30**
64

MERIVOBOX
* 32 mm for back height N
** 45 mm for back height N

TANDEMBOX
* 55 mm for back height N
** 24 mm for back height N

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 376 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 379


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket


No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With upper attachment bracket
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Box systems

Order information
1 Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.

8 Upper attachment bracket


Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Steel Z10D6252
Incl. pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit

9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension

10 Lever cap
Box systems Back Colour Part no.
LEGRABOX Steel back S Z10A3006
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm

10 Trigger guidance
Box systems Back Colour Part no.
TANDEMBOX Chipboard back R7037 Z10A3H00 14 Flex
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Colour Length (m) Part no.
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
11b 5 x Cable end protector Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
For cutting to size
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
12 Connecting node and cable end protector Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug
Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 15a Power supply unit housing
Consisting of:
Base fixing
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Incl. cover
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
Alternative to 15a
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
15b Power supply unit housing
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
Panel fixing
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
Colour Material Part no.
E Z10NE030E
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
Incl. operating and installation instructions
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Language descriptions as per ISO-639

380 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket


Order information
Accessories
– Cable holder
Colour Material Part no.
W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

– Front/base stabiliser
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z96.10E1

– COMBOX set
Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10ZC00A
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations

Box systems
Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02
Includes all assembly and cabling components

Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey WGR White grey
S Black ZN Zinc plated
W White

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Accessories 388 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Planning 382

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 381


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket


Planning
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Box systems

A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
X Drilling position
The cross bar must be connected to the work plate to make it secure

Position – drive unit


Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316 ≥ 317
A (mm) E min. E max. A (mm) E min. E max. A (mm) E min. E max. A (mm) E min. E max.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
N – – – – – – 45 84 174 45 84 174
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 45 84 174 45 84 174 45 84 174
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 45 84 174 45 84 174 45 84 174
N – – – 28 50 139 28 50 139 28 50 139
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 45 67 157 45 67 157 45 67 157
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 45 67 157 45 67 157 45 67 157
N 35 79 180 35 79 180 35 79 180 28 79 180
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 35 79 180 35 79 180 35 79 180 35 79 180
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – 28 79 180 28 79 180
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 35 79 180 35 79 180 35 79 180
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile

Front assembly – position of Blum distance


bumper
1/2
1/2

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required


trigger path of 2 mm
When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg
TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers

For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use
front stabilisation
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

382 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket


Planning
Drilling distances
Back X (mm) Y (mm)
Chipboard back NL – 1 NL + 34
Steel back NL – 18 NL + 17
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Box systems
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
242–266 267–286 287–316
Z (mm) Lever Trigger Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap Z (mm) Lever Trigger
extension guidance extension guidance extension guidance
N – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ● – – 184 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F – – – 184 ✖ – ● 184 ● –
N – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E – – – 174 ✖ – – 174 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E – – – 174 ● – – 174 ● –
N 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ✖ ● 179 ● ● – 179 ● ●
TANDEMBOX
N – – – – – – – 190 ✖ –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D – – – 179 ✖ – – 179 ● –
Box systems Back Back height Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
317–386 ≥ 387
Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance Z (mm) Lever extension Trigger guidance

N 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LEGRABOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|C|F 184 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Chipboard back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
MERIVOBOX
N – – – – – –
Steel back
M|K|E 174 ● – LW / 2 ● –
N 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
Chipboard back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● ○ LW / 2 ● ○
TANDEMBOX
N 190 ● – LW / 2 ● –
Steel back
M|K|B|C|D 179 ● – LW / 2 ● –
LW Internal cabinet width ○ Not required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible
● Required ✖ Remove

Lever extension Lever cap Trigger guidance

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Order information 380 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Accessories 388
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 Machine directive 701 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 More technical details 698 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 383


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
DQE61A
No fixed connection to the drive system. SERVO-DRIVE uno set
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ Suitable for individual applications
▬ For bottom mount waste bin solutions
▬ Also ideal for retrofitting
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Box systems

Order information
18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A Z10NA30EA B A Z10NA30BA
E B Z10NA30EB K D Z10NA30KD
E C Z10NA30EC U G Z10NA30UG
E D Z10NA30ED U J Z10NA30UJ
E E Z10NA30EE H D Z10NA30HD
E F Z10NA30EF
Network adapter ¹

E B K U H

Language package – operating and installation instructions


A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
Other combinations available upon request
Set pre-mounted
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Consisting of:
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
4 1 x Attachment bracket 1 tier
9 1 x Drive unit
18a 1 x Transport protection
18b 1 x Drip protection feature
18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
18d 1 x Assembly
– 7 x Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket
– 1 x Installation instructions
– 1 x Operating instructions

384 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
DQE61A
Planning
Cabinet Position – drive unit Drilling distances – base

Box systems
Box systems Internal cabinet width LW (mm) Back Box systems Internal cabinet width
≥ 387 LW (mm)
A min. (mm) A max. (mm) ≥ 387
LEGRABOX 45 47 X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
MERIVOBOX 28 45 LEGRABOX |
TANDEMBOX 28 43 MERIVOBOX | NL – 45 NL + 35 LW / 2
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment TANDEMBOX
Chipboard back
bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit MERIVOBOX –
cabinet profile with NL – 95 NL + 3 LW / 2
over extension
LEGRABOX |
MERIVOBOX | NL – 62 NL + 18 LW / 2
TANDEMBOX
Steel back
MERIVOBOX –
NL –
cabinet profile with NL + 3 LW / 2
112
over extension
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Position – Blum distance bumper

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required


trigger path of 2 mm

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – assembly devices 591
Overview – LEGRABOX 191 Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 www.blum.com/a380
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 385


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX
DQE6QM
No fixed connection to the drive system. SERVO-DRIVE uno set
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ Suitable for individual applications
▬ For top mount waste bin solutions
▬ Also ideal for retrofitting
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Box systems

Order information
18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Cabinet width KB Cabinet width KB
Part no. Part no.
(mm) (mm)
450 ☎ Z10T393Wxy1 600 ☎ Z10T543Wxy1
500 ☎ Z10T443Wxy1 800 ☎ Z10T743Wxy1
550 ☎ Z10T493Wxy1 900 ☎ Z10T843Wxy1
Network adapter (x) ¹

E B K U R N

Language package (y) – operating and installation instructions


A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT H EN | ZH
Set pre-mounted
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Consisting of:
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
6 1 x Bracket profile horizontal
7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit
9 1 x Drive unit
18b 1 x Drip protection feature
18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
18e 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right
– 1 x Installation instructions
– 1 x Operating instructions

19 Special back set


Colour R9006
Nominal length NL (mm) 500
Cabinet width Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm)
KB (mm) 15/16 18/19
450 Z30M389S0W Z30M383S0W
500 Z30M439S0W Z30M433S0W
550 Z30M489S0W Z30M483S0W
600 Z30M539S0W Z30M533S0W
800 Z30M733S0W
900 Z30M839S0W Z30M833S0W
Consisting of:
19a 1 x Steel back height M
19b 1 x Steel back for waste bin pull-out
19c 1 x Attachment left/right
19d 1 x Longside gallery rail left/right
Colour
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

386 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX
DQE6QM
Planning
Cabinet Position – bracket profile attachment Position – Blum distance bumper

Box systems
Box systems Cabinet width KB (mm) The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
450–900 trigger path of 2 mm
X (mm) Y (mm) When using a 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum
TANDEMBOX NL – 96 NL + 3 distance bumpers
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Machine directive 701
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257 More technical details 698
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Short URL
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349 www.blum.com/a380
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 387


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories

Cable holder
▬ Colour: white Order information
▬ Material: nylon Description Part no.
Cable holder Z10K0009

Synchronisation cable
▬ Connects two drive units that need to activate simul- Order information
taneously Length (mm) Part no.
Box systems

80 Z10K008S
500 Z10K050S
1200 Z10K120S
1600 Z10K160S

COMBOX set
▬ COMBOX set Order information
▬ For preventing front collisions when using Description Part no.
SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations COMBOX set Z10ZC00A
▬ Includes all assembly and cabling components

388 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories

Front/base stabiliser
▬ For stabilising high fronts Order information
▬ For supporting wide drawer bases Fixing method Colour Part no.
RAL 7037 dust
EXPANDO Z96.10E1
grey

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drilling distances – front

Box systems
LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 389


Box systems 〉 METABOX

Simple. Excellent. Proven.


A high-quality system with few component
parts
METABOX drawers are made up of only a few
components. Using the proven Box system,
you can realise so many different applications.
Stable materials and careful assembly ensure
the best stability values – up to a max. dynamic
load bearing of 25 kg.
BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing
action for METABOX
The tried and tested BLUMOTION function is
also available as an option for the METABOX
Box systems

single extension. Independent of the force used


and the weight of the storage items. Extremely
practical and economical: In all standard appli-
cations one unit is all you need.

Height of drawer side N = 54 mm Height of drawer side M = 86 mm Height of drawer side K = 118 mm Height of drawer side H = 150 mm

METABOX BLUMOTION ensures soft and effortless closing action. For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our
Product Configurator.

Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator

390 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Overview

Box systems
Overview – box systems 189
LEGRABOX 190
MERIVOBOX 256
TANDEMBOX antaro 302
TANDEMBOX plus 348
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – applications 392

Symbolic image
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409 POSISTOP 407

Box systems
Child safety latch 406 METAFILE – file drawer 408
Anti-tilt device 406 Screws 409
Spacers 407 Screwdriver 410
Contoured profile 407 ORGA-LINE – gallery 411
Symbolic image Lock-out stop 407 ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE 412
Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 320 – 25 kg 413

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a390
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 391


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Overview – applications

Applications kg Space re- Web Page Applications kg Space re- Web Page
quirement code quirement code
Height Height
(mm) (mm)
Single extension
Drawer Inner drawer
Drawer – N 25 78 Inner drawer – N 25 81

DQCKBY 394 DQCN5A 394


Drawer – M 25 110 Inner drawer – M 25 113
Box systems

DQCL1A 396 DQCNUM 396


Drawer – K 25 142 Inner drawer – K 25 145

DQCLQM 398 DQCOJY 398


Drawer – H 25 174 Inner drawer – H 25 177

DQCMFY 400 DQCP9A 400


High fronted pull-out
High fronted pull-out – 25 175
gallery – B

DQCPYM 402
High fronted pull-out – 25 239
gallery – D

BOXSIDE possible DQCQNY 404


kg Dynamic carrying capacity

392 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX

Box systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 393


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web Drawer DQCKBY


Drawer | inner drawer – N
code Inner drawer DQCN5A
▬ Single extension Space requirement
▬ High impact nylon rollers
▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for
METABOX 320
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer

Order information
Drawer Inner drawer

1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right


Drawer side height (mm) 54
Colour R9001
Nominal length Version
NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version
270 320N2700C 320N2700C15
350 320N3500C 320N3500C15
400 320N4000C 320N4000C15
450 320N4500C 320N4500C15
500 320N5000C 320N5000C15
550 320N5500C 320N5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2c Standard front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
Knock-in ZSF.1610
Screw-on ZSF.1510
Order left/right

3 Front fixing for inner drawers


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon ZIF.3010
Order left/right

Accessories
6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Colour Material Part no.
WGR/R9001 Nylon Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Colour Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream WGR White grey

394 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web Drawer DQCKBY


Drawer | inner drawer – N
code Inner drawer DQCN5A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
* +3 mm for inner drawer with FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with
* +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 39 mm

LW – 31 mm
350
Base

400 Drawer
NL – 2 mm KB Cabinet width
450 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 18 mm

500 LW – 31 mm

550 Front
Inner drawer

LW – 64 mm 61 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version


X (mm)
Drawer 69
Inner drawer 53

Drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm

Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a390
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 395


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web Drawer DQCL1A


Drawer | inner drawer – M
code Inner drawer DQCNUM
▬ Single extension Space requirement
▬ High impact nylon rollers
▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for
METABOX 320
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer

Order information
Drawer Inner drawer

1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right


Drawer side height (mm) 86
Colour R9001
Nominal length Version
NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version
270 320M2700C 320M2700C15
350 320M3500C 320M3500C15
400 320M4000C 320M4000C15
450 320M4500C 320M4500C15
500 320M5000C 320M5000C15
550 320M5500C 320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a CLIP front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO ZSF.130E
Knock-in ZSF.1300
Screw-on ZSF.1200
Order left/right

2b Cover caps for 2a Accessories


Colour Material Part no. 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
R9001 Nylon ZAA.3700 Colour Material Part no.
Order left/right WGR/R9001 Nylon Z70.0320
Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)

Alternative to 2a Colour Colour


2c Standard front fixing bracket R9001 RAL 9001 cream WGR White grey

Fixing method Part no.


Knock-in ZSF.1800
Screw-on ZSF.1700
Order left/right

2d Cover caps for 2c


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon 2x ZAA.3500
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3 Front fixing for inner drawers


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon ZIF.3000
Order left/right

396 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web Drawer DQCL1A


Drawer | inner drawer – M
code Inner drawer DQCNUM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
* +3 mm for inner drawer with FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with
* +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

270 71 mm

LW – 31 mm
350
Base

400 Drawer
NL – 2 mm KB Cabinet width
450 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 18 mm

500 LW – 31 mm

550 Front
Inner drawer

LW – 64 mm 61 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version


X (mm)
Drawer 69
Inner drawer 53

Drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm

Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a390
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 397


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web Drawer DQCLQM


Drawer | inner drawer – K
code Inner drawer DQCOJY
▬ Single extension Space requirement
▬ High impact nylon rollers
▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for
METABOX 320
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer

Order information
Drawer Inner drawer

1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right


Drawer side height (mm) 118
Colour R9001
Nominal length Version
NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version
350 320K3500C 320K3500C15
400 320K4000C 320K4000C15
450 320K4500C 320K4500C15
500 320K5000C 320K5000C15
550 320K5500C 320K5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a CLIP front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO ZSF.130E
Knock-in ZSF.1300
Screw-on ZSF.1200
Order left/right

2b Cover caps for 2a


Colour Material Part no. Accessories
R9001 Nylon ZAA.3700 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Order left/right Colour Material Part no.
Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed WGR/R9001 Nylon Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Alternative to 2a
2c Standard front fixing bracket Colour Colour
Fixing method Part no. R9001 RAL 9001 cream WGR White grey

Knock-in ZSF.1800
Screw-on ZSF.1700
Order left/right

2d Cover caps for 2c


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon 2x ZAA.3500
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3 Front fixing for inner drawers


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon ZIF.3030
Order left/right

398 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web Drawer DQCLQM


Drawer | inner drawer – K
code Inner drawer DQCOJY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

32
32

Box systems
18.5
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
* +3 mm for inner drawer with FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with
* +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

350 103 mm

LW – 31 mm
400
Base

450 Drawer
NL – 2 mm KB Cabinet width
500 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 18 mm

550 LW – 31 mm

Front
Inner drawer

LW – 64 mm 93 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version


X (mm)
Drawer 69
Inner drawer 53

Drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm

Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a390
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 399


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web Drawer DQCMFY


Drawer | inner drawer – H
code Inner drawer DQCP9A
▬ Single extension Space requirement
▬ High impact nylon rollers
▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for
METABOX 320
Box systems

NL Nominal length
* Inner drawer

Order information
Drawer Inner drawer

1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right


Drawer side height (mm) 150
Colour R9001
Nominal length Version
NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version
350 320H3500C 320H3500C15
400 320H4000C 320H4000C15
450 320H4500C 320H4500C15
500 320H5000C 320H5000C15
550 320H5500C 320H5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a CLIP front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO ZSF.130E
Knock-in ZSF.1300
Screw-on ZSF.1200
Order left/right

2b Cover caps for 2a


Colour Material Part no. Accessories
R9001 Nylon ZAA.3700 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Order left/right Colour Material Part no.
Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed WGR/R9001 Nylon Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Alternative to 2a
2c Standard front fixing bracket Colour Colour
Fixing method Part no. R9001 RAL 9001 cream WGR White grey

Knock-in ZSF.1800
Screw-on ZSF.1700
Order left/right

2d Cover caps for 2c


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon 2x ZAA.3500
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

3 Front fixing for inner drawers


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon ZIF.3050
Order left/right

400 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web Drawer DQCMFY


Drawer | inner drawer – H
code Inner drawer DQCP9A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
min 24 screw-on | knock-in
150

min 150*

Box systems
15.5
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION Drawer Inner drawer Drawer
* +3 mm for inner drawer with FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with
* +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

350 135 mm

LW – 31 mm
400
Base

450 Drawer
NL – 2 mm KB Cabinet width
500 Inner drawer LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
NL – 18 mm

550 LW – 31 mm

Front
Inner drawer

LW – 64 mm 125 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version


X (mm)
Drawer 69
Inner drawer 53

Drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Inner drawer
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm

Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a390
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 401


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – B
DQCPYM
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Single extension
▬ High impact nylon rollers
▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for
METABOX 320
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Drawer side height (mm) 86
Colour R9001
Nominal length Version
NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version
350 320M3500C 320M3500C15
400 320M4000C 320M4000C15
450 320M4500C 320M4500C15
500 320M5000C 320M5000C15
550 320M5500C 320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a CLIP front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO ZSF.130E
Knock-in ZSF.1300
Screw-on ZSF.1200
Order left/right

2b Cover caps for 2a


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon ZAA.3700 Accessories
Order left/right
6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed
Colour Material Part no.
Alternative to 2a R9001 Nylon Z70.0320
2c Standard front fixing bracket Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Fixing method Part no. Colour Colour
Knock-in ZSF.1800 R9001 RAL 9001 cream WGR White grey
Screw-on ZSF.1700
Order left/right

2d Cover caps for 2c


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon 2x ZAA.3500
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed

4 Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing left/right

Material Aluminium
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) R9001
350 ZRE.321S.ID
400 ZRE.371S.ID
450 ZRE.421S.ID
500 ZRE.471S.ID
550 ZRE.521S.ID

402 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – B
DQCPYM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

350 127 mm

LW – 31 mm
400
Base

450 NL – 2 mm

KB Cabinet width
500 LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length

550 LW – 31 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version


X (mm)
High fronted pull-out 69

High fronted pull-out


Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 7 mm

Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery 411 Short URL
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413 www.blum.com/a390
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 403


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQCQNY
▬ With single gallery Space requirement
▬ Single BOXSIDE system possible
▬ Single extension
▬ High impact nylon rollers
▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for
METABOX 320
Box systems

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right
Drawer side height (mm) 86
Colour R9001
Nominal length Version
NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version
350 320M3500C 320M3500C15
400 320M4000C 320M4000C15
450 320M4500C 320M4500C15
500 320M5000C 320M5000C15
550 320M5500C 320M5500C15
Other colours available upon request (white or grey)

2a CLIP front fixing bracket


Fixing method Part no.
EXPANDO ZSF.130E
Knock-in ZSF.1300
Screw-on ZSF.1200
Order left/right

2b Cover caps for 2a


Colour Material Part no.
R9001 Nylon ZAA.3700 Accessories
Order left/right
5 Single-wall BOXSIDE
Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed

Alternative to 2a Material Steel


2c Standard front fixing bracket Nominal length Colour
Fixing method Part no. NL (mm) R9001
Knock-in ZSF.1800 400 2x Z36H367SE01
Screw-on ZSF.1700 450 2x Z36H417SE01
Order left/right 500 2x Z36H467SE01
2d Cover caps for 2c 550 2x Z36H517SE01
Colour Material Part no. 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
R9001 Nylon 2x ZAA.3500 Colour Material Part no.
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
R9001 Nylon Z70.0320
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
4 Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing left/right
Colour Colour
R9001 RAL 9001 cream WGR White grey
Material Aluminium
Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) R9001
350 ZRE.321S.ID
400 ZRE.371S.ID
450 ZRE.421S.ID
500 ZRE.471S.ID
550 ZRE.521S.ID

404 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension

Web code
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
DQCQNY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

Box systems
* +2 mm with BLUMOTION FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION ** With double gallery
** With double gallery * +2 mm with BLUMOTION ** With double gallery
** With double gallery

Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cutting – 16 mm chipboard


Nominal length NL (mm) Chipboard back

350 191 mm

LW – 31 mm
400
Base

450 NL – 2 mm

KB Cabinet width
500 LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length

550 LW – 31 mm

Base assembly for quick assembly version


X (mm)
High fronted pull-out 69

High fronted pull-out


Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 7 mm

Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 406
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 409
Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery 411 Short URL
Accessories – ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE 412 www.blum.com/a390
Cabinet profile fixing positions 413
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 405


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

Child safety latch


▬ To prevent small children from opening the drawer Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Description Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Child safety latch 320
295.5501

Lock-out stop 320


320M0009.01

Planning
Installation dimensions – cabinet – 320 Installation dimensions – front – 320
Box systems

Anti-tilt device
▬ For centre locking mechanisms Order information
▬ In combination with locking systems (locking bar Description Part no.
systems) Anti-tilt device 295.5300
▬ If one drawer is open, the others are locked (pull-out
lock)
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream
▬ Material: nylon

Planning Assembly
Assembly, removal
and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a390

406 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

Spacers
▬ For inner drawers with single extensions (320) Order information
▬ To space drawers beyond the front protrusion Front protru-
Fixing method Part no.
▬ Stacking possible (up to 24 mm) sion FE (mm)
▬ Screw fixing with version available for pre-drilled Screw-on 4 320M0048
Ø 5 mm holes Screw-on 8 320M0088
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Dowel Ø 5 mm 8 320M0188
▬ Material: nylon

Planning
Hinge Front protrusion FE (mm) Fixing (mm) Fixing method Spacers
320M0088 320M0188 320M0048
Screw-on 1x
170° hinge 8 Ø 4 x 20

Box systems
Dowel Ø 5 mm 1x
Screw-on 1x 1x
100° | 107° | 110° 12 Ø 4 x 25
Dowel Ø 5 mm 1x 1x
Screw-on 2x
Profile/thick door hinge 16 Ø 4 x 30
Dowel Ø 5 mm 1x 1x
Screw-on 3x
Maximum spacing 24 Ø 4 x 40
Dowel Ø 5 mm 2x 1x

Contoured profile
▬ Screw-on version Order information
▬ For cutting to size, 1200 mm Description Part no.
▬ For 16 mm base Contoured profile ZSD.1200S
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Cutting
Contoured profile
▬ Material: nylon
Drawer | high fronted Nominal length NL – 2 mm –
pull-out cabinet back thickness RD
Inner drawer | inner Nominal length NL – 2 mm – cabinet
pull-out back thickness RD – front thickness FD
Base
Width = internal cabinet width LW – 34 mm
Drawer | high fronted Length = nominal length NL –
pull-out 2 mm
Inner drawer | inner Length = nominal length NL –
pull-out 2 mm – front thickness FD

Lock-out stop 320


▬ To prevent accidental removal of drawer specially for Order information
cutlery or machine/applicance pull-outs Description Part no.
▬ For single extension Lock-out stop 320 320M0009.01
▬ Colour: natural coloured
▬ Material: nylon

POSISTOP 320
▬ Stop in runner system Order information
▬ Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer front Front gap FS (mm) Part no.
▬ For single extension 1.5 298.3210.01
▬ Produces either a 1.5 or 3 mm gap 3.0 298.3230.01
▬ Symmetrical
▬ Colour: natural coloured
▬ Material: nylon

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 407


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

METAFILE – file drawer


▬ For tilt adjustment, high fronted pull-out, height B Order information
with gallery Description Part no.
▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm METAFILE – file drawer ZRM.5500
▬ Cabinet width KB 275–600 mm
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream
▬ Material: nylon/steel
Box systems

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO Installation dimensions – back
screw-on | knock-in

FA Front overlay

Cutting – DIN-A4 across Cutting – DIN-A4 lengthwise


Internal cabinet width LW min. 376 mm Nominal length NL min. 500 mm
1 Nominal length NL – 28 mm 1 Nominal length NL – 28 mm
2 Nominal length NL – 53 mm 2 305 mm
3 Nominal length NL – 406 mm
4 Internal cabinet width LW – 82 mm
5 Internal cabinet width LW – 59 mm

Reference pages
Overview – METABOX 391 More technical details 698
High fronted pull-out – gallery – B 402
Overview – assembly devices 591

408 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

BLUMOTION for METABOX 320


▬ Only one BLUMOTION unit required up to cabinet Order information
width KB 900 mm Dynamic carry-
Version Part no.
▬ Colour: BLUMOTION: white grey; latch: RAL 9001 ing capacity (kg)
cream Single extension 25 Z70.0320
▬ Other colours available for latch upon request (white
or grey)
▬ Material: nylon

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter

Box systems
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

System screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG

Special system screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
11.5 662.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 662.1300.HG
14.5 662.1450.HG

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 409


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories

8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Box systems

Tool support Part no.


▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1

410 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery

Cross gallery rails for cutting to size


▬ For cutting to size, 1104 mm Order information
▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Description Part no.
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Cross gallery rails for cutting to size ZRG.1104U
▬ Material: aluminium Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 58 mm

Cross gallery connector


▬ Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery rails Order information
▬ Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery fixing Description Part no.

Box systems
▬ Insertion and screw-on fixing Cross gallery connector ZRU.00Z0
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream
▬ Material: nylon

Lateral divider
▬ Gallery division Order information
▬ Clip-on fixing to gallery Description Part no.
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Lateral divider ZRU.00F0
▬ Material: nylon

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 411


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE

Cross gallery rails for cutting to size


▬ For cutting to size, 1104 mm Order information
▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Description Part no.
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Cross gallery rails for cutting to size ZRG.1104U
▬ Material: aluminium Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 65 mm

Gallery connector
▬ Clip-on to gallery Order information
▬ Connects the cross gallery with BOXSIDE Description Part no.
Box systems

▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Gallery connector ZRU.10B1E


▬ Material: nylon/steel

Lateral divider
▬ Gallery division Order information
▬ Clip-on fixing to gallery Description Part no.
▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream Lateral divider ZRU.00F0
▬ Material: nylon

412 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions

Cabinet profile 320 – 25 kg


NL 270 A A C
B B C

192

NL 300–350 A A C
B B C

224
NL 400 A A C
B B C

320

Box systems
NL 450 A A C
B B C

352
NL 500 A A C
B B C

416
NL 550 A A A C
B B B C

352 128 2
37

NL Nominal length
A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
C Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 413


Runner systems

Our runner systems give you quality steel ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing ▬ TIP-ON – mechanical opening support, clos-
for your design in wood. We have a solution action es with just a light push
for every requirement: the sophisticated ▬ SERVO-DRIVE – electric opening support, ▬ Comprehensive programme for many options
MOVENTO and the versatile TANDEM runner combined with BLUMOTION ▬ High stability and excellent sag values
system. They can be combined with various ▬ TIP-ON BLUMOTION – mechanical opening ▬ Quality for the lifetime of the furniture
motion technologies for enhanced conveni- support, combined with BLUMOTION
ence.

MOVENTO TANDEM

The sophisticated runner system The versatile runner system


MOVENTO offers synchronised smooth running action, 4-dimensional TANDEM high ease-of-use in the entire living area. The comprehensive
front adjustment, and a dynamic carrying capacity of 40 and 70 kg with TANDEM programme has the right solution for any piece of furniture.
high stability and excellent sag values.

414 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 Overview

MOVENTO
MOVENTO 416
Overview 417
Accessories 424
Attachment of runners 432

Symbolic image
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 434
Overview 435
Accessories 424
Attachment of runners 438

Symbolic image
TIP-ON for MOVENTO
TIP-ON for MOVENTO 440
Overview 441
Accessories 424
Attachment of runners 444

Symbolic image
TANDEM
TANDEM 446
Overview 447

Runner systems
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490

Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492
Overview 493
Accessories 524

Symbolic image

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 415


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO

The sophisticated runner system


With our sophisticated MOVENTO runner
system, we provide you with a synchronised
feather-light glide, four-dimensional front
adjustment, and a dynamic carrying capacity
of 40 and 70 kg with high stability and excellent
sag values.
Runner systems

Synchronised feather-light glide 4-dimensional adjustment ease


The synchronised feather-light glide is a special feature of the MOVENTO With MOVENTO, you can adjust the height, tilt and depth of the front and
runner system. The runner components with low-friction cylindrical nylon also modify it at the sides. There is no need to alter the drawer and you
rollers run uniformly and almost silently – for soft and effortless opening get a precise gap layout quickly, easily and without tools.
and closing.

Carrying capacity and stability Handle-less options Pull-out shelf lock


MOVENTO boasts excellent stability and a high MOVENTO can be implemented with all 4 The pull-out shelf lock for MOVENTO engages
load bearing capacity. Thanks to its superb motion technologies by Blum. You decide which securely on both sides when the pull-out shelf
sag values, the runner system is also ideal for one best meets your requirements. is fully extended and holds it firmly in place. The
applications near to the floor. This makes the pull-out shelf lock can be easily released with
full extension with 40 and 70 kg load bearing one hand thanks to synchronisation.
classes the first choice.

416 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Overview

Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 434
TIP-ON for MOVENTO 440
TANDEM 446
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492
Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page

Locking device feature – full extension


MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H 40
60
70
● ○ ○ –

Symbolic image DQCZ3Y 418


MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – 40
drawer

● ○ ○ –

Symbolic image DQGWJY 420


MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull- 40
out shelf

● ○ ○ –

Runner systems
Symbolic image DQGX9A 422
kg Dynamic carrying capacity ● Integrated ○ Optional – Not possible
Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock 424 Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors 428
Side stabilisation set 426 Lock-open stop 429
Depth adjustment 426 Screws 430
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing 427 Centre bit 430
Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf 427 Door buffer 430
Symbolic image Corner connectors 428 Screwdriver 431
Attachment of runners
Runner 760H – 40 kg 432
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 432
Runner 760H – 40 kg – cabinet underside fixing 433

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a410
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 417


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
DQCZ3Y
▬ Concealed full extension Space requirement
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation +3
NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 60 70
Runner systems

250 1 760H2500S
270 760H2700S
300 760H3000S
320 760H3200S
350 760H3500S
380 760H3800S
400 760H4000S
420 760H4200S
450 760H4500S 766H4500S
480 760H4800S
500 760H5000S 766H5000S
520 760H5200S 766H5200S
550 760H5500S 766H5500S Accessories
580 766H5800S 4 Depth adjustment left/right
600 760H6000S 766H6000S Colour Material Part no.
650 766H6500S RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.7600
700 766H7000S Only for inset applications
750 766H7500S Integrated Blum distance bumper
1
Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Suitable for T51.7601 locking device

3 Locking device left/right 12 Side stabilisation set


Colour Material Part no. Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Orange Nylon/steel T51.7601 Up to 400 ZS7M400MU
Order left/right Up to 600 RAL 7037 dust grey ZS7M600MU
Up to 750 ZS7M750MU
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths

418 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
DQCZ3Y
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
max 16*
37 32 X + 18*

10 18 10
min 38*

min 28.5 12–15 min 28.5 NL NL


21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*

* +1 mm for assembly of the runners SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
prior to cabinet assembly LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Limited side adjustment for a drawer * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length

Runner systems
side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with sation X Front thickness
full tolerance utilisation of the internal * Additional +3 mm with depth adjustment
width of the drawer SKW

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 760H – 40 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
250 | 270

300 | 320 | 350

380 | 400 | 420 | 450 |


480 | 500 | 520
550 | 600 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 * TIP-ON BLUMOTION 125 mm

Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
450

500 | 520 | 550 | 580 |


600
650 | 700 | 750

Reference pages
Overview – MOVENTO 417 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO
Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO 441 Short URL
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | www.blum.com/a410
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 432
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 419


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer
DQGWJY
▬ Concealed full extension Space requirement
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation +3
▬ For assembly to cabinet base panel | shelf NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners for base fixing left/right Base fixing

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 12
NL (mm) 40
Runner systems

350 760H3500SU
400 760H4000SU
450 760H4500SU
500 760H5000SU 12
3 Locking device left/right
Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/steel T51.7601
Order left/right

Accessories
12 Side stabilisation set
Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Up to 400 ZS7M400MU
Up to 600 RAL 7037 dust grey ZS7M600MU
Up to 750 ZS7M750MU
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths

420 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer
DQGWJY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
max 16*
37
X + 39

10 10
min 28.5 8.8 12–15 8.8 NL NL
21 min 28.5 NL + 3* NL + X + 3

SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Limited side adjustment for a drawer * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length

Runner systems
side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with sation X Front thickness
full tolerance utilisation of the internal
width of the drawer SKW

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 760H – 40 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
350 | 400 | 450

500

Use drilling template T65.1000.02 * TIP-ON BLUMOTION 125 mm

Reference pages
Overview – MOVENTO 417 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Short URL
493
TANDEM www.blum.com/a410
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 432
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 421


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull-out shelf
DQGX9A
▬ Concealed full extension Space requirement
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ For assembly to cabinet base panel | shelf
▬ Cannot be combined with pull-out shelf lock

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners for base fixing left/right Base fixing

Version BLUMOTION S 12
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40
Runner systems

350 760H3500SU
400 760H4000SU
450 760H4500SU 4
500 760H5000SU

3 Locking device left/right 12


Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/steel T51.7601
Order left/right

Accessories
4 Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon T51.7000.01

12 Side stabilisation set


Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Up to 400 ZS7M400MU
Up to 600 RAL 7037 dust grey ZS7M600MU
Up to 750 ZS7M750MU
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths

422 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull-out shelf
DQGX9A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application

TL = NL – 20 TL = NL – 20 + X
12–15
LTW = LW – 42 +0.0 X
min 7

–1.5
37 10 X + 39 10
1 1
44.5

44.5

10 10
16 8.8 max 16* 8.8 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 5

LTW Underside width TL Shelf length TL Shelf length


LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
* Limited side adjustment for a POS side 1 Rear fixing bracket X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness

Runner systems
panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- 1 Rear fixing bracket
tolerance utilisation of the underside sation
width LTW

Hole spacing – runners POS processing


Runner 760H – 40 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
350 | 400 | 450

500

Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Rear fixing bracket

Reference pages
Overview – MOVENTO 417 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Short URL
493
TANDEM www.blum.com/a410
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 432
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 423


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock


▬ Can be used with MOVENTO full extensions Space requirement
▬ Cannot be used with runners for base mounting
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION,
TIP-ON BLUMOTION and TIP-ON
▬ Two-sided locking mechanism
▬ Secure hold
▬ Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand
thanks to synchronisation shaft
▬ Easy assembly – fittings serve as template
▬ Runners are attached to standard fixing positions
▬ Max. cabinet width 1200 mm

NL Nominal length

Order information
12 Pull-out shelf lock
Runners Colour Part no.
760H | 766H Orion grey matt 295H5700
Consisting of:
12a 2 x Locking mechanism unit
Runner systems

Fixing only possible with chipboard screws


12b 2 x Latching element
Fixing possible with chipboard and system screws
– 1 x Installation instructions
Note
During assembly of the pull-out shelf lock, make sure that you leave the tilt adjustment at the
factory setting!
We recommend using a side stabiliser with wide pull-outs with a short nominal length. This
improves the engagement of the locking unit.

12c Synchronisation linkage


Version Length (mm) Part no.
Round 1089 ZST.1089W
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm

Alternative to 12c
12c Synchronisation linkage
Version Length (mm) Part no.
Round 1160 ZST.1160W
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm

Accessories
– Chipboard screws
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 3.5 15.0 609.1500

– System screw
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG

Planning
POS processing

LW
–5
min 25
A

10
10
A

NL Nominal length Single pull-out shelf base Double pull-out shelf base
LW Internal cabinet width Runners A (mm) Runners A (mm)
TB Shelf width 760H | 766H 12–15 760H | 766H 12–15
TL Shelf length
TBL Pull-out shelf base length
TSBL Pull-out shelf side panel length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
Y Pull-out shelf base thickness

424 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock


Planning
MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application

TB = LW – 22 +0.0
–1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
12–15
min 3

X
37 32 X + 18*
16**

10 10
min 38*

28.5 10 min 28.5 NL NL


21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*

* +1 mm for assembly of the runners TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length

Runner systems
prior to cabinet assembly LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment Limited side adjustment * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
sation * Additional +3 mm with depth adjust-
ment or additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Reference pages
Overview – MOVENTO 417 Pull-out shelf lock
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO
Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO 441 Short URL
Attachment of runners 432 www.blum.com/i010
Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
More technical details 698

Short URL
www.blum.com/a410

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 425


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Side stabilisation set


▬ For cutting to size Order information
▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm Nominal length NL (mm) Part no.
▬ Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths Up to 400 ZS7M400MU
▬ Compatible with all MOVENTO motion technologies Up to 600 ZS7M600MU
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Up to 750 ZS7M750MU
▬ Material: nylon Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW – 315 mm
2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf
min 7

SKL = NL – 10 TBL = NL – 38 28

min 3
37 32 37 32
Runner systems

16**

10 10

min 38*
min 38*

min 28.5 NL 28.5 NL


21 NL + 3* 21 NL + 3*

* +1 mm for assembly of the runners SKL Drawer length Pull-out shelf lock Pull-out shelf lock
prior to cabinet assembly NL Nominal length * +1 mm for assembly of the runners TBL Pull-out shelf base length
* Additional +12 mm with side stabili- prior to cabinet assembly NL Nominal length
sation ** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment * Additional +12 mm with side stabili-
sation

Depth adjustment
▬ Only for inset applications Order information
▬ Integrated SERVO-DRIVE bumper Colour Material Part no.
▬ Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.7600
▬ Left | right
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey
▬ Material: nylon

Assembly
Assembly, removal
and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a410

426 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing


▬ Colour: anodised stainless steel appearance Order information
▬ Material: aluminium NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
400 ZRE.363A.ID 550 ZRE.513A.ID
450 ZRE.413A.ID 580 ZRE.543A.ID
480 ZRE.443A.ID 600 ZRE.563A.ID
500 ZRE.463A.ID 650 ZRE.613A.ID
520 ZRE.483A.ID
NL Nominal length

Planning Assembly
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Assembly, removal
and adjustment
min 7

21 6.5
Short URL
32 16

www.blum.com/a410

Runner systems
min 38*
min 38*

min 28.5
21

* +1 mm for assembly of the runners * +1 mm for assembly of the runners


prior to cabinet assembly prior to cabinet assembly

Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf


▬ Compatible with MOVENTO | TANDEM Order information
▬ Not required when using pull-out shelf lock Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon T51.7000.01

Assembly
Assembly, removal
and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a410

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 427


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Corner connectors
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Order information
▬ Material: nylon Version Part no.
2 tier ZTU.00Z0
3 tier ZTU.00D0

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – corner
With 2 tier gallery With 3 tier gallery connectors
Runner systems

* +1 mm for assembly of the runners * +1 mm for assembly of the runners


prior to cabinet assembly prior to cabinet assembly

Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors


▬ For cutting to size, 1094 mm Order information
▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Colour Material Part no.
Anodised stainless
Aluminium ZRG.1094U
steel appearance
Cutting
Cabinet width KB – 106 mm
Nominal length NL – 64 mm

428 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Lock-open stop
▬ Lock-open stop Order information
Colour Material Part no.
White Nylon 295.5600

Planning
Pull-out shelf
Nominal length Y (mm)
NL (mm) 760H 766H
250 77 –
270 72 –
300 72 –
320 72 –
TL = NL – 20 + X 350 72 –
380 72 –
X 400 72 –
10 420 72 –
X + 39 1 450 72 72

Runner systems
480 72 –
500 72 72
520 72 72
550 72 72
10 580 – 72
600 72 72
NL 650 – 72
NL + X + 5 700 – 72
750 – 72

TL Shelf length
NL Nominal length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
1 Rear fixing bracket

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 429


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

System screw – Ø 6.0 mm


▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG
Runner systems

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

430 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1

Runner systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 431


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg


Runner systems

18

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 A Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm
** Optional for greater stability ** Optional for greater stability

432 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 760H – 40 kg – cabinet underside fixing

NL 350–450 A
B *

18 224
NL 500 A
B *

18 2
256 37

Runner systems
NL Nominal length
A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Cabinet assembly

If you install runners before cabinet assembly, the fixing position must be increased by at least 1 mm from 38 to at least 39 mm due to tolerances in the runner and cabinet!

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 433


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO

Two functions – fascinatingly combined


TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO combines
the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical
opening support system with the reliable
BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effort-
less closing – 100 % mechanically. To optimise
the function and increase the trigger range, we
generally recommend using synchronisation.
TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger
range provides inspirational ease of use for
handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise
the function and increase the trigger range, we
generally recommend using synchronisation.
Runner systems

Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience The motion is assisted 100 %
completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology. mechanically.

600
500
400
mm
300 2.5
200
100

6
9 00
12 00
00

Small front gap Extensive trigger range Four-dimensional adjustment Simple, tool-free assembly
TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be To optimise the function and The four-dimensional adjustment The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can
adjusted to have a small front gap increase the trigger range, we ensures a precise gap layout. be assembled tool-free, as can all
of 2.5 mm. generally recommend using syn- Depth adjustment is integrated and the other components.
chronisation. tool-free – simply turn the adjust-
ment wheel.

434 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Overview

Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
MOVENTO 416
TIP-ON for MOVENTO 440
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492

Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page

Locking device feature – full extension


MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H 40
60
70

Symbolic image DQD0IM 436


kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock 424 Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors 428
Side stabilisation set 426 Lock-open stop 429
Depth adjustment 426 Screws 430
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing 427 Centre bit 430
Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf 427 Door buffer 430
Symbolic image Corner connectors 428 Screwdriver 431
Attachment of runners

Runner systems
Runner 760H – 40 kg 438
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 438

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a460
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 435


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
DQD0IM
▬ Concealed full extension Space requirement
▬ Includes integrated, switchable
BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and
effortless closing, and can be combined with
SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Integrated tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ Compatible with the side stabilisation for MOVENTO +3
▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of NL
265 mm and wider

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION S
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 60 70
Runner systems

270 760H2700S
300 760H3000S
320 760H3200S
350 760H3500S
380 760H3800S
400 760H4000S
420 760H4200S
450 760H4500S 766H4500S
480 760H4800S
500 760H5000S 766H5000S
520 760H5200S 766H5200S
550 760H5500S 766H5500S
580 766H5800S Internal cabinet width LW 265–313 mm
600 760H6000S 766H6000S 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation
650 766H6500S Version Colour Part no.
700 766H7000S Square RAL 7035 light grey T60.300D
750 766H7500S For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 241 mm
3 Locking device left/right
Colour Material Part no. Accessories
Orange Nylon/steel T51.7601 Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm
Order left/right 6c TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
Version Colour Part no.
6 TIP-ON BLUMOTION set
Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey 2x T60.000D
Nominal length Runner Weight
Unit ¹ Part no.
NL (mm) (kg) (kg) – Front gap template for TIP-ON BLUMOTION
270–320 S0 40 ≤ 10 T60L7040 Front gap (mm) Colour Part no.
270–320 S1 40 > 10–20 T60L7140 2.5 Orange 65.5631
350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 ² T60L7340 Note
We recommend that you use the front gap template
350–600 L3 40 15–40 ² T60L7540
450–750 L5 60 | 70 35–70 ³ T60L7570
Consisting of:
6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right
6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right
6c 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm
¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and
closing function
² Can only be combined with a 40 kg runner
³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 60 | 70 kg runner

6d TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage


Version Colour Part no.
Round Grey T60.1125W
Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm
Note
To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using
synchronisation
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 267 mm

436 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
DQD0IM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
max 16*
37 32 X + 23

10 18 10
min 38*

min 28.5 12–15 min 28.5 NL NL


21 NL + 3 NL + X + 7

* +1 mm for assembly of the runners SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
prior to cabinet assembly LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Limited side adjustment for a drawer NL Nominal length

Runner systems
side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with X Front thickness
full tolerance utilisation of the internal
width of the drawer SKW

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 760H – 40 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
270
1
300 | 320 | 350

380 | 400 | 420 | 450 |


480 | 500 | 520
550 | 600 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Trigger range

600
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 500
Nominal length NL (mm) 400
mm
450 300 2.5
200
500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 100
600
650 | 700 | 750
6
9 00
12 00
00

Example for 760H – 40 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four-sided drawer, with and without
synchronisation
To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchro-
nisation

Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for Assembly, removal and adjustment
435
MOVENTO
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO 441 Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a460
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 438
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 437


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg


Runner systems

18

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 A Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm
** Optional for greater stability ** Optional for greater stability

438 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO

Runner systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 439


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO

Easy to open – with just a touch


Reliable handle-less opening
Handle-less fronts are playing a greater and
greater role in modern furniture design. With
TIP-ON for MOVENTO – the mechanical open-
ing support system from Blum – handle-less
drawers and pull-outs open with just a touch.
To close, simply press shut.
Multitude of applications
The TIP-ON runner can be used for all stand-
ard applications, from standard cabinets to
special solutions such as the SPACE TWIN.
Runner systems

600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 00
12 00
00

The TIP-ON function is integrated into the runner. For straightforward The optional synchronisation ensures secure opening and closing even
installation and ease of use. for wide fronts.

440 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Overview

Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
MOVENTO 416
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 434
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492

Symbolic image
Applications kg Web code Page

Locking device feature – full extension


MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H 40
60
70

Symbolic image DQCZTA 442


kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock 424 Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors 428
Side stabilisation set 426 Lock-open stop 429
Depth adjustment 426 Screws 430
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing 427 Centre bit 430
Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf 427 Door buffer 430
Symbolic image Corner connectors 428 Screwdriver 431
Attachment of runners

Runner systems
Runner 760H – 40 kg 444
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 444

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a430
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 441


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H
DQCZTA
▬ Concealed full extension with integrated TIP-ON, Space requirement
the mechanical opening support system
▬ Synchronised feather-light glide
▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment
▬ Integrated tool-free depth adjustment
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ Compatible with the side stabilisation for MOVENTO
▬ Optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure trigger-
ing even with wide fronts
+3
NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 40 60 70
Runner systems

250 760H2500T
270 760H2700T
300 760H3000T
320 760H3200T
350 760H3500T
380 760H3800T
400 760H4000T
420 760H4200T
450 760H4500T 766H4500T
480 760H4800T
500 760H5000T 766H5000T
520 760H5200T 766H5200T
550 760H5500T 766H5500T
580 766H5800T
600 760H6000T 766H6000T
650 766H6500T
700 766H7000T
750 766H7500T
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

3 Locking device left/right


Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/steel T51.7601
Order left/right

Accessories
6b TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set
Version Colour Part no.
Round RAL 7037 dust grey T57.7400.01
Consisting of:
– 1 x Locking device
– 1 x Overload locking device
– 2 x Attachment

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Version Length (mm) Part no.
Round 1160 ZST.1160W
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 249 mm

12 Side stabilisation set


Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Up to 400 ZS7M400MU
Up to 600 RAL 7037 dust grey ZS7M600MU
Up to 750 ZS7M750MU
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths

442 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension

Web code
MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H
DQCZTA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
max 16*
37 32 X + 23

10 18 10
min 38*

min 28.5 12–15 min 28.5 NL NL


21 NL + 3* NL + X + 7

* +1 mm for assembly of the runners SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
prior to cabinet assembly LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Limited side adjustment for a drawer * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length

Runner systems
side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with sation X Front thickness
full tolerance utilisation of the internal
width of the drawer SKW

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 760H – 40 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
250 | 270

300 | 320 | 350

380 | 400 | 420 | 450 |


480 | 500 | 520
550 | 600 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

Trigger range

600
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg 500
Nominal length NL (mm) 400
mm
450 300 3.5
200
500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 100
600
650 | 700 | 750
6
9 00
12 00
00

Example for 760H – 40 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four-sided drawer, with and without
synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO 441 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for
435
MOVENTO Short URL
CABLOXX 582 www.blum.com/a430
Accessories 425
Attachment of runners 444
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 443


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg


Runner systems

18

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 A Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm
** Optional for greater stability ** Optional for greater stability

444 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO

Runner systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 445


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM

The versatile runner system


TANDEM ensures that you have flexible design
options with our versatile runner systems.
Choose from a broad selection of nominal
lengths, various types of extensions as well
as optional motion technologies for soft and
effortless opening and closing.
Runner systems

TANDEM 19 mm TANDEM smooth running action Integrated TANDEM TIP-ON


The right solution for every wooden drawer: with Smooth running action, dampened rail tran- The TANDEM single extension is available with
TANDEM 19 mm, we provide you with a runner sitions and low-friction cylindrical nylon roller an integrated opening support system – en-
system for wooden drawers with side panel runners. This is the quality recognised all over hanced convenience for your customers, less
thicknesses of 17–19 mm. the world. effort for you. All you need is the runners and a
one-piece synchronisation linkage for assembly.

Stability Pull-out shelf lock


With TANDEM, you can use pull-outs that are near the floor as well as When the pull-out shelf is extended fully, the pull-out shelf lock engages
extra wide, high and deep pull-outs. The runner is stable and has good for TANDEM securely and on both sides. The pull-out shelf lock can be
sag values – even when the drawer is fully loaded. easily released with one hand thanks to synchronisation.

446 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview

Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
MOVENTO 416
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 492

Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – runners 448

Symbolic image
Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock 482 Centre bit 487
Side stabilisation set 485 Door buffer 487
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing 486 Screwdriver 488
Front adjuster 486
POSISTOP 487
Symbolic image Screws 487
Attachment of runners
Runner 560H | 560F – 30 kg 490
Runner 550H | 550F – 30 kg 491

Runner systems
Runner 561H | 561F – 30 kg 490
Runner 551H | 551F – 30 kg 491

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 447


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview – runners

TANDEM 11–16 mm
Applications kg Web code Page

TANDEM – locking device feature


TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H 30

● ○ – –

DQD1XA 450
TANDEM full extension – 560H 30

– – – ○

DQD2MM 452
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H 30

● ○ – –

DQD3BY 454
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H 30
Runner systems

– – – ●

DQD41C 456
TANDEM – hook and peg variant
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H 30

● ○ – –

DQD4QM 458
TANDEM full extension – 561H 30

– – – ○

DQD5FY 460
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H 30

● ○ – –

DQD65A 462
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H 30

– – – ●

DQD6UP 464
kg Dynamic carrying capacity ● Integrated ○ Optional – Not possible

448 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview – runners

TANDEM 17–19 mm
Applications kg Web code Page

TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature


TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F 30

● ○ – –

DQHL6M 466
TANDEM full extension – 560F 30

– – – ○

DQHLVY 468
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F 30

● ○ – –

DQHMLA 470
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F 30

Runner systems
– – – ●

DQHNAP 472
TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F 30

● ○ – –

DQHNZY 474
TANDEM full extension – 561F 30

– – – ○

DQHOPA 476
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F 30

● ○ – –

DQHPEM 478
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F 30

– – – ●

DQHQ4Z 480
kg Dynamic carrying capacity ● Integrated ○ Optional – Not possible

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 449


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H
DQD1XA
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless
closing action
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device +3
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

250 560H2500B
270 560H2700B
300 560H3000B
320 560H3200B
350 560H3500B
380 560H3800B
400 560H4000B
420 560H4200B
450 560H4500B
480 560H4800B
500 560H5000B
520 560H5200B
550 560H5500B Inner drawer
600 560H6000B

3 Locking device left/right


Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04
Order left/right

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

5 POSISTOP
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
Depth stop

12 Side stabilisation set for full extension


Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Up to 410 ZST.410TV
Up to 600 RAL 7037 dust grey ZST.600TV
Up to 750 ZST.750TV
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths

450 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H
DQD1XA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5

ISKL = SKL + X
min 7

SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 32 X + 19*
37*

10 18 10
min 27.5* 12–15 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*

* +3 mm with side stabilisation SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length

Runner systems
sation X Front thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 560H – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
250 | 270
96 55
300 | 320 | 350 | 380
160 11
400 | 420 33
64 10
450 | 480 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

128
500 | 520 | 550

600

14 32 9
64 224 37

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/a420
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 451


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM full extension – 560H
DQD2MM
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment +3
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation NL
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation
for secure triggering even with wide fronts

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
6a
Version BLUMATIC
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

250 560H2500C
270 560H2700C
6b
300 560H3000C
6a 6c
320 560H3200C
350 560H3500C
380 560H3800C
400 560H4000C
420 560H4200C
450 560H4500C
480 560H4800C
500 560H5000C
520 560H5200C
550 560H5500C Inner drawer
600 560H6000C 6a
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

3 Locking device left/right


Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04
Order left/right
6b
Accessories
6c
4 Front adjuster 6a
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

6a TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying
Colour Part no.
capacity (kg)
30 Black T55.7150S
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension

6b TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set


Colour Version Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular T55.000R

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Semicircular T55.889W
For cutting to size
Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm
Note
We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm

Alternative to 6b | 6c
6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft
Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Round T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm

452 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM full extension – 560H
DQD2MM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 32 X + 19*
37*

10 18 10
min 27.5* 12–15 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*

* +1 mm with TIP-ON SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 560H – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
250 | 270
55
300 | 320 | 350 | 380
11
400 | 420 33
10
450 | 480 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Use drilling template T65.1000.02
* 85 mm with TIP-ON

500 | 520 | 550 Trigger range

600
600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 0
12 00 0
00

Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a420
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 453


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H
DQD3BY
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION
damping effect for soft and effortless closing
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device +3
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

270 550H2700B
300 550H3000B
350 550H3500B
400 550H4000B
450 550H4500B
500 550H5000B
550 550H5500B
600 550H6000B
650 550H6500B

3 Locking device left/right


Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04 Inner drawer
Order left/right

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

5 POSISTOP
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
Depth stop

12 Side stabilisation set for single extension


Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Up to 410 ZST.410TT
RAL 7037 dust grey
Up to 650 ZST.650TT
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths

454 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H
DQD3BY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 X + 19*
34*

10 10
A

min 24.5* max 13 min 24.5 NL NL


21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* +3 mm with side stabilisation * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length

Runner systems
sation X Front thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 550H – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
270
55
300 | 350 | 400 | 450
11
500 | 550 33
10
600 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/a420
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 455


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H
DQD41C
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechani-
cal opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation +3
linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 6c
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

270 550H2700T
300 550H3000T
350 550H3500T
400 550H4000T
450 550H4500T
500 550H5000T
550 550H5500T 4
600 550H6000T
650 550H6500T 1
3
3 Locking device left/right
Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04 Inner drawer
Order left/right

Accessories
4 Front adjuster 6c
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Profile T57.1140S
For cutting to size
Note
We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm


1
3

456 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H
DQD41C
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 X + 23
34

10 10
A

min 24.5 max 13 min 24.5 NL NL


21 NL + 3 NL + X + 7

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 550H – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
270
55
300 | 350 | 400 | 450
11
500 | 550 33
10
600 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650 Trigger range

600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 0
12 00 0
00

Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a420
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 457


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H
DQD4QM
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless
closing action
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into +3
runner system NL
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

260 ☎ 561H2601B
285 ☎ 561H2851B
310 ☎ 561H3101B
335 ☎ 561H3351B
360 ☎ 561H3601B
385 ☎ 561H3851B
410 ☎ 561H4101B
435 ☎ 561H4351B
460 ☎ 561H4601B
485 ☎ 561H4851B
510 ☎ 561H5101B
535 ☎ 561H5351B
560 ☎ 561H5601B Inner drawer

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

12 Side stabilisation set for full extension


Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Up to 410 ZST.410TV
RAL 7037 dust grey
Up to 600 ZST.600TV
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths

458 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H
DQD4QM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

+0.0
SKW = LW – 42 –1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 32 X + 17
37*

10 10
min 27.5* 11–13 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3

* +3 mm with side stabilisation SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length

Runner systems
sation X Front thickness

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 561H – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
260

285

310 | 335

360 | 385 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

410 Drawer assembly


Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
length
435 | 460 | 485
NL (mm) X2 (mm) X3 (mm)
260 205 185
285 220 200
510 | 535
310 230 242
335 245 257
360 275 287
560
385 285 297
410 300 344
435 310 354
460 335 379
485 350 394
510 360 436
535 375 451
560 405 481

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/a420
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 459


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM full extension – 561H
DQD5FY
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into
runner system +3
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation
for secure triggering even with wide fronts

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMATIC
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

260 ☎ 561H2601C
285 ☎ 561H2851C
310 ☎ 561H3101C
335 ☎ 561H3351C
360 ☎ 561H3601C
385 ☎ 561H3851C
410 ☎ 561H4101C
435 ☎ 561H4351C
460 ☎ 561H4601C
485 ☎ 561H4851C
510 ☎ 561H5101C
535 ☎ 561H5351C
560 ☎ 561H5601C Inner drawer
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

6a TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying
Colour Part no.
capacity (kg)
30 Black T55.7150S
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension

6b TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set


Colour Version Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular T55.000R

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Semicircular T55.889W
For cutting to size
Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm
Note
We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm

Alternative to 6b | 6c
6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft
Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Round T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm

460 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM full extension – 561H
DQD5FY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
11–16
37 32 X + 17*
37*

10 10
min 27.5* 11–13 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3 NL + X + 3**

* +1 mm with TIP-ON SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +6 mm with TIP-ON
** Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 561H – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
260 | 285

310 | 335 | 360 | 385

410

435 | 460 | 485 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

510 | 535 Drawer assembly


Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
length
560
NL (mm) X2 (mm) X3 (mm)
260 205 185
285 220 200
310 230 242
335 245 257
Trigger range 360 275 287
385 285 297
600 410 300 344
435 310 354
500
460 335 379
400
mm 485 350 394
300 3.5 510 360 436
200 535 375 451
100 560 405 481

6
9 0
12 00 0
00

Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a420
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 461


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H
DQD65A
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION
damping effect for soft and effortless closing
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into +3
runner system NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

260 ☎ 551H2601B
285 ☎ 551H2851B
310 ☎ 551H3101B
335 ☎ 551H3351B
360 ☎ 551H3601B
385 ☎ 551H3851B
410 ☎ 551H4101B
435 ☎ 551H4351B
460 ☎ 551H4601B
485 ☎ 551H4851B
510 ☎ 551H5101B
535 ☎ 551H5351B
560 ☎ 551H5601B Inner drawer

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

12 Side stabilisation set for single extension


Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no.
Up to 410 ZST.410TT
RAL 7037 dust grey
Up to 650 ZST.650TT
For cutting to size
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths

462 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H
DQD65A
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5

ISKL = SKL + X
min 7

SKL = NL – 10
X
11–16
37 X + 17
34*

10 10
A

min 24.5* 11–13 min 24.5 NL NL


21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
* +3 mm with side stabilisation * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- NL Nominal length

Runner systems
sation X Front thickness

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 551H – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
260 | 285
96
310 | 335 | 360 | 385 |
410 | 435
128
460 | 485

510 | 535 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560 Drawer assembly


Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
14 9 length
64 224 37 NL (mm) X2 (mm) X1 (mm)
260 205 185
285 220 200
310 230 210
X2 335 245 225
360 275 255
X1 385 285 265
410 300 280
435 310 290
460 335 315
485 350 330
510 360 340
535 375 355
560 405 385

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/a420
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 463


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H
DQD6UP
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 11–16 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechani-
cal opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into
runner system
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation +3
linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 6c
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

260 ☎ 551H2601T
285 ☎ 551H2851T
310 ☎ 551H3101T
335 ☎ 551H3351T
360 ☎ 551H3601T
385 ☎ 551H3851T 4
410 ☎ 551H4101T
435 ☎ 551H4351T 1
460 ☎ 551H4601T
485 ☎ 551H4851T
510 ☎ 551H5101T
535 ☎ 551H5351T
560 ☎ 551H5601T Inner drawer

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no. 6c
Natural Nylon 295.1000

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Profile T57.1140S
For cutting to size
Note
We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm


1

464 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H
DQD6UP
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 42 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10
X
11–16
37 X + 23
34

10 10
A

min 24.5 11–13 min 24.5 NL NL


21 NL + 3 NL + X + 7

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 551H – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
260 | 285
96
310 | 335 | 360 | 385 |
410 | 435
128
460 | 485

510 | 535 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560 Drawer assembly


Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
14 9 length
64 224 37 NL (mm) X2 (mm) X1 (mm)
260 205 185
285 220 200
310 230 210
335 245 225
Trigger range
X2 360 275 255
385 285 265
600 X1 410
435
300
310
280
290
500
460 335 315
400
mm 485 350 330
300 3.5 510 360 340
200 535 375 355
100 560 405 385

6
9 0
12 00 0
00

Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Assembly, removal and adjustment
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/a420
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 465


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F
DQHL6M
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless
closing action
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device +3
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

250 ☎ 560F2500B
270 ☎ 560F2700B
300 ☎ 560F3000B
350 ☎ 560F3500B
400 ☎ 560F4000B
450 ☎ 560F4500B
500 ☎ 560F5000B
550 ☎ 560F5500B
600 ☎ 560F6000B

3 Locking device left/right


Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04 Inner drawer
Order left/right

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

5 POSISTOP
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
Depth stop

466 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F
DQHL6M
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5

X
min 7

SKL = NL – 10 ISKL = SKL + X


17–19
37 32 X + 19*
37

10 18 10
min 27.5 12–15 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*

SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 560F – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
250 | 270
96 55
300 | 350
160 11
400 33
64 10
450 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

128
500 | 550

600

14 32 9
64 224 37

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/i011
Attachment of runners 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 467


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM full extension – 560F
DQHLVY
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment +3
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation NL
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation
for secure triggering even with wide fronts

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer
6a
Version BLUMATIC
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

250 ☎ 560F2500C
270 ☎ 560F2700C
6b
300 ☎ 560F3000C
6a 6c
350 ☎ 560F3500C
400 ☎ 560F4000C
450 ☎ 560F4500C
500 ☎ 560F5000C
550 ☎ 560F5500C
600 ☎ 560F6000C
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

3 Locking device left/right


Colour Material Part no.
Inner drawer
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04
Order left/right 6a
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
6b
6a TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying 6c
Colour Part no. 6a
capacity (kg)
30 Black T55.7150S
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension

6b TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set


Colour Version Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular T55.000R

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Semicircular T55.882W
For cutting to size
Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm
Note
We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm

Alternative to 6b | 6c
6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft
Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1400 Round T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm

468 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM full extension – 560F
DQHLVY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 32 X + 19*
37*

10 18 10
min 27.5* 12–15 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*

* +1 mm with TIP-ON SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 560F – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
250 | 270
55
300 | 350
11
400 33
10
450 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Use drilling template T65.1000.02
* 85 mm with TIP-ON

500 | 550 Trigger range

600
600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 0
12 00 0
00

Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/i011
More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 469


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F
DQHMLA
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION
damping effect for soft and effortless closing
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device +3
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

270 ☎ 550F2700B
300 ☎ 550F3000B
350 ☎ 550F3500B
400 ☎ 550F4000B
450 ☎ 550F4500B
500 ☎ 550F5000B
550 ☎ 550F5500B
600 ☎ 550F6000B
650 ☎ 550F6500B

3 Locking device left/right


Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04 Inner drawer
Order left/right

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

5 POSISTOP
Colour Material Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
Depth stop

470 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F
DQHMLA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 X + 19*
34

10 10
A

min 24.5 max 13 min 24.5 NL NL


24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 550F – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
270
55
300 | 350 | 400 | 450
11
500 | 550 33
10
600 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/i011
Attachment of runners 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 471


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F
DQHNAP
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechani-
cal opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device
▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation +3
linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 6c
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

270 ☎ 550F2700T
300 ☎ 550F3000T
350 ☎ 550F3500T
400 ☎ 550F4000T
450 ☎ 550F4500T
500 ☎ 550F5000T
550 ☎ 550F5500T 4
600 ☎ 550F6000T
650 ☎ 550F6500T 1
3
3 Locking device left/right
Colour Material Part no.
Orange Nylon/zinc T51.1700.04 Inner drawer
Order left/right

Accessories
4 Front adjuster 6c
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Profile T57.1140S
For cutting to size
Note
We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 39 mm


1
3

472 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature

Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F
DQHNAP
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5

ISKL = SKL + X
min 7

SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 X + 23
34

10 10
A

min 24.5 max 13 min 24.5 NL NL


24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 7

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 550F – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
270
55
300 | 350 | 400 | 450
11
500 | 550 33
10
600 Use drilling template T65.1000.02 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

650 Trigger range

600
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 0
12 00 0
00

Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/i011
More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 473


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F
DQHNZY
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless
closing action
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into +3
runner system NL
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

260 ☎ 561F2601B
310 ☎ 561F3101B
360 ☎ 561F3601B
410 ☎ 561F4101B
460 ☎ 561F4601B
510 ☎ 561F5101B
4
560 ☎ 561F5601B

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
1
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Inner drawer

474 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F
DQHNZY
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 32 X + 17
37

10 10
min 27.5 11–13 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3

SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 561F – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
260

310 | 360

410

460 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

510 Drawer assembly


Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
length
560
NL (mm) X2 (mm) X3 (mm)
260 205 185
310 230 242
360 275 287
410 300 344
460 335 379
510 360 436
560 405 481

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/i011
Attachment of runners 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 475


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM full extension – 561F
DQHOPA
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated
BLUMATIC self-insertion technology
▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into
runner system +3
▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment NL
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation
for secure triggering even with wide fronts

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMATIC
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

260 ☎ 561F2601C
310 ☎ 561F3101C
360 ☎ 561F3601C
410 ☎ 561F4101C
460 ☎ 561F4601C
510 ☎ 561F5101C
560 ☎ 561F5601C
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!

Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Inner drawer
6a TIP-ON left/right
Dynamic carrying
Colour Part no.
capacity (kg)
30 Black T55.7150S
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension

6b TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set


Colour Version Part no.
RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular T55.000R

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage


Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Semicircular T55.882W
For cutting to size
Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm
Note
We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm

Alternative to 6b | 6c
6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft
Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1400 Round T55.1089ZR
For cutting to size
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm

476 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM full extension – 561F
DQHOPA
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5
min 7

ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 X
17–19
37 32 X + 17*
37*

10 10
min 27.5* 11–13 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3**

* +1 mm with TIP-ON SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness
* Additional +6 mm with TIP-ON
** Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 561F – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
260

310 | 360

410

460 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

510 Drawer assembly


Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
length
560
NL (mm) X2 (mm) X3 (mm)
260 205 185
310 230 242
360 275 287
410 300 344
Trigger range 460 335 379
510 360 436
600 560 405 481
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 0
12 00 0
00

Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/i011
More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 477


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F
DQHPEM
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION
damping effect for soft and effortless closing
▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical
opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into +3
runner system NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version BLUMOTION
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg)
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

260 ☎ 551F2601B
310 ☎ 551F3101B
360 ☎ 551F3601B
410 ☎ 551F4101B
460 ☎ 551F4601B
510 ☎ 551F5101B
4
560 ☎ 551F5601B

Accessories
1
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000
Inner drawer

478 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F
DQHPEM
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5

ISKL = SKL + X
min 7

SKL = NL – 10
X
17–19
37 X + 17
34

10 10
A

min 24.5 11–13 min 24.5 NL NL


24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 551F – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
260
96
310 | 360 | 410

128
460

510 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560 Drawer assembly


Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
14 9 length
64 224 37 NL (mm) X2 (mm) X1 (mm)
260 205 185
310 230 210
360 275 255
X2 410 300 280
460 335 315
X1 510 360 340
560 405 385

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO |
493
TANDEM
CABLOXX 582 Short URL
Accessories 482 www.blum.com/i011
Attachment of runners 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698
Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 479


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F
DQHQ4Z
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness Space requirement
of 17–19 mm
▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end
stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechani-
cal opening support system
▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light
glide
▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into
runner system
▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation +3
linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts NL

NL Nominal length

Order information
1 Runners left/right Drawer

Version TIP-ON
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 6c
NL (mm) 30
Runner systems

260 ☎ 551F2601T
310 ☎ 551F3101T
360 ☎ 551F3601T
410 ☎ 551F4101T
460 ☎ 551F4601T
510 ☎ 551F5101T
4
560 ☎ 551F5601T
1
Accessories
4 Front adjuster
Colour Material Part no.
Natural Nylon 295.1000

6c TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Inner drawer


Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Part no.
Up to 1200 Profile T57.1140S
For cutting to size 6c
Note
We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB

Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 39 mm

480 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant

Web code
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F
DQHQ4Z
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | inner drawer Drawer Inner drawer

SKW = LW – 49 +0.0
–1.5

ISKL = SKL + X
min 7

SKL = NL – 10
X
17–19
37 X + 23
34

10 10
A

min 24.5 11–13 min 24.5 NL NL


24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 7

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKW Internal drawer width SKL Drawer length ISKL Inner drawer length
extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length SKL Drawer length
NL Nominal length

Runner systems
X Front thickness

Hole spacing – runners Drawer assembly


Runner 551F – 30 kg
Nominal length NL (mm)
260
96
310 | 360 | 410

128
460

510 Use drilling template T65.1000.02

560 Drawer assembly


Nominal Pegs Lift-off stop
14 9 length
64 224 37 NL (mm) X2 (mm) X1 (mm)
260 205 185
310 230 210
360 275 255
410 300 280
Trigger range
X2 460 335 315
510 360 340
600 X1 560 405 385
500
400
mm
300 3.5
200
100

6
9 0
12 00 0
00

Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 TANDEM 19 mm
CABLOXX 582
Accessories 482
Attachment of runners 490 Short URL
Overview – assembly devices 591 www.blum.com/i011
More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 481


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock


▬ Can be used with TANDEM full extensions Space requirement
▬ Cannot be used with TANDEM single extensions
▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION and TIP-ON
▬ Two-sided locking mechanism
▬ Secure hold
▬ Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand
thanks to synchronisation shaft
▬ Easy assembly – fittings serve as template
▬ Runners are attached to standard fixing positions
▬ Max. cabinet width 1200 mm

NL Nominal length

Order information
12 Pull-out shelf lock Locking device feature – 560H | 560F
Runners Colour Part no.
560H | 561H 295H5700
Orion grey matt
560F | 561F 295F5700
Consisting of:
Runner systems

12a 2 x Locking mechanism unit


Fixing only possible with chipboard screws
12b 2 x Latching element
Fixing possible with chipboard and system screws
– 1 x Installation instructions
Note
During assembly of the pull-out shelf lock, make sure that you leave the tilt adjustment at the
factory setting!
We recommend using a side stabiliser with wide pull-outs with a short nominal length. This
improves the engagement of the locking unit in combination with 560H | 561H.

12c Synchronisation linkage


Version Length (mm) Part no.
Round 1089 ZST.1089W
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft
Cutting Hook and peg variant – 561H | 561F
560H | 561H Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm
560F | 561F Internal cabinet width LW – 94 mm ±1 mm

Alternative to 12c
12c Synchronisation linkage
Version Length (mm) Part no.
Round 1160 ZST.1160W
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft

Accessories
– Chipboard screws
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 3.5 15.0 609.1500

– System screw
Diameter (mm) Length (mm) Part no.
Ø 6.0 14.5 661.1450.HG

Planning
POS processing

LW
–5
min 25
A

10
10
A

NL Nominal length Single pull-out shelf base Double pull-out shelf base
LW Internal cabinet width Runners A (mm) Runners A (mm)
TB Shelf width 560H | 560F 12–15 560H | 560F 12–15
TL Shelf length 561H | 561F 11–13 561H | 561F 11–13
TBL Pull-out shelf base length
TSBL Pull-out shelf side panel length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
Y Pull-out shelf base thickness
* 29 mm with TANDEM 19 mm

482 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock


Planning
TANDEM – 560H
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application

TB = LW – 22 +0.0
–1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
12–15
min 3

X
37 32 X + 19*
16**

37*

10 10
27.5* 10 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*

* +3 mm with side stabiliser or +1 mm TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length

Runner systems
with TIP-ON LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
sation * Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP or
additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

TANDEM – 561H
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application

TB = LW – 22 +0.0
–1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
11–13
min 3

X
37 32 X + 17*
16**

37*

10 10
27.5* 10 min 27.5 NL NL
21 NL + 3* NL + X + 3*

* +3 mm with side stabiliser or +1 mm TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length
with TIP-ON LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment * Additional +12 mm with side stabili- X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
sation * Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Pull-out shelf lock
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/i010
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 483


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Pull-out shelf lock


Planning
TANDEM – 560F
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application

TB = LW – 29 +0.0
–1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
12–15
min 3

X
37 32 X + 19*
16**

37*

10 10
27.5* 10 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*

* +1 mm with TIP-ON TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length
Runner systems

** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
* Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP or
additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

TANDEM – 561F
Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf POS inset application

+0.0
TB = LW – 29 –1.5 TBL = NL – 38 28 TL = NL – 38 + X 28
11–13
min 3

X
37 32 X + 17*
16**

37*

10 10
27.5* 10 min 27.5 NL NL
24.5 NL + 3 NL + X + 3*

* +1 mm with TIP-ON TB Shelf width TBL Pull-out shelf base length TL Shelf length
** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length NL Nominal length
X Pull-out shelf front piece thickness
* Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON

Reference pages
Overview – TANDEM 447 Pull-out shelf lock
Attachment of runners 490
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698 Short URL
www.blum.com/i010
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

484 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Side stabilisation set for full extension


▬ For cutting to size Order information
▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm Nominal length NL (mm) Part no.
▬ Suitable for: Up to 410 ZST.410TV
TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION – 560H | 561H Up to 600 ZST.600TV
▬ Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths Up to 750 ZST.750TV
▬ Not compatible with TIP-ON Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW – 254 mm
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey
2 Nominal length NL + 12 mm
▬ Material: nylon

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf
min 7

SKL = NL – 10 TBL = NL – 38 28

min 3
37 32 37 32

Runner systems
16**

37*
37*

10 10
min 27.5* NL 27.5* NL
21 NL + 3* 21 NL + 3*

* +3 mm with side stabilisation SKL Drawer length Pull-out shelf lock Pull-out shelf lock
NL Nominal length * +3 mm with side stabilisation TBL Pull-out shelf base length
* Additional +12 mm with side stabili- ** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment NL Nominal length
sation * Additional +12 mm with side stabili-
sation

Side stabilisation set for single extension


▬ For cutting to size Order information
▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm Nominal length NL (mm) Part no.
▬ Suitable for: Up to 410 ZST.410TT
TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION – 550H | Up to 650 ZST.650TT
551H Cutting
1 Internal cabinet width LW – 222 mm
▬ Ideal for wide pull-outs with short nominal lengths
2 Nominal length NL + 12 mm
▬ Not compatible with TIP-ON
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey
▬ Material: nylon

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Drawer
min 7

SKL = NL – 10

37
34*

10
A

min 24.5* NL
21 NL + 3*

A 3 mm distance to interchange with full SKL Drawer length


extension NL Nominal length
* +3 mm with side stabilisation * Additional +12 mm with side stabili-
sation

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 485


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing


▬ Colour: anodised stainless steel appearance Order information
▬ Material: aluminium NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
400 ZRE.363A.ID 550 ZRE.513A.ID
450 ZRE.413A.ID 580 ZRE.543A.ID
480 ZRE.443A.ID 600 ZRE.563A.ID
500 ZRE.463A.ID 650 ZRE.613A.ID
520 ZRE.483A.ID
NL Nominal length

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – back
Runner systems

560H | 561H | 550H | 551H 560H | 561H | 550H | 551H 560F | 561F | 550F | 551F 560F | 561F | 550F | 551F
* +1 mm with TIP-ON * +1 mm with TIP-ON * +1 mm with TIP-ON * +1 mm with TIP-ON

Front adjuster
▬ With threaded steel washer insert Order information
▬ For 4-sided drawers Colour Material Part no.
▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment (±2 mm) Natural Nylon 295.1000

Planning Assembly
Assembly, removal
and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Insertion ram for MINIPRESS MZM.0095

486 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

POSISTOP
▬ Suitable for: Order information
TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION – 560H | 560F Colour Material Part no.
TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION – 550H |
RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon 298.5500
550F
▬ Only for inset applications Assembly, removal and adjust-
ment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a420

Chipboard screws – Ø 3.5 mm


▬ Colour: nickel plated Order information
▬ Material: steel Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
(mm)
15.0 609.1500
Ø 3.5
17.0 609.1700

Runner systems
System screw – Ø 6.0 mm
▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm Order information
▬ Colour: nickel plated Diameter
Length X (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: steel (mm)
10.0 661.1000.HG
11.5 661.1150.HG
13.0 Ø 6.0 661.1300.HG
14.5 661.1450.HG
20.0 661.2000.HG

Centre bit
▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws Order information
▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm Diameter
Description Part no.
▬ Material: steel, hardened (mm)
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
Ø 2.7
Replacement bit M01.ZZB3

Stick-on door buffer


▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Colour: natural coloured Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Material: nylon Ø 8.0 993.710

8 mm Ø door buffer
▬ For noise reduction Order information
▬ Gap 2 mm Diameter (mm) Part no.
▬ Two-part Ø 8.0 993.706
▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey
▬ Material: nylon

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 487


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Pozidrive screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Pozidriv PZ 2 210 303.756.1

Slotted screwdriver
▬ Orange handle with Blum logo Order information
▬ Colour: black/orange Total length
Tool support Part no.
▬ Material: nylon/steel (mm)
Slotted, size 1 200 314.928.1
Runner systems

488 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM

Runner systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 489


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 560H | 560F – 30 kg Runner 561H | 561F – 30 kg


NL 260 A
B

NL 285 A
B
*

* 96
NL 310–335 A
B

NL 360–385 A
B
*

NL 410 A
B

NL 435–485 A
B
Runner systems

NL 510–535 A
B

18 18
NL 560 A
23 32
B

18 32 18
23 128
192
64 224 37

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* BLUMOTION * BLUMOTION

490 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Attachment of runners

Runner 550H | 550F – 30 kg Runner 551H | 551F – 30 kg


NL 260–285 A
B *

96
NL 310–435 A
B *

18
128
NL 460–485 A
B *

18
NL 510–535 A
B *

NL 560 A
B *

Runner systems
23 18
64 224 37

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
* Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm * Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 491


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

Ease of opening for various furniture styles


SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support
system, is now also available for drawers and
high fronted pull-outs made from wood. Your
customers will be amazed at the opening
action that can be achieved. BLUMOTION, for
soft and effortless closing action, completes
the picture in high quality of motion.
A light touch on the handle-less front or a light
pull of the handle, and drawers and pull-outs
will open as if by themselves. Regardless of
where & how the front is touched. Whether
heavy or light, wide or narrow pull-outs – the
gentle opening support always remains the
same.
Runner systems

Opening and closing is that easy

A light touch on the front is enough and drawers open as if by themselves. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action.

Easily-integrated, high performance technology

Application Assembly | Processing Cabling


▬ Can be used without having to change ▬ Tool-free assembly One power supply unit is all that’s required for
MOVENTO | TANDEM pull-outs ▬ Separate drilling template power supply to the entire kitchen.
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Simple cabling
▬ One power supply unit is all that’s required for
power supply to the entire kitchen

492 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Overview

Runner systems
Overview – runner systems 415
MOVENTO 416
TANDEM 446

Symbolic image
Applications
Standard cabinet 494 Cabinet with inset fronts 518
Sink cabinet 500 SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 522
Two drawers with a continuous front 504
Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer
508

Symbolic image Cabinet with individual drawer 514


Accessories
Cable holder 524
Synchronisation cable 524
COMBOX set 524

Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive

Runner systems
Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/a450 www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Symbolic image

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 493


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With vertical bracket profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ Simple cabling
▬ Shallow installation depth

Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems

Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

2 Bracket profile
Length (mm) Material Cable Part no.
650 Aluminium ● Z10T650AA
700 Aluminium ● Z10T700AA
710 Aluminium ● Z10T710AA
750 Aluminium ● Z10T750AA
800 Aluminium ● Z10T800AA
1170 Aluminium – Z10T1170A
For cutting to size
● With cable
– Without cable
Cutting Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom


Cross bar construction horizontal
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D01E0.01

Alternative to 3a
3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back 13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Cross bar construction vertical Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
Colour Material Part no. A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
R7037 Nylon Z10D01EA.01 B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Incl. bracket profile cover cap C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
9 Drive unit
E Z10NE030E
Colour Material Part no.
Incl. operating and installation instructions
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03 Without flex
Includes pre-assembled lever extension Language package – operating and installation instructions
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
Colour Length (m) Part no. C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
S 8 Z10K800AE
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Consisting of:
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector
14 Flex
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
12 Connecting node and cable end protector UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Colour Material Part no. CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Consisting of:
12a 1 x Connecting node Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
11b 2 x Cable end protector Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug

494 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Order information
15a Power supply unit housing Accessories
Base fixing – Cable holder
Colour Material Part no. Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000 W Nylon Z10K0009
Incl. cover E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
– Synchronisation cable
Alternative to 15a Length (mm) Part no.
15b Power supply unit housing 80 Z10K008S
Panel fixing 500 Z10K050S
Colour Material Part no. 1200 Z10K120S
WGR Nylon Z10NG120 1600 Z10K160S
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously

– COMBOX set
Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10ZC00A
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations
Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02
Includes all assembly and cabling components

Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey

Runner systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM Machine directive 701
Overview – MOVENTO 417 More technical details 698
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning – horizontal cross member 496 www.blum.com/a450
Planning – vertical cross member 498
Accessories 524

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 495


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction horizontal
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Runner systems

PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–428 ≥ 429
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 60 74 35 49
TANDEM ≥ 79 55 71 55 71 35 51
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling Back cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS


BT Drilling depth

496 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction horizontal
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)
≥ 79 NL + 16 NL + 30
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 164 – 164 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●

Runner systems
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible

Lever extension

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM Machine directive 701
Overview – MOVENTO 417 More technical details 698
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning – vertical cross member 498 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 497


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction vertical
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Runner systems

PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–428 ≥ 429
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 60 84 35 54
TANDEM ≥ 79 55 81 55 81 35 61
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling Back cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS


BT Drilling depth

498 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Standard cabinet
Planning
Cross bar construction vertical
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) T (mm)
≥ 79 NL + 16 NL + 31
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
T Position front edge/cross member
Z Dimension of engagement

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 164 – 164 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●

Runner systems
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible

Lever extension

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Overview – assembly devices 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM Machine directive 701
Overview – MOVENTO 417 More technical details 698
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning – horizontal cross member 496 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 499


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet
No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With attachment bracket
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems

Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

5 Attachment bracket 1 tier


Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D0311

9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension

9a Drip protection feature


Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D0316

11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector


Colour Length (m) Part no.
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable 14 Flex
Market Part no. Market Part no.
12 Connecting node and cable end protector AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
Colour Material Part no. UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
Consisting of:
12a 1 x Connecting node
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
11b 2 x Cable end protector Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Length 2 m, incl. plug
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G ¹ Without plug
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
15a Power supply unit housing
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
Base fixing
E Z10NE030E
Incl. operating and installation instructions
Colour Material Part no.
Without flex R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
Language package – operating and installation instructions Incl. cover
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH Alternative to 15a
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA 15b Power supply unit housing
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Panel fixing
Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

500 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet
Order information
Accessories
– Cable holder
Colour Material Part no.
W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey WGR White grey
S Black ZN Zinc plated
W White

Runner systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 502 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 501


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier

Centre piece W Distance between front edge of drawer


A Distance between the bottom edge of the attach- base and back edge of centre piece
ment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Min. 100 mm
X Drilling position
* Measured from cabinet front edge

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) A (mm)


MOVENTO ≥ 79 35
TANDEM ≥ 79 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
Runner systems

Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier


Runner systems Drawer height SKH Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
(mm) ≥ 429
X (mm) Z (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 W + 24 LW / 2
TANDEM ≥ 79 W + 24 LW / 2
BT Drilling depth
LW Internal cabinet width
W Distance between the front edge of the drawer base and the centre piece
X Drilling position
Z Dimension of engagement

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS


BT Drilling depth

502 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Sink cabinet
Planning
Cabinet Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

A Distance between the bottom edge of the attach-


ment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
X Drilling position
* Measured from cabinet front edge

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 429
A (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 35
TANDEM ≥ 79 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
LW Internal cabinet width

Runner systems
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Drawer height SKH X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
(mm)
≥ 79 NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 503


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Two drawers with a continuous front


No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ Synchronised triggering of two drawers and | or wide
applications
▬ With attachment bracket
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems

Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

5 Attachment bracket 1 tier


Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D0311

9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension

11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector


Colour Length (m) Part no.
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12 Connecting node and cable end protector


Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 15a Power supply unit housing
Consisting of: Base fixing
12a 1 x Connecting node Colour Material Part no.
11b 2 x Cable end protector
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Incl. cover
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Alternative to 15a
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G 15b Power supply unit housing
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H Panel fixing
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J Colour Material Part no.
E Z10NE030E WGR Nylon Z10NG120
Incl. operating and installation instructions For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions 20 Synchronisation cable
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
Length (mm) Part no.
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH 80 Z10K008S
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA 500 Z10K050S
E CS | HU | PL | SK
1200 Z10K120S
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
1600 Z10K160S
14 Flex Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug

504 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Two drawers with a continuous front


Order information
Accessories
– Cable holder
Colour Material Part no.
W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey

Runner systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 506 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 505


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Two drawers with a continuous front


Planning
Cabinet Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

A Distance between the bottom edge of the attach-


ment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
X Drilling position
* Measured from cabinet front edge

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 429
A (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 35
TANDEM ≥ 79 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
Runner systems

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier


Drawer height SKH X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
(mm)
≥ 79 NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling Back cabling bumper
1/2
1/2

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS


BT Drilling depth

506 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Two drawers with a continuous front


Planning
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Runner systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 507


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer


No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With attachment bracket and horizontal bracket
profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems

Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer


Runner systems Diameter (mm) Part no.
TANDEM 10 993.2000
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset fronts with TANDEM

1b
1b Depth adjustment – inner drawer
Runner systems Colour Part no.
MOVENTO R7037 298.7600
Only for inset applications
Integrated Blum distance bumper
Suitable for T51.7601 locking device

5 Attachment bracket 1 tier


Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D0311

6 Bracket profile horizontal


Length (mm) Material Part no.
1143 Aluminium Z10T1143B
For cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm 13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 19 mm Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
7 Horizontal bracket profile attachment
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Colour Material Part no.
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
R7037 Nylon Z10D5210
Consisting of:
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
7a 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right E Z10NE030E
7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit Incl. operating and installation instructions
Chipboard screws and system screws can be used Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions
9 Drive unit A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
Colour Material Part no. B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03 D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
Includes pre-assembled lever extension E CS | HU | PL | SK
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector
Colour Length (m) Part no. 14 Flex
S 8 Z10K800AE Market Part no. Market Part no.
Consisting of: AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
11b 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
12 Connecting node and cable end protector
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
Colour Material Part no.
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
S Nylon Z10V100E.01
Consisting of:
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
12a 1 x Connecting node Length 2 m, incl. plug
11b 2 x Cable end protector ¹ Without plug

508 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer


Order information
15a Power supply unit housing Accessories
Base fixing – Cable holder
Colour Material Part no. Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000 W Nylon Z10K0009
Incl. cover E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Colour Colour
Alternative to 15a R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey WGR White grey
S Black ZN Zinc plated
15b Power supply unit housing
W White
Panel fixing
Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Runner systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 510 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 509


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer


Planning
Bracket profile horizontal
Cabinet Position – drive unit

Z Dimension of engagement
Runner systems

Position – drive unit


Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 167 – 167 ● 167 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 167 – 167 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible

Lever extension

Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper


TANDEM
Inner drawer
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
Runners Pull-out type B (mm) C (mm)
56XH | 56XF Full extension 16.5 ±1 12.0 ±1
55XH | 55XF Single extension 18.5 ±0.5 13.5 ±0.5
Front thickness Drilling depth BT Adjustment area
FD (mm) (mm) (mm)
13.0 10.0 +1.75 / –0.25
Starting at 14.5 11.5 ±1.75

510 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer


Planning
Bracket profile horizontal
Drilling distances
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) X (mm)
FD ≥ 79 NL + FD + 26 NL + FD + 36
FD Front thickness
NL Nominal length

64
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Runner systems Drawer height SKH Internal cabinet width LW (mm)

D
(mm) 224–428 ≥ 429
X D (mm) D (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 –5 19
Y
TANDEM ≥ 79 –5 19
MOVENTO D Distance from cabinet profile fixing position to bracket profile attachment fixing position

FD

64
D

X
Y

Runner systems
TANDEM

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 511


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer


Planning
Attachment bracket 1 tier
Cabinet Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier

A Distance between the bottom edge of the attach-


ment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
X Drilling position
* Measured from cabinet front edge

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 429
A (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 35
TANDEM ≥ 79 35
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
Runner systems

Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier


Drawer height SKH X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
(mm)
≥ 79 NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
LW Internal cabinet width
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern


Lower cabling Back cabling

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth

Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS


BT Drilling depth

512 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer


Planning
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Runner systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 513


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with individual drawer


No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With upper attachment bracket
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
1a Blum distance bumper
Diameter (mm) Part no.
5 993.0530
8 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs.
Runner systems

Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.

8 Upper attachment bracket


Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Steel Z10D6252
Incl. pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit

9 Drive unit
Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03
Includes pre-assembled lever extension

11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector


Colour Length (m) Part no.
S 8 Z10K800AE
Consisting of:
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
11b 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable

12 Connecting node and cable end protector


Colour Material Part no. 14 Flex
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 Market Part no. Market Part no.
Consisting of: AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Language package Part no. Language package Part no. Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J Length 2 m, incl. plug
E Z10NE030E ¹ Without plug
Incl. operating and installation instructions
Without flex 15a Power supply unit housing
Language package – operating and installation instructions Base fixing
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU Colour Material Part no.
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Incl. cover
E CS | HU | PL | SK For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Alternative to 15a
15b Power supply unit housing
Panel fixing
Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

514 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with individual drawer


Order information
Accessories
– Cable holder
Colour Material Part no.
W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable

Colour Colour
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey WGR White grey
S Black ZN Zinc plated
W White

Runner systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 516 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 515


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with individual drawer


Planning
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Runner systems

A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
X Drilling position
The cross bar must be connected to the work plate to make it secure

Position – drive unit


Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–428 ≥ 429
A (mm) E min. (mm) E max. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) E max. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) E max. (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – – 60 100 190 35 75 165
TANDEM ≥ 79 55 96 187 55 96 187 35 75 167
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner

Front assembly – position of Blum distance


bumper
1/2
1/2

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required


trigger path of 2 mm
FA Front overlay
FH Front height

516 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with individual drawer


Planning
Drilling distances
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)
≥ 79 NL – 5 NL + 30
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 164 – 164 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible

Runner systems
Lever extension

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 517


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with inset fronts


No fixed connection to the drive system. Cabling
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ With vertical bracket profile
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Tool-free assembly
▬ Simple cabling

Order information
1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer
Runner systems Diameter (mm) Part no.
TANDEM 10 993.2000
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset fronts with TANDEM
Runner systems

1b Depth adjustment – inner drawer


Runner systems Colour Part no.
MOVENTO R7037 298.7600
Only for inset applications
Integrated Blum distance bumper
Suitable for T51.7601 locking device

2 Bracket profile
Length (mm) Material Cable Part no.
650 Aluminium ● Z10T650AA
700 Aluminium ● Z10T700AA
710 Aluminium ● Z10T710AA
750 Aluminium ● Z10T750AA
800 Aluminium ● Z10T800AA
1170 Aluminium – Z10T1170A
For cutting to size
● With cable
– Without cable
Cutting Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm

3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom


Cross bar construction horizontal 13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Colour Material Part no. Language package Part no. Language package Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10D01E0.01 A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G
Alternative to 3a C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H
3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J
Cross bar construction vertical E Z10NE030E
Colour Material Part no. Incl. operating and installation instructions
R7037 Nylon Z10D01EA.01 Without flex
Language package – operating and installation instructions
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
9 Drive unit
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
Colour Material Part no. D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
R7037 Nylon Z10A3000.03 E CS | HU | PL | SK
Includes pre-assembled lever extension Language descriptions as per ISO-639

11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector 14 Flex


Colour Length (m) Part no. Market Part no. Market Part no.
S 8 Z10K800AE AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J
Consisting of: UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
11b 5 x Cable end protector
For cutting to size DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
12 Connecting node and cable end protector
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
Colour Material Part no.
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z
S Nylon Z10V100E.01 Length 2 m, incl. plug
Consisting of: ¹ Without plug
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector

518 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with inset fronts


Order information
15a Power supply unit housing Accessories
Base fixing – Cable holder
Colour Material Part no. Colour Material Part no.
R7037 Nylon Z10NG000 W Nylon Z10K0009
Incl. cover E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Colour Colour
Alternative to 15a R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey
15b Power supply unit housing
Panel fixing
Colour Material Part no.
WGR Nylon Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit

Runner systems

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Planning 520 www.blum.com/a450
Accessories 524
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 519


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with inset fronts


Planning
Cabinet Position – drive unit
Runner systems

PL = LH – 10 mm
Round down to the nearest tenth
LH Internal cabinet height
PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–428 ≥ 429
A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm)
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 60 74 35 49
TANDEM ≥ 79 55 71 55 71 35 51
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible
E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner

Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Front assembly – position of Blum distance


Lower cabling Back cabling bumper

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth TANDEM


Inner drawer
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm
Runners Pull-out type B (mm) C (mm)
56XH | 56XF Full extension 16.5 ±1 12.0 ±1
55XH | 55XF Single extension 18.5 ±0.5 13.5 ±0.5
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS Front thickness Drilling depth BT Adjustment area
BT Drilling depth FD (mm) (mm) (mm)
13.0 10.0 +1.75 / –0.25
Starting at 14.5 11.5 ±1.75

520 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Cabinet with inset fronts


Planning
Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) Y (mm)
≥ 79 NL + FD + 18 NL + FD + 34
FD Front thickness
NL Nominal length
X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement

Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
224–234 235–388 389–428 ≥ 429
Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten- Z (mm) Lever exten-
sion sion sion sion
MOVENTO ≥ 79 – – 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ●
TANDEM ≥ 79 164 – 164 ● LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
LW Internal cabinet width ● Required
Z Dimension of engagement – Not possible

Runner systems
Lever extension

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
Accessories 524 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 521


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
DQE7FY
No fixed connection to the drive system. SERVO-DRIVE uno set
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction
with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing
action
▬ Suitable for individual applications
▬ For bottom mount waste bin solutions
▬ Also ideal for retrofitting
▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged
▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts

Order information
18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A Z10NA30EA B A Z10NA30BA
Runner systems

E B Z10NA30EB K D Z10NA30KD
E C Z10NA30EC U G Z10NA30UG
E D Z10NA30ED U J Z10NA30UJ
E E Z10NA30EE H D Z10NA30HD
E F Z10NA30EF
Network adapter ¹

E B K U H

Language package – operating and installation instructions


A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
Other combinations available upon request
Set pre-mounted
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Consisting of:
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
4 1 x Attachment bracket 1 tier
9 1 x Drive unit
18a 1 x Transport protection
18b 1 x Drip protection feature
18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
18d 1 x Assembly
– 7 x Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket
– 1 x Installation instructions
– 1 x Operating instructions

522 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
DQE7FY
Planning
Cabinet Position – drive unit Drilling distances – base

Runner systems Internal cabinet width LW (mm) Runner systems Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
≥ 429 ≥ 429
A (mm) X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)

Runner systems
MOVENTO 35 MOVENTO NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
TANDEM 35 TANDEM NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment NL Nominal length
bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit X Drilling position
Y Min. space requirement
Z Dimension of engagement

Position – Blum distance bumper

The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required


trigger path of 2 mm

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | Machine directive 701 Assembly, removal and adjustment
493
TANDEM More technical details 698
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447 Short URL
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718 www.blum.com/a450
Overview – assembly devices 591

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 523


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Accessories

Cable holder
▬ Colour: white Order information
▬ Material: nylon Description Part no.
Cable holder Z10K0009

Synchronisation cable
▬ Connects two drive units that need to activate simul- Order information
taneously Length (mm) Part no.
80 Z10K008S
500 Z10K050S
1200 Z10K120S
1600 Z10K160S
Runner systems

COMBOX set
▬ COMBOX set Order information
▬ For preventing front collisions when using Description Part no.
SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations COMBOX set Z10ZC00A
▬ Includes all assembly and cabling components

524 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM

Runner systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 525


Inner dividing systems

5 Blum‘s practical inner dividing systems organ- Pots and pans, toiletries and bathroom acces- Storage space can be put to optimal use and
ise every drawer and pull-out. sories, everything is where it should be, clear interiors tailored to individual needs.
visibility and everything within easy reach.

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | AMBIA-LINE kitchen accesso-


MERIVOBOX ries ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

The elegant frames have various The practical accessories combine ORGA-LINE creates impressive With spice holders, foil | film dis-
uses and bring perfect organisation beautiful design with practical order in any drawer or high-fronted pensers and much more, you have
into any living area. function. pull-out. everything that you need close
at hand. The tools can be quickly
cleared away after cooking.

526 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 Overview

AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX


AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 528
Overview 529

Symbolic image
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Order information 539

Symbolic image
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 540
Overview 541

Symbolic image
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554
Order information 555

Symbolic image

Inner dividing systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 527


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX

Organisation at its best


The elegant inner dividing system carries the
minimalist design through to interiors and
beautifully organises furniture throughout the
home.
The frames can easily be positioned wherev-
er required and are available in high-quality
materials such as coated steel and selected
wood décors.
Well-thought-out kitchen accessories such
as the spice and plate holder round off this
compact range.

Drawer
Inner dividing systems

Steel design Wood design AMBIA-LINE drawer frames can be enhanced


by using foil | film dispensers and a knife holder.

High fronted pull-out

Steel design Wood design The Blum plate holder and spice holder fit per-
fectly with AMBIA-LINE in steel and wood.

528 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview

Drawer
Steel design – frame 530
Wood design – frame 531
Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer 532

Symbolic image
High fronted pull-out
Steel design – frame 533
Steel design – bottles 534
Steel design – cross gallery 535
Wood design – frame 536
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a510
Symbolic image

Inner dividing systems

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 529


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer

Steel design – frame


▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas
of the home
▬ Elegant, slim design
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out,
height M and K
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pull-
out, height M and K
▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location
▬ Cutlery insert with soft touch surface
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Frame height 50 mm
▬ Material: steel, powder-coated

Order information
A Cutlery insert D Drawer frame – 200 mm
Nominal length Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no. Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
450 300 ZC7S450BS3 450 200 ZC7S450RS2
IG-M | OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
500 300 ZC7S500BS3 500 200 ZC7S500RS2
IG-M | OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
550 300 ZC7S550BS3 550 200 ZC7S550RS2
IG-M | OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
600 300 ZC7S600BS3 600 200 ZC7S600RS2
IG-M | OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M/OG-M | SW-M | OG-M |
650 300 ZC7S650BS3 650 200 ZC7S650RS2
Inner dividing systems

OG-M | CS-M CS-M

B1 Drawer frame – 242 mm Accessories


Nominal length Z1 Cross divider
Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
270–400 242 ZC7S300RSU 100 50 ZC7Q010SS
OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
Incl. magnetic panel for connection to the drawer side or steel back SW-M | IG-M |
200 50 ZC7Q020SS
OG-M | CS-M
B2 Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back
SW-M | IG-M |
Height Width (mm) Colour Part no. 242 50 ZC7Q0U0SS
OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
M 242 ZC7A0U0M
OG-M | CS-M Recommendation – colour combination of the components
SW-M | IG-M | Colour
K 242 ZC7A0U0K No. Description
OG-M | CS-M SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL
Recommendation
SW-M/
From nominal length NL 350 mm A Cutlery insert IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
OG-M
C Drawer frame – 100 mm
B1 Drawer frame – 242 mm SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) Adapter profile – connection
B2 SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
SW-M | IG-M | to chipboard back
450 100 ZC7S450RS1
OG-M | CS-M
C Drawer frame – 100 mm SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
500 100 ZC7S500RS1
OG-M | CS-M
D Drawer frame – 200 mm SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
550 100 ZC7S550RS1
OG-M | CS-M Z1 Cross divider SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
600 100 ZC7S600RS1 Colour Colour
OG-M | CS-M SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
SW-M | OG-M | IG-M Indium grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
650 100 ZC7S650RS1
CS-M OG-M Orion grey matt

Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX More technical details 698
Wood design – frame 531
Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer Short URL
532
www.blum.com/a510

530 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer

Wood design – frame


▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas
of the home
▬ Elegant, slim design
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out,
height M and K
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pull-
out, height M and K
▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Frame height 50 mm
▬ Material: wood décor/steel

Order information
A Cutlery insert D Drawer frame – 200 mm
Nominal length Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no. Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
450 300 ZC7S450BH3 450 200 ZC7S450RH2
N01C N01C
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
500 300 ZC7S500BH3 500 200 ZC7S500RH2
N01C N01C
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
550 300 ZC7S550BH3 550 200 ZC7S550RH2
N01C N01C
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
600 300 ZC7S600BH3 600 200 ZC7S600RH2
N01C N01C
E01S | E02G | E01S | E02G |
650 300 ZC7S650BH3 650 200 ZC7S650RH2

Inner dividing systems


N01C N01C

B Drawer frame – 242 mm Accessories


Nominal length Z1 Cross divider with spring clamp
Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
E01S | E02G | EC01 | EC02 |
270–400 242 ZC7S300RHU 100 50 ZC7Q010SH
N01C NU01
EC01 | EC02 |
C Drawer frame – 100 mm 200 50 ZC7Q020SH
NU01
Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no. EC01 | EC02 |
NL (mm) 242 50 ZC7Q0U0SH
NU01
E01S | E02G |
450 100 ZC7S450RH1
N01C Recommendation – colour combination of the components
E01S | E02G | Colour
500 100 ZC7S500RH1 No. Description
N01C SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL
E01S | E02G | A Cutlery insert E01S E02G N01C N01C
550 100 ZC7S550RH1
N01C
B Drawer frame – 242 mm E01S E02G N01C N01C
E01S | E02G |
600 100 ZC7S600RH1
N01C
C Drawer frame – 100 mm E01S E02G N01C N01C
E01S | E02G |
650 100 ZC7S650RH1
N01C
D Drawer frame – 200 mm E01S E02G N01C N01C

Z1 Cross divider EC01 EC02 NU01 NU01

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt E02G Nebraska oak/OG-M
OG-M Orion grey matt EC02 Nebraska oak
CS-M Carbon black matt N01C Tennessee walnut/CS-M
INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint NU01 Tennessee walnut
E01S Bardolino oak/SW-M
EC01 Bardolino oak

Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX More technical details 698
Steel design – frame 530
Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer Short URL
532
www.blum.com/a510

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 531


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer

Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer

Cutlery insert and drawer frame Drawer frame – nominal length NL 270–400 mm Drawer frame – nominal length NL 450–650 mm

Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 650 KB (mm) 270 300 350 400 KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
400 275
– 275 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
450 1 x Cutlery insert 300 –
500 350 300
550 1 x Cutlery insert 400 350 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
Drawer frame –
600 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 450 1x 400
Drawer frame – 242 mm
500 1x 450
800 2 x Cutlery insert 242 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
550 500
1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
2x Cutlery insert 600 550
900 Drawer frame –
1x Drawer frame – 100 mm Drawer frame – 2x 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
800 2x 242 mm 600
2x Cutlery insert 242 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
1000
2x Drawer frame – 100 mm 900 800
3 x Drawer frame – 242 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
1100 2x Cutlery insert 1000 900
2 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
1x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1000
1200 1200 4 x Drawer frame – 242 mm
1x Drawer frame – 200 mm 1100 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm
1200 3 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
Inner dividing systems

Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX
Steel design – frame 530
Wood design – frame 531 Short URL
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538 www.blum.com/a510
More technical details 698

532 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Steel design – frame


▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas
of the home
▬ Elegant, slim design
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and
inner pull-out, height C and F
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and
inner pull-out, height E
▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location
▬ Plate holder and spice holder can be used as an
option
▬ Frame height 110 mm
▬ Material: steel, powder-coated

Order information
B1 Frame for high fronted pull-outs Recommendation – colour combination of the components
Nominal length Colour
Width (mm) Colour Part no. No. Description
NL (mm) SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL
SW-M | IG-M | B1 Frame for high fronted pull-outs SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
270–650 242 ZC7F300RSU
OG-M | CS-M Adapter profile – connection
B2 SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
SW-M | IG-M | to chipboard back
400–650 218 ZC7F400RSP
OG-M | CS-M Z1 Cross divider SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
Incl. magnetic panel for connection to the drawer side or steel back
Colour Colour
B2 Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
Height Width (mm) Colour Part no. IG-M Indium grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt
SW-M | IG-M |
C|E 242 ZC7A0U0C
OG-M | CS-M

Inner dividing systems


SW-M | OG-M |
F 242 ZC7A0U0F
CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
C|E 218 ZC7A0P0C
OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | OG-M |
F 218 ZC7A0P0F
CS-M
Only available in height F for LEGRABOX
Recommendation
From nominal length NL 350 mm

Accessories
Z1 Cross divider
Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
SW-M | IG-M |
242 110 ZC7Q0U0FS
OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
218 110 ZC7Q0P0FS
OG-M | CS-M

Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Steel design – bottles 534 More technical details 698
Steel design – cross gallery 535 Short URL
Wood design – frame 536 www.blum.com/a510

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 533


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Steel design – bottles


▬ Practical for kitchen applications
▬ Elegant, slim design
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out,
heights C and F
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out,
heights E
▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location
▬ Installation height 140 mm (drawer frame with bottle
set)
▬ Material: steel, powder-coated

Order information
C Drawer frame – 100 mm E Bottle set
Nominal length Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no. Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) NL (mm)
SW-M | IG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
450 100 ZC7S450RS1 450–650 100 ¹ ZC7B0100S
OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | IG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
500 100 ZC7S500RS1 450–650 200 ¹ ZC7B0200S
OG-M | CS-M OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | IG-M | Consisting of:
550 100 ZC7S550RS1 – 2 x Adapter
OG-M | CS-M
– 3 x Cross divider
SW-M | IG-M | Not suitable for inner pull-out!
600 100 ZC7S600RS1
OG-M | CS-M Order drawer frame separately
¹ Nominal length NL 650 mm not available in IG-M
SW-M | OG-M |
650 100 ZC7S650RS1
Inner dividing systems

CS-M Recommendation – colour combination of the components


Colour
D Drawer frame – 200 mm No. Description
SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL
Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm) C Drawer frame – 100 mm SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
450 200 ZC7S450RS2
OG-M | CS-M D Drawer frame – 200 mm SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
SW-M | IG-M |
500 200 ZC7S500RS2 E Bottle set SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | IG-M | Colour Colour
550 200 ZC7S550RS2 SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
OG-M | CS-M
IG-M Indium grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
SW-M | IG-M |
600 200 ZC7S600RS2 OG-M Orion grey matt
OG-M | CS-M
SW-M | OG-M |
650 200 ZC7S650RS2
CS-M

Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Steel design – frame 533 More technical details 698
Steel design – cross gallery 535 Short URL
Wood design – frame 536 www.blum.com/a510

534 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Steel design – cross gallery


▬ Practical for kitchen applications
▬ With cross gallery for cutting to size
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and
inner pull-out, height C and F
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and
inner pull-out, height E
▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location

Order information
LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX
A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size
Length (mm) Colour Material Part no. Length (mm) Colour Material Part no.
SW-M | OG-M | SW-M | IG-M |
1080 Aluminium ZR7.1080U 1059 Aluminium ZR4.1059U
CS-M OG-M
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 111 mm

A3 Cross gallery connector A3 Cross gallery connector


Drawer side Colour Part no. Side panel Colour Part no.
LEGRABOX pure SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ZC7U10E0 Gallery | BOXCAP SW-M | IG-M | OG-M ZC4U10E0
LEGRABOX free SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ZC7U11E0 BOXCOVER SW-M | IG-M | OG-M ZC4U11E0
Order 2 x for each cross gallery Order 2 x for each cross gallery

B Lateral divider B Lateral divider

Inner dividing systems


Length (mm) Colour Part no. Length (mm) Colour Part no.
84 SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ZC7U10F0 84 SW-M | IG-M | OG-M ZC4U10F0

Recommendation – colour combination of the components


Colour
No. Description
SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL
A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
A3 Cross gallery connector SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M
B Lateral divider SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt CS-M Carbon black matt
IG-M Indium grey matt INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
OG-M Orion grey matt

Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Steel design – bottles 534 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX Wood design – frame 536
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538 More technical details 698
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537 Short URL
Steel design – frame 533 www.blum.com/a510

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 535


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Wood design – frame


▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas
of the home
▬ Elegant, slim design
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and
inner pull-out, height C and F
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and
inner pull-out, height E
▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location
▬ Plate holder and spice holder can be used as an
option
▬ Frame height 110 mm
▬ Material: wood décor/steel

Order information
B Frame for high fronted pull-outs
Nominal length
Width (mm) Colour Part no.
NL (mm)
E01S | E02G |
270–650 242 ZC7F300RHU
N01C
E01S | E02G |
400–650 218 ZC7F400RHP
N01C

Accessories
Z1 Cross divider with spring clamp
Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour Part no.
EC01 | EC02 |
242 100 ZC7Q0U0FH
NU01
Inner dividing systems

EC01 | EC02 |
218 100 ZC7Q0P0FH
NU01

Recommendation – colour combination of the components


Colour
No. Description
SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL
B Frame for high fronted pull-outs E01S E02G N01C N01C
Z1 Cross divider EC01 EC02 NU01 NU01

Colour Colour
SW-M Silk white matt E02G Nebraska oak/OG-M
OG-M Orion grey matt EC02 Nebraska oak
CS-M Carbon black matt N01C Tennessee walnut/CS-M
INGL Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint NU01 Tennessee walnut
E01S Bardolino oak/SW-M
EC01 Bardolino oak

Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 537 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538
Steel design – frame 533 More technical details 698
Steel design – bottles 534 Short URL
Steel design – cross gallery 535 www.blum.com/a510

536 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out

Frame for high fronted pull-outs – nominal length Frame for high fronted pull-outs – nominal length
NL 270–400 mm NL 450–650 mm
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
KB (mm) 270 300 350 400 KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
275
– 275 –
300
350 300
400 350
450 400
Frame for high fronted pull-outs – Frame for high fronted pull-outs –
500 1x 450 1x
242 mm 218 mm
550 500
600 550
800 600
2 x Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 242 mm 800
900 Frame for high fronted pull-outs –
900 2x
218 mm
1000 1000
3 x Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 242 mm Frame for high fronted pull-outs –
1200 1200 3x
218 mm

Inner dividing systems

Reference pages
Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
529
MERIVOBOX
Steel design – frame 533
Steel design – bottles 534 Short URL
Steel design – cross gallery 535 www.blum.com/a510
Wood design – frame 536
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 538

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 537


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories

Small accessories, big impact


The attractive AMBIA-LINE kitchen acces-
sories combine a high-quality design with
well-conceived functionality. Holders for knives,
plates and spices and dispensers for cling film
or foil help to keep the kitchen tidy. Everything
is perfectly in place – your kitchen utensils are
tidily stored in the pull-out and easy to access.
Inner dividing systems

Foil/film dispenser Knife holder


By using the foil dispenser, cling film and aluminium foil can be pulled out Up to nine knives can be stored safely and tidily in the knife holder to
without creases and cleanly cut. ensure easy access.

Blum plate holder Spice holder


The infinitely adjustable Blum plate holder can safely accommodate up to Spice containers of various sizes can be tidily stored in the spice holder
12 plates in the pull-out and can also be easily transported. without risk of tipping over.

538 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information

Foil/film dispenser
▬ Film | foil dispenser for cling film and aluminium foil Order information
▬ Dispenser rod for crease-free removal of cling film Version Part no.
▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing With film | foil ZC7C0000
bracket Without film | foil ZC7C0001
▬ Removable Dimensions
Length (mm) 409
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out,
Width (mm) 187
height M and K
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pull- Reference pages
out, height M and K Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE drawer frame with ment
a width of 200 mm
▬ Colour: orion grey matt Short URL
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel www.blum.com/a520

Knife holder
▬ Safe accommodation of four large and five small Order information
knives Description Part no.
▬ Incl. handle support for long knives Knife holder ZC7M0200
▬ Antislipping device through base fixing bracket Dimensions
Length (mm) 409
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out,
Width (mm) 187
height M and K
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pull- Reference pages
out, height M and K Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE drawer frame with ment
a width of 200 mm
▬ Colour: orion grey matt Short URL
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel www.blum.com/a520

Inner dividing systems


Blum plate holder
▬ Safe accommodation of up to 12 plates Order information
▬ Can be infinitely adjusted to suit plate size Description Part no.
▬ Removable Blum plate holder ZC7T0350
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and Dimensions
Diameter of plates (mm) 186–322
inner pull-out, height C and F
Stacking height of plates (mm) 146
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and Overall height (mm) 170
inner pull-out, height E
▬ Colour: orion grey matt Reference pages
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel Assembly, removal and adjust-
ment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a520

Spice holder
▬ Organised storage of spice packets of various sizes Order information
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and Description Part no.
inner pull-out, height C and F Spice holder ZC7G0P0I
▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and Dimensions
Length (mm) 356
inner pull-out, height E
Width (mm) 205
▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE frame for high
fronted pull-outs with a width of 218 mm Reference pages
▬ Colour: orion grey matt Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel ment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a520

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 539


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX

Everything you need at a glance


ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX is a high-quality
inner dividing system with a customised design
for drawers and pull-outs.
Be it cutlery, bottles or pots – all your items can
be stored in a way that is both practical and
convenient. All the dividers can be adjusted to
accommodate the storage items. ORGA-LINE
therefore provides easy access and organisa-
tion in drawers and pull-outs.
The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen accesso-
ries also make many kitchen tasks easier and
organise interiors.

Drawer
Inner dividing systems

Container sets Utensil divider sets Combo sets The ORGA-LINE sets for drawers
can be supplemented with a foil/film
dispenser and a knife holder.

High fronted pull-out

TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus The ORGA-LINE sets for high


fronted pull-outs can be supple-
mented with a spice holder and/or a
plate-holder.

540 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview

Drawer
Container sets 542
Utensil divider sets 544
Combo sets 546
Individual sets 548

Symbolic image
High fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider 550
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery 551
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus – cross divider ☎
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus – cross gallery ☎
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 552

Assembly, removal and adjustment


Assembly, removal and adjustment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a530
Symbolic image

Inner dividing systems

Pictograph
Item available on request

Dishwasher-proof up to 65°C

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 541


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Container sets
▬ Practical for kitchen applications Space requirement
▬ Well-suited for cutlery
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width

Order information
KB (mm) 275–299 KB (mm) 300–399 KB (mm) 400–549 KB (mm) 550–599

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N 450 ZSI.450BI2N 450 ZSI.450BI3N 450 ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450BI3N
500 ZSI.500BI1N 500 ZSI.500BI2N 500 ZSI.500BI3 500 ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500BI3
550 ZSI.550BI1N 550 ZSI.550BI2N 550 ZSI.550BI3 550 ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550BI3

KB (mm) 600 KB (mm) 601–699 KB (mm) 700–799 KB (mm) 800–899


Inner dividing systems

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ¹ ZSI.60VEI4 450 ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450BI3N 450 ZSI.450BI2N + ZSI.450BI3N 450 2x ZSI.450BI3N
500 ¹ ZSI.60VEI6 500 ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500BI3 500 ZSI.500BI2N + ZSI.500BI3 500 2x ZSI.500BI3
550 ¹ ZSI.60VEI7 550 ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550BI3 550 ZSI.550BI2N + ZSI.550BI3 550 2x ZSI.550BI3
¹ Set fully fills drawer

KB (mm) 900 KB (mm) 901–999 KB (mm) 1000–1099 KB (mm) 1100–1199

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no.
450 ¹ ZSI.90VEI4 450 ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.450KI4N 450 2x ZSI.450KI4N 450 2 x ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.450FI2N
500 ¹ ZSI.90VEI6 500 ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.500KI4 500 2x ZSI.500KI4 500 2 x ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.500FI2N
550 ¹ ZSI.90VEI7 550 ZSI.550BI3 + ZSI.550KI4 550 2x ZSI.550KI4 550 2 x ZSI.550BI3 + ZSI.550FI2N
¹ Set fully fills drawer

KB (mm) 1200 SPACE CORNER ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx
1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx
2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx
Symbol image, NL 500 mm 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0
NL (mm) Part no.
450 ¹ ZSI.12VEI4
500 ¹ ZSI.12VEI6 Symbol image, NL 650 mm
550 ¹ ZSI.12VEI7 NL (mm) Part no.
¹ Set fully fills drawer 600 ZSI.450BI3E ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx ZSZ.02M0
650 ZSI.500BI3E x 0 = with film | foil
x 1 = without film | foil

542 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Container sets

Inner dividing systems

Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Utensil divider sets 544
Combo sets 546
Individual sets 548 Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
Accessories 549
Planning 549

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 543


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Utensil divider sets


▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas Space requirement
of the home
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width

Order information
KB (mm) 275–349 KB (mm) 350–449 KB (mm) 450–599 KB (mm) 600

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N 450 ZSI.450KI2N 450 ZSI.450FI2N 450 ¹ ZSI.60VUI4
500 ZSI.500BI1N 500 ZSI.500KI2N 500 ZSI.500FI2N 500 ¹ ZSI.60VUI6
550 ZSI.550BI1N 550 ZSI.550KI2N 550 ZSI.550FI2N 550 ¹ ZSI.60VUI7
¹ Set fully fills drawer

KB (mm) 601–699 KB (mm) 700–799 KB (mm) 800–899 KB (mm) 900


Inner dividing systems

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450KI3N 450 ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.450KI3N 450 2x ZSI.450KI3N 450 ¹ ZSI.90VUI4
500 ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500KI3N 500 ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.500KI3N 500 2x ZSI.500KI3N 500 ¹ ZSI.90VUI6
550 ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550KI3N 550 ZSI.550KI2N + ZSI.550KI3N 550 2x ZSI.550KI3N 550 ¹ ZSI.90VUI7
¹ Set fully fills drawer

KB (mm) 901–999 KB (mm) 1000–1099 KB (mm) 1100–1199 KB (mm) 1200

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 2x ZSI.450KI3N 450 2 x ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.450FI3 450 2 x ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.450FI2N 450 ¹ ZSI.12VUI4
500 2x ZSI.500KI3N 500 2 x ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.500FI3 500 2 x ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.500FI2N 500 ¹ ZSI.12VUI6
550 2x ZSI.550KI3N 550 2 x ZSI.550KI2N + ZSI.550FI3 550 2 x ZSI.550KI3N + ZSI.550FI2N 550 ¹ ZSI.12VUI7
¹ Set fully fills drawer

SPACE CORNER ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx
1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx
2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx
2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Symbol image, NL 650 mm


NL (mm) Part no.
600 ZSI.450FI3 ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx ZSZ.02M0
650 ZSI.500FI3 x 0 = with film | foil
x 1 = without film | foil

544 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Utensil divider sets

Inner dividing systems

Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets 542
Combo sets 546
Individual sets 548 Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
Accessories 549
Planning 549

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 545


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Combo sets
▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas Space requirement
of the home
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width

Order information
KB (mm) 275–349 KB (mm) 350–449 KB (mm) 450–600 KB (mm) 601–649

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N 450 ZSI.450KI2N 450 ZSI.450MI3 450 ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.450MI3
500 ZSI.500BI1N 500 ZSI.500KI2N 500 ZSI.500MI3 500 ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.500MI3
550 ZSI.550BI1N 550 ZSI.550KI2N 550 ZSI.550MI3 550 ZSI.550BI1N + ZSI.550MI3

KB (mm) 650–750 KB (mm) 751–899 KB (mm) 900–1200


Inner dividing systems

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm


NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Part no.
450 ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.450MI3 450 ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.450BI3N 450 ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.450KI4N
500 ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.500MI3 500 ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.500BI3 500 ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.500KI4
550 ZSI.550KI2N + ZSI.550MI3 550 ZSI.550KI3N + ZSI.550BI3 550 ZSI.550KI3N + ZSI.550KI4

SPACE CORNER ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories


Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx
1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx
2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx
2 1 x ZSZ.02M0

Symbol image, NL 650 mm


NL (mm) Part no.
600 ZSI.450FI3 ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx ZSZ.02M0
650 ZSI.500FI3 x 0 = with film | foil
x 1 = without film | foil

546 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Combo sets

Inner dividing systems

Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 More technical details 698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets 542
Utensil divider sets 544
Individual sets 548 Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
Accessories 549
Planning 549

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 547


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Individual sets
▬ Flexible, partially filled drawer sets Space requirement
▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas
of the home
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof)
▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as
an option
▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width

Order information
BI1 set BI2 set BI3 set KI2 set

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ZSI.450BI1N 450 ZSI.450BI2N 450 ZSI.450BI3N 450 ZSI.450KI2N
500 ZSI.500BI1N 500 ZSI.500BI2N 500 ZSI.500BI3 500 ZSI.500KI2N
550 ZSI.550BI1N 550 ZSI.550BI2N 550 ZSI.550BI3 550 ZSI.550KI2N

KI3 set KI4 set MI3 set FI1 set


Inner dividing systems

6
-2


NL

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no.
450 ZSI.450KI3N 450 ZSI.450KI4N 450 ZSI.450MI3 450 ZSI.450FI1
500 ZSI.500KI3N 500 ZSI.500KI4 500 ZSI.500MI3 500 ZSI.500FI1
550 ZSI.550KI3N 550 ZSI.550KI4 550 ZSI.550MI3 550 ZSI.550FI1

FI2 set FI3 set BI3E set


SPACE CORNER




2 6 6
N L- NL
-2

Symbol image, NL 500 mm Symbol image, NL 500 mm


NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) Part no. Symbol image, NL 650 mm
450 ZSI.450FI2N 450 ZSI.450FI3 NL (mm) Part no.
500 ZSI.500FI2N 500 ZSI.500FI3 600 ZSI.450BI3E
550 ZSI.550FI2N 550 ZSI.550FI3 650 ZSI.500BI3E

548 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer

Individual sets
Order information
Accessories
Containers Adjustable cross dividers

Width x length (mm) Part no. Width (mm) Part no.


88 x 88 ZSI.010SI 88 ZSI.010Q
88 x 176 ZSI.020SI 176 ZSI.020Q
88 x 264 ZSI.030SI
88 x 352 ZSI.040SI

ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories


Film dispenser Foil dispenser Knife holder

Description Part no. Description Part no. Description Part no.


With film | foil ZSZ.01F0 With film | foil ZSZ.02F0 Knife holder ZSZ.02M0
Without film | foil ZSZ.01F1 Without film | foil ZSZ.02F1 Incl. handle support
Placement in the sets Placement in the sets Placement in the sets
1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0
2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx

Planning
For additional inserts:
E.g. wooden knife holder

Example:
Cabinet width KB 600 mm

Inner dividing systems


Cutlery & utensil combination ZSI.500KI4

X = internal cabinet width LW – 400 mm – 42 mm

Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Container sets 542
Utensil divider sets 544
Combo sets 546 Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 549


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider


▬ ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system Space requirement
▬ With cross divider to be cut to size
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pull-
out, heights C and D
▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width

Order information
A1 Cross divider for cutting to size
Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour Part no.
275 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L152A
300 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L177A
550 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L427A
600 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L477A
900 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L777A
1200 SW | R9006 ¹ Z40L1077A
¹ Aluminium
Cutting
X Internal cabinet width LW – 91 mm
Y Internal cabinet width LW – 295 mm (KB 275 mm)
Y Internal cabinet width LW – 320 mm (KB 300 mm)
Z 152 mm (KB 275 mm)
Inner dividing systems

Z 177 mm (KB 300 mm)

A2 Cross divider connector – dividing wall


Colour Material Part no.
SW | WGR Nylon Z40L0002
Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y | Z

A3 Cross divider connector – gallery


Height Colour Part no.
C SW | WGR Z40C0002Z E Dividing wall
D SW | WGR Z40D0002Z
Order 2 x for each cross divider; X Material Steel
Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y | Z Nominal length Colour
NL (mm) SW | R9006
B Lateral divider
450 Z46L420S
Colour Material Part no.
500 Z46L470S
SW | R9006 Steel Z43L100S
550 Z46L520S
D Bottle rack 600 Z46L570S
650 Z46L620S
Material Stainless steel Not suitable for inner pull-out!

Nominal length Cabinet width KB (mm) Recommendation – colour combination of the components
NL (mm) 275 300 Colour
450 Z48.30B0I4 No. Description
SW R9006
500 ☎ Z48.27B0I6 Z48.30B0I6 A1 Cross divider for cutting to size SW R9006
550 ☎ Z48.27B0I7 Z48.30B0I7
Cross divider connector –
600 ☎ Z48.30B0I8 A2 SW WGR
dividing wall
650 ☎ Z48.30B0I9
A3 Cross divider connector – gallery SW WGR
B Lateral divider SW R9006
D Bottle rack INGL INGL
E Dividing wall SW R9006

Colour Colour
SW Silk white WGR White grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 552
Recommendation – colour combination of the
551
components Short URL
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554 www.blum.com/a530

550 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery


▬ ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system Space requirement
▬ With cross gallery for cutting to size
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pull-
out, heights C and D
▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm
▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm

NL Nominal length
KB Cabinet width
LW Internal cabinet width

Order information
A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size
Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour Part no.
275 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.179Q
300 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.204Q
550 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.454Q
600 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.504Q
900 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.804Q
1200 SW | R9006 ¹ ZRG.1104Q
¹ Aluminium
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 63 mm

A3 Cross gallery connector

Inner dividing systems


Colour Material Part no.
SW | WGR Nylon ZRU.01E0
Order 2 x for each cross gallery

B Lateral divider
Colour Material Part no.
SW | WGR Nylon ZRU.11F0

Recommendation – colour combination of the components


Colour
No. Description
SW R9006
A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size SW R9006
A3 Cross gallery connector SW WGR
B Lateral divider SW WGR

Colour Colour
SW Silk white WGR White grey
R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)

Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out 552
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554
Short URL
www.blum.com/a530

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 551


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out

Application – provisions Application – crockery Application – plastic containers


Application – open provisions Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – –
KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – Starting at 400 2 x Blum plate holders 275

275 300 1 x cross divider


Starting at 800 4 x Blum plate holders 400
300 1 x cross divider 2 x cross divider Starting at 450
6 x Blum plate holders
1000 500 1 x cross divider,
400 550 2 x lateral dividers
SPACE CORNER
Installation dimen- Nominal length NL (mm) 600
450
sion PM (mm) 600 650 800
500 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider, 900 1 x cross divider,
Up to 1050 2 x Blum plate holders 1000 3 x lateral dividers
550 2 x lateral dividers 3 x lateral dividers
Starting at 1200
600 3 x Blum plate holders
1050 Application Nominal length NL (mm)
800 600 650
1 x cross divider,
900 SPACE CORNER
1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers
1000 3 x lateral dividers 6 x lateral dividers

1200
Application Nominal length NL (mm)
Inner dividing systems

600 650
1 x cross divider,
SPACE CORNER
2 x lateral dividers

Application – waste bin pull-out | cleaning agents Application – spices Application – bottles
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – –

300
1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 2 x spice holders, 2 x spice holders, 275 –
2 x dividing 2 x dividing 2 x dividing 1 x cross divider 2 x cross divider 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack,
900–1200 wall, wall, wall, 400 4 x cross 5 x cross
3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross 1 x bottle rack, divider divider
divider divider divider 300 3 x cross
2 x spice holders, 2 x spice holders, divider
450 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider,
2 x lateral dividers 3 x lateral dividers

552 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out

Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out

Application – bottles | cutting boards Application – pots | lids | pans | cooking utensils Application – baking trays | tins
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm)
KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – – KB (mm) 450 500 550 – –
300 1 x dividing wall
400
1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider, 400
600 2 x dividing wall
1 x dividing 1 x dividing 1 x dividing 2 x lateral dividers 3 x lateral dividers 450
450 wall, wall, wall,
Starting at 500 3 x dividing wall
3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross
divider divider divider 800 Not suitable for inner pull-out!
500
900 1 x cross divider, 2 x cross divider,
550 1000 3 x lateral dividers 6 x lateral dividers

600 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1200


800 2 x dividing 2 x dividing 2 x dividing
wall, wall, wall,
900 3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross
1000 divider divider divider

1200
Not suitable for inner pull-out!

Inner dividing systems

Reference pages
Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 541 Assembly, removal and adjustment
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross
550
divider
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross Short URL
551
gallery www.blum.com/a530
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 554

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 553


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

Small accessories, big impact


The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen acces-
sories also make many kitchen tasks easier
and organise interiors. With the spice holder,
foil dispenser and much more, you have
everything that you need close at hand. And
when cooking is done, they can be quickly
stored away. For ORGA-LINE organisation that
also looks beautiful.
Inner dividing systems

Foil/film dispenser Knife holder


Plastic film without any creases – child’s play with our dispenser. The Whether large or small – the knife holder can safely hold up to 9 knives.
secret: The Blum dispenser rod.

Blum plate holder Spice holder


The infinitely adjustable Blum plate holder can safely accommodate up to The ORGA-LINE spice holder provides safe and well-organised storage
12 plates in the pull-out and can also be easily transported. for your spices.

554 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information

Film dispenser
▬ Film dispenser Order information
▬ Dispenser rod for crease-free removal Version Part no.
▬ Plastic film neatly stored With film | foil ZSZ.01F0
▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing Without film | foil ZSZ.01F1
bracket Dimensions
Length (mm) 411
▬ Removable
Width (mm) 88.5
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K Reference pages
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium ment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a540

Foil dispenser
▬ Foil dispenser Order information
▬ Aluminium foil neatly stored Version Part no.
▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing With film | foil ZSZ.02F0
bracket Without film | foil ZSZ.02F1
▬ Removable Dimensions
Length (mm) 411
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
Width (mm) 88.5
pull-out, height M and K
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Reference pages
▬ Material: nylon/steel Assembly, removal and adjust-
ment

Short URL

Inner dividing systems


www.blum.com/a540

Knife holder
▬ Safe accommodation of four large and five small Order information
knives Description Part no.
▬ Incl. handle support for long knives Knife holder ZSZ.02M0
▬ Antislipping device through base fixing bracket Dimensions
Length (mm) 260
▬ Dishwasher-proof up to +65°C
Width (mm) 177.5
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner
pull-out, height M and K Reference pages
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey Assembly, removal and adjust-
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel ment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a540

Blum plate holder


▬ Safe accommodation of up to 12 plates Order information
▬ Can be infinitely adjusted to suit plate size Description Part no.
▬ Removable Blum plate holder ZC7T0350
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pull- Dimensions
Diameter of plates (mm) 186–322
out and inner pull-out, height C and D
Stacking height of plates (mm) 146
▬ Colour: orion grey matt Overall height (mm) 170
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Reference pages
Assembly, removal and adjust-
ment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a540

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 555


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information

Spice holder
▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing Order information
bracket KB (mm) Width (mm) Part no.
▬ Removable 300 212 ZFZ.30G0I
▬ For a variety of spice container sizes 400 312 ZFZ.40G0I
▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pull- 450 362 ZFZ.45G0I
out and inner pull-out, height C and D KB Cabinet width
▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey
Reference pages
▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Assembly, removal and adjust-
ment

Short URL
www.blum.com/a540

Kitchen accessory set


Kitchen accessory set, consisting of: Order information
▬ 1 x film dispenser Description Part no.
▬ 1 x foil dispenser Kitchen accessory set ZOU.30U1I
▬ 1 x knife holder Incl. plastic film
Incl. aluminium foil
▬ 2 x Blum plate holders
▬ 2 x spice holders for cabinet width KB 300 mm
Inner dividing systems

556 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories

Inner dividing systems

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 557


Motion technologies

Fronts close softly and effortlessly and open Four technologies give you almost countless Easy opening and silent closing ensure a
easily with a light touch – at the same time, possibilities for beautiful and practical furniture fascinating quality of motion for Blum products.
you also have greater freedom in selecting a in kitchens and in many other living areas. This The innovative motion technologies from Blum
sophisticated design: the motion technology always ensures customised furniture – with or support users in all living areas by providing
from Blum makes this possible. without handles. high quality of motion – for the lifetime of the
furniture.

BLUMOTION SERVO-DRIVE TIP-ON BLUMOTION TIP-ON

Mechanical – soft close Electrical – opening and soft Mechanical – opening and soft Mechanical – opening
Thanks to BLUMOTION, furniture close close Handle-less furniture can be
closes silently and effortlessly Supports opening after the front When pressed on the front, pull- opened with a light touch thanks to
no matter how hard you close lift is touched. This subsequently outs open just far enough so that TIP-ON. Lift systems, doors or pull-
systems, doors or pull-outs or how activates the automatic motion. they can then be fully opened. They outs are closed again by pressing.
heavy they are. BLUMOTION provides soft and close softly and effortlessly with
effortless closing action. a light push thanks to integrated
BLUMOTION.

558 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 Overview

Overview – applications
Overview – applications 560

Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE single applications
SERVO-DRIVE single applications 562
Overview 563

Symbolic image

Motion technologies

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 559


Motion technologies 〉 Overview – applications

Motion technologies BLUMOTION SERVO-DRIVE TIP-ON BLUMOTION TIP-ON

Lift systems

〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system ● 19 ○ 19 – –

〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system ● 31 ○ 31 – –

〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up ● 37 ○ 37 – –

〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift ● 43 ○ 43 – ○ 43

〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift ● 53 – – ○ 53

〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift ● 59 – – ○ 59

Hinge systems

〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges

CLIP top BLUMOTION ● 71 – – –

CLIP top ○ 157 – – ○ 171

〉 MODUL – hinges

MODUL BLUMOTION ● 175 – – –

MODUL – – – –

Box systems

〉 LEGRABOX ● 191 ○ 359 ○ 245 –


Motion technologies

〉 MERIVOBOX ● 257 ○ 359 ○ 297 –

〉 TANDEMBOX antaro ● 303 ○ 359 ○ 351 –

〉 TANDEMBOX plus ● 349 ○ 359 ○ 351 –

〉 METABOX ○ 391 – – –

Runner systems

〉 MOVENTO ● 417 ○ 493 ○ 435 ● 441

〉 TANDEM

TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION ● 447 ○ 493 – –

TANDEM full extension – – – ○ 447

TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION ● 447 ○ 493 – –

TANDEM single extension TIP-ON – – – ● 447


● Integrated ○ Possible – Not possible

560 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies

Motion technologies

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 561


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications

SERVO-DRIVE ease of use can also be implemented on an individual basis


For refrigerators, waste bin pull-outs or
individual lift systems in wall cabinets, the
SERVO-DRIVE electric motion support system
guarantees that opening is fascinatingly simple.
Motion technologies

SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators, freezers and dishwashers. The SERVO-DRIVE flex drive unit is suitable for different device versions.

SERVO-DRIVE uno for waste bin SERVO-DRIVE uno for the waste SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS. If just one lift system is to be
pull-outs. bin pull-out can easily be retrofitted fitted with an electrical system,
and installed in just a few simple SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS
steps. is the ideal motion support system.

562 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 Overview

SERVO-DRIVE flex
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers 570
564
height NH < 1700 mm
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess
566
height NH ≥ 1700 mm
SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess
568
Symbolic image height NH ≥ 1700 mm
SERVO-DRIVE uno
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 384 SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 522
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions –
386
TANDEMBOX

Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS
Lift systems
AVENTOS HF 20
AVENTOS HS 32
AVENTOS HL 38
AVENTOS HK top 44
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment
Assembly, removal and adjustment Machine directive 701
Detailed information on the Machine Directive

Short URL Short URL


www.blum.com/a610 www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Symbolic image

Motion technologies

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 563


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm
DQBPDC
▬ Can be used for all standard built-in refrigerators SERVO-DRIVE switch
and freezers
▬ Recess height NH < 1700 mm Y ≤ 200 mm
▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm
▬ Adaptive system
▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional
opening
▬ Lean protection feature
▬ Trigger safety Y > 200 mm
▬ Easy assembly and installation

Y
▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without

Y
own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height
NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs

Order information
17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set
17a 9 12a 16
Colour Part no.
R7035 Z10C500A 17b
Consisting of:
9 1 x Drive unit
17a 2 x Mounting plate
17b 2 x Front fixing
17c 1 x Front cover 17d 17c
17d 1 x Catch plate
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector
– 11 x Chipboard screws
– 1 x Assembly jig
24
16 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Only suitable for one drive unit
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
E C ☎ Z10NA30ECF K D ☎ Z10NA30KDF 1
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF
Network adapter ¹
Motion technologies

E B K U

Language package – operating and installation instructions


A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Consisting of:
16 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Incl. cable, 1120 mm (non-extendible)
Other combinations available upon request
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

Y ≤ 200 mm
24 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Colour Part no.
SW | HGR | TGR 23P5020

25 Wireless receiver
Colour Part no.
R7035 Z10C5007

Colour Colour
HGR Light grey SW Silk white
R7035 RAL 7035 light grey TGR Dark grey

564 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm
DQBPDC
Planning
Mounting plate Front – drive unit Blum distance bumper

min 60

32

+1
37 .5
Ø2
30

Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and


freezer door
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm

Access gap SERVO-DRIVE switch

Motion technologies
Position in the worktop area

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applica- Assembly, removal and adjustment
563
tions
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a610
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 565


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
DQBQ2P
▬ Can be used for all standard built-in refrigerators
and freezers
▬ Recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm
▬ Adaptive system
▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional
opening
▬ Lean protection feature
▬ Trigger safety
▬ Easy assembly and installation
▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without
own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height
NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs

Order information
17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set 17a 9 12a
Colour Part no.
17b
R7035 2x Z10C500A
Consisting of:
9 1 x Drive unit
17a 2 x Mounting plate
17b 2 x Front fixing 17d 17c 11
17c 1 x Front cover
17d 1 x Catch plate
1 2 x Blum distance bumper 21
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector
– 11 x Chipboard screws
– 1 x Assembly jig

11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
S 3000 Z10K300A
For cutting to size
12a 15a 13
12 Connecting node and cable end protector
14
Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon 3x Z10V100E.01
Consisting of:
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector
1 11b
Motion technologies

13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit


Language package Part no. Language package Part no. 15a Power supply unit housing
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Base fixing
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G Colour Material Part no.
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J Incl. cover
E Z10NE030E For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Required for two or more drive units
Incl. operating and installation instructions
Alternative to 15a
Without flex 15b Power supply unit housing
Language package – operating and installation instructions Panel fixing
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
Colour Material Part no.
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH WGR Nylon Z10NG120
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Language descriptions as per ISO-639 21 Synchronisation cable
Colour Length (mm) Part no.
14 Flex
R7035 3000 Z10K300A
Market Part no. Market Part no. For cutting to size
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K
Accessories
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
– Cable holder
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Colour Material Part no.
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
W Nylon Z10K0009
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z Colour Colour
Length 2 m, incl. plug R7035 RAL 7035 light grey W White
¹ Without plug R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey WGR White grey
S Black

566 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
DQBQ2P
Planning
Mounting plate Front – drive unit Blum distance bumper

min 60

32

+1
37 .5
Ø2
30

Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and


freezer door
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm

Access gap SERVO-DRIVE switch

Motion technologies
Position in the worktop area

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applica- Assembly, removal and adjustment
563
tions
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a610
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 567


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
DQBNYP
▬ Can be used for all standard built-in fridge/freezer
combinations
▬ Recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm
▬ Adaptive system
▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional
opening
▬ Lean protection feature
▬ Trigger safety
▬ Easy assembly and installation
▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without
own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height
NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs

Order information
17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set 17a 9 12a
Colour Part no.
17b
R7035 2x Z10C500A
Consisting of:
9 1 x Drive unit
17a 2 x Mounting plate
17b 2 x Front fixing 17d 17c
17c 1 x Front cover
17d 1 x Catch plate
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
12a 1 x Connecting node 24 11
11b 2 x Cable end protector
– 11 x Chipboard screws
– 1 x Assembly jig

11 SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable


Colour Length (mm) Part no.
S 3000 Z10K300A
For cutting to size
12a 15a 13
12 Connecting node and cable end protector
14
Colour Material Part no.
S Nylon Z10V100E.01
Consisting of:
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector
1 11b
Motion technologies

13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit


Language package Part no. Language package Part no. 15a Power supply unit housing
A Z10NE030A F Z10NE030F Base fixing
B Z10NE030B G Z10NE030G Colour Material Part no.
C Z10NE030C H Z10NE030H R7037 Nylon Z10NG000
D Z10NE030D J Z10NE030J Incl. cover
E Z10NE030E For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Required for two or more drive units
Incl. operating and installation instructions
Alternative to 15a
Without flex 15b Power supply unit housing
Language package – operating and installation instructions Panel fixing
A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
Colour Material Part no.
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH WGR Nylon Z10NG120
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Language descriptions as per ISO-639 24 SERVO-DRIVE switch
Colour Part no.
14 Flex
SW | HGR | TGR 23P5020
Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J 25 Wireless receiver
UK Z10M200B AU Z10M200K Colour Part no.
CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L R7035 Z10C5007
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N
Accessories
Europe Z10M200E BR Z10M200S.01
Europe ¹ Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200T – Cable holder
IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U Colour Material Part no.
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z W Nylon Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Length 2 m, incl. plug
¹ Without plug Colour Colour
HGR Light grey SW Silk white
R7035 RAL 7035 light grey TGR Dark grey
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey W White
S Black WGR White grey

568 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm
DQBNYP
Planning
Mounting plate Front – drive unit Blum distance bumper

min 60

32

+1
37 .5
Ø2
30

Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and


freezer door
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required
trigger path of 2 mm

Access gap SERVO-DRIVE switch

Motion technologies
Position in the worktop area

Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing


Attention
Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel
fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements!

Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat!

Base fixing Panel fixing

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applica- Assembly, removal and adjustment
563
tions
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a610
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 569


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers
DQE8UM
▬ For all standard built-in dishwashers
▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm
▬ Adaptive system
▬ Lean protection feature
▬ Trigger safety
▬ Easy assembly and installation
▬ Application option dependent on device type and
worktop and plinth height; see Planning

Order information
17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set
Colour Part no.
R7035 Z10C500A
Consisting of:
9 1 x Drive unit
17a 2 x Mounting plate
17b 2 x Front fixing
17c 1 x Front cover
17d 1 x Catch plate
1 2 x Blum distance bumper
12a 1 x Connecting node
11b 2 x Cable end protector
– 11 x Chipboard screws
– 1 x Assembly jig
17a Mounting plate
Colour Part no.
R7035 Z10C5005
Also requires

16 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit


Only suitable for one drive unit
Lan- Lan-
Network Network
adapter
guage Part no. adapter guage Part no.
package package
E A ☎ Z10NA30EAF E F ☎ Z10NA30EFF
E B ☎ Z10NA30EBF B A ☎ Z10NA30BAF
☎ Z10NA30ECF ☎ Z10NA30KDF
Motion technologies

E C K D
E D ☎ Z10NA30EDF U G ☎ Z10NA30UGF
E E ☎ Z10NA30EEF
Network adapter ¹

E B K U

Language package – operating and installation instructions


A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU
B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR
C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH
D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA
E CS | HU | PL | SK
Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Consisting of:
16 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
Incl. cable, 1120 mm (non-extendible)
Other combinations available upon request
¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list

Colour
R7035 RAL 7035 light grey

570 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex

Web code
SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers
DQE8UM
Planning
Mounting plate Front – drive unit Drive unit

20
n3
mi

BD Front thickness SWD Cabinet side panel thickness SWD Cabinet side panel thickness
Max. 19 mm

Access gap

Motion technologies
APÜ (mm) ZS (mm)
0 30
20 10
30 0
APÜ Worktop protrusion
ZS Access gap
* The access gap ZS decreases with thicker fronts

Reference pages
Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applica- Assembly, removal and adjustment
563
tions
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL
Machine directive 701 www.blum.com/a610
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 571


Further products

Wall hanging bracket |


Cabinet applications Locking systems Fixing systems cabinet connectors

SPACE STEP provides additional CABLOXX adds an extra layer of The EXPANDO T fixing system is Blum hanging brackets withstand
storage space in the plinth area and security to premium furniture, whilst ideal when using thin fronts made high loads and are exceptional-
enables you to reach the highest offering plenty of design freedom. from a range of materials with lift ly safe. This kind of reliability is
storage space level in the wall or tall systems, doors and pull-outs. very important for heavily loaded
cabinet. furniture. The Blum programme
contains cabinet connectors that
can be used in numerous furniture
applications.

572 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Overview

Cabinet applications
SPACE STEP 574

Symbolic image
Locking systems
CABLOXX 582

Symbolic image
Fixing systems
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T 584

Symbolic image
Wall hanging bracket
Screw-on wall hanging bracket 586
Knock-in wall hanging bracket 586

Symbolic image
Cabinet connectors
Screw-on cabinet connector 587
Knock-in cabinet connector 587
Connector screw cabinet connector 588
Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin 589
Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 589
Symbolic image

Further products

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 573


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
▬ Enables access to the next storage level up in wall
cabinets
▬ Creates additional storage space in the pull-out
underneath the SPACE STEP
▬ Can be combined with all Blum box and runner
systems
▬ Can be combined with all Blum motion technologies
▬ High flexibility: SPACE STEP can be used in all living
spaces

Order information
1 SPACE STEP set
Nominal length NL (mm) Colour Part no. 1e
410 Orion grey matt Z95.4100
1g
460 Orion grey matt Z95.4600
Consisting of: 1c
1a 1 x TANDEM 561Hxxx1B95 left/right
1b 2 x Vertical support
1c 2 x Corner connector
1d 2 x Support feet
1e 2 x Rear panel bracket
1f 1 x Front connector (magnet and catch plate)
1g 4 x Blum distance bumper
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm, use 4 Blum distance bumpers
1h 2 x Sticker (safety information and manufacturer information sticker)
– 14 x Flat headed screws Ø 4 x 15 mm 2
– 1 x Installation instructions 1h 1f

2 Horizontal profile 1a
Material Length (mm) Part no. 1b
3
Aluminium 1040 Z95Q1040A 1h
For cutting to size
Recommendation 1d 14 x
Cabinet width KB 1200 mm, use 2 pcs. to prevent excessive bending
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 130 mm

Accessories
3 Blum spacer strip
Material Colour Part no.
Nylon Orion grey matt 2x Z95D4100
For mounting the pull-out runners, suitable for all Blum box and runner systems

Planning
Note
Max. load bearing capacity 150 kg
As the manufacturer, you are responsible for determining the actual load bearing capacity of the
furniture manufactured by you that uses the SPACE STEP as per EN-14183, this value must also
Further products

be stated on the manufacturer information sticker


Possible cabinet heights
The possible cabinet heights for the SPACE STEP are 150–250 mm

Recommended material
A 3-ply panel (3S) at least 21 mm thick is recommended for the plinth step

Recommended step surface


The step surface must be anti-slip
This can take the form of an anti-slip mat directly affixed to the step surface or by using anti-slip
panel material

In order to ensure that the SPACE STEP is held in position as securely as possible, the subsur-
face and the step surface must be clean and dry
Cabinet width KB > 900 mm, use 4 Blum distance bumpers
Attaching the labels
EN-14183 requires both of the labels enclosed to be clearly displayed

Pull-out underneath SPACE STEP


Only 30 or 40 kg runners may be used
The dynamic carrying capacity for the pull-out underneath the SPACE STEP is 20 kg

Cabinet above SPACE STEP


If storage items are kept on the cabinet base above, we recommend protecting the base against
sagging
This measure will prevent the SPACE STEP from rubbing on the cabinet base

574 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
LEGRABOX
Height N
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1

min 89
KH 142*

min 50.5 16
16
45.5
min 53

5 12
50 14 50 FA
10

KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay


Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
* When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
KH 148 mm
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat

Height M
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 113

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 166

32

32
min 56
51
min 53

14 50 FA 12
10

50
KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height K
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 151

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 204

min 56 32
32

Further products
51
min 53

12
50 14 50 FA
10

KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay


Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 SPACE STEP Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – assembly devices 591
Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/i009 www.blum.com/a730

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 575


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
MERIVOBOX
Height N
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

min 76
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 145*

32

32
min 69

33.5

38.5
min
20
50 5 20.5 50 FA 12
10

KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay


* When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
KH 146 mm 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height M
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 98

Ø 10 +0.2
–0.1
KH 167

min 32
33.5 32
min 69

38.5
20
5

20.5 50 FA 12
10

50
KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height K
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 136
KH 205

Ø 10 +0.2
–0.1
min 32
33.5 32
min 69
Further products

38.5
20
5

50 20.5 50 FA 12
10

KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay


Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 SPACE STEP Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257
Overview – assembly devices 591
Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/i009 www.blum.com/a730

576 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
TANDEMBOX
Height N
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

min 95 +0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH 146

32

32
min 40.5
min 51

35.5
5
37.5 50 12
15.5 50 FA
10

KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay


Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height M
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

+0.2
min 110

Ø 10 –0.1
KH 161

32

min 55.5 32
50.5
min 51

37.5 50 15.5 50 FA 12
10

KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay


Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Height K
Space requirement in cabinet Installation dimensions – front – screw-on Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front

+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
min 142

min 55.5 32 32
50.5 32 32
KH 193

min 51

Further products

15.5 50 FA 12
10

37.5 50
KH Cabinet height FA Front overlay
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm

Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 SPACE STEP Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303
Overview – TANDEMBOX plus 349
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/i009 www.blum.com/a730

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 577


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
MOVENTO TANDEM
Space requirement in cabinet Space requirement in cabinet

min 83

min 84
KH 136*

KH 136*

min 52
min 53

50 50
10

10

KH Cabinet height KH Cabinet height


* When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height * When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height
KH 148 mm KH 148 mm
Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness
21 mm – without anti-slip mat 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Min. cabinet width KB 450 mm with SERVO-DRIVE Min. cabinet width KB 450 mm with SERVO-DRIVE

Space requirement – Recess | Flush plinth front

36 > KB 900
max 250
KH

40
30

17
1
TD = min 21

Ø 35
LW
5
LW
L +1
-1
=N
KH

KB 0
KT TL

KB Cabinet width KB Cabinet width


KH Cabinet height LW Internal cabinet width
Including cabinet foot NL Nominal length
KT Cabinet depth TD Pull-out shelf base thickness
LW Internal cabinet width TL Shelf length

Space requirement – Recess – Low plinth recess

36 > KB 900
max 250
KH

40
R
LW +S
17

0 Ø 35
KB 13
TD = min 21

5
+1
LW R
-1 L +S
KH

KT 0 =N
SR TL
Further products

KB Cabinet width KB Cabinet width


KH Cabinet height LW Internal cabinet width
Including cabinet foot NL Nominal length
KT Cabinet depth SR Plinth recess
LW Internal cabinet width TD Pull-out shelf base thickness
SR Plinth recess TL Shelf length
Max. 100 mm

Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 SPACE STEP Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – MOVENTO 417
Overview – TANDEM 447
Overview – assembly devices 591 Short URL Short URL
www.blum.com/i009 www.blum.com/a730

578 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Web code
SPACE STEP
DQHKHA
Planning
Example – cross member for plinth cabinet Dimension – side panel left/right

R
-S
-160
TL

16
16

In-house production SR Plinth recess


TL Shelf length
In-house production

Cutting – horizontal profile Cutting – vertical support

LW KH
-1 -T
30 D-
46

LW Internal cabinet width KH Cabinet height


TD Pull-out shelf base thickness

Installation dimensions – wood spacer strip Dimension – Blum spacer strip


5
Ø
6
25 12
40
50 69
41
X

37
X

Pull-out systems X (mm) Pull-out systems X (mm)


LEGRABOX 50 LEGRABOX 53
MERIVOBOX 65 MERIVOBOX 51
TANDEMBOX 50 TANDEMBOX 51
MOVENTO | TANDEM 50 MOVENTO | TANDEM 53
In-house production Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 60 mm or Ø 4 x 60 mm

Note
Further products

Nominal length NL (mm)


Pull-out systems SPACE STEP
≤ 450 410
> 450 460

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 579


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions | runners

Runner – SPACE STEP – 561H4101B95 Runner – SPACE STEP – 561H4601B95

A A
B 32 B
64 96 75 96 96 32 75

TD + 3

TD + 3
18 18

A A
B 32 B
64 96 75 SR 96 96 32 75 SR

TD + 3

TD + 3
18 18

Nominal length NL (mm) Nominal length NL (mm)


Pull-out systems SPACE STEP Pull-out systems SPACE STEP
≤ 450 410 > 450 460
TD Pull-out shelf base thickness TD Pull-out shelf base thickness
SR Plinth recess SR Plinth recess
A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG

Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg | 450 – 40 kg | 578 – 30 kg Runner 760H – 40 kg | 560H – 30 kg


A C
A C
B D
B D

A C
A C
B D
B D

32
18
Further products

224 37
* 256

A C
B D

NL Nominal length NL Nominal length


A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm
B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
C Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 12 mm C Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 12 mm
D System screws Ø 6 x 11.5 mm, part no. 661.1150.HG D System screws Ø 6 x 11.5 mm, part no. 661.1150.HG
B|D Fixing of the Blum spacer strip is only possible with system screws B|D Fixing of the Blum spacer strip is only possible with system screws

580 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet applications

Further products

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 581


Further products 〉 Locking systems

CABLOXX
▬ CABLOXX is a compact package that provides Spacer planning and calculation
an extra layer of security, whilst offering plenty of
design freedom
▬ System-independent solution – can be combined Short URL
with various box and runner systems www.blum.com/configurator
▬ High flexibility – can be used for various cabinet
dimensions
▬ Up to five pull-outs can be used per locking bar
▬ Can be combined with all motion technologies
▬ Unrestricted adjustment

Order information
Locking bar set, can be flexibly cut to size
1 Locking bar set 1d
4
Cabinet height KH (mm) Material Part no. 1b
Up to 600 Steel Z80S0560 2
Up to 800 Steel Z80S0760
3a
Up to 1300 Steel Z80S1260 1b
Consisting of:
3b
1a 1 x Locking bar 3c
1b 1 x Spacer for cutting to size 2
1c 1 x End cap
1d 1 x Attachment for lock
1b
– 1 x Drilling template for end cap
– 1 x Installation instructions
Can be combined with all Blum box and runner systems
Cutting for 1a Internal cabinet height LH – 2 mm 2
1c
2 Locking units
Version Material Part no.
Right Nylon Z80.000V
Left Nylon Z80.000V 1a

Locking bar set right – Ready-made


– Locking bar set right – M | M | M 4 Cylinder not part of the scope of delivery
Length (mm) Material Part no.
542 Steel Z80S0542CA Accessories
Consisting of: – Synchronisation set
1a 1 x Locking bar Colour Material Part no.
1b 3 x Spacer, pre-assembled
S Nylon Z80V000A
1d 1 x Pre-assembled attachment for lock
2 3 x Pre-assembled locking unit, right Consisting of:
Suitable for three drawers – M – 2 x Attachment for synchronisation
For use with LEGRABOX and TANDEMBOX in tier system 32, internal cabinet height LH of – 2 x Lever for synchronisation
544 mm Recommended for cabinet widths of KB > 600 mm in combination with closing function
When a synchronisation is used, two locking bar sets are necessary
– Locking bar set right – C | M
– Synchronisation linkage
Length (mm) Material Part no.
Length (mm) Material Part no.
542 Steel Z80S0542BA
1163 Aluminium Z80V1163W
Consisting of:
For cutting to size
Further products

1a 1 x Locking bar
1b 2 x Spacer, pre-assembled When a synchronisation is used, two locking bar sets are necessary
1d 1 x Pre-assembled attachment for lock Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 7 mm
2 2 x Pre-assembled locking unit, right
Colour Colour
Suitable for one drawer – M and one high fronted pull-out – C
SW-M Silk white matt TS-M Terra black matt
For use with LEGRABOX and TANDEMBOX in tier system 32, internal cabinet height LH of
WGR White grey S Black
544 mm
OG-M Orion grey matt
3 Front locking bracket set
Colour Material Part no.
SW-M | WGR | OG-M |
Nylon/zinc Z80.000S
TS-M
Consisting of:
3a 1 x Front locking bracket
3b 1 x Front piece for front locking bracket
3c 1 x Cover cap for front locking bracket

582 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Locking systems

CABLOXX
Planning
Space requirement – locking bar and synchroni- Groove dimension – locking bar Drilling distances – locking bar
sation
105
76
53 32 37
45

.5
+0
min 46

4 –0
39
min 71

16

32
Ø2.5
min 37

Specifications – cylinder Drilling distances – cylinder Drilling distances – attachment for synchronisa-
tion

max 15
20 81
FAo
Ø16.5-22
Ø4-6

19

28-48

32
11-13

Ø2.5
19 SFA

Cylinder not part of the scope of delivery FAo Upper front overlay
SFA Front overlay of the side panel

Drilling distances – front piece for front locking bracket Minimum front height FH
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX MOVENTO | TANDEM
14
14 14 14
9

Ø2.5
10

F
Ø2.5 Ø2.5 Ø2.5
min 7
9

SKH

15.5
X

20.5
min FH
X
X

Box systems X (mm) X = SKH + 10 mm Box systems Minimum front height FH


Drawer High fronted pull-out SKH Drawer height Drawer High fronted pull-out
N M K B C D E F N M K B C D E F
Further products

LEGRABOX 40 59 97 – 148¹ – – 212¹ LEGRABOX 107 132 170 – 221 – – 285


MERIVOBOX 57 80 116 – – – 181 – MERIVOBOX 113 136 173 – – – 236 –
TANDEMBOX antaro 57 57 87 114 146 178 – – TANDEMBOX antaro 111 126 156 183 215 247 – –
Front piece for front locking bracket to be pre-drilled Ø 2.5 mm Valid for BLUMOTION runners
¹ +4 mm with LEGRABOX with AMBIA-LINE cross gallery F Gap 2 mm

Reference pages
Overview – further products 573 Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257
Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro 303 Short URL
Overview – MOVENTO 417 www.blum.com/a710
Overview – TANDEM 447
Overview – assembly devices 591
More technical details 698

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 583


Further products 〉 Fixing systems

Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T


▬ Three different applications – lift systems | hinge
systems | box systems
▬ Thin fronts measuring 8 mm and higher
▬ EXPANDO T – pre-assembled fixing system
▬ Different front materials
▬ Use the online Product Configurator – which
calculates all dimensions for your planning in the
drawings

Order information
Lift systems MERIVOBOX
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top – Front fixing bracket
– Front fixing bracket Fixing method Part no.
Version Material Part no. EXPANDO T ZF4.10T2
Symmetrical Steel 20S42T1 Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – MERIVOBOX
Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on lift systems
– Front fixing bracket, top
Hinge systems Fixing method Part no.
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top EXPANDO T ZF4.50T2
– Hinge for thin doors Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – MERIVOBOX
Hinge Spring Colour Part no.
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
CLIP top
● NI | ONS 71B453T – Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts
BLUMOTION
Colour Material Part no.
CLIP top ● NI 71T453T
R7037 Nylon Z96.00T1
CLIP top ○ NI 70T453T.TL Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
The different overlay applications can be achieved with the appropriate fixing positions Recommendation:
Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item
● With spring Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items
○ Unsprung Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item

Box systems Further products


LEGRABOX – EXPANDO T – single
– Front fixing bracket Colour Material Part no.
Height Part no. TGR Nylon/steel 70T4532T
N ZF7N70T2
Colour Colour
M ZF7M70T2
NI Nickel plated TGR Dark grey
K ZF7K70T2 ONS Onyx black R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
C ZF7C70T2
Height F and the fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems –
LEGRABOX
Further products

584 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Fixing systems

Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T


Planning
Area of application – EXPANDO T Area of application and assembly recommendation
EXPANDO T is suitable for fixing Blum fittings to thin front materials in furniture manufacturing Materials tested by Blum Transverse tensile strength Min. tightening torque (Nm)
(N/mm²)
With sufficient stability and strength, front materials of 8 mm thickness and above may be used Chipboard > 0.40 1.5
MDF > 0.60 1.5
HDF 2
HPL 2
Mineral composites 2
Nero Assoluto natural granite 3
stone
Quartz composite artificial stone 3
Ceramic plates 3

Drilling depth | screw selection – EXPANDO T Assembly – EXPANDO T

1 2

Ø 10 +̶ 0.1*
0.1

Screws with M4 thread have to be used for EXPANDO T single


The lowest possible drilling depth should be selected for the single dowel, depending on the
screw length
BT Drilling depth
ES Screw penetration depth
ES min. = 4 mm
ES max. = BT – 0.5 mm
* Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm

Limitation of liability
Blum accepts no liability for the use of EXPANDO T in combination with materials not listed or fittings from other manufacturers

It is recommended that the assembly be carried out by an experienced furniture manufacturer

Further products

Reference pages
Overview – AVENTOS HS 31 More on our new EXPANDO T Assembly, removal and adjustment
Overview – AVENTOS HL 37 fixing system
Overview – AVENTOS HK top 43
Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Short URL Short URL
71
– hinges www.blum.com/EXPANDO_T_3 www.blum.com/a720
Overview – LEGRABOX 191
Overview – MERIVOBOX 257
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts 239

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 585


Further products 〉 Wall hanging bracket

Screw-on wall hanging bracket


▬ Nylon housing with steel arm zinc plated Order information
▬ 3-dimensional adjustment Version Part no.
▬ Load bearing 130 kg per pair in accordance with Right 48N0510.02
DIN EN 15939 (test frame A) Left 48N0510.03
▬ Colour: white | brown | RAL 9001 cream
Reference pages
Testing standards 702

Planning
Space requirement Fixing position

On cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out

Knock-in wall hanging bracket


▬ Nylon housing with steel arm zinc plated Order information
▬ 3-dimensional adjustment Version Part no.
▬ Load bearing 130 kg per pair in accordance with Right 48N0610.02
DIN EN 15939 (test frame A) Left 48N0610.03
▬ Colour: white | brown | RAL 9001 cream
Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Wall hanging bracket MZM.0078
¹ MINIPRESS

Reference pages
Testing standards 702
Further products

Planning
Space requirement Fixing position

On cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out

586 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors

Screw-on cabinet connector


▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam Order information
▬ Nylon connector piece Colour Part no.
White | brown 40.2000

Planning
Base Cabinet side

19.5
13
32
47

Knock-in cabinet connector


▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam Order information
▬ Nylon connector piece Connector housing
Colour Part no.
White | brown 40.2110
Base connector
Colour Part no.
Natural 40.2120.02

Further products

Planning
Cabinet assembly Cabinet side

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 587


Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors

Connector screw cabinet connector


▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam Order information
▬ Zinc die-cast connector screw Colour Part no.
White | brown 42.0700.01

Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Connector housing MZM.0077
¹ MINIPRESS

Planning
Base Cabinet side

E = W – X + 8 mm
X max. = 9.5 mm

Connector screw cabinet connector


▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam Order information
▬ Zinc die-cast connector screw Connector housing
Colour Part no.
White | brown 40.0110N
Connector screw
Material Part no.
Zinc 40.0720

Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Connector housing MZM.0070
¹ MINIPRESS
Further products

Planning
Cabinet assembly Cabinet side

E = W – X + 5.8 mm
X max. = 8 mm

588 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors

Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin


▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam Order information
▬ Nylon connector with steel expansion pin Colour Part no.
White | brown 40.0200N

Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Connector housing MZM.0070
¹ MINIPRESS

Planning
Base Cabinet side

E = W – X + 7.4 mm
X max. = 9 mm

Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32


▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam Order information
▬ Nylon connector piece Connector housing
Colour Part no.
White | brown 40.0110N
Base connector
Colour Part no.
White | brown 40.0620

Accessories
Insertion ram
Assembly ¹ Part no.
Connector housing MZM.0070
Base connector MZM.0071
Further products

¹ MINIPRESS

Planning
Cabinet assembly Cabinet side

E = W + 1.5 mm

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 589


E-SERVICES and assembly devices

At Blum, we want to make the assembly of Our E-SERVICES and assembly devices pro- We place great value on safety – our assembly
our products as easy and efficient as possi- vide you with optimal support in the planning devices are tested and thus correspond to the
ble because perfect motion requires precise and assembly of our products: due to their highest safety requirements.
assembly. ease of use, high user-friendliness and high
durability. In addition, our E-SERVICES are
available to you at all times and free of charge.

E-SERVICES Drilling and insertion machines Assembly devices Templates

8 With the E-SERVICES from Blum Our wide range of drilling and inser- Our assembly devices help to en- Use our templates to ensure accu-
we can support you online, at any tion machines are well equipped to sure the precise assembly of Blum rate assembly of our products.
time and anywhere. Our services deal with any assembly situation. box systems.
are geared directly towards your
day-to-day work. But every service
helps you to achieve the desired
results more quickly and efficiently.

590 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Overview

E-SERVICES
E-SERVICES 592
Overview 593

Symbolic image
Drilling and insertion machines
Drilling and insertion machines 604
Overview 605
Overview – assembly possibilities 606

Symbolic image
Assembly devices
Assembly devices 644
Overview 645

Symbolic image
Templates
Templates 650
Overview 651
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 591


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES

E-SERVICES – efficient support, every step of the way


Blum‘s E-SERVICES are digital services for our
customers and partners. They are available
online anytime, anywhere. Good services
are there when you need them. That is why
our services are geared to your everyday
operations. Some make individual tasks easier,
others support you throughout several steps
in the process chain. Every E-SERVICE will
help you achieve the best possible result more
quickly and easily.

Marketing Media Library Product Database Product Configurator

As varied as your marketing needs. Technical information on Blum products. Configure, order fittings and produce applica-
tions.

Cabinet Configurator CAD/CAM data service EASY ASSEMBLY app


E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Total support from planning to manufacturing. The direct route to current data. The digital tool for your assembly.

592 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Overview

Description Page Work steps

Manufacturing

After sales
Marketing

Assembly
Quotation
Planning |
Concept |

Delivery |
Ordering

service
Design
Applications
Marketing Media Library
594 ●

Product Database
595 ● ●

Product Configurator
596 ● ● ● ●

Cabinet Configurator
598 ● ● ● ●

CAD/CAM data service


600 ● ●

EASY ASSEMBLY app


EA 602 ●

After sales service


603 ●

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 593


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Marketing Media Library


As varied as your marketing needs
As varied as your marketing needs. Our Marketing Media Library gives
you free access to professional content around the clock – so there’s
nothing stopping you from creating your own marketing documentation.
Download high-resolution images, videos or brochures and promote
your products with attractive marketing materials.
▬ Enjoy direct access to more than 17000 Blum marketing files in more
than 40 languages
▬ Download brochures, flyers, photos, logos, videos, installation instruc-
tions, presentations, technical data sheets and certificates free of
charge
▬ Market Blum products and furniture equipped with Blum fittings even
more efficiently in your web shop, showroom or in sales conversations

Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?

Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation

Marketing We support you in the marketing of your products with Blum fittings, by providing you with all marketing materials free of charge and in more than
40 languages. This saves you time and money for the creation of your own documents.

Practical functions
Media collection
Using our media collection, you can mark various documents for later use and even
set them up in a customised folder structure. In this way, you can easily organise your
documents to meet your needs. You can share this folder or even individual files with
your team via a link and download them in various formats.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Marketing Media Library

Short URL
www.blum.com/s017

594 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Product Database
Technical information on Blum products
Technical information on Blum products. You will find all you need to
know about individual Blum products in the Product Database. Down-
load product descriptions, technical details, product drawings, CAD data
and much more detailed information and edit them yourself.
▬ Overview of all the Blum items available in your market
▬ Detailed descriptions of individual products including technical features
▬ Correct data directly from the fittings manufacturer at your disposal
▬ Various product data can be directly downloaded: Images, graphics,
drawings and 3D CAD data for the planning and design of Blum fittings
solutions

Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?

Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation

Concept | Planning | The product database gives you an overview of which articles are available in your market. The technical properties of each article are clearly laid
Quotation out. This helps you when designing or planning your furniture.

Design The product database also provides planning graphics and 3D CAD data for each individual article along with the technical characteristics.

Features
Product information
Easy product search via product categories or via a free text search. In this way, you
quickly receive basic information on every item. Information provided includes article
numbers and identcodes, weight EAN codes and details regarding packaging and
article material.

Product features in detail


All technical product features for each article are available for download as various
images, graphics, drawings and 3D CAD data.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Product Database

Short URL
www.blum.com/s001

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 595


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Product Configurator
Selecting fittings – Simple. Fast. Precise.
The Product Configurator quickly and easily provides you with the right
fittings solutions for your furniture projects. Transfer the complete parts
list for all your projects directly to the web shop of selected distributors.
The comprehensive planning results provide production drawings that
can be printed out as well as CAD data for further processing in your de-
sign software. BXF¹ and CAM data² are ready for transfer to EASYSTICK
and CNC machines.
▬ Complete parts lists for error-free ordering
▬ Comprehensive planning results with information about design, assem-
bly and adjustment and manufacturing
▬ All functions are also available for tablets and smartphones
▬ Intuitive, guided product selection complete with error-free parts lists
with useful information about new products

Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?

Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation

Concept | Planning | Determine the right fittings for your furniture projects: the fast and simple creation of complete and manufacturer-checked parts lists makes design
Quotation planning and the organization of quotes significantly easier.

Design Provides exact dimensions for Blum product solutions with all relevant measurements. The download provides CAD data in 2D and 3D as com-
piled geometries – perfectly matched to your furniture products (dimensions, weight calculation, material type, load, etc.). Various export options
for further data processing using your design software.
Ordering Parts lists can be easily stored and organised by customer projects in “My projects”. You can transmit complete, checked parts lists quickly and
easily directly to selected distributors.

Manufacturing The comprehensive planning results with cutting lists, manufacturing drawings and CAD/CAM data² support you in furniture application manufac-
turing. Regardless of whether you make it by hand or use a machine.

Application
My library My projects | My order lists Distributor interface

You can save repeat configurations as a template with Save configurations and organise them into projects – Easy transmission of complete, collision-checked parts
your customised standard settings. that way you can always access your planning results lists to selected distributors.
at a later date.

¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.

² The CAM data available for selection is based on the respective individual products. Therefore, please make the correct positioning on the wooden parts manually.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

596 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Product Configurator
Features
Product selection – the right fittings in just a few clicks
Guided product selection ensures you get the right fittings for your furniture project.
The useful calculator supports you in calculating the correct front weights for lift
systems and doors or the optimal TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit even for complex
furniture situations. You can quickly and easily create complete parts lists for product
applications such as SPACE STEP or CABLOXX.

Diverse planning results – for any working method


The diverse planning results leave nothing to be desired – from manufactur-
er-checked parts lists, exact and error-free 2D/3D CAD data for further processing in
design software, manufacturing drawings for manual manufacturing, planning and
assembly information, wood cutting lists and a 3D view for a quick visual check. You
get all of this after each individual configuration or collated for complete projects.

Transfer parts lists to selected distributors


You can manage our checked parts lists in projects | Jobs and transfer this directly to
the web shop of selected distributors in just a few clicks. Organise your projects in the
“My projects” application and use “My order lists” for collective orders including for
several projects.

Libraries – helpful templates for your workshop standards


Use “My library” to save frequently used configurations as a template. Templates in
the library can be set with your standard values and saved for the next configuration.
The next time you access them they will then already be filled out with your personal
standard values. You simply have to enter a few values. This saves you time – you
can generate a checked order list in just a few clicks.

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Product Configurator

Short URL
www.blum.com/s002

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 597


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Cabinet Configurator
Total support from planning to manufacturing
Total support from planning to manufacturing. Configure cabinets with
Blum fittings in just a few clicks. An integrated collision check allows you
to carry out precise and error-free planning. The comprehensive plan-
ning results provide optimal process support: during planning, designing,
ordering and manufacturing.
▬ Comprehensive online application with an easy-to-understand user
interface – no manual updates
▬ Design cabinets including collision-checked fittings and save valuable
time

Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?

Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation

Concept | Planning | Configure and save your projects effortlessly online. You obtain checked and complete parts lists for your customer quotes.
Quotation

Design Our cabinet configurators provide you with support when designing cabinets and selecting the right fittings. They contain CAD data in the most
common formats, which you can upload and use in your own design software. Does your software have a BXF interface¹? Then use our BXF files¹
with additional manufacturing information.
Ordering You can transmit your complete parts lists directly to the web shop or the customer service centre of selected distributors. You can manage your
projects and order lists with ease under “My projects” and “My order lists”.

Manufacturing You can use our cutting lists, assembly overview or manufacturing drawings – digitally or you can print them out. Using a BXF file¹, you can trans-
fer planning results to MINIPRESS with EASYSTICK.

¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

598 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

Cabinet Configurator
Features
Cabinet design
You can define the height, width, depth, as well as the cabinet top panel, cabinet
base and back for your cabinet in the cabinet design. Speed up your planning by sav-
ing frequently used cabinet dimensions as standard values. Changes to the cabinet
design can now also be made after fittings planning.

Fittings selection
Drag and drop the fittings available in your country to your cabinet. Save valuable
time for fittings planning by duplicating fittings at the click of a mouse or creating your
own custom fittings templates.

Planning results
Comprehensive planning results make the process quick and simple.
▬ Concept, planning, quotation: Use checked and complete parts lists for your cus-
tomer quotes
▬ Design: continue to use the CAD and BXF data¹ in your CAD software
▬ Ordering: You can transmit your parts lists directly to the web shop or the customer
service centre of selected distributors
▬ Manufacturing: print out the required manufacturing information or transmit the BXF
data¹ to MINIPRESS using EASYSTICK

My projects | My order lists


Under “My projects” you can save and organise your own configurations. The plan-
ning results are retained indefinitely for your furniture projects.
“My order lists” makes order processing easy, as you can send checked parts lists
directly to the web shop or customer service of selected distributors.

¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Cabinet Configurator

Short URL
www.blum.com/s003

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 599


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

CAD/CAM data service


Your path to current CAD/CAM data
We offer you a wide range of various CAD/CAM formats to provide you
with the best possible support for planning and manufacturing. With the
CAD/CAM Data Service, you have access to useful data – fast and 24/7.
▬ Central access to up-to-date CAD/CAM data² checked by the manufac-
turer
▬ Go straight to our configurators and get manufacturing drawings, BXF
data¹, installation situations – dimensionally accurate and collision
checked
▬ Can’t find the data you need? Then simply ask us for drawings of spe-
cial applications via a customer request

Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?

Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation

Design You will receive CAD data in 2D and 3D in commercial formats as well as our BXF file¹. Both can then be used by you in your design software with
a BXF interface¹. CAD data are available to you as individual geometries, a combination or a package.

Manufacturing Download manufacturing data, e.g. manufacturing drawings or use our CAM data² in commercial formats for your CAM software. Our BXF data¹
also contain relevant manufacturing information for your wooden parts.

Content for download from the CAD/CAM Data Service


CAD/CAM² packages

Individual product (3D)

Combination (3D)

Installation situation (2D)

Production drawings (2D)

CAM² data for further processing on the CNC machine

BXF¹ data
E-SERVICES and assembly

Individual customer query for special situations or unresolved issues

¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
devices

² The CAM data available for selection is based on the respective individual products. Therefore, please make the correct positioning on the wooden parts manually.

600 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

CAD/CAM data service


Interface to CAD/CAM software
Product selection – the right fittings in just a few clicks
We work closely with CAD/CAM software manufacturers to make it easier to plan and
design furniture using Blum products. Our software partners have integrated Blum fit-
tings data into their software, making it very easy to plan Blum fittings. Other partners
offer an easy interface to our configurators.

Blum fittings data – integrated in your CAD/CAM software


You can integrate or import Blum fittings data in various forms into/to your CAD/CAM
software.
▬ BXF interface¹ for importing and further editing the planning results from the Product
and Cabinet Configurator in your software
▬ Integrated Blum fittings library, including CAD data for the individual products and
the applications as a whole
▬ Import option for parts lists as CSV or XLS data
▬ Use our free CAD/CAM Data Service for your software without integrated data from
Blum

Software partners
For more information about our current software partners, please see our website
www.blum.com/interfaces.

IBS CAD Solutions

¹ The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 CAD/CAM data service Software partners

Short URL Short URL


www.blum.com/s004 www.blum.com/interfaces

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 601


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

EASY ASSEMBLY app


The digital tool for your assembly
The digital tool for your assembly. You want to assemble and adjust
Blum hinges, lift systems, pull-outs and other fittings systems properly?
The EASY ASSEMBLY app for smartphones and tablets answers any
questions you may have about the assembly and adjustment of Blum
fittings. The app includes installation instructions and assembly videos
for all Blum products.

EA

Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?

Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation

Delivery | Assembly The EASY ASSEMBLY app supports you with information and instructions regarding the assembly and adjustment of Blum products.

Features
Overview of all installation instructions
EASY ASSEMBLY includes an overview of all installation instructions, arranged by
product group. The assembly app has been designed to be intuitive, so it is easy to
use.

Interactive applications
Interactive applications clearly indicate the right drilling positions and show you how
to adjust Blum fittings.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 EASY ASSEMBLY app

Short URL
www.blum.com/s015

602 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications

After sales service


Personal support
Do you have any questions or challenges you need to resolve? We
also provide personal after-sales support – we are there at your side
whenever you need us. Our support team speaks many languages and
is available worldwide. We will answer your inquiries – personally by
phone, email or chat. Do not hesitate to contact us – let’s take on the
challenge together.

Work steps
What support do you receive for which work steps?

Concept |
Delivery | After sales
Marketing Planning | Design Ordering Manufacturing
Assembly service
Quotation

Features
Directly available to answer all questions
Our experts would be happy to answer any questions that you might have – from
technical details to the planning and assembly of Blum fittings. Get comprehensive
advice about our products and services.

Comprehensive care and personal advice


Our employees will support you with the assembly and adjustment of Blum fittings,
including when you are on site with your customers, as well as help you with the
selection of assembly devices and E-SERVICES that best meet your needs.
Our field sales team would be happy to provide you with a personal presentation
of the latest Blum products – including product samples – as well as advise you on
realising your customised furniture ideas.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – E-SERVICES 593 Technical consultation

Short URL
www.blum.com/s020

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 603


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines

Efficient assembly of the highest quality


The drilling and insertion machines from Blum
are not just for the assembly of Blum products;
they are also designed for other common cabi-
net drillings. They enable precision drilling and
insertion of fittings.
The wide range of drilling and insertion
machines provides the right solution for any
application. Quick setup and easy operation
ensure efficient assembly of all Blum fittings.

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M


▬ Vertical and optional horizontal ▬ Vertical and optional horizontal ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of ▬ Can be used at construction sites
drilling drilling Blum fittings (mobile)
▬ Tool-free drilling head change ▬ Tool-free drilling head and ruler ▬ Additional drilling heads can be ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of
▬ Automatically adjustable X-/Y-axis change changed tool-free Blum fittings
▬ Conventional ruler system
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

EASYSTICK – automatically mova- Tool-free assembly of drilling Insertion of Blum fittings (optional). Horizontal drilling (only possible
ble ruler (X axis). heads. with MINIPRESS top).

604 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview

Overview – assembly possibilities


Overview – assembly possibilities 606

Symbolic image
Basic machine
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610
MINIPRESS top 614
MINIPRESS P 626
MINIPRESS M 630

Symbolic image
Assembly possibilities
A1 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top 618
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M 634

Symbolic image
Accessories
EASYSTICK 640
Insertion rams 642
Drill 642

Symbolic image

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Pictograph
Item available on request Drilling and insertion machines – vertical
drillings
Drilling and insertion machines – horizontal Drilling and insertion machines – inserting
drillings fittings

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 605


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge
A2 Horizontal mounting plate
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket
A4 Blum distance bumper

Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate
A6 Horizontal mounting plate
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S)


Front assembly
B1 Front fixing bracket
B2 Blum distance bumper

Cabinet assembly
B3 Lift mechanism
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch
B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate
B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate
B7 TIP-ON – for drilling

Assembly – hinge systems


Front assembly
C1 Hinge

Cabinet assembly
C2 Cruciform mounting plate
C3 Horizontal mounting plate
C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate
C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate
C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling

Assembly – pull-out system


Front assembly
D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing
D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster
D4
D3 Blum distance bumper

Drawer assembly
D4 Base | back

Cabinet assembly
D5 Cabinet profiles
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment

Assembly – further products


Cabinet assembly
E-SERVICES and assembly

E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32


E2 Connector screw cabinet connector
E3 Knock-in cabinet connector
E4 Wall hanging bracket
devices

E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling


E6 Line drilling

606 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly type MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M


MINIPRESS top
Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Basic machine 610 614 626 630


Accessories 611 615 627 631
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS 618 618 634 634
Horizontal mounting plate
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS 618 618 634 634
Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing
bracket ● ● ○ ○
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS 618 618 634 634
Blum distance bumper
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HF 618 618 634 634
Cabinet assembly
Cruciform mounting plate
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS 618 618 634 634
Horizontal mounting plate
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS 618 618 634 634
Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket
● ● ○ ○
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS 619 619 634 634
SERVO-DRIVE switch
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HF 619 619 635 635
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S)
Front assembly
Front fixing bracket
● ● ○ ○
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top 619 619 635 635
Front fixing bracket
● ● ○ ○
AVENTOS HK-S 619 619 635 635
Blum distance bumper
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top 619 619 635 635
Cabinet assembly
Lift mechanism
● ● ○ ○
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S 619 619 635 635
SERVO-DRIVE switch
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top 619 619 635 635
TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate
E-SERVICES and assembly

● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S 620 620 635 635
TIP-ON – straight adapter plate
● ● ● ●
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S 620 620 635 635
TIP-ON – for drilling
devices

● – – –
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S 620
● Recommended ○ Possible – Not possible

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 607


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly type MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M


MINIPRESS top
Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Basic machine 610 614 626 630


Accessories 611 615 627 631
Assembly – hinge systems
Front assembly
C1 Hinge
● ● ● ●
620 620 636 636
Cabinet assembly
Cruciform mounting plate
● ● ● ●
620 620 636 636
Horizontal mounting plate
● ● ● ●
620 620 636 636
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
● ● ● ●
Cruciform adapter plate 621 621 636 636
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
● ● ● ●
Straight adapter plate 621 621 636 636
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
● – – –
For drilling 621
Assembly – pull-out system
Front assembly
LEGRABOX front fixing
● ● ○ ○
621 621 636 636
MERIVOBOX front fixing
● ● ○ ○
621 621 637 637
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing
● ● ○ ○
621 621 637 637
METABOX front fixing
● ● ○ ○
621 621 637 637
MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster
● ● ● ●
295.1000 622 622 637 637
Blum distance bumper
● ● ● ●
622 622 637 637
Drawer assembly
Base | back
● ● ○ ○
622 622 637 637
Cabinet assembly
Cabinet profiles
E-SERVICES and assembly

● ● ○ ○
622 622 638 638
BLUMOTION for METABOX
● ● ○ ○
622 622 638 638
devices

SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment


● ● ○ ○
622 622 638 638
● Recommended ○ Possible – Not possible

608 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly type MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M


MINIPRESS top
Vertical | horizontal Vertical

Basic machine 610 614 626 630


Accessories 611 615 627 631
Assembly – further products
Cabinet assembly
E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32
● ● ● ●
40.0110N | 40.0620 623 623 638 638
Connector screw cabinet connector
● – – –
40.0200N | 42.0700.01 623
Knock-in cabinet connector
● ● ● ●
40.2110 | 40.2120.02 623 623 638 638
Wall hanging bracket
● ● ● ●
48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 623 623 638 638
Cabinet assembly
Wooden dowel drilling
● – – –
623
Line drilling
● ● ○ ○
624 624 638 638
● Recommended ○ Possible – Not possible

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 609


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK


MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK vertical | horizontal and vertical
The EASYSTICK ruler system transforms the MINIPRESS top into an
all-rounder for cabinet and front assembly. The EASYSTICK com-
puter enables you to enter settings directly on the MINIPRESS top.
EASYSTICK calculates the precise drilling positions automatically. The
ruler | the drilling unit moves automatically to the right position. Position
the part, drill, done.
▬ Vertical drilling and optional insertion of Blum fittings
▬ Optional horizontal drilling
▬ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits
▬ Automatic movement of the drilling unit (Y axis) up to 350 mm
▬ Automatically movable ruler (X axis) for workpiece dimensions up to
2681 mm
▬ Simple adjustment of dimensions with easily accessible operating
elements and precision display

Symbolic image

Case studies

Drilling head clamping Digitised work process: planning directly on the machine
The drilling head (colour-coded) fitted with drill bits and insertion rams EASYSTICK digitises planning and assembly. You can either plan directly
(optional) can be fixed quickly and tool-free using a clamping lever. on the machine or copy your data from the Cabinet Configurator.
E-SERVICES and assembly

Easy processing of your work assignments Efficient and versatile use


devices

You can call up your work assignments with the barcode scanner and Fitted with EASYSTICK, the drilling unit (Y axis) moves automatically up
continue working with them. to 350 mm. This increases the range of assembly options and permits the
positioning of centred line drilling for deep cabinets.

610 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK


MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK vertical | horizon- Note
tal and vertical Machines can be assembled with the Product
▬ With work table and tool set Configurator
▬ Incl. automatically movable drilling unit (Y-axis)
▬ EASYSTICK computer, EASYSTICK ruler, drilling Short URL
heads and other accessories are not included as www.blum.com/configurator
part of the basic machine scope of delivery
▬ Optional with horizontal drilling head (3-spindle)

Symbolic image

Order information
F1 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical | horizontal F2 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical
Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no.
3 x 400 50 | 60 M75E2000 3 x 400 50 | 60 M70E2000
Consisting of: Consisting of:
F1 1 x MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical | horizontal F2 1 x MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical
– 1 x Tool set – 1 x Tool set
– 1 x Work table – 1 x Work table
– 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right
– 1 x Horizontal drilling head, 3 spindles EASYSTICK computer and EASYSTICK ruler are not included in the scope of delivery
EASYSTICK computer and EASYSTICK ruler are not included in the scope of delivery

Description Part no. Application


I1 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK
EASYSTICK computer MZD.5700

Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application


H1 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK
EASYSTICK ruler 1700 6–953 MZD.2700

Accessories
Drilling heads without swing arm
Number of spin- Spindle distance Quick connect ¹ ² Insertion
Swing arm Part no. Application Drilling
(optional)
dles (pcs) (mm) chuck
G1 Hinge ✖ ✖
3 9.5 | 45 □ I23 MZK.2000.01

G2 Horizontal mounting plate ✖ ✖


Front fixing ✖ ✖
2 32 ■ I23 MZK.210S Cabinet connectors ✖ ✖
Wall hanging bracket ✖ ✖
G3 Cruciform mounting plate ✖ ✖
2 32 ■ I23 MZK.211S

G4 Front fixing bracket ✖


Cabinet profile ✖
8 32 ■ – MZK.220S.01 Lift mechanism ✖

G6 Wooden dowel ✖
Cabinet connectors ✖
3 32 □ – MZK.2400.01

G7 Line drilling ✖
9 32 □ – MZK.2810.03

G8 Front fixing bracket ✖


Cabinet profile ✖
E-SERVICES and assembly

11 32 ■ – MZK.224S.01 Lift mechanism ✖

● Left ● Right
■ With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck ✖ Possible
¹ For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used
² Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – insertion rams 642 MINIPRESS top
605
overview Accessories – drill bit 642
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 618 Short URL
Accessories – EASYSTICK 640 www.blum.com/i012

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 611


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK


Order information
Accessories
Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H3 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |
EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right 1700 953–2681 MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO

Description Part no. Application


H22 Can be used with the MINIPRESS top extension ruler and
Support for extension ruler MZV.3700 with the EASYSTICK extension ruler

General
Description Part no. Application
I4 For drilling diameters up to 10 mm
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZK.2023

I5 For drilling diameters up to 10 mm


Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand MZK.2024

I6 For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm


Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZF.2000

I7 For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm


Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand MZF.2000

I10 For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000


Quick connect sleeve MZF.1030

I11 For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000


Quick connect chuck cover MZF.1050

I20
MINIPRESS top drilling head and ruler storage rack MZA.2600

I23 For drilling heads MZK.2000.01 | MZK.210S | MZK.211S


Swing arm small MZK.2008.02

I24 Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 125 mm


Extraction system – hose and funnel M75.2910

I25 Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 160 mm


Extraction system – hose and funnel M75.2920
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – insertion rams 642
605
overview Accessories – drill bit 642
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 618
Accessories – EASYSTICK 640

612 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK


Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly v|h v

A1 Hinge ● ●
A2 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ● ●
A4 Blum distance bumper ● ●
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate ● ●
A6 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ● ●
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ●

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S)


Front assembly
B1 Front fixing bracket ● ●
B2 Blum distance bumper ● ●
Cabinet assembly
B3 Lift mechanism ● ●
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ●
B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ● ●
B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate ● ●
B7 TIP-ON – for drilling ● –

Assembly – hinge systems


Front assembly
C1 Hinge ● ●
Cabinet assembly
C2 Cruciform mounting plate ● ●
C3 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ● ●
C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate ● ●
C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling ● –

Assembly – pull-out system


Cabinet assembly
D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ● ●
D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● ●
D4
D3 Blum distance bumper ● ●
Drawer assembly
D4 Base | back ● ●
Cabinet assembly
D5 Cabinet profiles ● ●
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ● ●
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ● ●
E-SERVICES and assembly

Assembly – further products


Cabinet assembly
E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 ● ●
E2 Connector screw cabinet connector ● –
E3 Knock-in cabinet connector ● ●
devices

E4 Wall hanging bracket ● ●


Cabinet assembly
E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling ● –
E6 Line drilling ● ●
● Recommended v|h Vertical | horizontal
○ Possible v Vertical
– Not possible

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 613


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top
MINIPRESS top vertical | horizontal and vertical
MINIPRESS top makes operation and adjustments on the machine even
easier and more precise. With the MINIPRESS top, all vertical and, as an
option, horizontal drilling can be performed with ease. You also have the
option of using Blum fittings vertically. An extensive modular system (set-
up plans | drilling heads | rulers) ensures that the MINIPRESS top will suit
individual assembly needs.
▬ Vertical drilling and optional insertion of Blum fittings
▬ Optional horizontal drilling
▬ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits
▬ Easy to use positioning system through fast tool-free changeover of
pre-set rulers
▬ Manual adjustment of the drilling unit (Y axis) up to 350 mm
▬ Simple adjustment of dimensions with easily accessible operating
elements and precision display

Symbolic image

Case studies

Drilling head clamping Precision work guaranteed: measurements display on the machine
The drilling head (colour-coded) fitted with drill bits and insertion rams The operating elements have a precision display and are easily acces-
(optional) can be fixed quickly and tool-free using a clamping lever. sible, adjusting all dimensions and enhancing precision is made easy.
Making your work processes quicker and error-free.
E-SERVICES and assembly

Precise stops: adjustment of the Y axis on the drilling unit Ruler change
devices

Convenient adjustment of the drilling unit (Y axis) enables precise ad- The ruler with pre-set colour-coded stops can be fitted in a matter of
justment of all stop positions using the hand wheel. Work table and ruler seconds with no need for tools.
remain in the same position. Easy and precise operation.

614 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top
MINIPRESS top vertical | horizontal and vertical Note
▬ Supplied with ruler system, work table and toolkit Machines can be assembled with the Product
▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not Configurator
included as part of the basic machine
▬ Optional with horizontal drilling head (3-spindle) Short URL
www.blum.com/configurator

Symbolic image

Order information
F1 MINIPRESS top – vertical | horizontal F2 MINIPRESS top – vertical
Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no.
3 x 400 50 | 60 M75.2000 3 x 400 50 | 60 M70.2000
Consisting of: Consisting of:
F1 1 x MINIPRESS top – vertical | horizontal F2 1 x MINIPRESS top – vertical
– 1 x Tool set – 1 x Tool set
– 1 x Work table – 1 x Work table
– 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right
– 1 x Horizontal drilling head, 3 spindles – 1 x Set-up plan rack
– 1 x Set-up plan rack

Accessories
Drilling heads without swing arm
Number of spin- Spindle distance Quick connect ¹ ² Insertion
Swing arm Part no. Application Drilling
(optional)
dles (pcs) (mm) chuck
G1 Hinge ✖ ✖
3 9.5 | 45 □ I23 MZK.2000.01

G2 Horizontal mounting plate ✖ ✖


Front fixing ✖ ✖
2 32 ■ I23 MZK.210S Cabinet connectors ✖ ✖
Wall hanging bracket ✖ ✖
G3 Cruciform mounting plate ✖ ✖
2 32 ■ I23 MZK.211S

G4 Front fixing bracket ✖


Cabinet profile ✖
8 32 ■ – MZK.220S.01 Lift mechanism ✖

G6 Wooden dowel ✖
Cabinet connectors ✖
3 32 □ – MZK.2400.01

G7 Line drilling ✖
9 32 □ – MZK.2810.03

G8 Front fixing bracket ✖


Cabinet profile ✖
11 32 ■ – MZK.224S.01 Lift mechanism ✖

● Left ● Right
■ With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck ✖ Possible
¹ For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used
² Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – drill bit 642 MINIPRESS top
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 618 Short URL
Accessories – insertion rams 642 www.blum.com/i012

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 615


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top
Order information
Accessories
Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H5 For all vertical assembly options
Standard ruler 1700 850–0–850 MZL.2000

H6 For all horizontal assembly options


Horizontal ruler 1700 850–0–850 MZL.2060

H7 For more straightforward line drilling


Line drilling ruler left/right 953 0–832 MZL.2080

H8 For more precise drilling on cover


Base ruler 1250 0–850 MZL.2010

H9 Extension for standard or horizontal ruler


Extension ruler left/right 1700 850–2550 MZL.2090

H10 Extension for standard or horizontal ruler


Extension ruler left 1700 850–2550 MZL.2090.03

Description Part no. Application


H22 Can be used with the MINIPRESS top extension ruler and
Support for extension ruler MZV.3700 with the EASYSTICK extension ruler

H14 Symmetrical
Swivel stop MZS.1000

H15
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand MZS.2000

H16
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MZS.2000

H17
Centre marking stop MZR.1200

General
Description Part no. Application
I4 For drilling diameters up to 10 mm
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZK.2023

I5 For drilling diameters up to 10 mm


Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand MZK.2024

I6 For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm


Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZF.2000

I7 For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm


Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand MZF.2000

I10 For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000


Quick connect sleeve MZF.1030

I11 For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000


Quick connect chuck cover MZF.1050

I20
MINIPRESS top drilling head and ruler storage rack MZA.2600

I23 For drilling heads MZK.2000.01 | MZK.210S | MZK.211S


Swing arm small MZK.2008.02

I24 Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 125 mm


Extraction system – hose and funnel M75.2910

I25 Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 160 mm


Extraction system – hose and funnel M75.2920
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – drill bit 642
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 618
Accessories – insertion rams 642

616 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS top
Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly v|h v

A1 Hinge ● ●
A2 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ● ●
A4 Blum distance bumper ● ●
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate ● ●
A6 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ● ●
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ●

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S)


Front assembly
B1 Front fixing bracket ● ●
B2 Blum distance bumper ● ●
Cabinet assembly
B3 Lift mechanism ● ●
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ●
B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ● ●
B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate ● ●
B7 TIP-ON – for drilling ● –

Assembly – hinge systems


Front assembly
C1 Hinge ● ●
Cabinet assembly
C2 Cruciform mounting plate ● ●
C3 Horizontal mounting plate ● ●
C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ● ●
C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate ● ●
C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling ● –

Assembly – pull-out system


Cabinet assembly
D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ● ●
D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● ●
D4
D3 Blum distance bumper ● ●
Drawer assembly
D4 Base | back ● ●
Cabinet assembly
D5 Cabinet profiles ● ●
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ● ●
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ● ●
E-SERVICES and assembly

Assembly – further products


Cabinet assembly
E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 ● ●
E2 Connector screw cabinet connector ● –
E3 Knock-in cabinet connector ● ●
devices

E4 Wall hanging bracket ● ●


Cabinet assembly
E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling ● –
E6 Line drilling ● ●
● Recommended v|h Vertical | horizontal
○ Possible v Vertical
– Not possible

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 617


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top


Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.2000.01
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB08.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
Swing arm for inserting mounting plates 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
Blum distance bumper Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
Cabinet assembly
Cruciform mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB10.03
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
Swing arm for inserting mounting plates 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx 1x MZM.0061.01
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
E-SERVICES and assembly

Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
devices

Vertical Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
Swing arm for inserting mounting plates 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
¹ MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

618 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top


Lift mechanism Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S.01
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Vertical | horizontal Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000

Vertical
Cabinet fixing Quantity
AVENTOS HK-XS required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
SERVO-DRIVE switch Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.210S
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.OS
Vertical | horizontal Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right 1x MZK.2124
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Vertical Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S)


Front assembly
Front fixing bracket Quantity
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.2810.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
Front fixing bracket Quantity
AVENTOS HK-S required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Vertical | horizontal Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Swing arm for inserting mounting plates 1x MZK.2008.02
Vertical Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
Blum distance bumper Quantity
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
Cabinet assembly
Lift mechanism Quantity
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
E-SERVICES and assembly

Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000


Vertical | horizontal Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000

Vertical
SERVO-DRIVE switch Quantity
devices

AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top required Part no.


Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.210S
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.OS
Vertical | horizontal Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right 1x MZK.2124
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Vertical Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
¹ MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 619


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top


TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate Quantity
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
TIP-ON – straight adapter plate Quantity
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
TIP-ON – for drilling Quantity
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB10.L2
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2060
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical | horizontal

Assembly – hinge systems


Front assembly
Hinge Quantity
C1
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.2000.01
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB08.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB26.02
Vertical Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
Swing arm for inserting hinges 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge 1x MZM.0040
Cabinet assembly
Cruciform mounting plate Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB10.03
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
Swing arm for inserting mounting plates 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx 1x MZM.0061.01
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
E-SERVICES and assembly

Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03


Vertical Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
devices

Swing arm for inserting mounting plates 1x MZK.2008.02


Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
¹ MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

620 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top


Cruciform adapter plate Quantity
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
Straight adapter plate Quantity
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
For drilling Quantity
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB10.L2
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2060
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical | horizontal

Assembly – pull-out system


Front assembly
D1 LEGRABOX front fixing Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S.01
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 3x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 3x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000

D1 MERIVOBOX front fixing Quantity


required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S.01
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 3x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 3x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S.01
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
METABOX front fixing Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S.01
E-SERVICES and assembly

Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 4x M01.ZB10.02


Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
devices

¹ MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 621


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top


MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster Quantity
295.1000 required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB20.02
Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right 1x MZK.2124
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical Swing arm for inserting front adjustment bracket 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000 1x MZM.0095
Blum distance bumper Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical
Drawer assembly
Base | back Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S.01
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Cabinet assembly
Cabinet profiles Quantity
11 spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 11, drilling 1x MZK.224S.01
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Swivel stop 10 x ¹ MZS.1000
Cabinet profiles Quantity
8-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S.01
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2010
Swivel stop 10 x ¹ MZS.1000
BLUMOTION for METABOX Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.220S.01
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
E-SERVICES and assembly

Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000


SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.2810.03
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
devices

Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03


Vertical | horizontal Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB25.02
Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right 1x MZK.2124
Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
¹ MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

622 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top


Assembly – further products
E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 Quantity
40.0110N | 40.0620 required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB28.02
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB25.02
Vertical | horizontal Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right 1x MZK.2124
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Swing arm small 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N 1x MZM.0070
Insertion ram, connector 40.0620 1x MZM.0071
Connector screw cabinet connector Quantity
40.0200N | 42.0700.01 required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right 1x MZK.2124
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB25.02
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB05.02
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2060
Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000
Swing arm small 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N 1x MZM.0070
Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01 1x MZM.0077
Knock-in cabinet connector Quantity
40.2110 | 40.2120.02 required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling 1x MZK.211S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB10.03
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Vertical | horizontal Swivel stop 4x ¹ MZS.1000

Vertical
Wall hanging bracket Quantity
48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) 1x MZK.210S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 2x ¹ MZS.1000
Vertical Swing arm small 1x MZK.2008.02
Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 1x MZM.0078

Cabinet assembly
Wooden dowel drilling Quantity
9-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.2810.03
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 5x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 4x M01.ZB08.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 5x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 4x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand 2x M75.ZB08.03
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand 2x M75.ZB10.03
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2060
MZS.1000
E-SERVICES and assembly

Swivel stop 8x ¹
Wooden dowel drilling Quantity
3 spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling 1x MZK.2400.01
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB08.03
devices

Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02


Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand 2x M75.ZB08.03
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand 1x M75.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand 2x M75.ZB10.03
Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2060
Swivel stop 6x ¹ MZS.1000
¹ MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 623


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top


Line drilling Quantity
9-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.2810.03
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 5x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 4x M01.ZB05.03
Vertical | horizontal Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand 5x M01.ZB03.02
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand 4x M01.ZB03.03
Vertical Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, calibration 0–832 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2080
Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) 1x ¹ MZL.2000
Swivel stop 14 x ¹ MZS.1000
¹ MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

624 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 625


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS P
Specialised
MINIPRESS P is the specialist for front assemblies. Group drillings and
cabinet profile drillings can also be performed just as efficiently. Once it’s
set, it carries out routine work with precision and efficiency. A pneumatic
feed for vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings as well as a spindle
for setting the drilling distance setting makes working with MINIPRESS P
safe and precise.
▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings
▬ Drilling distance settings using spindle
▬ Pneumatic feed
▬ Can be retrofitted with EASYSTICK as an option
▬ Optional automatically movable stops in the X axis with EASYSTICK

Symbolic image

Case studies

Drilling of various patterns Insertion of Blum components Practical and precise ruler system
With the multi-swivel gearbox, various drilling MINIPRESS P is equally efficient when it comes The drilling distance is set easily from the front
patterns for furniture fittings can be set quickly, to inserting Blum fittings, the operation is both using a calibrated spindle.
tool-free and precisely. simple and precise.
E-SERVICES and assembly

Quick connect chuck 9-spindle drilling head 8-spindle drilling head


devices

For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. For efficient line drilling within the 32 mm tier For the assembly of AVENTOS lift mechanisms,
The quick connect chucks can be retrofitted system. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect box front fixings and cabinet profiles. Drilling
individually. chucks as standard. head is fitted with quick connect chucks as
standard.

626 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS P
▬ Including multi-swivel gearbox (5-spindle) Reference pages
▬ Supplied with stop system, incl. standard ruler Application video
(600 mm) and toolkit
▬ Different voltage can be supplied upon request
▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not Short URL
included as part of the basic machine www.blum.com/gmSum
▬ Can be retrofitted with EASYSTICK as an option

Symbolic image

Order information
F1 MINIPRESS P F2 MINIPRESS P
Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no.
1 x 230 50 M53.1050* 1 x 230 50 M53.1050.01
3 x 400 50 | 60 ☎ M53.1000* 3 x 400 50 | 60 ¹ M53.1000.01
Consisting of: Consisting of:
F 1 x MINIPRESS P F 1 x MINIPRESS P
I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later – 1 x Distance template
– 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover
– 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling
– 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set
– 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler
– 1 x Standard ruler H11 1 x Extension ruler symmetrical
H13 1 x Support for extension ruler
H18 1 x Centre marking stop laser
I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later
I16 1 x Position indicator for MINIPRESS P
I17 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right
I18 1 x Work table for MINIPRESS P
K9 2 x Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
K20 1 x Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
¹ H18 is not part of standard components

Accessories
Drilling heads without swing arm
Number of spin- Spindle distance Quick connect ¹ ² Insertion
Swing arm Part no. Application Drilling
(optional)
dles (pcs) (mm) chuck
G9 Line drilling ✖
9 32 ■ – MZK.190S

G10 Cabinet profile ✖


Front fixing bracket ✖
8 32 ■ – MZK.880S Lift mechanism ✖

● Left ● Right
■ With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck ✖ Possible
¹ For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used
² Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
General
Description Part no. Application
I2 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
EASYSTICK computer MZD.5000

Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H2 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
EASYSTICK ruler 1700 6–953 MZD.2000

H3 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |


E-SERVICES and assembly

EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right 1700 953–2681 MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO

Description Part no. Application


H13 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M can be used with convention-
Support for extension ruler MZV.2E00 al and with EASYSTICK extension rulers
devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – insertion rams 642
605
overview Accessories – drill bit 642
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 634
Accessories – EASYSTICK 640

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 627


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS P
Order information
Accessories
Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H11 Extension for standard ruler
Extension ruler symmetrical 1250 300–1550 ¹ MZL.1250

H12 Extension for extension ruler


Extension ruler symmetrical 1250 1550–2800 ¹ MZL.2500

Description Part no.


H14 Symmetrical
Swivel stop ¹ MZS.1000

H15
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand ¹ MZS.2000

H16
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right ¹ MZS.2000

H17
Centre marking stop MZR.1000

H18
Centre marking stop laser MZR.5300.02

H19
MINIPRESS dual application MZR.2000

H20
Locking device (16 mm ruler adjustment) MZE.1300
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
General
Description Part no.
I3
Quick connect chuck set (5 pcs. chuck, sleeve, cover), right and left MZF.1000.01

I8
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZF.1010

I9
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand MZF.1020

I10
Quick connect sleeve MZF.1030

I11
Quick connect chuck cover MZF.1050

I12
Locking device for MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S MZK.1120

I13 Drilling head connector for quick connect chuck MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 |
MZK.1130
MZK.190S | MZK.880S
I14
Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later M30.1304.02

I15
Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS P | M earlier than 2010 M30.1313.UM

I16
Position indicator for MINIPRESS P (digital drilling offset stop) MZE.2110

I17
Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right M53.0720

I18
Work table for MINIPRESS P MZA.5300

I21
Tool holder M51.0802

I22
Set-up plan rack M54.2117
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – insertion rams 642
605
overview Accessories – drill bit 642
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 634
Accessories – EASYSTICK 640

628 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS P
Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge ●
A2 Horizontal mounting plate ●
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ○
A4 Blum distance bumper ●
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate ●
A6 Horizontal mounting plate ●
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ○
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ●

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S)


Front assembly
B1 Front fixing bracket ○
B2 Blum distance bumper ●
Cabinet assembly
B3 Lift mechanism ○
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch ●
B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ●
B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate ●
B7 TIP-ON – for drilling –

Assembly – hinge systems


Front assembly
C1 Hinge ●
Cabinet assembly
C2 Cruciform mounting plate ●
C3 Horizontal mounting plate ●
C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ●
C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate ●
C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling –

Assembly – pull-out system


Front assembly
D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ○
D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ●
D4
D3 Blum distance bumper ●
Drawer assembly
D4 Base | back ○
Cabinet assembly
D5 Cabinet profiles ○
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ○
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ○
E-SERVICES and assembly

Assembly – further products


Cabinet assembly
E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 ●
E2 Connector screw cabinet connector –
E3 Knock-in cabinet connector ●
devices

E4 Wall hanging bracket ●


Cabinet assembly
E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling –
E6 Line drilling ○
● Recommended
○ Possible
– Not possible

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 629


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS M
Mobile
The MINIPRESS M from Blum is a compact tool that is flexible enough
to be used on-site or in the workshop. MINIPRESS M does not require
pressurised air or a strong power supply and instead can be operated
using lighting current.
▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings
▬ Manual feed by activating the lever

Symbolic image

Case studies

Drilling of various patterns Insertion of Blum components Drilling and insertion


With the multi-swivel gearbox, various drilling MINIPRESS M is equally efficient when it comes The lever is pulled down manually for drilling or
patterns for furniture fittings can be set quickly, to inserting Blum fittings, the operation is both insertion of fittings.
tool-free and precisely. simple and precise.
E-SERVICES and assembly

Quick connect chuck 9-spindle drilling head 8-spindle drilling head


devices

For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. For efficient line drilling within the 32 mm tier For the assembly of AVENTOS lift mechanisms,
The quick connect chucks can be retrofitted system. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect box front fixings and cabinet profiles. Drilling
individually. chucks as standard. head is fitted with quick connect chucks as
standard.

630 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS M
▬ Including multi-swivel gearbox (5-spindle) Reference pages
▬ Supplied with stop system, incl. standard ruler Application video
(600 mm) and toolkit
▬ Different voltage can be supplied upon request
▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not Short URL
included as part of the basic machine www.blum.com/1nenDA

Symbolic image

Order information
F1 MINIPRESS M F2 MINIPRESS M
Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no.
1 x 230 50 M52.1050* 1 x 230 50 ☎ M52.1050*
Consisting of: Consisting of:
F 1 x MINIPRESS M F 1 x MINIPRESS M
I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later
– 1 x Distance template I19 1 x Work table for MINIPRESS M
– 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Distance template
– 1 x Replacement coupling – 4 x Chuck cover
– 1 x Tool set – 1 x Replacement coupling
– 1 x Standard ruler – 1 x Tool set
– 1 x Standard ruler

Accessories
Drilling heads without swing arm
Number of spin- Spindle distance Quick connect ¹ ² Insertion
Swing arm Part no. Application Drilling
(optional)
dles (pcs) (mm) chuck
G9 Line drilling ✖
9 32 ■ – MZK.190S

G10 Cabinet profile ✖


Front fixing bracket ✖
8 32 ■ – MZK.880S Lift mechanism ✖

● Left ● Right
■ With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck ✖ Possible
¹ For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used
² Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – drill bit 642
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 634
Accessories – insertion rams 642

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 631


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS M
Order information
Accessories
Rulers
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H11 Extension for standard ruler
Extension ruler symmetrical 1250 300–1550 ¹ MZL.1250

H12 Extension for extension ruler


Extension ruler symmetrical 1250 1550–2800 ¹ MZL.2500

Description Part no. Application


H13 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M can be used with convention-
Support for extension ruler MZV.2E00 al and with EASYSTICK extension rulers

H14 Symmetrical
Swivel stop MZS.1000

H15
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand MZS.2000

H16
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MZS.2000

H17
Centre marking stop MZR.1000

H19
MINIPRESS dual application MZR.2000

H21
Stop (drilling offset stop) MZS.1020

General
Description Part no.
I3
Quick connect chuck set (5 pcs. chuck, sleeve, cover), right and left MZF.1000.01

I8
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand MZF.1010

I9
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand MZF.1020

I10
Quick connect sleeve MZF.1030

I11
Quick connect chuck cover MZF.1050

I12
Locking device for MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S MZK.1120

I13 Drilling head connector for quick connect chuck MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 |
MZK.1130
MZK.190S | MZK.880S
I14
Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later M30.1304.02

I15
Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS P | M earlier than 2010 M30.1313.UM

I19
Work table for MINIPRESS M MZA.5200
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines Accessories – drill bit 642
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
Assembly possibilities 634
Accessories – insertion rams 642

632 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine

MINIPRESS M
Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge ●
A2 Horizontal mounting plate ●
A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ○
A4 Blum distance bumper ●
Cabinet assembly
A5 Cruciform mounting plate ●
A6 Horizontal mounting plate ●
A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ○
A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ●

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S)


Front assembly
B1 Front fixing bracket ○
B2 Blum distance bumper ●
Cabinet assembly
B3 Lift mechanism ○
B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch ●
B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ●
B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate ●
B7 TIP-ON – for drilling –

Assembly – hinge systems


Front assembly
C1 Hinge ●
Cabinet assembly
C2 Cruciform mounting plate ●
C3 Horizontal mounting plate ●
C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate ●
C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate ●
C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling –

Assembly – pull-out system


Front assembly
D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ○
D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ●
D4
D3 Blum distance bumper ●
Drawer assembly
D4 Base | back ○
Cabinet assembly
D5 Cabinet profiles ○
D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ○
D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ○
E-SERVICES and assembly

Assembly – further products


Cabinet assembly
E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 ●
E2 Connector screw cabinet connector –
E3 Knock-in cabinet connector ●
devices

E4 Wall hanging bracket ●


Cabinet assembly
E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling –
E6 Line drilling ○
● Recommended
○ Possible
– Not possible

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 633


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS)
Front assembly
A1 Hinge Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB08.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Blum distance bumper Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
Cabinet assembly
Cruciform mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx 1x MZM.0061.01
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
E-SERVICES and assembly

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000


Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
Lift mechanism Quantity
devices

AVENTOS HF required Part no.


Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

634 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Cabinet fixing Quantity
AVENTOS HK-XS required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
SERVO-DRIVE switch Quantity
AVENTOS HF required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.OS
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M

Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S)


Front assembly
Front fixing bracket Quantity
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.190S
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Front fixing bracket Quantity
AVENTOS HK-S required Part no.
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
Blum distance bumper Quantity
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top required Part no.
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
Cabinet assembly
Lift mechanism Quantity
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
SERVO-DRIVE switch Quantity
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M
TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate Quantity
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S required Part no.
E-SERVICES and assembly

Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
devices

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
TIP-ON – straight adapter plate Quantity
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S required Part no.
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 635


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Assembly – hinge systems
Front assembly
Hinge Quantity
C1
required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB35.02
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB08.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS P Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB26.02
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge 1x MZM.0040
Cabinet assembly
Cruciform mounting plate Quantity
required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx 1x MZM.0061.01
Horizontal mounting plate Quantity
required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 4x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 1x MZM.0050
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 1x MZM.0053
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Quantity
Cruciform adapter plate required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Quantity
Straight adapter plate required Part no.
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M

Assembly – pull-out system


Front assembly
D1 LEGRABOX front fixing Quantity
8-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
E-SERVICES and assembly

Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 3x M01.ZB10.02


Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB10.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 3x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
devices

¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

636 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M

D1 MERIVOBOX front fixing Quantity


8-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 3x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB10.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 3x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX front fixing Quantity
required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing with gallery Quantity
8-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 3x M01.ZB10.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
METABOX front fixing Quantity
required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB10.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800 1x MZM.0092.01
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610 1x MZM.0093.02
METABOX front fixing with gallery Quantity
8-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 4x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster Quantity
295.1000 required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB20.02
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000 1x ¹ MZM.0095
MINIPRESS M
Blum distance bumper Quantity
required Part no.
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB08.02
E-SERVICES and assembly

Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02


Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
Drawer assembly
Base | back Quantity
devices

required Part no.


Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 637


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Cabinet assembly
Cabinet profiles Quantity
8-spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 2x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 5x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 5x ¹ MZS.2000
BLUMOTION for METABOX Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling 1x MZK.880S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB02.D2
MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB02.D3
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment Quantity
required Part no.
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.190S
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
MINIPRESS P Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB25.02
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000

Assembly – further products


E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 Quantity
40.0110N | 40.0200N | 40.0620 | 42.0700.01 required Part no.
Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB28.02
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB25.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N 1x MZM.0070
Insertion ram, connector 40.0620 1x MZM.0071
Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01 1x MZM.0077
Knock-in cabinet connector Quantity
40.2110 | 40.2120.02 required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 2x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 2x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M
Wall hanging bracket Quantity
48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 required Part no.
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB10.02
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand 1x M01.ZB10.03
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 1x ¹ MZS.2000
MINIPRESS M Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 1x MZM.0078
Cabinet assembly
Line drilling Quantity
E-SERVICES and assembly

9-spindle drilling head required Part no.


Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling 1x MZK.190S
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 4x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 5x M01.ZB05.03
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand 4x M01.ZB03.02
MINIPRESS M Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand 5x M01.ZB03.03
devices

Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 11 x ¹ MZS.2000


Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 11 x ¹ MZS.2000
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

638 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities

MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
Line drilling Quantity
3 spindle drilling head required Part no.
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB05.02
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB05.03
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand 1x M01.ZB03.02
MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand 2x M01.ZB03.03
MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right 10 x ¹ MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand 10 x ¹ MZS.2000
¹ MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 639


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories

EASYSTICK
Your perfect support
Blum drilling and insertion machines with EASYSTICK make light work
of precision front and cabinet drilling – regardless of whether you are
working with MINIPRESS top | MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P – retro-
fitted or fitted with EASYSTICK, your MINIPRESS becomes your perfect
assistant. The EASYSTICK computer calculates the drilling positions for
the fittings once you have entered the workpiece dimensions. The ruler
(X axis) then moves automatically and shows the right drilling position
step-by-step.
▬ Precise assembly results with automatically movable ruler (X axis)
▬ Planning results can be copied easily from the Cabinet Configurator
▬ Updates make it easy to keep your EASYSTICK software (functions
and new products) equipped to perform to the optimum
▬ Can be retrofitted to existing machines (MINIPRESS PRO |
MINIPRESS P)

Case studies

Ready, steady, drill Integrated working Keep up to date


EASYSTICK incorporates a computer so for the Planning results are copied from the Cabinet Updates are available for download and can
first time you will be able to plan cabinets direct- Configurator via a USB stick. You can call up be applied via a USB stick. So you can rest
ly on the machine. After entering the cabinet your work assignments with the barcode scan- assured that EASYSTICK will always be current
dimensions, all drilling positions are determined ner and continue working with them. in terms of features and products.
automatically.
E-SERVICES and assembly

Position EASYSTICK ruler Install control unit Easy stops


devices

EASYSTICK replaces the conventional ruler A special bracket is used to mount the computer EASYSTICK’s illuminated markers indicate
and revolutionises front and cabinet assem- directly on the machine, so it’s simply a case of drilling positions. The ruler moves automatically.
bly – it can even be retrofitted on your existing ready, steady, drill. With EASYSTICK, you can move with precision,
MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P dependant without any readjustment necessary.
on age.

640 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories

EASYSTICK
▬ EASYSTICK computer (incl. bracket) for automatic Reference pages
calculation of fixing positions – must be ordered Application video
separately
▬ Automatically movable EASYSTICK ruler with stop
pins and illuminated markings (length 1700 mm, Short URL
stop positions from 6–953 mm) – must be ordered www.blum.com/a860
separately
▬ EASYSTICK extension ruler for stop positions from
953–2681 mm – must be ordered separately

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no. Application
I2 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
EASYSTICK computer MZD.5000

Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application


H2 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
EASYSTICK ruler 1700 6–953 MZD.2000

Accessories
Description Length (mm) Calibration (mm) Part no. Application
H3 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |
EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right 1700 953–2681 MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO

Description Part no. Application


H23 Can also be used with MINIPRESS P and MINIPRESS PRO
Support for extension ruler MZV.2E00 extension rulers

– Flex
Market Part no. Market Part no. Market Part no.
AR Z10M200A JP Z10M200J UK Z10M200B
AU Z10M200K CH Z10M200C CL Z10M200L
DK Z10M200D CN Z10M200N Europe Z10M200E
TW Z10M200T IN Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200U
IL Z10M200I ZA Z10M200Z

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines EASYSTICK
605
overview
Overview – assembly possibilities 606
MINIPRESS top 614 Short URL
MINIPRESS P 626 www.blum.com/i013

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 641


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories

Insertion rams
Description Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Vertical |
Vertical
horizontal
J1
Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge MZM.0040 ● ● ● ●

J2
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 MZM.0050 ● ● ● ●

J3
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0 MZM.0053 ● ● ● ●

J4
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx MZM.0061.01 ● ● ● ●

J5
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800 MZM.0292.01 ● ●

J6
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800 MZM.0092.01 ● ●

J7
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610 MZM.0093.02 ● ●

J8
Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000 MZM.0095 ● ● ● ●

J9
Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 MZM.0078 ● ● ● ●

J10
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N MZM.0070 ● ● ● ●

J11
Insertion ram, connector 40.0620 MZM.0071 ● ● ● ●

J12
Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01 MZM.0077 ● ● ● ●

Drill
Description Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Vertical |
Vertical
horizontal
K1
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB02.D3 ● ● ● ●

K2
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB02.D2 ● ● ● ●

K3
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB03.03 ● ● ● ●

K4
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB03.02 ● ● ● ●

K5
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB05.03 ● ● ● ●

K6
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB05.02 ● ● ● ●

K7
Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB05.D3 ● ● ● ●

K8
Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB05.D2 ● ● ● ●

K9
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB08.03 ● ● ● ●

K10
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB08.02 ● ● ● ●

K11
Drill bit without tip, 8 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB08.OS ● ● ● ●
E-SERVICES and assembly

K12
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB10.03 ● ● ● ●

K13
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB10.02 ● ● ● ●
devices

642 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories

Drill
Description Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Vertical |
Vertical
horizontal
K14
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, left hand M01.ZB20.03 ● ● ● ●

K15
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB20.02 ● ● ● ●

K16
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB25.02 ● ● ● ●

K18
Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB26.02 ● ● ● ●

K19
Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB28.02 ● ● ● ●

K20
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB35.02 ● ● ● ●

K21
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand M01.ZB35.OS ● ● ● ●

K22 Special drill without a centring tip for mineral composites | HPL boards (thin
M01.ZB10.T3 ● ● ● ●
fronts), 10 x 57 mm, left
K23 Special drill without a centring tip for mineral composites | HPL boards (thin
M01.ZB10.T2 ● ● ● ●
fronts), 10 x 57 mm, right

Drill bit – horizontal drilling machine


Description Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Vertical |
Vertical
horizontal
L1
Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, left hand M75.ZB05.L3 ●

L2
Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, right hand M75.ZB05.L2 ●

L3
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand M75.ZB08.L3 ●

L4
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand M75.ZB08.L2 ●

L5
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand M75.ZB10.L3 ●

L6
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand M75.ZB10.L2 ●

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Reference pages
Overview – drilling and insertion machines MINIPRESS top 614
605
overview MINIPRESS P 626
Overview – assembly possibilities 606 MINIPRESS M 630
Assembly possibilities 618
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK 610

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 643


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices

Proven technology for increased assembly ease


Our practical assembly devices tailored to your
needs enable optimal assembly of Blum box
systems even in smaller production runs.
Our assembly devices are designed to provide
you with optimal assembly support; they are
easy to operate, durable and user-friendly.
As an alternative to the screw connection type
for BOXFIX plus, the drawers can now also be
fixed with nails. This enables the containers to
be mounted much more quickly and gap-free.

BOXFIX plus BOXFIX E-L


Easy handling and effective set-up for LEGRABOX, MERIVOBOX and The straightforward assembly for LEGRABOX.
TANDEMBOX.
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

BOXFIX E-M BOXFIX E-T


The straightforward assembly for MERIVOBOX. The straightforward assembly for TANDEMBOX.

644 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Overview

Description Part no. Page Assembly possibilities

TANDEMBOX antaro
CLIP top BLUMOTION

TANDEMBOX plus
AVENTOS HK top
AVENTOS HK-XS

Further products
LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
AVENTOS HF

MERIVOBOX

MOVENTO
METABOX
AVENTOS

TANDEM
CLIP top
MODUL
Drawer Assembly
BOXFIX plus
ZMM.2500 646 ● ● ● ● ●

BOXFIX E-L
ZMM.0700.01 647 ● ●

BOXFIX E-M
ZMM.0400 648 ●

BOXFIX E-T
ZMM.0350 649 ● ●

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 645


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly

BOXFIX plus
▬ Pneumatic device for assembling drawers and high Assembly possibilities
fronted pull-outs LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
▬ Assembly type: screws or nails
MERIVOBOX
▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm TANDEMBOX antaro
▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Back heights up to 250 mm (wood and steel)
▬ Material: aluminium/steel

Reference pages
Overview – assembly devices 645

Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
BOXFIX plus ZMM.2500
Consisting of:
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
– 1 x BOXFIX plus
– 1 x Centre bit Pneumatic nail gun with accessories ZMZ.20S1
– 1 x Tool set

Nails with accessories ZMZ.20S2

Nails retrofit set for BOXFIX plus ZMZ.20S6

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer assembly screws
▬ Set nominal length NL and pull-out width
▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert drawer base, sides and back into BOXFIX and fit together pneumatically
▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus


Drawer assembly nails (optional)
▬ Set nominal length NL and pull-out width
▬ Use nails to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert drawer base, sides and back into BOXFIX and fit together pneumatically
▬ Use nails to attach the drawer base to drawer sides
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

646 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly

BOXFIX E-L
▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pull- Assembly possibilities
outs LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
▬ Assembly type: screw-on
▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm
▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm
▬ Back heights up to 250 mm
▬ Material: nylon/steel
▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on
request Reference pages
Overview – assembly devices 645
Application video

Short URL
www.blum.com/26qCmt
Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
BOXFIX E-L ZMM.0700.01
Consisting of:
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
– 1 x BOXFIX E-L
– 1 x Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T ZMM.075N
– 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L

Description Part no.


Starter kit ZMM.0700.20
Consisting of:
– 1 x BOXFIX E-L
– 1 x Centre bit
– 1 x Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm
– 1 x TORX screwdriver
– 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Drawer Assembly
▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back
▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX
▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 647


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly

BOXFIX E-M
▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pull- Assembly possibilities
outs MERIVOBOX
▬ Assembly type: screw-on
▬ Nominal length NL 270–600 mm
▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm
▬ Back heights up to 250 mm
▬ Material: nylon/steel
▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on
request Reference pages
Overview – assembly devices 645

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
BOXFIX E-M ZMM.0400
Consisting of:
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
– 1 x BOXFIX E-M
– 1 x Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T ZMM.075N
– 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-M

Assembly possibilities
MERIVOBOX
Drawer Assembly
▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back
▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX
▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

648 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly

BOXFIX E-T
▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pull- Assembly possibilities
outs TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Assembly type: screw-on
▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm
▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm
▬ Back heights up to 250 mm
▬ Material: nylon/steel
▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on
request Reference pages
Overview – assembly devices 645
Application video

Short URL
www.blum.com/ZLrYk
Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
BOXFIX E-T ZMM.0350
Consisting of:
Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01
– 1 x BOXFIX E-T
– 1 x Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T ZMM.075N
– 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-T

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer Assembly
▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back
▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings
▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX
▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 649


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates

Perfect motion requires precise assembly


Blum templates and jigs support the assembly
of all Blum products. They have proven to be
the very best aids when it comes to day-to-day
assembly. Their combination of high precision
and practical benefits is valued both in work-
shops and directly on-site with the customer.

Templates and jigs

Fixing positions, for example, can be safely Drilling for Blum hinge drilling patterns can, Fixing positions for cabinet profiles, for example,
and precisely punched and pre-drilled with the for example, be efficiently executed using the can be precisely transferred using the universal
universal drilling template. drilling template for hinges. rod template.

Optimal assembly devices for all of our products


E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Lift systems Hinge systems Box and runner systems Further products

650 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview

Overview
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Pictograph
Item available on request

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 651


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – templates

Description Part no. Page Assembly possibilities

TANDEMBOX antaro
CLIP top BLUMOTION

TANDEMBOX plus
AVENTOS HK top
AVENTOS HK-XS

Further products
LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
AVENTOS HF

MERIVOBOX

MOVENTO
METABOX
AVENTOS

TANDEM
CLIP top
MODUL
Drilling templates
Universal individual template
65.1051.02 658 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Universal drilling template


ZML.0040.02 659 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Drilling template for Blum distance bumper


ZML.1090 660 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ECODRILL
M31.1000 661 ● ● ● ● ●

Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch


M31.2000 662 ● ● ●

Drilling template for hinges 65.059A


663 ● ● ● ● ●
65.055A
Template
65.5300* 664 ● ● ● ● ●

Drilling template for mounting plates


65.5070 665 ● ● ● ● ●

Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON


65.5010 666 ● ● ●

Drilling template for BLUMOTION


65.5000 667 ● ● ●

Base router
M35.7200.01 668 ● ●

Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back


ZML.7000 669 ● ●

Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION


ZML.0330 670 ● ● ●

Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attach-


ment ZML.1150.02 671 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

MINIFIX
65.3300 672 ●

Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM


T65.1000.02 673 ● ●

Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant


T65.1100 674 ●
E-SERVICES and assembly

Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing


ZML.0050 675 ●

Drilling template for connectors


65.5040 676 ●
devices

Gauge sets
Universal drilling template
65.1000.01 677 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Drilling template for hinge systems


65.7500.03 678 ● ● ● ● ●

652 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – templates

Description Part no. Page Assembly possibilities

TANDEMBOX antaro
CLIP top BLUMOTION

TANDEMBOX plus
AVENTOS HK top
AVENTOS HK-XS

Further products
LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
AVENTOS HF

MERIVOBOX

MOVENTO
METABOX
AVENTOS

TANDEM
CLIP top
MODUL
Gauge sets
Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges
65.4500.01 679 ● ●

Insertion tool
Insertion tool for hinges
ZME.0710 680 ● ● ●

Insertion tool for mounting plates 65.6100


681 ● ● ●
ZME.0730
Insertion tool for pull-out systems
ZME.xxx0 682 ● ● ●

Marking templates
Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket
ZML.2200 683 ● ●

Marking template for LEGRABOX


ZML.3710 684 ● ●

Marking template for MERIVOBOX


ZML.4010 685 ●

Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX


ZML.x5x0 686 ● ● ●

Positioning template for catch plate


65.5210.01 687 ● ●

Marking template
65.2950 688 ● ●

Marking templates
Universal marking template
65.5340.01 689 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Cabinet angle template


65.5810.03 690 ● ●
61
25
60

54
24
59 22

10
23

53
58 21 51
57 20 50 2 40 +25°

45 +5

26
56 19 49 4 39

9
55

52 7

-5
11

44 +4
8 43 +40

27
12

-4 0°

13

18 48
14

28
17 47
16
15

-4 5°
--

6 41 +30°

42 +35°

29

46
--

-3
30


31

3 38

°
2 37
-3 5°

1
32

--
33
-2
0

34

35

36
°

-2

+20°
--
-1

+15°
0

-1

+10°
°

+5°

-5°

Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket 65.0807


691 ● ● ●
65.0803
Marking template ZML.8030
692 ● ● ●
ZML.805S
Positioning templates
Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO
65.5631 693 ● ● ●

Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX


65.5627 694 ● ● ●
E-SERVICES and assembly

Special templates
Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX
65.0801 695 ●
devices

Glass cutting set


65.8000 696 ● ● ●

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 653


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Overview – assembly possibilities


Assembly – AVENTOS Assembly – MERIVOBOX Assembly – MOVENTO
654 656 657

Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly – TANDEMBOX antaro Assembly – TANDEM
654 656 657

Assembly – MODUL Assembly – TANDEMBOX plus LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free


655 656 655

Assembly – METABOX Assembly – further products


656 657

Assembly – AVENTOS
Front assembly
Universal drilling template Template Marking template for
AVENTOS HK top front fixing
bracket

659 664 683


Cabinet assembly
Universal individual template Universal drilling template Universal marking template

658 677 689


Assembly – hinge systems
Template Drilling template for mounting plates Drilling template for hinges

664 665 663


ECODRILL Drilling template for hinge systems Insertion tool for hinges

661 678 680


Insertion tool for mounting plates Universal marking template

681 689
Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for Blum distance Drilling template for the
bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch

660 662
Assembly – TIP-ON
Positioning template for catch plate Drilling template for BLUMOTION
| TIP-ON

687 666

Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top


Assembly – hinge systems
Template Drilling template for mounting plates Drilling template for hinges

664 665 663


ECODRILL Cabinet angle template Adhesion template for CRISTALLO
glass door hinges
E-SERVICES and assembly

661 688 679


Universal individual template Universal drilling template Drilling template for hinge systems

658 677 678


devices

Universal marking template Insertion tool for hinges Insertion tool for mounting plates

689 680 681

654 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top


Assembly – BLUMOTION
Template Drilling template for BLUMOTION Drilling template for BLUMOTION
| TIP-ON

664 666 667


Assembly – TIP-ON
Template Positioning template for catch plate Drilling template for BLUMOTION
| TIP-ON

664 687 666

Assembly – MODUL
Assembly – hinge systems
Template Drilling template for mounting plates Drilling template for BLUMOTION

664 665 667


Drilling template for hinges ECODRILL Universal individual template

663 661 658


Universal drilling template Drilling template for hinge systems Insertion tool for hinges

677 678 680


Universal marking template

689

Assembly – LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free


Front assembly
Universal drilling template Insertion tool for pull-out systems Marking template for LEGRABOX

659 682 684


Front gap template for LEGRABOX

693
Cabinet assembly
Universal individual template Universal drilling template Universal marking template

658 677 689


Drawer assembly
Universal drilling template Base router Drilling template for LEGRABOX
base | back

659 668 669


Glass cutting set
E-SERVICES and assembly

696
Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for Blum distance Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE
bumper bracket profile attachment
devices

660 671

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 655


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly – MERIVOBOX
Front assembly
Universal drilling template Front gap template for Marking template for MERIVOBOX
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

659 694 685


Cabinet assembly
Universal individual template Universal drilling template Universal marking template

658 677 689


Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE
bracket profile attachment

671

Assembly – TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus


Front assembly
Marking template Marking template for TANDEMBOX Universal drilling template
| METABOX

692 686 659


Insertion tool for pull-out systems Front gap template for
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

682 694
Cabinet assembly
Universal individual template Universal drilling template Universal marking template

658 677 689


Drawer assembly
Universal drilling template Drilling template for Glass cutting set
SPACE CORNER with
SYNCROMOTION

659 670 696


Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for Blum distance Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE
bumper bracket profile attachment

660 671

Assembly – METABOX
Front assembly
Marking template Marking template for TANDEMBOX Universal drilling template
| METABOX

692 686 659


Insertion tool for pull-out systems

682
Cabinet assembly
E-SERVICES and assembly

MINIFIX Universal individual template Universal drilling template

672 658 677


Drawer assembly
devices

Universal drilling template

659

656 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities

Assembly – MOVENTO | TANDEM


Front assembly
Universal drilling template Front gap template for MOVENTO

659 693
Cabinet assembly
Universal individual template Universal drilling template Universal marking template

658 677 689


Drawer assembly
Drilling template for MOVENTO | Drilling template for TANDEM hook Drilling template for TANDEM front
TANDEM and peg variant fixing

673 674 675


Marking template

688
Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE
Drilling template for Blum distance Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE
bumper bracket profile attachment

660 671

Assembly – further products


Front assembly
Marking template for CABLOXX Marking template for CABLOXX
front locking bracket front locking bracket

691 691
Cabinet assembly
Drilling template for connectors Cutting-to-size template for
CABLOXX

676 695

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 657


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Universal individual template


▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for cab- Assembly possibilities
inet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter AVENTOS MOVENTO
CLIP top BLUMOTION TANDEM
plates
CLIP top
▬ The template can be used with assembled and MODUL
unassembled cabinets LEGRABOX
▬ Depth position setting using calibration MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX antaro
▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications TANDEMBOX plus
▬ For system and chipboard screws METABOX
▬ Assembly on a marking line Reference pages
▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/FtGEO
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Universal individual template 65.1051.02 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Universal individual template Add-on for SPACE CORNER 65.1107
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 5 to Ø 2.5 mm
– 1 x Allen key

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
Cabinet assembly
▬ Set template depth position using the calibration
▬ Position template in cabinet on marking line
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL


Hinge system assembly
▬ Set template depth position using the calibration
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for mounting and adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors)
E-SERVICES and assembly

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Cabinet assembly
devices

▬ Set template depth position using the calibration


▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profiles
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for BLUMOTION for METABOX
▬ The additional part (65.1107) enables SPACE CORNER assembly

658 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Universal drilling template


▬ For marking or pre-drilling the fixing positions of front Assembly possibilities
fixings including gallery, drawer back and base as AVENTOS
LEGRABOX pure
well as for AVENTOS front fixings
LEGRABOX free
▬ Stop setting via the calibration MERIVOBOX
▬ Material: nylon/steel TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX
MOVENTO
TANDEM
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
www.blum.com/cSAMF
Order information
Description Part no.
Universal drilling template ZML.0040.02
Consisting of:
– 1 x Universal drilling template
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm
– 1 x Marking template Ø 10 mm
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 10 to Ø 5 mm
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 10 to Ø 2.5 mm

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
Front assembly
▬ Set stops using the calibration
▬ Pre-drill or mark fixing positions for inline or cruciform mounting plates for AVENTOS HF as well as front fixings for
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S | HK-XS

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Front assembly
▬ Set stops using the calibration
▬ Drill or mark fixing positions for front fixings including gallery
E-SERVICES and assembly

METABOX
Drawer assembly – back
devices

▬ Set stops using the calibration


▬ Mark fixing positions

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 659


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for Blum distance bumper


▬ Bumper drilling template for use on an unattached or Assembly possibilities
attached front and/or cabinet AVENTOS MOVENTO
CLIP top BLUMOTION TANDEM
▬ Assembly on a marking line and stop (fixed dimen-
CLIP top
sion 20) possible MODUL
▬ Material: nylon/steel LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1ZtTC6
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for Blum distance bumper ZML.1090
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for Blum distance bumper
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 8 mm
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 8 to Ø 5 mm

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | MOVENTO | TANDEM
SERVO-DRIVE assembly
▬ Position template
▬ Perform drilling for distance bumper (Ø 8 or Ø 5 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

660 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

ECODRILL
▬ Simple hand held tool to drill accurate hole patterns Assembly possibilities
for Blum hinges AVENTOS HF
AVENTOS HK-XS
▬ Driven by hand drill
CLIP top BLUMOTION
▬ Variable drilling distance (2–8 mm) CLIP top
▬ Assembly on a marking line MODUL
▬ Material: aluminium die casting

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1SeQww
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
ECODRILL M31.1000 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template Drill bit Ø 8 mm M31.ZB08.02
– 2 x Drill bit Ø 8 mm
– 1 x Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm
Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm M31.ZB35.02
– 2 x TORX bit
– 2 x Adjustable clamps
Tool set MZW.1300

Clip-on part for bi-fold hinge M31.1900

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly
▬ Adjust drilling distance setting
▬ Mark desired hinge position
▬ Position ECODRILL on marking line and fix with clamping lever
▬ Drill hinge drilling pattern using hand drill

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 661


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch


▬ Simple hand-held tool for drilling accurate holes for Assembly possibilities
the SERVO-DRIVE switch attachment AVENTOS HF
AVENTOS HS
▬ Driven by hand drill
AVENTOS HL
▬ Drilling template can be used with assembled and AVENTOS HK top
unassembled cabinets
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: aluminium die casting

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/29CZin
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch M31.2000 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm M31.ZB35.02
– 1 x Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm
– 2 x TORX bit

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HS | AVENTOS HL | AVENTOS HK top
SERVO-DRIVE assembly
▬ Mark desired SERVO-DRIVE switch position
▬ Position template on marking line and fix with clamping screw
▬ Perform attachment drillings for the SERVO-DRIVE switch with the hand drill
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

662 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for hinges


▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for Assembly possibilities
hinges (Ø 8 and/or Ø 2.5 mm) AVENTOS HF
AVENTOS HK-XS
▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for the
CLIP top BLUMOTION
horizontal and cruciform mounting plates CLIP top
▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for MODUL
adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors)
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: nylon/steel
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1Be6q5
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for hinges (Ø 8 mm | Ø 2.5 mm) 65.059A
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for hinges
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 8 to Ø 2.5 mm
– 1 x Drilling depth stop Ø 8 mm

Description Part no.


Drilling template for hinges (Ø 2.5 mm) 65.055A
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for hinges

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly – Door
▬ Perform boss drilling (Ø 35 mm) e.g. using a pillar drill
▬ Position template and fix with a spacer
▬ Drill side holes for hinges

AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL


Hinge system assembly – Cabinet
▬ Mark hinge arm centre
▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 663


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Template
▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for mounting Assembly possibilities
plates (Ø 2.5 mm) AVENTOS HF
AVENTOS HK top
▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for
AVENTOS HK-S
adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) AVENTOS HK-XS
▬ If mounting plate fixing positions are standard CLIP top BLUMOTION
throughout, then it is possible to fix several tem- CLIP top
MODUL
plates to a wooden strip
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: steel Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1ImlaP
Order information
Description Part no.
Template 65.5300*
Consisting of:
– 1 x Template

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS
Hinge system assembly
▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF)
▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL


Hinge system assembly
▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF)
▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly

AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top


BLUMOTION | TIP-ON assembly
devices

▬ Position template on marking line


▬ Drill holes for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON adapter plate (20 | 37 mm)

664 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for mounting plates


▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for cruciform Assembly possibilities
mounting plates (Ø 5 mm) AVENTOS HF
AVENTOS HK-XS
▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for cruciform
CLIP top BLUMOTION
mounting plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) CLIP top
▬ The aligning function allows you to drill the 32 mm MODUL
dimension exactly
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: nylon/steel
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/uiJko
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for mounting plates 65.5070
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for mounting plates
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly
▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF)
▬ Position template on marking line and drill first hole (Ø 5 mm)
▬ Turn template around, insert positioning pin into drilling hole and drill second hole (Ø 5 mm)

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 665


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON


▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for Assembly possibilities
BLUMOTION for doors handle side (970.1002) AVENTOS HK top
AVENTOS HK-S
and hinge side (970A1002) as well as for TIP-ON
AVENTOS HK-XS
(956x1004) CLIP top
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1ZmwA8
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 65.5010
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top
TIP-ON assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm
▬ Perform drilling for TIP-ON (Ø 10 mm)

CLIP top
BLUMOTION assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm
▬ Perform drilling for BLUMOTION (Ø 10 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

666 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for BLUMOTION


▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for Assembly possibilities
BLUMOTION for doors handle side (970.1002) as CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
well as for TIP-ON for doors (956x1004)
MODUL
▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for
adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors)
▬ Template for drilling mounting plates
▬ You can pre-set repeating drilling positions using the
stop rod
▬ Assembly on a marking line Reference pages
▬ Material: nylon/steel Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/cKQqy
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for BLUMOTION 65.5000
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for BLUMOTION
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ You can pre-set repeating drilling positions using the stop rod
▬ Drillings for the BLUMOTION | TIP-ON adapter plate (Ø 2.5 and/or Ø 5 mm)
▬ Drill holes horizontally for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL


Hinge system assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Drill holes for horizontal or cruciform mounting plate
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 667


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Base router
▬ LEGRABOX base assembly Assembly possibilities
▬ Precise manufacturing of the LEGRABOX base LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
routing
▬ Straightforward clamping of base for convenient
working
▬ No set-up required
▬ Drawer bottom 18–19 mm possible on request
▬ TANDEMBOX drawer bottom 18–19 mm possible on
request Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/UWdi4
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Base router M35.7200.01 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Base router Cutting insert set M35.ZW40
– 1 x Milling cutter Ø 60 mm
– 2 x Wood stop
Wood stop (10 pcs) M35.ZT01
– 1 x Tool set

Carbon brushes for base router M35.ZM01

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Drawer assembly – base
▬ Clamp the drawer base
▬ Mill using inching mode and remove drawer base
▬ Bring carriage to starting position
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

668 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back


▬ Template for pre-drilling of fixing positions on drawer Assembly possibilities
base (connection of drawer side | base and back | LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
base)
▬ Template for pre-drilling of fixing positions on
chipboard back (connection of chipboard back |
chipboard back fixing)
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1sK9KN
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back ZML.7000
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Drawer assembly – connection of drawer side | base
▬ Position template on front edge of drawer base
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for drawer side (Ø 2.5 mm)

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free


Drawer assembly – connection of chipboard back | chipboard back fixing
▬ Position template on back
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for chipboard back fixing (Ø 2.5 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free


Drawer assembly – connection of back | base
devices

▬ Position template on back of base on marking line


▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for connection of back | base (Ø 2.5 mm)

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 669


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION


▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the Assembly possibilities
SPACE CORNER SYNCROMOTION fitting TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/2IW3fO
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with
ZML.0330
SYNCROMOTION
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer assembly
▬ Position template in the corner
▬ Drill fixing positions for the SYNCROMOTION fitting

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus


Drawer assembly
▬ Position template on the side
▬ Drill fixing position for the corner front piece
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

670 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment


▬ Template for marking or pre-drilling the fixing posi- Assembly possibilities
tions for the SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile adapter LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
▬ The drilling template can be attached to an
MERIVOBOX
assembled and unassembled cabinet as well as to TANDEMBOX antaro
individual components (bottom panel | top panel | TANDEMBOX plus
cross bar) MOVENTO
TANDEM
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/C5aJ9
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket
ZML.1150.02
profile attachment
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm
– 1 x Marking template Ø 10 mm

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Cabinet assembly
▬ Mark cabinet profile height position
▬ Set depth adjustment using the calibration
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Drill or mark drillings for bracket profile adapter

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 671


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

MINIFIX
▬ Template for precise positioning of cabinet profile Assembly possibilities
fixing screws METABOX
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: nylon

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1wLT0f
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
MINIFIX 65.3300 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x MINIFIX Centre bit M01.ZZ03.01

Assembly possibilities
METABOX
Cabinet assembly
▬ Mark cabinet profile height position
▬ Clip cabinet profile on to MINIFIX
▬ Position MINIFIX on marking line
▬ Screw on cabinet profile (pre-drilling with centre bit M01.ZZ03.01 recommended)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

672 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM


▬ Template for drilling the runner hook positions Assembly possibilities
▬ Pre-drilling the MOVENTO | TANDEM locking device MOVENTO
TANDEM
fixing positions
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/25lXQy
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM T65.1000.02 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM Tool set T65.9000
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 6 mm

Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO | TANDEM
Drawer assembly – hook drilling
▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer
▬ Drill hook position

MOVENTO | TANDEM
Drawer assembly – MOVENTO | TANDEM locking device
▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer
▬ Pre-drill the fixing positions for the locking device
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 673


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant


▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the pegs Assembly possibilities
and lift-off stop TANDEM – 561H | 551H
▬ Template for drilling the runner hook positions
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/6PBYi
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Drilling template for TANDEM – 561H | 551H hook and peg variant T65.1100 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for TANDEM – 561H | 551H hook and peg variant Tool set T65.9000
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 6 mm
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 8 mm

Assembly possibilities
TANDEM
Drawer assembly – hook drilling
▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer
▬ Drill hook position

TANDEM
Drawer assembly – peg hole
▬ Position template on the assembled wooden drawer on the marking line
▬ Drill fixing positions for peg position
E-SERVICES and assembly

TANDEM
Drawer assembly – drilling for lift-off stop
devices

▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer


▬ Insert the positioning pin into the pre-drilled peg hole
▬ Drill fixing position for the lift-off stop

674 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing


▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the front Assembly possibilities
adjustment bracket (295.1000) on the 4-sided wood- TANDEM
en drawer
▬ Application in conjunction with front adjustment
bracket (295.1000) and Cabinet Configurator
▬ Material: steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing ZML.0050
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing

Assembly possibilities
TANDEM
Drawer assembly
▬ Useful application only in combination with TANDEM, Cabinet Configurator and front adjustment bracket (295.1000)
▬ The fixing position of the front adjustment bracket must be taken from the Cabinet Configurator planning result
▬ Position template on to wooden drawer and drill

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 675


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates

Drilling template for connectors


▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for Assembly possibilities
connectors (42.0700.01) Further products
▬ Distance from bottom edge to centre drilling 9.5 mm
▬ Assembly on a marking line
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/2XGqs
Order information
Description Part no.
Drilling template for connectors 65.5040
Consisting of:
– 1 x Drilling template for connectors
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm

Assembly possibilities
Further products
Further products assembly
▬ Place the template flush on the cabinet bottom or top panel
▬ Secure template and drill (Ø 5 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

676 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets

Universal drilling template


▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for cab- Assembly possibilities
inet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter AVENTOS MOVENTO
CLIP top BLUMOTION TANDEM
plates
CLIP top
▬ The template can be used with assembled and MODUL
unassembled cabinets LEGRABOX
▬ Setting the height and depth position using the MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX antaro
calibration TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications METABOX
▬ For system and chipboard screws Reference pages
▬ Assembly on marking line possible Overview – templates 652
▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium/zinc Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/2EbFR6
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Universal drilling template 65.1000.01 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm Extension rail 2200 mm with calibration T65.5090
– 4 x Universal drilling template
– 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
Universal drilling template 65.1001.01
– 1 x Reducing bush Ø 5 to Ø 2.5 mm
– 1 x Allen key
Add-on for SPACE CORNER 65.1106

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS
Cabinet assembly
▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration
▬ Position template on cabinet
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs

CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL


Hinge system assembly
▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration
▬ Position template on cabinet
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for mounting and adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors)
E-SERVICES and assembly

LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Cabinet assembly
devices

▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration


▬ Position template on cabinet
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profiles
▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for BLUMOTION for METABOX
▬ The additional part (65.1106) enables SPACE CORNER assembly

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 677


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets

Drilling template for hinge systems


▬ Template for the transfer of measurements for hinge Assembly possibilities
and mounting plate fixing positions AVENTOS HF
AVENTOS HK-XS
▬ Template for the transfer of measurements from
CLIP top BLUMOTION
door to cabinet and from cabinet to door CLIP top
▬ Drilling template can be used with assembled or MODUL
unassembled cabinets
▬ Adjustable stop for various front overlays, the cali-
bration makes it easy to set the template
▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/10TSjY
Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Drilling template for hinge systems 65.7500.03 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm Extension rail 2200 mm 65.7590
– 2 x Templates with a marking template
– 2 x Marking template Ø 5 mm
Template 65.7510.03

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly – door undrilled
▬ Position drilling template onto cabinet
▬ Transfer desired position of attached mounting plate and/or system drilling to drilling template
▬ Set desired door overlay using the calibration
▬ Position drilling template on to door and mark hinge drilling pattern using marking template

AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL


Hinge system assembly – cabinet undrilled
▬ Set desired front overlay using the calibration
▬ Transfer desired position of hinge drilling and/or attached hinge to drilling template
▬ Position drilling template onto cabinet and mark or pre-drill fixing positions for mounting plates
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

678 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets

Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges


▬ For easy determination of the position of the Assembly possibilities
CRISTALLO adhesion plate and the CRISTALLO CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
mounting plate
▬ For fixing the CRISTALLO adhesion plate and the
CRISTALLO mounting plate in the correct position
▬ Setting template using integrated calibration
▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium/zinc

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no. Accessories
Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges 65.4500.01 Description Part no.
Consisting of:
– 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm Template 65.4510
– 2 x Template with vacuum clamp

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
Hinge system assembly
▬ Set adhesion position using the calibration
▬ Fix template with vacuum clamp
▬ Insert CRISTALLO adhesion plate | mounting plate and glue

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 679


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool

Insertion tool for hinges


▬ Enables you to knock in all CLIP top BLUMOTION, Assembly possibilities
CLIP top, CLIP and MODUL hinge with knock-in CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top
boss
MODUL
▬ Material: nylon

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1gZon1
Order information
Description Part no.
Insertion tool for hinges ZME.0710
Consisting of:
– 1 x Insertion tool for hinges

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL
Hinge system assembly
▬ Drill hinge drilling pattern
▬ Clip hinge into knock-in tool and knock in
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

680 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool

Insertion tool for mounting plates


▬ Enables you to knock-in mounting plates Assembly possibilities
▬ Material: nylon/steel CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/VXeEb
Order information
Insertion tool Part no.
Mounting plate 65.6100
Steel horizontal mounting plate ZME.0730
Consisting of:
– 1 x Insertion tool for mounting plates

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
Cabinet assembly
▬ Drill fixing positions for mounting plates
▬ Clip mounting plate into knock-in tool and knock in

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 681


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool

Insertion tool for pull-out systems


▬ Enables you to knock-in front fixings with dowels Assembly possibilities
▬ Material: nylon/steel TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Insertion tool Part no.
TANDEMBOX (ZSF.5320) ZME.5320
TANDEMBOX (ZSF.3602.02) ZME.2700
METABOX (ZSF.1300 | ZSF.1600 |ZSF.1800) ZME.1600.01
METABOX (ZSF.1610) ZME.1610
Consisting of:
– 1 x Insertion tool

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Front assembly
▬ Drill fixing positions for the front fixing
▬ Clip on front fixing (ZSF.5320 | ZSF.3602) to the knock-in tool and knock in

METABOX
Front assembly
▬ Drill fixing positions for the METABOX front fixing
▬ Clip on front fixing (ZSF.1xx0) to the knock-in tool and knock in
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

682 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket


▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front Assembly possibilities
fixings AVENTOS HK top
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Order information
Description Part no.
Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front
ZML.2200
fixing bracket

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HK top
Front assembly
▬ Clip marking template on the installed AVENTOS HK top lift mechanism
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 683


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for LEGRABOX


▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front Assembly possibilities
fixings LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/Oy7Tx
Order information
Description Part no.
Marking template for LEGRABOX ZML.3710

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Front assembly – drawer
▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

684 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for MERIVOBOX


▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front Assembly possibilities
fixings MERIVOBOX
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
www.blum.com/Oy7Tx
Order information
Description Part no.
Marking template for MERIVOBOX ZML.4010

Assembly possibilities
MERIVOBOX
Front assembly – drawer
▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 685


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX


▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front Assembly possibilities
fixings TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Template for marking the drilling position for the
METABOX
gallery front fixing using an attached gallery marking
template
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1n8j8B
Order information
Marking template Part no. Accessories
TANDEMBOX – 378N ZML.3510 Description Part no.
TANDEMBOX – 378M | 378K ZML.3580.01 Gallery marking template TANDEMBOX 378M |
ZML.3600
METABOX – 3x0N ZML.1510 378K
METABOX – 3x0M | 3x0K | 3x0H ZML.1500 Gallery marking template METABOX 3x0M | 3x0K
ZML.8000.02
Consisting of: | 3x0H
– 2 x Template
– 4 x Flag¹
¹ Only for TANDEMBOX K drawer side (positioning dowel)

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX
Front assembly – drawer
▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX


Front assembly – box sytem with gallery
▬ Position marking template on to an assembled high fronted pull-out that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ Use gallery marking templates for a high fronted pull-out with a gallery
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
E-SERVICES and assembly

TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus


Front assembly – K drawer side
devices

▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet
▬ Set stop to desired front overlay
▬ For TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus use K drawer side flags
▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap

686 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Positioning template for catch plate


▬ Template for determining the position of the TIP-ON Assembly possibilities
screw-on catch plate AVENTOS HK top
AVENTOS HK-S
▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications
AVENTOS HK-XS
▬ Transfer of measurements by marking the position CLIP top
▬ Material: nylon/steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/1dIH7q
Order information
Description Part no.
Positioning template for catch plate 65.5210.01
Consisting of:
– 1 x Template for screw-on catch plates

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top
TIP-ON assembly – screw-on catch plate
▬ Clip template on to the TIP-ON fitting
▬ Gently close door
▬ Attach catch plate at marked location

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 687


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template
▬ Assembly device for marking the fixing positions for Assembly possibilities
the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) MOVENTO
TANDEM
▬ Material: steel

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no.
Marking template 65.2950
Consisting of:
– 1 x Marking template Ø 20 mm

Assembly possibilities
MOVENTO | TANDEM
Drawer assembly
▬ Insert marking template into the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) holes
▬ Attach to front, place on drawer already inserted into cabinet and mark the fixing positions using a light tap on the drawer
▬ Perform drillings
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

688 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Universal marking template


▬ Template for marking the fixing positions for cabinet Assembly possibilities
profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter AVENTOS MOVENTO
CLIP top BLUMOTION TANDEM
plates
CLIP top
▬ The template can be used with assembled and MODUL
unassembled cabinets LEGRABOX
▬ Assembly on a marking line MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX antaro
▬ Material: nylon TANDEMBOX plus
METABOX
Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no.
Universal marking template 65.5340.01
Consisting of:
– 1 x Universal marking template

Assembly possibilities
AVENTOS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM
Assembly
▬ Position template on marking line
▬ Mark fixing positions
▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 689


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Cabinet angle template


Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION
CLIP top

61
25
60

54
24
59 22

10
23

53
58 21 51
57 20 50 2 40 +25°

45 +5

Reference pages
26
56 19 49 4 39 +20°

9
55 18

52 7

-5
11

44 +
8 43 +

27
12

-4 0°
0
13
14

28
17 47
16
15

-4 5°
--

45°
6 41 +30°

42 +35°

652
29
48 3

Overview – templates

46
--

-3
3

40°
0


3
1

2 37
-3 5°

1
32

--

38
33
-2
0

34

35

36

654
°

-2 °

Overview – assembly possibilities


--
-1

+15°
0

-1

+10°
°

+5°
5

-5°

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no.
61
25
60

54
24

65.5810.03
59 22

10
23

Cabinet angle template


53
58 21 51
57 20 50 2 40 +25°

45 +50

26
56 19 49 4 39

9
55

52 7

-50
11

8 43 +40°

44 +45

27
12

-45 °
13

18 48
14

28
17 47
16
15
--

-40 °
6 41 +30°

42 +35°

29
°
46

-35 °
--
30

31

3 38
2 37

°
-3 5°

1
32

--
33
-2

34

35

36
-2

+20°
--
-1

+15°

-10

+10°
+5°

-5°

°

Consisting of:
– 1 x Cabinet angle template

Assembly possibilities
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
Hinge system assembly
▬ Position template on angled cabinet
▬ Note cabinet angle and angled application
▬ A suitable hinge solution depends on the cabinet angle or angled application
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

690 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket


▬ Template for marking the height position for the Assembly possibilities
CABLOXX front locking bracket LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
▬ Material: nylon
TANDEMBOX antaro

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket Part no.
LEGRABOX 65.0807
Consisting of:
– 1 x Marking template

Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket Part no.


TANDEMBOX 65.0803
Consisting of:
– 1 x Marking template

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX
Front assembly
▬ Adjust drawer side height
▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing
▬ Mark fixing position for front locking bracket
▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine

TANDEMBOX
Front assembly
▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing
▬ Mark fixing position for front locking bracket
▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 691


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates

Marking template
▬ Template for determining the fixing positions for the Assembly possibilities
INSERTA gallery (back height B | C) TANDEMBOX antaro
TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Material: nylon
METABOX

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Marking template Part no.
TANDEMBOX ZML.8030
METABOX ZML.805S
Consisting of:
– 1 x Marking template

Assembly possibilities
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX
Front assembly
▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing
▬ Mark fixing positions for the INSERTA gallery
▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

692 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Positioning templates

Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO


▬ Templates for precise and convenient adjustment of Assembly possibilities
front gap of 2.5 mm for LEGRABOX and MOVENTO LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
▬ Material: nylon
MOVENTO

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
Symbolic image www.blum.com/eNY0MYTy
Order information
Description Part no.
Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO 65.5631
Consisting of:
– 1 x Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX
Adjustment – front gap
▬ Position template on cabinet side
▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment flush to the template

MOVENTO
Adjustment – front gap
▬ Position template on cabinet side
▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment flush to the template
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 693


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Positioning templates

Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX


▬ Templates for precise and convenient adjustment Assembly possibilities
of front gap of 2.5 mm for TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX antaro
MERIVOBOX and TANDEMBOX
TANDEMBOX plus
▬ Material: nylon

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654
Application video

Short URL
www.blum.com/2OZ7GMtd
Order information
Description Part no.
Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 65.5627
Consisting of:
– 1 x Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX

Assembly possibilities
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Adjustment – front gap without front
▬ Position template on cabinet side
▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment until the drawer side is flush to the template

MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus


Adjustment – front gap with front
▬ Position template between front and cabinet
▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment until the front is on the template
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

694 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Special templates

Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX


▬ Template for cutting the locking bar, spacers and Assembly possibilities
synchronisation linkage to size Further products
▬ Template for pre-drilling or drilling the end cap and
attachment for synchronisation
▬ Template for cutting the synchronisation linkages
(TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to size

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no.
Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX 65.0801
Consisting of:
– 1 x Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX

Assembly possibilities
Further products
Cutting locking bar and synchronisation linkage to size
▬ Cut locking bar and synchronisation linkage to the desired size using saw
Cutting the synchronisation linkages (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to size
▬ Cut synchronisation linkage (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to the desired size using saw

Further products
Cut spacer to size
▬ Cut spacer to desired size using supplied flat chisel and hammer
E-SERVICES and assembly

Further products
Drilling end cap, synchronisation section
devices

▬ Place locking bar in template and drill Ø 5 mm hole for attaching the end cap in the locking bar
▬ Position template in cabinet and pre-drill Ø 2.5 mm hole for synchronisation section

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 695


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Special templates

Glass cutting set


▬ Cutting tool for cutting glass design elements to the Assembly possibilities
desired size LEGRABOX free
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX antaro

Reference pages
Overview – templates 652
Overview – assembly possibilities 654

Symbolic image

Order information
Description Part no.
Glass cutting set 65.8000
Consisting of:
– 1 x Oil glass cutter
– 1 x Cutting liquid
– 1 x Diamond file

Assembly possibilities
LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro
Drawer assembly
▬ Mark section of the design element to be cut to size
▬ Position bracket on marking line
▬ Score the glass design element using the glass cutter
▬ Break glass and smooth edges
E-SERVICES and assembly
devices

696 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates

E-SERVICES and assembly


devices

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 697


Information

Our goal is to ensure that furniture buyers can To reach our objective we are monitoring our Thus, over the course of time, we can satisfy
enjoy the convenience and perfect function of products in real working environments as well your customer’s needs and offer a range of
our fittings for the lifetime of their furniture. as in testing labs. Test results are incorporated new products.
into the manufacture and development of our
products.

General Information Lift systems Hinge systems Box and runner systems

698 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Overview

General Information
Information 700
Safety information 701
Testing standards at Blum 702
Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts 720
Part No. Index 728
Symbolic image
Information about lift systems
Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 704

Symbolic image
Information about hinge systems
Planning 706
Angled hinges 707
Dimensions 708
Front overlay 709
Motion processes and closing action 710
Symbolic image
Information about box and runner systems
Overview 712
Dimensions 713
Tolerance compensation 714
Planning 715
Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts 716
Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list 718

Pictograph
Overlay application

Dual application

Inset application

Angled application inset

Angled application half overlay

Angled application overlay

Angled application max. overlay

Angled application mitred


Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 699


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Information

General assembly, application and user instructions


Our products are subject to strict quality control proce- The manufacturer must decide on the screws or fix- Our load limits relate to standard applications in kitch-
dures through all stages of production. Blum furniture ing methods to suit the material being used (i.e. wood, en construction. When used for special applications,
fittings are designed for furniture and internal furniture chipboard, etc.). The fixing recommendations refer to e.g. with very heavy or high fronts, very short nomi-
parts made from wood, chipboard or MDF. When the screwing in of fittings to epoxy coated chipboard nal lengths, very wide elements or very long nominal
assembling the fittings, attention must be paid to the according to chipboard standard EN 312, require- lengths, it is necessary to reduce the total carrying
technical data, instructions and limitations detailed in ments according to classification type P2, with a gross capacity accordingly.
the Blum sales documentation (catalogues, operating density of 650 kg/m³ according to EN 323.
instructions etc.). Test requirements refer to the fixing recommendations Anyone selling Blum fittings must ensure that their
according to catalogue information. customer is aware of any relevant information given in
The fittings must not be exposed to acidic or corrosive this catalogue. The Blum sales team will be happy to
materials (i.e. some household cleaning solutions). provide further information or instructions if required.
To ensure that Blum products function correctly, they
must be kept clean and undamaged.

Reference pages
Area of application – EXPANDO T 102

General conditions of sale and delivery


All deliveries and services are based on the “general The technical presentations and dimensions in illus- We do not accept any responsibility for any errors
conditions of sale” which are available upon request. trations and drawings are non-binding. We reserve the which may occur in the production of this catalogue.
right to make changes to specifications at any time.
Information

700 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Safety information

Machine Safety Machine directive


Blum assembly devices and machines are designed, SERVO-DRIVE drives for supporting the opening/clos- Reference pages
constructed and tested according to the latest inter- ing of doors, wall cabinets and pull-outs are subject Detailed information on the Machine Directive
national safety standards. Extra attention is also paid to the provisions of the European Machinery Directive
to operator safety in this regard. A comprehensive 2006/42/EC. With reference to §64, fourth indent, sec-
operations manual is supplied with each device and ond point of the Guide to application of the Machinery Short URL
incorporates extensive instructions on installation and Directive 2006/42/EC (Edition 2.2 of October 2019) and www.blum.com/sd/guideline
use. It is absolutely necessary that all operators read the interpretation of EFIC (European Furniture Indus-
and adhere to the instructions therein. Under no cir- tries Confederation), Blum SERVO-DRIVE drives are
cumstances should changes be made to any safety complete machines if they are used according to Blum
feature. specifications. All the requirements of the machinery
directive are therefore met by the Blum declaration of
conformity. Additional labelling of the furniture is not
required. If furniture deviates from Blum specifications,
conformity must be confirmed by the distributor of the
furniture and a new type plate for the furniture must
be attached. Note: The EFIC position paper regarding
the machinery directive can be viewed at www.efic.eu.

Wide angle hinges – safety information


If standard wide angle hinges are used in furniture that Reference pages
can be accessed or reached by small children, then it 155° hinge 82
should be noted that it is possible for small fingers to
get in-between the working mechanism of the hinge.
In these cases all relevant doors should be fitted
with child safety latches. Alternatively, manufacturers
should use our specially-designed 155° wide angle
safety hinge 7xx7xx0.

Manufacturers must ensure that the end user is aware


of this.

Pull-outs with dangerous contents


Blum drawer systems are designed for domestic and We provide the relevant safety accessories for the following products
contract use. If the drawer or pull-out is used to carry LEGRABOX – 750 | 753 Integrated pull-out stop
potentially dangerous items (e.g. sharp knives, domes- MERIVOBOX 450 | 453 Integrated pull-out stop
tic electrical appliances with sharp edges), then it is TANDEMBOX – 578 | 576 Integrated pull-out stop
recommended that they are fitted with pull-out stops METABOX – 320 Separate lock-out stop, part no. 320M0009.01
or pull-out locks and child safety latches. This is es- Additional tilt device for central locking
pecially important when contents may pose a risk of MOVENTO – 760H | 766H Lock-out stop integrated into locking device
injury (e.g. electrical appliances such as bread slicing TANDEM – 560H | 550H Lock-out stop integrated into locking device
machines, knives or other items with sharp edges). TANDEM – 560F | 550F Lock-out stop integrated into locking device
TANDEM – 561H | 551H Integrated pull-out stop
TANDEM – 561F | 551F Integrated pull-out stop
All systems Child safety latch, part no. 295.5501 + 320M0009.01
All other running systems do not come with safety accessories and are, therefore, unsuitable for use with potentially dangerous
items
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 701


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Testing standards at Blum

Lift systems

/

Durability Static load test Lateral load test Slam open/slam shut test
80.000 opening and closing movements. For simulating unintended overload For ascertaining effect of side load. For simulating overload when opening
when using fronts with handles. and closing and for preventing the fronts
from coming off.

Lift systems Hinge systems

Corrosion test Durability Durability with 5 kg additional load Static load test
Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and 200.000 opening and closing move- For determining limit values for the 45°opening angle to simulate a load on
DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corro- ments. fitting. the front in the lower base cabinet.
sion influences.

Hinge systems

 

 



Dynamic load test Abuse test Corrosion test Test front


With an additional vertical load of 20 kg Horizontal load test for securing unin- Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and Weight of front approx. 6.5 kg.
for simulating an unintended load. tended overload. DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corro-
sion influences.
Information

702 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Testing standards at Blum

Box and runner systems

Durability Static load test Lateral load test Slam open/slam shut test
100.000 opening and closing cycles, of Completely open with additional load to For ascertaining effect of side load. For simulating overload when opening
which 30.000 cycles fully opened to the simulate a load on the front. and closing and for preventing the fronts
pull-out stop. from coming off.

Box and runner systems

Durability Static load test Lateral load test Slam open/slam shut test
100.000 opening and closing cycles, of Completely open with additional load to For ascertaining effect of side load. For simulating overload when opening
which 30.000 cycles fully opened to the simulate a load on the front. and closing and for preventing the fronts
pull-out stop. from coming off.

Box and runner systems Wall hanging bracket

Corrosion test Load test according to Detailed testing standards and limiting
Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and DIN ISO EN 15939 (test frame A) values are defined in our internal
DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corro- ▬ 260 kg per pair of wall hanging brackets guidelines.
sion influences. ▬ Duration of test: 8 days
▬ Catalogue specification: permissible
total load 130 kg
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 703


Information 〉 Information about lift systems

Wooden fronts
FH Front height Calculating the front weight FG
FB Front width
FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FD (m) x density (kg/m³)
FD Front thickness
FG Front weight

Note
The handle weight must be taken into account for lift
mechanism selection!

References values for chipboard


Front thickness FD (mm) 19 AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight
Density (kg/m³) 680 AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight
Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle
Front width FB (mm)
Front height FH (mm) 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800
300 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.7 5.8 7.0
350 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.2 3.6 4.1 4.5 5.4 6.8 8.1
400 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.7 5.2 6.2 7.8 9.3
450 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.8 7.0 8.7 10.5
500 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.8 9.7 11.6
550 2.8 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.3 5.0 5.7 6.4 7.1 8.5 10.7 12.8
600 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.4 6.2 7.0 7.8 9.3 11.6 14.0
650 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.9 6.7 7.6 8.4 10.1 12.6 15.1
700 3.6 4.1 4.5 5.0 5.4 6.3 7.2 8.1 9.0 10.9 13.6 16.3
750 3.9 4.4 4.8 5.3 5.8 6.8 7.8 8.7 9.7 11.6 14.5 17.4
800 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 7.2 8.3 9.3 10.3 12.4 15.5 18.6
850 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.7 8.8 9.9 11.0 13.2 16.5 19.8
900 4.7 5.2 5.8 6.4 7.0 8.1 9.3 10.5 11.6 14.0 17.4 20.9
950 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.8 7.4 8.6 9.8 11.0 12.3 14.7 18.4 22.1
1000 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.8 9.0 10.3 11.6 12.9 15.5 19.4 23.3
1040 5.4 6.0 6.7 7.4 8.1 9.4 10.7 12.1 13.4 16.1 20.2 24.2

Reference values for MDF


Front thickness FD (mm) 19 AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight
Density (kg/m³) 760 AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight
Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle
Front width FB (mm)
Front height FH (mm) 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800
300 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.5 3.9 4.3 5.2 6.5 7.8
350 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1 6.1 7.6 9.1
400 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 4.0 4.6 5.2 5.8 6.9 8.7 10.4
450 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.8 9.7 11.7
500 2.9 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.3 5.1 5.8 6.5 7.2 8.7 10.8 13.0
550 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.1 7.9 9.5 11.9 14.3
600 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.8 5.2 6.1 6.9 7.8 8.7 10.4 13.0 15.6
650 3.8 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.6 6.6 7.5 8.4 9.4 11.3 14.1 16.9
700 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.6 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 12.1 15.2 18.2
750 4.3 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.6 8.7 9.7 10.8 13.0 16.2 19.5
800 4.6 5.2 5.8 6.4 6.9 8.1 9.2 10.4 11.6 13.9 17.3 20.8
850 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.8 7.4 8.6 9.8 11.0 12.3 14.7 18.4 22.1
900 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.8 9.1 10.4 11.7 13.0 15.6 19.5 23.4
950 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.5 8.2 9.6 11.0 12.3 13.7 16.5 20.6 24.7
1000 5.8 6.5 7.2 7.9 8.7 10.1 11.6 13.0 14.4 17.3 21.7 26.0
1040 6.0 6.8 7.5 8.3 9.0 10.5 12.0 13.5 15.0 18.0 22.5 27.0
Information

704 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about lift systems

Width and narrow alu frames


FH Front height Calculating the front weight FG
FB Front width
FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FD (m) x density (kg/m³)
FD Front thickness
FG Front weight

Note
The handle weight must be taken into account for lift
mechanism selection!

Reference values for alu frames | glass


Front thickness FD (mm) Alu frames 19 mm | glass 4 mm AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight
Density (kg/m³) 2500 AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight
Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle
Front width FB (mm)
Front height FH (mm) 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800
300 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.8 4.6 5.7 6.8
350 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.5 4.0 4.4 5.2 6.5 7.7
400 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.4 4.9 5.9 7.3 8.7
450 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.5 8.1 9.6
500 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 6.0 7.1 8.8 10.6
550 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.7 5.3 5.9 6.5 7.8 9.6 11.5
600 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.4 5.0 5.7 6.4 7.1 8.4 10.4 12.4
650 3.3 3.6 4.0 4.3 4.7 5.4 6.2 6.9 7.6 9.0 11.2 13.4
700 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.8 6.6 7.4 8.1 9.7 12.0 14.3
750 3.7 4.1 4.6 5.0 5.4 6.2 7.0 7.8 8.7 10.3 12.8 15.2
800 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.3 5.7 6.6 7.5 8.3 9.2 10.9 13.6 16.2
850 4.2 4.7 5.1 5.6 6.1 7.0 7.9 8.8 9.7 11.6 14.3 17.1
900 4.4 4.9 5.4 5.9 6.4 7.4 8.3 9.3 10.3 12.2 15.1 18.0
950 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.7 8.8 9.8 10.8 12.8 15.9 19.0
1000 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.1 8.1 9.2 10.3 11.3 13.5 16.7 19.9
1040 5.1 5.7 6.2 6.8 7.3 8.4 9.5 10.7 11.8 14.0 17.3 20.7

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 705


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Planning

Number of hinges
Number of hinges The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front
height FH

To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be


as large as possible

Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm


Front height FH (mm)

* Door weight FG (kg)

Parts and technology


Consisting of:
1 Mounting plate
2 Hinge arm
3 Hinge boss
4 Three location pins
5 Safety locking pin
6 CLIP mechanism
7 Spiral screw (depth adjustment)
8 Cam height adjustment (on mounting plate)
9 Side adjustment screw
10 Plate holder
11 Closing mechanism
12 Outer link
13 Inner link
14 Fixing screw
15 BLUMOTION – deactivation
16 BLUMOTION

CLIP top | CLIP: space requirement for assembly | removal


Front thickness FD max. (mm)
Opening angle OW Mounting plate spacing MD
(mm)
0 3
Cabinet side panel thickness
SWD (mm)
16 19 16 19
100° 21 24 24 27
107° 20 23 23 26
110° 20 23 23 26
110° special hinge 18 21 21 24
120° 20 23 23 26
120° special hinge 18 21 21 24
155° 8 11 11 14
125° 8 11 11 14
170° 19 22 22 25
95° 26 29 29 32
110° hinge for thin doors 11 14 14 17
94° 17 20 20 23

SWD Cabinet side panel thickness Consider space requirements for removal!
FD Front thickness Hinge X min. (mm)
79B99x0 86
79B95x0 70
78T9550.TL 70
99B9550 28
Information

706 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Angled hinges

Angle definitions
The given opening angle can be decreased Applications from –50° to +50° are feasible
slightly through:
▬ Small front gap
▬ Thick fronts
▬ Large boss drilling distance
▬ Side adjustment towards the smaller front overlay

KS

OW

KS Cabinet angle = overlay application E.g. 20° hinge


E.g. 45° K Angled spacer +5° / –5°
OW Opening angle
E.g. 95°

Applications
Inset application Half overlay application Overlay application Maximum overlay Mitred application How to achieve the
application relevant application:
▬ Angled hinges
▬ Mounting plate fixing
▬ Angled spacers
▬ Hinge adjustment
▬ Mounting plate height

Outer edge of door and inner Inner edge of door and inner Outer edge of door and outer Dependent on hinge design Inner and outer edges of door
edge of cabinet are flush edge of cabinet are flush edge of cabinet are in a line and cabinet are flush

Angle and cranking marked on angled hinge


E.g. 30° II
30° Cabinet angle
II Cranking overlay application

Cranking
I Half overlay application
II Overlay application
III Maximum overlay application
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 707


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Dimensions

Hinge dimensions
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm

SH SH SH

SL
SL

FE SL FE FE

SH Hinge arm height SH Hinge arm height SH Hinge arm height


SL Hinge arm length SL Hinge arm length SL Hinge arm length
FE Front protrusion FE Front protrusion FE Front protrusion

Installation dimensions
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm

FS Front gap FS Front gap TB Drilling distance


TB Drilling distance TB Drilling distance TO Boss overlay (fixed dimension)
TO Boss overlay (fixed dimension) TO Boss overlay (fixed dimension) F Gap
FA Front overlay FA Front overlay
F Gap F Gap

Hinge boss dimensions and drilling patterns


Screw-on INSERTA | knock-in Hinge boss dimensions

BT Drilling depth BT Drilling depth FLB Flange width


TB Drilling distance TB Drilling distance FLH Flange height
DT Diameter of hinge boss drilling DT Diameter of hinge boss drilling PB Space requirement
Information

708 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Front overlay

How to alter the front overlay

Hinge cranking Use spaced mounting plate Alter drilling distance Side adjustment

Factory setting | zero position for overlay application | adjustment area


CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | CLIP MODUL Tolerance

Boss overlay TO (mm) 100°–170° 11.0 100° 11.0


Fixed dimension 110° | 120° special 13.0 – –
±0.5
Profile/thick door 11.0 – –
Mini | glass door 10.0 Refrigerator door 11.0
Adjustment area (mm) 100°–170° ±2.0 100° ±2.0
Page Profile/thick door ±2.0 – –

CRISTALLO | thin doors ±2.0 – –
Mini | glass door +0.5 / –3.5 Refrigerator door ±2.0
Front gap FS (mm) CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top 1.5 – –
±0.4
CLIP 1.2 – –
Adjustment area (mm) CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top –2 / +3 100° ±2.0
Depth CLIP –1 / +3 Refrigerator door ±2.0 ±0.5
Mini | glass door ±2.0 – –

FS Front gap
TO Boss overlay (fixed dimension)

Minimum gap

MF

MF Minimum gap The minimum gap is based on doors with 1 mm radiused edges
Required to open door With more pronounced radii the gaps can be reduced
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 709


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Motion processes and closing action

110° hinge 107° hinge 100° hinge 155° hinge

170° hinge Profile/thick door hinge 125° hinge Hinge for thin doors

CRISTALLO hinge Glass door hinge Mini-hinge Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge

20°

Note
The maximum opening angle can be limited by the cabinet depending on the front shape, front thickness FD and hinge setting
Information

710 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about hinge systems

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 711


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Overview

Metal drawer side drawer Wooden drawer

Concealed
Full extension
LEGRABOX – 750 | 753 MOVENTO – 760H | 766H

MERIVOBOX – 450 | 453 TANDEM – 560H | 561H | 560F | 561F

TANDEMBOX – 578 | 576

Single extension
TANDEM – 550H | 551H | 550F | 551F

Visible
Single extension
METABOX – 320
Information

712 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Dimensions

Space requirement in cabinet

H Drawer side height


MAo Min. distance top
MAu Min. distance bottom

Cabinet dimensions

LW Internal cabinet width


LT Internal cabinet depth

Front overlay | min. gap Drilling pattern – front fixing bracket

MF Minimum gap BT Drilling depth


FA Front overlay BO Drilling distance
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 713


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Tolerance compensation

LEGRABOX

Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm

MERIVOBOX

Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm

TANDEMBOX

Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm

METABOX

Left tolerance compensation +1.5 / –1 mm Right guided

MOVENTO | TANDEM

Left tolerance compensation +1.5 / –0 mm¹ Right guided


¹ MOVENTO
Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full toler-
ance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW
Information

714 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Planning

Stop design and screw head protection for roller runners

Standard pull-out stop at first indentation Lock open position (e.g. for cleaning of drawer), roller locates Spacing beads prevent rollers from fouling protruding screw
between 1st and 2nd indentation heads

Loss of extension
Full extension Single extension

AF Loss of extension of runner system


TA Actual loss of extension

Over extension

UF Over extension of runner system


TU Actual over extension
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 715


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts

TANDEMBOX

BB
BH

42
LW

The curved design of drawer sides of TANDEMBOX must be taken into account when calculating the cutlery insert width.
The cutlery insert width required is dependent upon the cutlery insert height.

Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert


Height BH as desired
Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 26 mm
Width BB = internal cabinet width LW – 2 x A

Example – drawer side height M


Cutlery insert height BH = 40 mm
Internal cabinet width LW = 330 mm
Cutlery insert width BB = 330 – 2 x 26 = 278 mm

Height of drawer side N Height of drawer side M Height of drawer side K


Information

716 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts

METABOX

Cutlery inserts need to be cut out on both sides to make room for the protruding front fixings.

Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert


Height BH as desired
Chipboard back: Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 2 mm – chipboard back thickness
Steel back: Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 16 mm
Width BB = internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm
For cut-out dimensions, see drawing opposite

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 717


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list

SERVO-DRIVE set – network adapter (x)


E Market
Afghanistan Croatia Hungary Monaco Seychelles
Albania Czech Republic Iceland Mongolia Slovakia
Algeria Democratic Republic of the Congo India Morocco Slovenia
Angola Denmark Indonesia Mozambique South Africa
Armenia Ecuador¹ Iraq¹ Namibia Spain
Austria Egypt¹ Israel Netherlands Sudan¹
Azerbaijan Estonia Italy New Caledonia Sweden
Bangladesh¹ Faroe Islands Jordan¹ North Korea Switzerland
Barbados¹ Finland Kazakhstan Norway Syria
Belarus France Kuwait¹ Pakistan Tadzhikistan
Belgium French polynesia (Tahiti)¹ Kyrgyzstan Paraguay Tunisia
Benin Gabon Latvia Peru¹ Turkey
Bolivia¹ Gambia Lebanon¹ Poland Turkmenistan
Bosnia and Herzegovina Georgia Liberia¹ Portugal U.A.E.¹
Part no. Brazil Germany Libya¹ Qatar¹ Ukraine
Bulgaria Ghana¹ Liechtenstein Reunion Uruguay
Z10NA30xy ²
Burundi Gibraltar¹ Lithuania Romania Uzbekistan
Cameroon Greece Luxembourg Russia Yemen¹
Z10T__3Wxy1 ³
Canary Islands Greenland Macedonia Rwanda Zambia¹
Central African Republic Guadeloupe Mauritius¹ San Marino Zimbabwe¹
Z10NA30xyF ⁴
Chile Guyana¹ Moldova Serbia
¹ More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring) ² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions

³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions ⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
x Network adapter y Language package
__ Cabinet width KB

B Market K Market
Egypt Nigeria Australia
Bahrain Oman¹ Fiji
Bangladesh¹ Qatar¹ New Zealand
Belize¹ Saudi Arabia¹ Papua New Guinea
Botswana Seychelles¹
Cyprus Singapore
Ghana¹ Sri Lanka¹
Gibraltar¹ Sudan¹
Guyana¹ U.A.E.¹
Honduras Uganda
Hong Kong United Kingdom
Iraq¹ Vietnam¹
Ireland Yemen¹
Jordan¹ Zambia¹
Part no. Kenya Zimbabwe¹ Part no.
Kuwait¹
Z10NA30xy ² Z10NA30xy ²
Lebanon¹
Libya¹
Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³
Malaysia
Malta
Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Z10NA30xyF ⁴
Mauritius¹
¹ More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring) ² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions ⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions x Network adapter
⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit y Language package
x Network adapter __ Cabinet width KB
y Language package
__ Cabinet width KB

R Market N Market
Brazil China
South Korea
Thailand

Part no. Part no.


Z10NA30xy ² Z10NA30xy ²

Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³

Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Z10NA30xyF ⁴
² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions ² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions ³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit ⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
x Network adapter x Network adapter
y Language package y Language package
__ Cabinet width KB __ Cabinet width KB
Information

718 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list

SERVO-DRIVE set – network adapter (x)


U Market H Market
Bahamas Libya¹ India
Barbados¹ Mexico
Belize¹ Nicaragua
Bermuda Oman¹
Bolivia¹ Panama
Caiman Islands Peru¹
Cambodia Philippines
Canada Puerto Rico
Columbia Saudi Arabia¹
Costa Rica Sri Lanka¹
Cuba Taiwan
Dominican Republic Trinidad and Tobago
Ecuador¹ USA
El Salvador Venezuela
Part no. French polynesia (Tahiti)¹ Vietnam¹ Part no.
Guatemala
Z10NA30xy ² Z10NA30xy ²
Guyana¹
Haiti
Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³
Jamaica
Japan
Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Z10NA30xyF ⁴
Liberia¹
¹ More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring) ² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions
² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions ⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit
³ SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions x Network adapter
⁴ 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit y Language package
x Network adapter __ Cabinet width KB
y Language package
__ Cabinet width KB

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 719


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Address
Algeria MAM Eurl Telephone 00 213 23 93 00 51
13, route de meftah Z.I. oued smar Fax 00 213 23 93 00 52
16270 ALGER Mobil 00 213 550 60 60 52 /53 /56 /57
ALGERIA E-mail mam-business@hotmail.fr
Algeria Saberwood Telephone +213 023 34 00 87
AV ALI KHOUDJA N09, LOC17 137 Mobil +213 023 05 83 25
16000 Algier E-mail contact@jana-trading.com
Algeria Internet www.jana-trading.com
Argentina Bisagra OH S.A. Telephone (+54 11) 4204 3414
Gral. Paunero 1789 E-mail info@bisagraoh.com.ar
Sarandí, Buenos Aires Internet www.bisagraoh.com.ar
Argentina
Australia Blum Australia Pty. Ltd. Telephone +61 2 9612-5400
P.O. Box 1615 E-mail info.au@blum.com
Green Valley, NSW 2168 Internet www.blum.com.au
Australia
Austria Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Telephone +43/5578/705-0
Industriestraße 1 E-mail info@blum.com
6973 Höchst Internet www.blum.com
Austria
Azerbaijan Julius Blum GmbH Telephone +994 50 235 11 84
Azərbaycan Nümayəndəliyi E-mail info.az@blum.com
Ə. Qayıbov küç., 10 Q
1029 BAKI, AZƏRBAYCAN
Bahrain EMINENCE HARDWARE TRADING CO. W.L.L. Telephone +973 17009786
Building No. 1481, Block No. 606 Fax +973 17009785
Road No. 10, Sitra Highway E-mail blum@eminencehardware.com
Al Kharijiyah, Bahrain, P.O.BOX: 70320 Internet www.eminencehardware.com
Belarus OOO “Antarion Group” Telephone +375 17 3 200 100
Novodvorskij s-s, 40-8a, r-n d. Bolszoe stiklevo Telephone +375 29 3 940 100
Minsk 223060, Minskaja oblast E-mail blum@antarion.by
Belarus Internet www.antarion.by
Belgium | Luxembourg Van Hoecke nv Telephone +32 3 760 19 00
Europark-Noord 9 Fax +32 3 760 19 19
9100 Sint-Niklaas E-mail info@vanhoecke.be
Belgium Internet www.vanhoecke.be
Bolivia MAXCAB S.R.L Telephone +591 2 2794143
Calle 21 de Calacoto no. 8555 Telephone +591 77600656
La Paz E-mail info@maxcab.com.bo
Bolivia Internet www.maxcab.com.bo
Brazil Blum do Brasil, Ind. e Com. de Ferragens Ltda. Telephone +55/11/4785-3400
Av. João Paulo I, 2052, Jardim Santa Bárbara E-mail info.br@blum.com
CEP 06817-000 Embu das Artes - SP Internet www.blum.com.br
Brasil
Brunei Blum South East Asia Pte Ltd Telephone +65 6547 1760
150 Ubi Avenue 4 Fax +65 6547 1761
#02-01 Ubi Biz-Hub E-mail info.sg@blum.com
Singapore 408825 Internet www.blum.com
Bulgaria Interior-I Telephone +359/28437881
Sofia Mobil +359/878619035
ul. Todorini Kukli 1A E-mail intralim@techno-link.com
BULGARIA Internet www.interior-i.bg
Canada Blum Canada ltée Telephone +1 905 670-7920
6775, Maritz Drive Toll-free (Can. only) 1 800 670-9254
Mississauga (Ontario) L5W 0H5 E-mail info.ca@blum.com
Canada
Chile Comercial Habitat Ltda. Telephone +56 2 22017650
Las Hualtatas 8412 Fax +56 2 22017652
Vitacura, Santiago E-mail info@hbt.cl
Chile Internet www.hbt.cl
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Telephone +86-21-3920 3355
Shanghai No. 399 Beiying Road Fax +86-21-3920 2223
Qingpu Industrial Park, 201700 Shanghai E-mail info.cn@blum.com
CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Beijing Branch Telephone +86-10-5676 2178
Beijing Rm. 102-103, B1 Floor, Building 9, Pomegranate Center Fax +86-10-5676 2179
No. 88, Liuxiang Road E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Fengtai District, 100079 Beijing, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
Information

720 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Address
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Branch Telephone +86-20-3785 5208
Guangzhou Unit 601, 608-610, 6th Floor, Tower A, mPlaza Guangzhou Fax +86-20-3785 5206
No. 109 Pazhou Avenue E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Haizhu District, 510308 Guangzhou, Guangdong, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Nanjing Branch Telephone +86-25-8444 2228
Nanjing Rm. 205-207, Block 3, E-PARK Fax +86-25-8223 2223
No. 109 Ruanjian Avenue E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Yuhuatai District, 210012 Nanjing, Jiangsu, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Sichuan Branch Telephone +86-28-8421 5550
Chengdu Rm. E-209, Blue Ocean World Fax +86-28-8421 5557
No. 22 Zhenxing Road, Yingbin Avenue E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Jinniu District, 610036 Chengdu, Sichuan, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Branch Telephone +86-574-8812 0900
Ningbo Rm. 1338-1341, Block 1, East China City Tower Fax +86-574-8812 0920
No. 323 Century Avenue (N) E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Yinzhou District, 315040 Ningbo, Zheijiang, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
China Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co,. Ltd., Qingdao Branch Telephone +86-532-8896 9528
Qingdao Rm. 512, Area C, Software Building Fax +86-532-8896 9526
No. 169 Songling Road E-mail info.cn@blum.com
Laoshan District, 266101 Qingdao, Shandong, CHINA Internet www.blum.com
Columbia Alsada SAS Telephone +57-1-7449885
Calle 127 C Nº 45A - 56 E-mail info@alsada.com.co
Bogotá Internet www.alsada.com.co
Colombia
Costa Rica Eurocomponentes S.A. Telephone +506 229 12 56 4
Pavas, de la Iglesia María Reina 125 Mts Sur, Telephone +506 403 02 24 8
Bodegas More Park (Súper Salón), Sala # 29 E-mail ventas.cr@eurocomponentes.net
San José, Costa Rica Internet www.eurocomponentes.net
Cyprus H.H. Furnishings Ltd. Telephone +357-22-494450
42, Propyleon Street Fax +357-22-313774
Strovolos Ind. Estate E-mail info@hhfurnishing.com
Nicosia 2033, Cyprus Internet www.hhfurnishing.com
Czech Republic Blum, s.r.o. Telephone +420/281090161
E-mail posta.cz@blum.com
Internet www.blum.com

Denmark OL Beslag A/S Telephone +45/86813111


Bergsøesvej 2 Fax +45/86813149
DK-8600 Silkeborg E-mail ol@ol-beslag.dk
Denmark Internet www.ol-beslag.dk
Dominican Republic AL Componentes S.R.L. Telephone +1 849 404 3292
Calle J, Nave 5D, Zona Industrial de Herrera Telephone +1 809 287 7796
Santo Domingo Oeste E-mail info@alcomponentes.com
República Dominicana Internet alcomponentes.com
Ecuador Dkocina Cía Ltda. Telephone +593 2 2444293
Portugal 750 (E9-89) y Republica del Salvador Fax +593 2 2444342
Edificio Gabriela 2 - PB E-mail dkocina@uio.satnet.net
Quito, Pichincha, ECUADOR Internet www.dkocina.com
Egypt Elsallab Co. for Trading & Distribution Telephone +20/2/22734113
72 Makram Ebeid St. Fax +20/2/22734275
Nasr City, E-mail import@tarekelsallab.org
CAIRO 11765, Egypt
Egypt Metal Technical Co. Telephone +20/2/33038501
Showroom, 24 Gamet Eldewal Elarabia St. Fax +20/2/33470005
Mohandessen Giza E-mail k.abdalla@mtcegypt.net
GIZA 12311, Egypt
Estonia Hahle Eesti OÜ Telephone +372 6729030
Laki 11C E-mail hahle.eesti@hahle.com
12915 Tallinn Internet www.hahle.ee
Estonia
Finland Hahle Oy Telephone +358/201/809300
Hyttimestarinkuja 3 Fax +358/201/809302
02780 Espoo E-mail hahle@hahle.com
Finland Internet www.hahle.com
France Blum France SAS Telephone +33 450 68 34 30
Z.A.E de Rumilly Sud E-mail info.fr@blum.com
14 Avenue du Trélod Internet www.blum.com
74150 Rumilly, France
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 721


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Address
Germany Blum GmbH Telephone +49/5221/17493-0
Lilienthalstraße 3 Fax +49/5221/17493-50
D-32052 Herford E-mail info.de@blum.com
Germany Internet www.blum.com
Ghana DFWI Ghana Ltd. Telephone +233 (0) 302 813 612
Plot 43A, Spintex Road, Accra – Ghana Mobil +233 (0) 244 888 000
Postal Code: KA-DTD 5321 – Airport E-mail pierre.maarawi@dfwighanaltd.com
GHANA
Greece Blum Hellas S.A. Telephone +30 210 27 51 131
19th km Paianias – Markopoulou Av. Fax +30 210 27 51 777
Thesi Pousi – Chatzi E-mail info.gr@blum.com
Paiania Attikis, 19002, Greece Internet www.blum.com
Guatemala Mueble Partes S.A. Telephone +502 2363-0359
12 avenida 19-20 zona 10 Telephone +502 5990-9471
Ciudad Guatemala E-mail info@mueblepartes.com
Guatemala Internet www.mueblepartes.com
Hong Kong Blum Furniture Hardware Hongkong Ltd. Telephone +852 2572-2816
21/F., 208 Johnston Road Fax +852 2572-2817
Hong Kong (SAR) E-mail info.hk@blum.com
China Internet www.blum.com.hk
Hungary Blum Hungária Kft. Telephone +36/27/510 140
2600 Vác Fax +36/27/510 141
Gödöllői út 16/14 E-mail info.hu@blum.com
HUNGARY Internet www.blum.com
Iceland Innval ehf. Telephone +354 557 2700
Smidjuvegur 5 E-mail innval@innval.is
200 KOPAVOGUR Internet www.innval.is
ICELAND
India Blum India Pvt. Ltd. Telephone +91 22 4610 7000
Times Square building, Ground & first floor Fax +91 22 4610 7099
Western Express Highway, Next to Natraj building E-mail info.in@blum.com
Andheri East, Mumbai 400 069, Maharashtra, India Internet www.blum.com
India Hafele India Pvt. Ltd. Telephone 022 6142 6142
Office No. 3, Building “A”, BETA, I Think Techno Campus E-mail info@hafeleindia.com
Off J.V.L.R, Opp Kanjurmarg Station Internet www.hafeleindia.com
Kanjurmarg (E), Mumbai 400 042, India
Indonesia PT. Blum Furniture Hardware Indonesia Telephone +62 21 3972 1050
ICE Business Park BSD, Blok A No. 1 & 2 E-mail info.id@blum.com
Jl. BSD Grand Boulevard Internet www.blum.com
Tangerang 15339, Indonesia
Iraq Biwas for Supplying Cabinet Acc Telephone +964 7512347235 - 7
No. 640, Italian City 2 E-mail info@biwasco.com
ERBIL Internet www.blum.com
IRAQ
Ireland Flanagan Fittings Telephone +353-1-8448400
Falcon House, Dublin Airport Logistics Park Fax +353-1-8448409
St. Margarets, Co. Dublin, K67 F303 E-mail sales@fff.ie
Ireland Internet www.fff.ie
Israel Bluran Import & Distribution Ltd. Telephone +972/732/310360
2nd Ha’Mada St., P.O.Box 5235 Fax +972/732/310361
Rishon-Lezion 7515102 E-mail bluran@bluran.co.il
ISRAEL Internet www.bluran.co.il
Italy ELMI SRL Telephone +39/02/95740443
Via delle Gerole 26 Fax +39/02/95740746
20867 Caponago MB E-mail info@elmi.it
Italy Internet www.elmi.it
Japan Denica Co., Ltd. Telephone +81/47/437-0310
2-474-8 Katsushika-cho Fax +81/47/437-2130
Funabashi 273-0032 E-mail support@denica.co.jp
Japan Internet www.denica.co.jp
Jordan Amara Trading Center Telephone +962-6-5811896
Al-Bayader, 66 Hussain Khawaja Street Fax +962-6-5827896
Po Box 140288 E-mail info@atc-jo.com
Amman 11814 Jordan Internet www.atc-jo.com
Kazakhstan Blum Central Asia Ltd. Telephone +7 727 390 86 25
pr-t Sujunbaja, 211, ofis 11, Turksibskij rajon Telephone +7 727 243 33 18
Almaty 050056, Almatinskaja oblast E-mail info.kz@blum.com
Kazakhstan Internet www.blum.com
Information

722 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Address
Kenya PG BISON KENYA LTD Telephone +254 20 808888 - 2
Kampala Rd., Industrial Area Fax +254 20 808888 - 0
00100 NAIROBI E-mail hmediratta@pgbison.co.ke
KENYA Internet www.pgbison.co.ke
Kuwait Eminence Hardware co for carpentry Telephone +965 99204054
building an smithy Materials, Khalifa Al Jassim Street E-mail +965 90996195
Shop no. 13, Tara Center Internet sales.kuwait@eminencehardware.com.
SHUWAIKH 70030, KUWAIT
Latvia SIA AM Furnitūra Telephone +371 67496001
Dārzciema iela 60F Fax +371 67496009
Rīga, LV-1073 E-mail amfurnitura@amf.lv
Latvia Internet www.amf.lv
Lebanon Ets. Adib Ladki s.c.s. Telephone +961-1-736740
Ground Floor Hamawi Building Fax +961-1-736844
Algiers Street – Zarif Area E-mail ADLA1920@cyberia.net.lb
1105-2050 Beirut, LEBANON Internet www.adibladki.com
Libya Alhanaa Company Telephone +218 213600551
Bldg N° 10.47.070, Jamaa Essagaa Fax +218 21360 5378
Beside Essaggaa Mosque E-mail nagi_ashour@yahoo.com
TRIPOLI, LIBYA
Libya Azaria Limited Trading Co. Telephone +218 21 4894 307
P.O.BOX: 76076 Fax +218 21 4894 307
Janzur second ring road E-mail info@azaria.ly
TRIPOLI, LIBYA
Lithuania UAB Blulita Telephone +370 5 265 35 32
Vilkpėdės g. 24, 03151 Vilnius E-mail info@blulita.lt
Minijos g. 62, 91189 Klaipėda Internet www.e.blulita.lt
Lietuva
Malaysia Blum Malaysia E-mail info.my@blum.com
A-2-3 & A-2-3A, Aurora Place Mall @ Bukit Jalil Internet www.blum.com
Jalan Persiaran Jalil 1, Bandar Bukit Jalil
57000 KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA
Malta T&H Distributors Ltd. Telephone 00356 21222471
Triq In-Negozju Mobil 00356 77222471
Mriehel BKR 3000 E-mail sales@toolsandhardware.eu
MALTA Internet www.toolsandhardware.eu
Mauritius C.K. Tang & Co. Ltd. Telephone +230 2474337
83, Royal Road Telephone +230 2474757
TOMBEAU BAY Fax +230 2475521
MAURITIUS E-mail cktang@intnet.mu
Mexico Blum México Herrajes Para Muebles Telephone +52 728 102 1700
Av. Industria Automotríz 10, Parque Industrial Doña Rosa E-mail info.mx@blum.com
52000 Lerma Internet www.blum.com.mx
Edo. de México
Mongolia Deutschewelle Moebel LLC Telephone +976 8009 2626
Chingis Avenue, Misheel Mega Moll Building E-mail blum@deutschewelle.mn
Khan-Uul District
Ulaanbaatar
Morocco Yves Rouger Telephone +212 522312506
20 Boulevard Ibn Tachfine Fax +212 522312462
B.P. 2158 E-mail yvesrouger@yahoo.fr
20300 CASABLANCA, MOROCCO
Morocco REVÉTOU Telephone +212 522943634
51, Rue attabari – Maarif Fax +212 522943615
20100 CASABLANCA E-mail contact@revetou.com
MOROCCO
Namibia HÜSTER MACHINETOOL COMPANY (PTY) LTD. Telephone +264 61 237083
No. 6, Andimba Toivo Ya Toivo Street, Plenarg Building, Fax +264 61 227696
Southern Industrial Area, P. O. Box 5029, Ausspannplatz E-mail hmt.whk@huster.com.na
Windhoek, NAMIBIA (AFRICA) Internet www.huster.com.na
Netherlands Van Hoecke bv Telephone +31 418 56 90 60
Schimminck 5 Fax +31 418 56 90 69
5301 KR Zaltbommel E-mail info@vanhoecke.nl
The Netherlands Internet www.vanhoecke.nl
New Zealand Blum New Zealand Ltd Telephone +64 9 820 5051
Auckland 621 Rosebank Road, Avondale E-mail info.nz@blum.com
Auckland 1026 Internet www.blum.com
New Zealand
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 723


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Address
New Zealand Blum New Zealand Ltd Telephone +64 3 379 4984
Christchurch 16 Avenger Crescent, Wigram E-mail info.nz@blum.com
Christchurch 8042 Internet www.blum.com
New Zealand
Nigeria DOUAIHY For Wood International Ltd Mobil +234 909 426 1828
Plot 807. Idu, Industrial Area E-mail roland.tannoury@dfwi.co
115001 Abuja
NIGERIA
Norway Blum Norge AS Telephone +47 32 127020
Postboks 1110 E-mail lars.ringlund@blum.com
3515 Hønefoss Internet www.blum.com
Norge
Oman ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC Telephone +968 24592888
Postal Code: 117, Al wadi, Al Kabir Fax +968 24502400
Ghala, Sultanate of Oman E-mail blum@uhsgulf.com
P.O. Box 826 Internet www.uhsgulf.com
Pakistan ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC / ECTRATECH TRADING LLC Telephone +971 4 3090600
Offices Land Building, Block 1, Showroom 1 Fax +971 4 3355696
Al Karama, Dubai, United Arab Emirates E-mail blum@ectratech.com
P.O.Box : 48913 Internet www.ectratech.com
Panama FD-Center S.A. Telephone +507 260-5503
Vía Transistmica a 300 mts de la estación del metro Pueblo Nuevo Fax +507 260-1440
en Dirección a San Miguelito E-mail info@fdcenter.center
Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá Internet www.fdcenter.center
Paraguay ZT deco Telephone +595 21 604 852
Av. Santísima Trinidad N° 366 E-mail ztdistribuciones@ztdistribuciones.com.py
c/Overava Internet www.ztdistribuciones.com.py
Asunción, Paraguay
Peru Mueblum Telephone +511 4445271
Av. República de Panamá 6144 E-mail info@mueblum.com
Miraflores, Lima Internet www.mueblum.com
Perú
Philippines Deepe Marketing Corporation Telephone +632 8932 7651
No. 13 Bonifacio Drive Telephone +632 8932 5401
Pasong Tamo Fax +632 8932 3445
Quezon City, Philippines E-mail marketing@deepecorp.com.ph
Poland Blum Polska Sp. z o.o. Telephone +48 61 895 1900
ul. Poznańska 16 E-mail info.pl@blum.com
62-020 Jasin k/Swarzędza Internet www.blum.com
Polska
Portugal Luso Blum, Ferragens para Móveis, Unipessoal Lda. Telephone +351/22/7334200
Av. dos Mourões, nº 191 Fax +351/22/7334199
São Felix da Marinha E-mail info.pt@blum.com
4410-500 Vila Nova de Gaia, Portugal Internet www.blum.com
Qatar ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC Telephone +974 44631742
Building No. 1, Shop no 28, 30 Fax +974 44631964
Barwa Village, Doha, Qatar E-mail blum@ectratech.com
P.O.Box : 80815 Internet www.uhsgulf.com
Romania BLUM ROMÂNIA S.R.L. Telephone +40/21/3512103
Str. Zborului Nr. 2B, Fax +40/21/3512102
judeţul Ilfov, E-mail info.ro@blum.com
RO-075100 Otopeni, România Internet www.blum.ro
Russia OOO “Blum” Telephone +7 495 727-06-11
ul. Brestskaja, 32/3, str. 2, Domodedovo E-mail info.ru@blum.com
RF-142030 Jam, Moskovskaja oblast Internet www.blum.com
Russian Federation
Saudi Arabia Eurotec Co. for trading. Telephone +966 1 4600180
Central region Office No16, 1st floor, building No 3538 E-mail info@eurotec.sa.com
Western region Prince Sultan Bin Abdulaziz Street, Al Sulaymaniyah
Riyadh Saudi-Arabia
Saudi Arabia Eurotec Co. for trading. Telephone +966 1 38023088
Eastern region Office No 2, 1st floor Riviera 1 building E-mail info@eurotec.sa.com
Dammam
Saudi-Arabia
Singapore Blum South East Asia Pte Ltd Telephone +65 6547 1760
150 Ubi Avenue 4 Fax +65 6547 1761
#02-01 Ubi Biz-Hub E-mail info.sg@blum.com
Singapore 408825 Internet www.blum.com
Information

724 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Address
Slovakia Julius Blum GmbH Telephone +421 905 99 79 77
Zastúpenie pre Slovensko E-mail info.sk@blum.com
Tuhovská 29 Internet www.blum.com
831 06 Bratislava, Slovakia
Slovenia Starman d.o.o. Telephone +386-1-7247-900
Poslovna cona Zeje pri Komendi Fax +386-1-7247-979
Pod Brezami 2 E-mail info@starman.si
1218 KOMENDA, SLOVENIA Internet www.starman.si
South Africa Blum South Africa (PTY) Ltd. Telephone +27 11 444 8118
212 Katherine Street, (16 Bowling Avenue) Fax +27 11 4448117
Kramerville, Sandton E-mail enquiries.bza@blum.com
Wendywood/Johannesburg 2144, South Africa Internet www.blum.com
South Korea Woobo International Co., Ltd. Telephone +82 31 285 9491
103 Tapsil-ro, Giheung-gu, Fax +82 31 285 9419
Yongin-si, Gyeonggi-do 17084 E-mail woobointl@daum.net
REPUBLIC OF KOREA Internet www.woobointl.com
Spain TECNOMAK ESPAÑA, S.A. Telephone +34 934 491 497
Polígon Industrial La Marina Fax +34 934 490 194
C/de la Creativitat, 5 E-mail info@tecnomak.es
08850 Gavà (Barcelona), SPAIN Internet www.tecnomak.es
Suriname Ni-Ke Meubel & Interieur accessories Telephone +597 452344
Granaatstr. 2, Kristalstraat, Maretraite E-mail ni-ke@sr.net
Paramaribo Internet www.ni-ke.net
Suriname
Sweden Blum Svenska AB Telephone +46 36 387750
Box 186, Wadmans Linje 4 E-mail info.se@blum.com
561 23 Huskvarna Internet www.blum.se
Sweden
Switzerland Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Telephone +43/5578/705-0
Industriestraße 1 Fax +43/5578/705-44
6973 Höchst E-mail info@blum.com
Austria Internet www.blum.com
Syria Sarraj Brothers for Trading Telephone +963 114436086/3
Building No.3854/9 Al-Souq Al-Tijari, Al-Mazra’a E-mail tareq@sarrajco.net
Damascus
SYRIA
Taiwan Utekuo Co. Ltd. Telephone +886/2/2368-9249
No. 60, Sec. 1, Ho-Ping West Road Fax +886/2/2368-5089
Taipei City 10078 E-mail utekuo@yahoo.com.tw
Taiwan
Thailand Blue International Co. Ltd. Telephone +66/2/3747755
8, 10, 12 Soi Ramkhamhaeng 26/1 Fax +66/2/3749176
Ramkhamhaeng Rd. E-mail info@blue-inter.com
Huamak - Bangkapi, Bangkok 10240, Thailand Internet www.blue-inter.com
Tunisia PROMODAR SARL. Telephone +216 31 397 900
SIÈGE SOCIAL Fax +216 71 42 87 32
Route de Sousse Km 7 2033 E-mail vente@promodar.com.tn
Ben Arous Tunisie
Turkey Blum TR Mobilya Aksesuarları San. ve Tic. Ltd. Şti Telephone + 90 262 7515025
Gebze Güzeller Org. San. Bölgesi Fax +90 262 7515028
İnönü Mah. Farabi Cad. No.3 E-mail info.tr@blum.com
41490 Gebze-Kocaeli, TURKEY Internet www.blum.com.tr
U.A.E. ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC / ECTRATECH TRADING LLC Telephone +971 4 3090600
Offices Land Building, Block 1, Showroom 1 Fax +971 4 3355696
Al Karama, Dubai, United Arab Emirates E-mail blum@ectratech.com
P.O.Box : 48913 Internet www.ectratech.com
Ukraine TOV “Blum Ukrajina” Telephone +380 32 236 80 10
vul. Dorozhna, 50, Lvivskyj rajon Fax +380 32 236 80 11
81137 Pasiky-Zubrycki, Lvivska oblast E-mail info.ua@blum.com
Ukraine Internet www.blum.ua
United Kingdom Blum UK Telephone +44/1908/285700
Mandeville Drive, Kingston, Milton Keynes Fax +44/1908/285701
Buckinghamshire MK10 0AW E-mail info.uk@blum.com
United Kingdom Internet www.blum.com
Uruguay Montecuir Telephone +598 2506 54 50
Av 8 de Octubre 4599 E-mail info@montecuir.com
Montevideo Internet www.montecuir.com
Uruguay
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 725


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Address
USA Blum Inc., Cabinet & Furniture Hardware Mfg. Telephone +1/704/8271345
7733 Old Plank Rd. Toll-free (USA only) 1/800/4386788
Stanley, NC 28164 Fax +1/704/8270799
USA E-mail sales.us@blum.com
Venezuela Importadora Eurocomponentes C.A. Telephone +58 212 2454401
Ctra. Petare-St. Lucia, Local no. 1 Telephone +58 424 1527126
Sector Piritu, Filas de Mariche E-mail info@eurocomponentes.net
Edo. Miranda, Caracas, Venezuela Internet www.eurocomponentes.net
Vietnam Blum Vietnam Co., Ltd Telephone (+84) 28 38 22 33 04
Ground Floor, Saigon Mansion Building E-mail info.bvn@blum.com
No. 3 Vo Van Tan Street, Vo Thi Sau Ward Internet www.blum.com
Dist. 3, HCM City, Vietnam
Vietnam 1st Floor, CT2 Building Telephone (+84) 24 33 59 59 99
Trang An Complex, No.1 Phung Chi Kien Street E-mail info.bvn@blum.com
Nghia Do Ward, Cau Giay District Internet www.blum.com
Hanoi, Vietnam
Information

726 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts

Market Address

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 727


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page Part no. Page


171A5010 119, 121, 123, 125, 129, 133, 135, 20F3200.01 20, 24 22K2510T 48
140, 141, 142, 143, 150 20F3500.01 20, 24 22K2700 44
171A5040 122, 125, 137, 138, 150 20F3800.01 20, 24 22K2700T 48
171A5070 119, 123, 125, 126, 131, 133, 135, 20F3900.01 20, 24 22K2710 44
136, 150 20F7011 21, 25 22K2710T 48
171A5500 119, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 131, 20F7051 21, 25 22K2900 44
133, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 150 20F8020 20, 24 22K2900T 48
173H7100 119, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 20K1101 60 22K2910 44
128, 129, 130, 131, 133, 134, 135, 20K1101T 60 22K2910T 48
136, 137, 138, 140, 141, 142, 143, 20K1301 60 22K8000 44, 48
146 20K1301T 60 23K8000 44
173H7130 125, 128, 136, 138, 146 20K1501 60 23KA000 44
173L6100 147 20K1501T 60 23P5020 568
173L6130 147 20K2B00.06 54 295.1000 450, 452, 454, 456, 458, 460, 462,
173L8100 148 20K2B00T06 54 464, 466, 468, 470, 472, 474, 476,
173L8100.21 148 20K2C00.06 54 478, 480, 486
173L8130 148 20K2C00T06 54 295.5300 406
173L8300 148 20K2E00.06 54 295.5501 406
173L8330 148 20K2E00T06 54 295.5600 429
174E6100.01 147 20K4101 60 295F5700 482
174E6130.01 147 20K4101A 60 295H5700 424, 482
174H7100E 146 20K41E1 60 298.3210.01 407
174H7100I 146 20K4A00A02 54 298.3230.01 407
174H710ZE 146 20K5101 60 298.5500 450, 454, 466, 470, 487
174H7130E 146 20K51E1 60 298.7600 418, 426, 508, 518
174H7130I 146 20K7A11 54 303.756.1 67, 155, 187, 241, 294, 345, 410,
174H713ZE 146 20K7A41 54 431, 488
174L6100.05 148 20L2100.05 38 314.928.1 67, 155, 187, 241, 294, 345, 410,
174L6130.05 148 20L2300.05 38 431, 488
175H3100 20, 21, 25, 54, 60, 144 20L2500.05 38 320H3500C 400
175H3130 144 20L2700.05 38 320H3500C15 400
175H4100 145 20L2900.05 38 320H4000C 400
175H410Z 145 20L3200.06 38 320H4000C15 400
175H4130 145 20L3500.06 38 320H4500C 400
175H5A00 25 20L3800.06 38 320H4500C15 400
175H5B00 24 20L3900.06 38 320H5000C 400
175H7100 147 20L8020 38 320H5000C15 400
175H7130 147 20Q1061UA 38 320H5500C 400
175H7190 92, 119, 122, 123, 124, 125, 128, 20Q1061UN 33 320H5500C15 400
129, 131, 135, 136, 147 20Q153ZA 38 320K3500C 398
175H7190.22 121, 125, 129, 130, 134, 147 20Q153ZN 33 320K3500C15 398
175H9100 147 20S2A00.05 32 320K4000C 398
175H9130 147 20S2B00.05 32 320K4000C15 398
175H9160 85, 122, 123, 126, 129, 131, 134, 147 20S2C00.05 32 320K4500C 398
175H9190 147 20S2D00.05 32 320K4500C15 398
175H9190.22 147 20S2E00.05 32 320K5000C 398
175L8100 149 20S2F00.05 32 320K5000C15 398
175L8130 149 20S2G00.05 32 320K5500C 398
175L8190 149 20S2H00.05 32 320K5500C15 398
175L8190.21 149 20S2I00.05 32 320M0009.01 406, 407
175M4C20N 106, 108 20S3500.06 32 320M0048 407
177H3100 20, 21, 25, 54, 145 20S4200 33, 38, 44, 48 320M0088 407
177H3100E 20, 21, 25, 54, 60, 144 20S4200A 33, 38, 44, 48 320M0188 407
177H3100E10 145 20S42T1 33, 38, 44, 48, 584 320M2700C 396
177H3130 145 20S8020 32 320M2700C15 396
177H3130E 144 21F8020 20, 24 320M3500C 396, 402, 404
177H3130E10 145 21FA000 20, 24, 33, 39 320M3500C15 396, 402, 404
193L6100 182 21L3200.01 38 320M4000C 396, 402, 404
193L6130 182 21L3500.01 38 320M4000C15 396, 402, 404
193L8100 183 21L3800.01 38 320M4500C 396, 402, 404
193L8100.21 183 21L3900.01 38 320M4500C15 396, 402, 404
194E6100.ED 183 21L8020 38 320M5000C 396, 402, 404
194E6130.ED 183 21S3500.01 32 320M5000C15 396, 402, 404
194K6100E 180, 184 21S8020 32 320M5500C 396, 402, 404
195H7100 182 22K2300 44 320M5500C15 396, 402, 404
195H7130 182 22K2300T 48 320N2700C 394
195H7190 182 22K2310 44 320N2700C15 394
199.8130 178, 183 22K2310T 48 320N3500C 394
209.093.7 67, 241, 294 22K2500 44 320N3500C15 394
20F2200.05 20, 24 22K2500T 48 320N4000C 394
20F2500.05 20, 24 22K2510 44 320N4000C15 394
20F2800.05 20, 24 320N4500C 394
Information

728 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page Part no. Page


320N4500C15 394 470K3502S 266, 268 551F4101T 480
320N5000C 394 470K4002S 266, 268 551F4601B 478
320N5000C15 394 470K4502S 266, 268 551F4601T 480
320N5500C 394 470K5002S 266, 268 551F5101B 478
320N5500C15 394 470K5502S 266, 268 551F5101T 480
378K2702SA 312, 314, 324, 326 470K6002S 266, 268 551F5601B 478
378K3002SA 312, 314, 324, 326 470M2702S 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278 551F5601T 480
378K3502SA 312, 314, 324, 326 470M3002S 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 551H2601B 462
378K4002SA 312, 314, 324, 326 282, 284 551H2601T 464
378K4502SA 312, 314, 324, 326 470M3502S 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 551H2851B 462
378K5002SA 312, 314, 324, 326 282, 284 551H2851T 464
378K5502SA 312, 314, 324, 326 470M4002S 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 551H3101B 462
378K6002SA 312, 314, 324, 326 280, 282, 284 551H3101T 464
378K6502SA 312, 314, 324, 326 470M4502S 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 551H3351B 462
378M2702SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 280, 282, 284 551H3351T 464
330 470M5002S 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 551H3601B 462
378M3002SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 280, 282, 284 551H3601T 464
330, 332, 334 470M5502S 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 551H3851B 462
378M3502SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 282, 284 551H3851T 464
330, 332, 334 470M6002S 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 551H4101B 462
378M4002SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 282, 284 551H4101T 464
330, 332, 334 470N4002S 260 551H4351B 462
378M4502SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 470N4502S 260 551H4351T 464
330, 332, 334 470N5002S 260 551H4601B 462
378M5002SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 470N5502S 260 551H4601T 464
330, 332, 334 48N0510.02 586 551H4851B 462
378M5502SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 48N0510.03 586 551H4851T 464
330, 332, 334 48N0610.02 586 551H5101B 462
378M6002SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 48N0610.03 586 551H5101T 464
330, 332, 334 550F2700B 470 551H5351B 462
378M6502SA 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 550F2700T 472 551H5351T 464
330, 332, 334 550F3000B 470 551H5601B 462
378N4002SA 306 550F3000T 472 551H5601T 464
378N4502SA 306 550F3500B 470 560F2500B 466
378N5002SA 306 550F3500T 472 560F2500C 468
378N5502SA 306 550F4000B 470 560F2700B 466
40.0110N 588, 589 550F4000T 472 560F2700C 468
40.0200N 589 550F4500B 470 560F3000B 466
40.0620 589 550F4500T 472 560F3000C 468
40.0720 588 550F5000B 470 560F3500B 466
40.2000 587 550F5000T 472 560F3500C 468
40.2110 587 550F5500B 470 560F4000B 466
40.2120.02 587 550F5500T 472 560F4000C 468
42.0700.01 588 550F6000B 470 560F4500B 466
450.2701B 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 550F6000T 472 560F4500C 468
298 550F6500B 470 560F5000B 466
450.3001B 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 550F6500T 472 560F5000C 468
276, 278, 298 550H2700B 454 560F5500B 466
450.3501B 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 550H2700T 456 560F5500C 468
276, 278, 298 550H3000B 454 560F6000B 466
450.4001B 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 550H3000T 456 560F6000C 468
274, 276, 278, 298 550H3500B 454 560H2500B 450
450.4501B 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 550H3500T 456 560H2500C 452
274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 550H4000B 454 560H2700B 450
450.5001B 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 550H4000T 456 560H2700C 452
274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 550H4500B 454 560H3000B 450
450.5501B 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 550H4500T 456 560H3000C 452
274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 550H5000B 454 560H3200B 450
450.6001B 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 550H5000T 456 560H3200C 452
276, 278, 282, 284, 298 550H5500B 454 560H3500B 450
453.4501B 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 550H5500T 456 560H3500C 452
276, 278, 282, 284, 298 550H6000B 454 560H3800B 450
453.4501BZ 280 550H6000T 456 560H3800C 452
453.5001B 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 550H6500B 454 560H4000B 450
276, 278, 282, 284, 298 550H6500T 456 560H4000C 452
453.5001BZ 280 551F2601B 478 560H4200B 450
453.5501B 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 551F2601T 480 560H4200C 452
276, 278, 282, 284, 298 551F3101B 478 560H4500B 450
453.5501BZ 280 551F3101T 480 560H4500C 452
453.6001B 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 551F3601B 478 560H4800B 450
276, 278, 282, 284, 298 551F3601T 480 560H4800C 452
470K3002S 266, 268 551F4101B 478
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 729


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page Part no. Page


560H5000B 450 578.5001M 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 661.1450.HG 66, 154, 186, 194, 196, 198, 200,
560H5000C 452 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214,
560H5200B 450 334, 352 216, 218, 220, 222, 240, 260, 262,
560H5200C 452 578.5501M 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276,
560H5500B 450 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 278, 282, 284, 293, 344, 409, 424,
560H5500C 452 334, 352 430, 482, 487
560H6000B 450 578.6001M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 661.2000.HG 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409,
560H6000C 452 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 430, 487
561F2601B 474 352 662.1150.HG 409
561F2601C 476 609.1500 66, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 662.1300.HG 409
561F3101B 474 94, 96, 108, 112, 114, 118, 120, 122, 662.1450.HG 409
561F3101C 476 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 664.3500 66
561F3601B 474 138, 154, 176, 178, 180, 186, 194, 70.1503 74, 76, 78, 94, 96, 114, 120, 151
561F3601C 476 196, 200, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 70.1503.BP 74, 76, 78, 94, 96, 114, 120, 151
561F4101B 474 222, 240, 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 70.1553 88, 98, 100, 110, 112, 118, 122, 124,
561F4101C 476 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138,
561F4601B 474 293, 344, 409, 424, 430, 482, 487 151, 152
561F4601C 476 609.1700 66, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 70.1553.BP 88, 98, 100, 110, 112, 118, 122, 124,
561F5101B 474 94, 96, 108, 112, 114, 118, 120, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138,
561F5101C 476 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 151, 152
561F5601B 474 136, 138, 154, 176, 178, 180, 186, 70.1663 74, 78, 88, 98, 100, 108, 132, 151
561F5601C 476 194, 196, 200, 204, 210, 212, 218, 70.1663.BP 74, 78, 88, 98, 100, 108, 132, 151
561H2601B 458 220, 222, 240, 260, 262, 266, 270, 70.4503 82, 90, 102, 104, 106, 140, 142, 151
561H2601C 460 272, 274, 282, 284, 293, 344, 409, 70.4503.BP 82, 90, 102, 104, 106, 140, 142, 151
561H2851B 458 430, 487 70.6103 86
561H2851C 460 61D.1500 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 70M2550.TL 80
561H3101B 458 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 70M2580.TL 80
561H3101C 460 222, 240 70M2650.TL 80
561H3351B 458 61R.1500 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 70M2750.TL 80
561H3351C 460 274, 276, 278, 282, 293 70T1504 78, 88, 94, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124,
561H3601B 458 623.882.2 67, 241, 294 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138,
561H3601C 460 65.055A 652, 663 153
561H3851B 458 65.059A 652, 663 70T3504 74, 76, 78, 88, 94, 96, 108, 118, 120,
561H3851C 460 65.0801 653, 695 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134,
561H4101B 458 65.0803 653, 691 136, 138, 153, 178, 180, 185
561H4101C 460 65.0807 653, 691 70T3507.21 74, 76, 78, 82, 88, 90, 152
561H4351B 458 65.1000.01 652, 677 70T3550.TL 60, 74
561H4351C 460 65.1001.01 677 70T3553 61, 74, 76
561H4601B 458 65.1051.02 652, 658 70T3580.TL 74
561H4601C 460 65.1106 677 70T3590.TL 60, 74
561H4851B 458 65.1107 658 70T3650.TL 74
561H4851C 460 65.2950 653, 688 70T3690.TL 74
561H5101B 458 65.3300 652, 672 70T3750.TL 74
561H5101C 460 65.4500.01 653, 679 70T3790.TL 74
561H5351B 458 65.4510 679 70T4500CTL 104, 106, 142
561H5351C 460 65.5000 652, 667 70T4503 102, 104, 106
561H5601B 458 65.5010 652, 666 70T4503.09 102, 104, 106
561H5601C 460 65.5040 652, 676 70T4504 102, 140, 153
576.4501M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 65.5070 652, 665 70T4532T 584
322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 65.5210.01 653, 687 70T453T.TL 102, 140, 584
576.5001M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 65.5300* 652, 664 70T4568C 104, 106, 142
322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 65.5340.01 653, 689 70T5550.TL 21
576.5501M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 65.5627 298, 352, 653, 694 70T5590BTL 21
322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 65.5631 246, 436, 653, 693 70T6540BTL 86
576.6001M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 65.5810.03 653, 690 70T6550.TL 86
322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 65.6100 653, 681 70T6650.TL 86
352 65.7500.03 652, 678 70T7504 82, 90, 153
576.6501M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 65.7510.03 678 70T7550.TL 82
322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 65.7590 678 70T7553 82, 85, 90, 93
352 65.8000 653, 696 70T7553.09 82
578.2701M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 660.0950 66, 154 70T7590.TL 82
322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 661.1000.HG 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 70T7650.TL 82
578.3001M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 430, 487 70T7690.TL 82
322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 661.1150.HG 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 70T950A.TL 100
578.3501M 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 430, 487 70T9550.TL 88, 132
322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 661.1300.HG 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 70T9580.TL 88
578.4001M 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 430, 487 70T9590BTL 88, 132
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 70T9650.TL 88, 132
578.4501M 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 70T9690BTL 88, 132
320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 70T9750.TL 88, 108, 132
334, 352 70T9790BTL 88, 132
71B3550 60, 74
Information

730 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page Part no. Page


71B3580 74 71T9750 88, 132 75T1680 78
71B3590 60, 74 71T9790B 88, 132 75T1690B 78
71B3650 74 72T3550.TL 76 75T1750 78
71B3680 74 72T3590.TL 76 75T1780 78
71B3690 74 72T550A.TL 25 75T1790B 78
71B3750 74 72T5550.TL 21 75T4100 110
71B3780 74 72T5590BTL 21 75T4200 110
71B3790 74 73B3550 76 75T4300 110
71B4500C 104, 106, 142 73B3580 76 760H2500S 418
71B453T 102, 140, 584 73B3590 76 760H2500T 442
71B7550 82 73T3550 76 760H2700S 418, 436
71B7550D 90 73T3580 76 760H2700T 442
71B7580 82 73T3590 76 760H3000S 418, 436
71B7580D 90 740.749.1 67 760H3000T 442
71B7590 82 74.1103 78 760H3200S 418, 436
71B7650 82 74T1550.TL 78 760H3200T 442
71B7690 82 74T1590BTL 78 760H3500S 418, 436
71B950A 98 74T1650.TL 78 760H3500SU 420, 422
71B9550 88, 132 74T1750.TL 78 760H3500T 442
71B9580 88 750.2701S 196, 198, 204, 206, 208, 246 760H3800S 418, 436
71B9590 88, 132 750.2701T 252 760H3800T 442
71B960A 98 750.3001S 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 760H4000S 418, 436
71B9650 88, 132 246 760H4000SU 420, 422
71B9680 88 750.3001T 252 760H4000T 442
71B9690 88, 132 750.3501S 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 760H4200S 418, 436
71B970A 98 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 246 760H4200T 442
71B9750 88, 108, 132 750.3501T 252 760H4500S 418, 436
71B9780 88 750.4001S 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 760H4500SU 420, 422
71B9790 88, 108, 132 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 760H4500T 442
71M2550 80 246 760H4800S 418, 436
71M2580 80 750.4001T 252 760H4800T 442
71M2590B 80 750.4501S 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 760H5000S 418, 436
71M2650 80 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 760H5000SU 420, 422
71M2680 80 222, 246 760H5000T 442
71M2690B 80 750.4501T 252 760H5200S 418, 436
71M2750 80 750.5001S 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 760H5200T 442
71M2780 80 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 760H5500S 418, 436
71M2790B 80 222, 246 760H5500T 442
71T0550 112 750.5001T 252 760H6000S 418, 436
71T0650 112 750.5501S 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 760H6000T 442
71T0750 112 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 766H4500S 418, 436
71T3550 74 222, 246 766H4500T 442
71T3580 74 750.5501T 252 766H5000S 418, 436
71T3590 74 750.6001S 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 766H5000T 442
71T3650 74 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 766H5200S 418, 436
71T3680 74 246 766H5200T 442
71T3690 74 750.6001T 252 766H5500S 418, 436
71T3750 74 753.4501S 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 766H5500T 442
71T3780 74 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 766H5800S 418, 436
71T3790 74 753.4501T 252 766H5800T 442
71T4500C 104, 106, 142 753.5001S 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 766H6000S 418, 436
71T453T 102, 140, 584 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 766H6000T 442
71T6540B 86 753.5001T 252 766H6500S 418, 436
71T6550 86 753.5501S 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 766H7000S 418, 436
71T6580 86 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 766H7000T 442
71T6640B 86 753.5501T 252 766H7500S 418, 436
71T6650 86 753.6001S 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 766H7500T 442
71T6680 86 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 770.0008 236
71T7550 82 753.6001T 252 770C0009 233, 236
71T7580 82 753.6501S 196, 198, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 770C2701S 232
71T7590 82 214, 216, 222, 246 770C2702I 204, 206, 208
71T7650 82 753.6501T 252 770C2702S 204, 206, 208
71T950A 100 75B1550 78 770C3001S 232
71T950AB 100 75B1580 78 770C3002I 204, 206, 208
71T9550 88, 132 75B1650 78 770C3002S 204, 206, 208
71T9580 88 75B1680 78 770C3501S 232
71T9590B 88, 132 75B1750 78 770C3502I 204, 206, 208, 220
71T960A 100 75B1780 78 770C3502S 204, 206, 208, 220
71T9650 88, 132 75T1550 78 770C4001S 232
71T9690B 88, 132 75T1580 78 770C4002I 204, 206, 208, 220
71T970A 100 75T1590B 78 770C4002S 204, 206, 208, 220
75T1650 78
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 731


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page Part no. Page


770C4501S 232 770M3502I 196, 198, 218, 222 79B3453 134
770C4502I 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 770M3502S 196, 198, 218, 222 79B3490 138
770C4502S 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 770M4001S 232 79B3491 136
770C5001S 232 770M4002I 196, 198, 218, 222 79B3493 134
770C5002I 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 770M4002S 196, 198, 218, 222 79B3558 120
770C5002S 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 770M4501S 232 79B3598 120
770C5501S 232 770M4502I 196, 198, 218, 222 79B9454 130
770C5502I 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 770M4502S 196, 198, 218, 222 79B9456 126
770C5502S 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 770M5001S 232 79B9458 122
770C6001S 232 770M5002I 196, 198, 218, 222 79B9494 130
770C6002I 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 770M5002S 196, 198, 218, 222 79B9496 126
770C6002S 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 770M5501S 232 79B9498 122
770C6501S 232 770M5502I 196, 198, 218 79B9550 94
770C6502I 204, 206, 208, 222 770M5502S 196, 198, 218 79B9550.83 94
770C6502S 204, 206, 208, 222 770M6001S 232 79B9555 128
770CxxxAI 233 770M6002I 196, 198, 218 79B9556 124
770CxxxAS 233 770M6002S 196, 198, 218 79B9580 94
770CxxxASGC 233 770M6501S 232 79B9590 94
770F0009 233, 236 770M6502I 196, 198 79B9595 128
770F4001S 232 770M6502S 196, 198 79B9596 124
770F4002I 210 770MxxxAI 233 79B9658 118
770F4002S 210 770MxxxAS 233 79B9698 118
770F4501S 232 770MxxxASGC 233 79B9950 96
770F4502I 210 770N4002S 194 79B9980 96
770F4502S 210 770N4502I 194 79B9990 96
770F5001S 232 770N4502S 194 79T8500 114
770F5002I 210 770N5002I 194 79T8530 114
770F5002S 210 770N5002S 194 80.6507 86, 151
770F5501S 232 770N5502S 194 80.6507.BP 86, 151
770F5502I 210 770Xxxx1I 235 84.4120 110
770F5502S 210 770Xxxx1S 234, 235, 236 84.4140 110
770F6001S 232 770XxxxAI 234 90M2503 80, 151, 176, 178, 185
770F6002I 210 770XxxxAIL 235 90M2503.BP 80, 151, 176, 178, 185
770F6002S 210 770XxxxAIR 234, 235 90M2603 176, 185
770F6501S 232 770XxxxAS 234 91K9550 180
770F6502I 210 770XxxxASR 234, 235, 236 91K9580 180
770F6502S 210 780C0009 212, 214, 216, 228 91M2550 176
770FxxxAI 233 780C3502I 212, 214, 216 91M2580 176
770FxxxAS 233 780C3502S 212, 214, 216 91M2650 176
770FxxxASGC 233 780C4002I 212, 214, 216 91M2750 176
770K0009 233, 236 780C4002S 212, 214, 216 94M3603 80, 151
770K3001S 232 780C4502I 212, 214, 216 94M3603.BP 80, 151
770K3002S 200, 202 780C4502S 212, 214, 216 956.1004 48, 50, 54, 56, 60, 64, 74, 76, 78,
770K3501S 232 780C5002I 212, 214, 216 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100, 102, 104,
770K3502I 200, 202 780C5002S 212, 214, 216 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128,
770K3502S 200, 202 780C5502I 212, 214, 216 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142,
770K4001S 232 780C5502S 212, 214, 216 172
770K4002I 200, 202 780C6002I 212, 214, 216 956.1201 48, 51, 54, 57, 61, 65, 173
770K4002S 200, 202 780C6002S 212, 214, 216 956A1004 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100,
770K4501S 232 780C6502I 212, 214, 216 102, 104, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124,
770K4502I 200, 202 780C6502S 212, 214, 216 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138,
770K4502S 200, 202 78A5450.T 138 140, 142, 172
770K5001S 232 78A5451.T 136 956A1006 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100,
770K5002I 200, 202 78A5453.T 134 102, 104, 108, 110, 112, 118, 120,
770K5002S 200, 202 78A9454.T 130 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134,
770K5501S 232 78A9456.T 126 136, 138, 140, 142, 172
770K5502I 200, 202 78A9458.T 122 956A1201 173
770K5502S 200, 202 78A9555.T 128 956A1501 48, 51, 54, 57, 61, 65, 173
770K6001S 232 78A9556.T 124 970.1002 114, 158, 166
770K6002S 200, 202 78A9658.T 118 970.1201 168
770KxxxAI 233 78T5550 120 970.1501 168
770KxxxAS 233 78T9550.83 94 970.15E1 168
770KxxxASGC 233 78T9550.TL 94 970.1701 168
770M0009 233, 236 78Z5500T 21 970.2501 169
770M2701S 232 78Z5500T12 28 970.5201 168
770M2702I 196, 198 78Z550AT 25 970.5501 168
770M2702S 196, 198 78Z550AT11 28 970.55E1 168
770M3001S 232 78Z5530T11 28 970.5701 168
770M3002I 196, 198, 222 78Z553ET 21 970.6701 169
770M3002S 196, 198, 222 79B3450 138 970A1002 110, 112, 158, 164
770M3501S 232 79B3451 136 971A0500 162
971A05E0 162
Information

732 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page Part no. Page


971A0700 162 M75.2910 612, 616 MZR.5300.02 628
971A2500 162 M75.2920 612, 616 MZS.1000 616, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623,
971Axxxx 110, 112, 158 M75.ZB05.02 623 624, 628, 632
973A0500.01 80, 100, 158, 160 M75.ZB05.L2 643 MZS.1020 632
973A0600 80, 158, 160 M75.ZB05.L3 643 MZS.2000 616, 623, 628, 632, 634, 635, 636,
973A0700 80, 158, 160 M75.ZB08.02 623 637, 638, 639
973A6000 86, 158, 160 M75.ZB08.03 623 MZV.2E00 627, 632, 641
993.0530 67, 360, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, M75.ZB08.L2 643 MZV.3700 612, 616
504, 508, 514 M75.ZB08.L3 643 MZW.1300 661
993.0830.01 67, 360, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, M75.ZB10.02 623 T51.1700.04 450, 452, 454, 456, 466, 468, 470,
504, 508, 514 M75.ZB10.03 623 472
993.2000 508, 518 M75.ZB10.L2 620, 621, 643 T51.7000.01 422, 427
993.706 67, 154, 186, 241, 293, 344, 410, M75.ZB10.L3 643 T51.7601 418, 420, 422, 436, 442
430, 487 M75E2000 611 T55.000R 452, 460, 468, 476
993.710 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, MZA.2600 612, 616 T55.1089ZR 452, 460, 468, 476
430, 487 MZA.5200 632 T55.7150S 452, 460, 468, 476
99B9550 178 MZA.5300 628 T55.882W 468, 476
M01.ZB02.D2 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 634, 635, MZD.2000 627, 641 T55.889W 452, 460
636, 637, 638, 642 MZD.2700 611 T57.1140S 456, 464, 472, 480
M01.ZB02.D3 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 634, 635, MZD.2V00 612, 627, 641 T57.7400.01 252, 442
636, 637, 638, 642 MZD.5000 627, 641 T60.000D 246, 298, 352, 436
M01.ZB03.02 624, 638, 639, 642 MZD.5700 611 T60.1125W 246, 298, 352, 436
M01.ZB03.03 624, 638, 639, 642 MZE.1300 628 T60.300D 246, 298, 352, 436
M01.ZB05.02 618, 619, 620, 622, 623, 624, 634, MZE.2110 628 T60B000H 352, 354
635, 636, 637, 638, 639, 642 MZF.1000.01 628, 632 T60B3030 352
M01.ZB05.03 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 624, 634, MZF.1010 628, 632 T60B3130 352
635, 636, 637, 638, 639, 642 MZF.1020 628, 632 T60B3330 352
M01.ZB05.D2 642 MZF.1030 612, 616, 628, 632 T60B3530 352
M01.ZB05.D3 642 MZF.1050 612, 616, 628, 632 T60B3560 352
M01.ZB08.02 618, 619, 622, 623, 634, 635, 637, MZF.2000 612, 616 T60H4040 298
642 MZK.1120 628, 632 T60H4140 298
M01.ZB08.03 618, 620, 623, 634, 636, 642 MZK.1130 628, 632 T60H4340 298
M01.ZB08.OS 642 MZK.190S 627, 631, 635, 638 T60H4540 298
M01.ZB10.02 618, 620, 621, 622, 623, 634, 636, MZK.2000.01 611, 615, 618, 620 T60H4570 298
637, 638, 642 MZK.2008.02 612, 616, 618, 619, 620, 622, 623 T60L7040 246, 436
M01.ZB10.03 618, 620, 621, 622, 623, 634, 636, MZK.2023 612, 616 T60L7140 246, 436
637, 638, 642 MZK.2024 612, 616 T60L7340 246, 436
M01.ZB10.T2 643 MZK.210S 611, 615, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, T60L7540 246, 436
M01.ZB10.T3 643 623 T60L7570 246, 436
M01.ZB20.02 622, 637, 643 MZK.211S 611, 615, 618, 619, 620, 621, 623 T60L9340 246
M01.ZB20.03 643 MZK.2124 619, 622, 623 T60L9540 246
M01.ZB25.02 622, 623, 638, 643 MZK.220S 619 T65.1000.02 652, 673
M01.ZB26.02 620, 636, 643 MZK.220S.01 611, 615, 619, 621, 622 T65.1100 652, 674
M01.ZB28.02 623, 638, 643 MZK.224S.01 611, 615, 622 T65.5090 677
M01.ZB35.02 618, 619, 620, 634, 635, 636, 643 MZK.2400.01 611, 615, 623 T65.9000 673, 674
M01.ZB35.OS 619, 635, 643 MZK.2810.03 611, 615, 619, 622, 623, 624 Z10A3000.03 360, 366, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500,
M01.ZZ03.01 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, MZK.880S 627, 631, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638 504, 508, 514, 518
430, 487, 646, 647, 648, 649, 672 MZL.1250 628, 632 Z10A3006 360, 366, 376, 380
M01.ZZB3 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, MZL.2000 616, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623, Z10A3H00 360, 366, 376, 380
430, 487 624 Z10C5005 570
M30.1304.02 628, 632 MZL.2010 616, 618, 620, 622 Z10C5007 568
M30.1313.UM 628, 632 MZL.2060 616, 620, 621, 623 Z10C500A 564, 566, 568, 570
M31.1000 652, 661 MZL.2080 616, 624 Z10D01E0.01 360, 366, 494, 518
M31.1900 661 MZL.2090 616 Z10D01EA.01 360, 366, 494, 518
M31.2000 652, 662 MZL.2090.03 616 Z10D0311 372, 500, 504, 508
M31.ZB08.02 661 MZL.2500 628, 632 Z10D0316 372, 500
M31.ZB35.02 661, 662 MZM.0040 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 94, Z10D5210 376, 508
M35.7200.01 652, 668 96, 114, 176, 180, 620, 636, 642 Z10D6252 380, 514
M35.ZM01 668 MZM.0050 618, 620, 634, 636, 642 Z10K0009 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 373,
M35.ZT01 668 MZM.0053 145, 618, 619, 620, 634, 636, 642 377, 381, 388, 495, 501, 505, 509,
M35.ZW40 668 MZM.0061.01 148, 618, 620, 634, 636, 642 515, 519, 524, 566, 568
M51.0802 628 MZM.0070 588, 589, 623, 638, 642 Z10K008S 361, 388, 495, 504, 524
M52.1050* 631 MZM.0071 589, 623, 638, 642 Z10K050S 361, 388, 495, 504, 524
M53.0720 628 MZM.0077 588, 623, 638, 642 Z10K120S 361, 388, 495, 504, 524
M53.1000* 627 MZM.0078 586, 623, 638, 642 Z10K160S 361, 388, 495, 504, 524
M53.1000.01 627 MZM.0092.01 637, 642 Z10K300A 566, 568
M53.1050* 627 MZM.0093.02 637, 642 Z10K800AE 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 360, 366, 372,
M53.1050.01 627 MZM.0095 622, 637, 642 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514,
M54.2117 628 MZM.0292.01 642 518
M70.2000 615 MZR.1000 628, 632 Z10M200A 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372,
M70E2000 611 MZR.1200 616 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514,
M75.2000 615 MZR.2000 628, 632 518, 566, 568, 641
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 733


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page Part no. Page


Z10M200B 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NE030B 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z36H367SE01 404
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z36H417SE01 404
518, 566, 568, 641 518, 566, 568 Z36H467SE01 404
Z10M200C 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NE030C 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z36H517SE01 404
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z40C0002Z 550
518, 566, 568, 641 518, 566, 568 Z40D0002Z 550
Z10M200D 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NE030D 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z40L0002 550
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z40L1077A 550
518, 566, 568, 641 518, 566, 568 Z40L152A 550
Z10M200E 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NE030E 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z40L177A 550
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z40L427A 550
518, 566, 568, 641 518, 566, 568 Z40L477A 550
Z10M200E.OS 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NE030F 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z40L777A 550
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z43L100S 550
518, 566, 568 518, 566, 568 Z46L420S 550
Z10M200H 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NE030G 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z46L470S 550
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z46L520S 550
518, 566, 568, 641 518, 566, 568 Z46L570S 550
Z10M200I 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NE030H 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z46L620S 550
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z48.27B0I6 550
518, 566, 568, 641 518, 566, 568 Z48.27B0I7 550
Z10M200J 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NE030J 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z48.30B0I4 550
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z48.30B0I6 550
518, 566, 568, 641 518, 566, 568 Z48.30B0I7 550
Z10M200K 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10NG000 361, 367, 372, 377, 380, 495, 500, Z48.30B0I8 550
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 504, 509, 514, 519, 566, 568 Z48.30B0I9 550
518, 566, 568, 641 Z10NG120 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 361, 367, 372, Z70.0320 394, 396, 398, 400, 402, 404, 409
Z10M200L 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 377, 380, 495, 500, 504, 509, 514, Z80.000S 582
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 519, 566, 568 Z80.000V 582
518, 566, 568, 641 Z10T1143B 376, 508 Z80S0542BA 582
Z10M200N 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10T1170A 360, 366, 494, 518 Z80S0542CA 582
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z10T393Wxy1 386 Z80S0560 582
518, 566, 568, 641 Z10T443Wxy1 386 Z80S0760 582
Z10M200S.01 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10T493Wxy1 386 Z80S1260 582
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z10T543Wxy1 386 Z80V000A 582
518, 566, 568 Z10T650AA 360, 366, 494, 518 Z80V1163W 582
Z10M200T 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10T700AA 360, 366, 494, 518 Z95.4100 574
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z10T710AA 360, 366, 494, 518 Z95.4600 574
518, 566, 568, 641 Z10T743Wxy1 386 Z95D4100 574
Z10M200U 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10T750AA 360, 366, 494, 518 Z95Q1040A 574
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z10T800AA 360, 366, 494, 518 Z96.00T1 239, 292, 584
518, 566, 568, 641 Z10T843Wxy1 386 Z96.10E1 238, 291, 340, 352, 355, 361, 373,
Z10M200Z 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, Z10T__3Wxy1 718, 719 377, 381, 389
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z10V100E.01 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 360, 366, 372, Z96.2011 352, 354
518, 566, 568, 641 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, ZA7.0700xxx- 233, 237
Z10NA30BA 384, 522 518, 566, 568 ABD
Z10NA30BAF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z10ZC00A 361, 377, 381, 388, 495, 524 ZA7.0709xxx- 233, 237
Z10NA30EA 384, 522 Z30B000S.04 343 AB
Z10NA30EAF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z30C000S 316, 318, 328 ZA7.5700.BT 236
Z10NA30EB 384, 522 Z30C000S.22 332 ZA7.5709.BT 236
Z10NA30EBF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z30CxxxS.6 340 ZAA.3500 396, 398, 400, 402, 404
Z10NA30EC 384, 522 Z30D000S.22 334 ZAA.3700 396, 398, 400, 402, 404
Z10NA30ECF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z30D000SL 320, 322, 324, 326, 330 ZB4E000S 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 284
Z10NA30ED 384, 522 Z30DxxxS.6 340 ZB4E00AK 270
Z10NA30EDF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z30K000S 312, 314 ZB4ExxxS.6 291
Z10NA30EE 384, 522 Z30KxxxS.6 340 ZB4K000S 266, 268
Z10NA30EEF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z30M000S.04 308, 310, 332, 334 ZB4KxxxS.6 291
Z10NA30EF 384, 522 Z30M383S0W 386 ZB4M000S 262, 264, 282, 284
Z10NA30EFF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z30M389S0W 386 ZB4M00AK 284
Z10NA30HD 384, 522 Z30M433S0W 386 ZB4MxxxS.6 291
Z10NA30KD 384, 522 Z30M439S0W 386 ZB4N000S 260
Z10NA30KDF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z30M483S0W 386 ZB4NxxxS.6 291
Z10NA30UG 384, 522 Z30M489S0W 386 ZB7A0008 240
Z10NA30UGF 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 Z30M533S0W 386 ZB7C000S 204, 206, 208, 212, 214, 216, 220
Z10NA30UJ 384, 522 Z30M539S0W 386 ZB7C129S.6S 222
Z10NA30xy 718, 719 Z30M733S0W 386 ZB7CxxxS.6 238
Z10NA30xyF 718, 719 Z30M833S0W 386 ZB7F000S 210
Z10NE030A 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, Z30M839S0W 386 ZB7FxxxS.6 238
376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, Z30MxxxS.6 340 ZB7K000S 200, 202
518, 566, 568 Z30N000S.04 306 ZB7KxxxS.6 238
Z30NxxxS.6 340 ZB7M000S 196, 198, 218
Z31L1036A 310, 314, 318, 322, 326 ZB7MxxxS.6 238
Information

734 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page Part no. Page


ZB7N000S 194 ZE4HxxxxG 278 ZIF.74D0 322, 326
ZB7NxxxS.6 238 ZE4L1058G 290 ZIF.80M5 310, 314
ZC4U10E0 535 ZE4L1064G 290 ZIF.80M7 310, 314
ZC4U10F0 535 ZE4L458G 290 ZL4.270S.E 274, 276, 278, 284
ZC4U11E0 535 ZE4L464G 290 ZL4.300S.E 274, 276, 278, 284
ZC7A0P0C 533 ZE4LxxxxG 278 ZL4.350S.E 274, 276, 278, 284
ZC7A0P0F 533 ZE4M360G 290 ZL4.400S.E 274, 276, 278, 284
ZC7A0U0C 533 ZE4M410G 290 ZL4.450S.E 274, 276, 278, 284
ZC7A0U0F 533 ZE4M460G 290 ZL4.500S.E 274, 276, 278, 284
ZC7A0U0K 530 ZE4M510G 290 ZL4.550S.E 274, 276, 278, 284
ZC7A0U0M 530 ZE4Mxx0G 272 ZL4.600S.E 274, 276, 278, 284
ZC7B0100S 534 ZE7S338G 228 ZL4M00808 272
ZC7B0200S 534 ZE7S388G 228 ZME.0710 653, 680
ZC7C0000 539 ZE7S438G 228 ZME.0730 653, 681
ZC7C0001 539 ZE7S488G 228 ZME.1600.01 682
ZC7F300RHU 536 ZE7S538G 228 ZME.1610 682
ZC7F300RSU 533 ZE7Sxx8G 212, 214, 216 ZME.2700 682
ZC7F400RHP 536 ZE7V1082G 228 ZME.5320 653, 682
ZC7F400RSP 533 ZE7V1088G 228 ZML.0040.02 652, 659
ZC7G0P0I 539 ZE7V482G 228 ZML.0050 652, 675
ZC7M0200 539 ZE7V488G 228 ZML.0330 652, 670
ZC7Q010SH 531 ZE7VxxxxG 206, 214 ZML.1090 652, 660
ZC7Q010SS 530 ZE7W1082G 228 ZML.1150.02 652, 671
ZC7Q020SH 531 ZE7W1088G 228 ZML.1500 686
ZC7Q020SS 530 ZE7W482G 228 ZML.1510 686
ZC7Q0P0FH 536 ZE7W488G 228 ZML.2200 653, 683
ZC7Q0P0FS 533 ZE7WxxxxG 206, 214 ZML.3510 653, 686
ZC7Q0U0FH 536 ZF4.1002 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, ZML.3580.01 686
ZC7Q0U0FS 533 284 ZML.3600 686
ZC7Q0U0SH 531 ZF4.10I2 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274 ZML.3710 653, 684
ZC7Q0U0SS 530 ZF4.10T2 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, ZML.4010 653, 685
ZC7S300RHU 531 284, 584 ZML.7000 652, 669
ZC7S300RSU 530 ZF4.5002 270, 272, 274, 284 ZML.8000.02 686
ZC7S450BH3 531 ZF4.5012 270, 272, 274, 284 ZML.8030 653, 692
ZC7S450BS3 530 ZF4.50I2 270, 272, 274, 284 ZML.805S 653, 692
ZC7S450RH1 531 ZF4.50T2 270, 272, 274, 284, 584 ZMM.0350 645, 649
ZC7S450RH2 531 ZF7C7002 204, 210, 212, 220, 222 ZMM.0400 645, 648
ZC7S450RS1 530, 534 ZF7C70E2 204, 210, 212, 220, 222 ZMM.0700*20 647
ZC7S450RS2 530, 534 ZF7C70T2 204, 210, 212, 220, 222, 584 ZMM.0700.01 645, 647
ZC7S500BH3 531 ZF7K7002 200 ZMM.075N 647, 648, 649
ZC7S500BS3 530 ZF7K70E2 200 ZMM.2500 645, 646
ZC7S500RH1 531 ZF7K70T2 200, 584 ZMZ.20S1 646
ZC7S500RH2 531 ZF7M7002 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222 ZMZ.20S2 646
ZC7S500RS1 530, 534 ZF7M70E2 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222 ZMZ.20S6 646
ZC7S500RS2 530, 534 ZF7M70T2 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222, ZOU.30U1I 556
ZC7S550BH3 531 584 ZR4.1059U 276, 535
ZC7S550BS3 530 ZF7N7002 194 ZR4.270RS.E 270
ZC7S550RH1 531 ZF7N70E2 194 ZR4.300RS.E 270
ZC7S550RH2 531 ZF7N70T2 194, 584 ZR4.350RS.E 270
ZC7S550RS1 530, 534 ZFZ.30G0I 556 ZR4.400RS.E 270
ZC7S550RS2 530, 534 ZFZ.40G0I 556 ZR4.450RS.E 270
ZC7S600BH3 531 ZFZ.45G0I 556 ZR4.500RS.E 270
ZC7S600BS3 530 ZI4.0MS1 264 ZR4.550RS.E 270
ZC7S600RH1 531 ZI4.1KS1 268 ZR4.600RS.E 270
ZC7S600RH2 531 ZI4.2ES1 276 ZR7.1080U 208, 216, 535
ZC7S600RS1 530, 534 ZI4.4ES1 278 ZRE.321S.ID 402, 404
ZC7S600RS2 530, 534 ZI7.0KI0 202 ZRE.363A.ID 427, 486
ZC7S650BH3 531 ZI7.0KS0 202 ZRE.371S.ID 402, 404
ZC7S650BS3 530 ZI7.0M07 198, 202, 264, 268 ZRE.413A.ID 427, 486
ZC7S650RH1 531 ZI7.0MI0 198 ZRE.421S.ID 402, 404
ZC7S650RH2 531 ZI7.0MS0 198 ZRE.443A.ID 427, 486
ZC7S650RS1 530, 534 ZI7.2CI0 206, 214 ZRE.463A.ID 427, 486
ZC7S650RS2 530, 534 ZI7.2CS0 206, 214 ZRE.471S.ID 402, 404
ZC7T0350 539, 555 ZI7.3CI0 208, 216 ZRE.483A.ID 427, 486
ZC7U10E0 535 ZI7.3CS0 208, 216 ZRE.513A.ID 427, 486
ZC7U10F0 535 ZIF.3000 396 ZRE.521S.ID 402, 404
ZC7U11E0 535 ZIF.3010 394 ZRE.543A.ID 427, 486
ZE4H1058G 290 ZIF.3030 398 ZRE.563A.ID 427, 486
ZE4H1064G 290 ZIF.3050 400 ZRE.613A.ID 427, 486
ZE4H458G 290 ZIF.71K0 314 ZRF.2200.01 328, 330
ZE4H464G 290 ZIF.71M0 310 ZRG.000R5F 328, 330
ZIF.74C0 318
Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 735


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Part no. Page Part no. Page


ZRG.1046Z 318, 322, 326 ZSI.450FI2N 542, 544, 548
ZRG.1094U 428 ZSI.450FI3 544, 546, 548
ZRG.1104Q 551 ZSI.450KI2N 544, 546, 548
ZRG.1104U 411, 412 ZSI.450KI3N 544, 546, 548
ZRG.179Q 551 ZSI.450KI4N 542, 546, 548
ZRG.204Q 551 ZSI.450MI3 546, 548
ZRG.207RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.500BI1N 542, 544, 546, 548
330 ZSI.500BI2N 542, 548
ZRG.237RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.500BI3 542, 546, 548
330 ZSI.500BI3E 542, 548
ZRG.287RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.500FI1 548
330 ZSI.500FI2N 542, 544, 548
ZRG.337RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.500FI3 544, 546, 548
330 ZSI.500KI2N 544, 546, 548
ZRG.387RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.500KI3N 544, 546, 548
330, 332, 334 ZSI.500KI4 542, 546, 548
ZRG.437RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.500MI3 546, 548
330, 332, 334 ZSI.550BI1N 542, 544, 546, 548
ZRG.454Q 551 ZSI.550BI2N 542, 548
ZRG.487RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.550BI3 542, 546, 548
330, 332, 334 ZSI.550FI1 548
ZRG.504Q 551 ZSI.550FI2N 542, 544, 548
ZRG.537RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.550FI3 544, 548
330, 332, 334 ZSI.550KI2N 544, 546, 548
ZRG.587RSIC 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, ZSI.550KI3N 544, 546, 548
330, 332, 334 ZSI.550KI4 542, 546, 548
ZRG.804Q 551 ZSI.550MI3 546, 548
ZRM.5500 408 ZSI.60VEI4 542
ZRR.5200 342 ZSI.60VEI6 542
ZRU.00F0 411, 412 ZSI.60VEI7 542
ZRU.00Z0 411 ZSI.60VUI4 544
ZRU.01E0 551 ZSI.60VUI6 544
ZRU.10B1E 412 ZSI.60VUI7 544
ZRU.11F0 551 ZSI.90VEI4 542
ZS4.400MU 292 ZSI.90VEI6 542
ZS4.650MU 292 ZSI.90VEI7 542
ZS7M400LU 239 ZSI.90VUI4 544
ZS7M400MU 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 ZSI.90VUI6 544
ZS7M600MU 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 ZSI.90VUI7 544
ZS7M650LU 239 ZST.1089W 424, 482
ZS7M750MU 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 ZST.1160W 252, 424, 442, 482
ZSD.1200S 407 ZST.410TT 454, 462, 485
ZSF.1200 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 ZST.410TV 450, 458, 485
ZSF.1300 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 ZST.450BA 341
ZSF.130E 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 ZST.500BA 341
ZSF.1510 394 ZST.550BA 341
ZSF.1610 394 ZST.600BA 341
ZSF.1700 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 ZST.600TV 450, 458, 485
ZSF.1800 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 ZST.650BA 341
ZSF.35A2 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 328, ZST.650TT 454, 462, 485
330, 332, 334 ZST.750TV 450, 485
ZSF.36A2 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 332, ZSZ.01F0 549, 555
334 ZSZ.01F1 549, 555
ZSF.39A2 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 332, ZSZ.02F0 549, 555
334 ZSZ.02F1 549, 555
ZSI.010Q 549 ZSZ.02M0 549, 555
ZSI.010SI 549 ZTU.00D0 428
ZSI.020Q 549 ZTU.00Z0 428
ZSI.020SI 549 ZV4.1042M 264, 268, 276
ZSI.030SI 549 ZV4.1042NN 278
ZSI.040SI 549 ZV7.1043C01 198, 202, 208, 216
ZSI.12VEI4 542 ZV7.1043MN1 206, 214
ZSI.12VEI6 542
ZSI.12VEI7 542
ZSI.12VUI4 544
ZSI.12VUI6 544
ZSI.12VUI7 544
ZSI.450BI1N 542, 544, 546, 548
ZSI.450BI2N 542, 548
ZSI.450BI3E 542, 548
ZSI.450BI3N 542, 546, 548
ZSI.450FI1 548
Information

736 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 737


Information
Information

738 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 739


Information
Information

740 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 741


Information
Information

742 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 743


Information
Information

744 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 745


Information
Information

746 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 747


Information
Information

748 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 749


Information
Information

750 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Information

Information

Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150 751


Information
Information

752 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150


Subject to technical modifications and changes to the range without notice.
All content is copyrighted by Blum.
KA-150/5EN-AT/03.23
IDNR 000.000.0

Julius Blum GmbH


Furniture Fittings Mfg.
6973 Höchst, Austria
Tel.: +43/5578/705-0
Fax: +43/5578/705-44
E-mail: info@blum.com
www.blum.com

Our sites in Austria, Poland and China are certified to the international standards mentioned below.
Our site in the USA is certified to ISO 9001.
Our site in Brazil is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 45001.

You might also like